Maori-Polynesian Comparative Dictionary

Front Cover

Spine

Back Cover

Title Page

MAORI-POLYNESIAN Comparative Dictionary BY EDWARD TREGEAR Fellow of the Royal Geographical Society; Fellow of the Royal Historical Society; Member of the Anthropological Institute of Great Britain; Member of the Philological Society, London; a Vice-President Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science; President Wellington Philosophical Society, N. Z. “MANUS MANUM LAVAT.”

LYON AND BLAIR, LAMBTON QUAY1891 (The rights of translation and of reproduction are reserved.)

THIS WORK IS DEDICATED TO

F. MAX MÜLLER, M. A.

Knight Commander of the Corona D'Italia; Knight of the Order of Maximilian;Knight of the Ordre pour le Mérite, eto.

PROFESSOR OF COMPARATIVE PHILOLOGY, OXFORD

IN ADMIRATION OF THE GENIUS AND LEARNING WHICH HE HAS DEVOTED TO THE SCIENCE OF LANGUAGE

AND IN GRATITUDE FOR WORDS OF KIND ENCOURAGEMENT AND SYMPATHY SENT OVER THE SEA TO THE AUTHOR.

CONTENTS page. Dedication v. Preface ix. Works Consulted x. Thanks xii. Introduction xiii. Bibliography–Grouping of Words–Grammar xiii. Letter-changes–Maori xiv. — Samoan xvi Tahitian xvii. — Hawaiian xviii. — Tougan xix. — Rarotongan–Marquesau xx. — Mangarevan xxi. — Paumotan–Moriori–Extra-Polynesia xxii. Table of Interchange of Consonants xxiii. Pakeha-Maori xxiv. Key to Abbreviations xxiv. DICTIONARY–MAORI-POLYNESIAN 1 Key to the Maori Words 629 Appendix A.–Days of the Moon's Age 666 Appendix B.–Genealogical 667 Maori 667 Moriori 669 Samoan–Tongan 670 Marquosan 671 Hawaiia 672 Rarotongan–Society Islands 673 Index to Geographical and Dialectical References 674

PREFACE

This work had its origin in a desire growing in the mind of the Author to comprehend the exact meaning of words used by the Maori people. Much had been done by Europeans long resident in New Zealand, or by those of European parentage born in the country, to gather in and put on record the vernacular forms of the native speech. A large mass of material consisting of songs, legends, &c., was also at the service of a collector, although this in reality was a very small portion of that which might have been procured had not the rough and perilous work of colonization engrossed so much of the time and energies of the early settlers. This material wholly referred to New Zealand and the New Zealand branch of the Maori or Polynesian race. The science of Comparative Philology has opened up new vistas of knowledge concerning the comprehension of ancient languages, and the old etymologies of Greek as given by purely Greek scholars, or of English as given by purely English scholars, have been found to be laughably incorrect when viewed by the light of the fuller investigation which modern learning has thrown upon the mysteries of Indo-European speech. Zend, Sanscrit, the Teutonic dialects, Greek, Latin, Lithuanian, all lent their stores of ancient word-treasures to unravel the difficulties found in the comprehension of each others' language, and the result was so successful that a new science emerged from the domain of the empirical, and claimed followers among those who are ever bearing on from hand to hand the torch of intellectual progress.

Regarding the Maori speech of New Zealand as but a dialect of the great. Polynesian language, the Author has attempted to organize and show in a concise manner the existing related forms common to New Zealand and the Polynesian Islands. Several attempts have been made to produce a Comparative Polynesian Dictionary, but so gigantic was the labour, so enormous the mass of material, that the compilers have shrunk back appalled in the initiatory stages of the work, and all that remains of their efforts has been a few imperfect and unreliable pages of vocabulary scattered here and there through books treating of the Malayan and Pacific Islands. The present work is, at all events, continuous and sustained; it does not pretend to be a dictionary of Polynesian, but to present to the reader those Polynesian words which are related to the Maori dialect; using the word Maori (i.e., Polynesian, “native,” “indigenous”) in the restricted sense familiar to Europeans, as applying to the Maori people of New Zealand. Two purposes are served by the presentation of words apparently allied in sound and sense:

1st. If the Maori agrees with the Polynesian forms generally, the meaning of the word is in all probability above suspicion. If several of the Polynesian dialects agree together as to the meaning of a word, and the Maori differs, then (also probably), the Maori has lost the genuine sense of the original word, and has localised or deformed it. If the Maori word has no Polynesian affinities, then it is almost certainly a local word, either invented since the dispersion of the tribes or so warped from the primitive form as to be unrecognisable without further research. Although the Maori word may not be found directly in any other dialect, still it may be recognized in compounds; and for this purpose the comparatives are of great value. In the manner a word has suffered letter-change, and passed from dialect to dialect in decaying forms, perhaps all the history that can ever be traced of the Ancient Polynesian and his habitat may be discovered hereafter by the philologist of the future.

2nd. The classification and simultaneous presentation of the allied words offer to the student of languages a means of ascertaining the oldest and most perfect form of a word as it exists in Polynesin. Comparisons have been separately attempted between Polynesian dialectic words and those of languages spoken on the great continents, but the masters in the school of Comparative Philology have shrunk from the task or frowned upon the attempt of instituting comparisons between these almost-unknown semi-barbarous tongues and the classical or oriental languages. So decayed are many of the word-forms, so uncertain the phonography of Oceanic vocabularies, that until they could be arranged with some approach to completeness (at all events, in respect to the more vital words) any comparison with the elaborated continental languages appeared mere guess-work and unscientific assertion.

Two important parts of the work deserve brief mention. From authorities on Maori, from ancient legends, and from all sources which could be verified by careful investigation I have been enabled to insert some three thousand words (or additional meanings to words) not hitherto published. Many of these are, however, proper names. The scientific nomenclature of plants, birds, fishes, &c., has received much careful attention, and although this branch of the subject is not absolutely perfect, a long stride has been made in the direction of completeness.

An original part of the lexicon is that treating of the gods, heroes, &c., being short abstracts of the principal events for which their worship or their histories were famous. Want of space forbade lengthy notice or full repetition of legend, but where the tradition was too long for detailed relation, copious references have been given to the small class of books bearing on the subject.

No small proportion of the labour expended upon this work was exerted in providing examples of the use of words, both in Maori and Polynesian. Many thousands of lines from old poems, traditions, and ancient proverbs have been quoted. The examples might more easily have been given by the construction of sentences showing the use of the particular words, but, rejecting made-up examples as being in practice always open to adverse criticism, preference has been given to passages by well-known authors, where the words can be verified and the context consulted. To have given a quotation in this manner for every word would have been impossible; some of the words are not to be found in any printed record, and to have devoted a still greater length of time to the collection of examples would not have produced a result commensurate with the loss of time occasioned by long delay before publication, or even, perhaps, with the chance of the work never being finished at all.

Although the dictionary relates to the classification of Polynesian dialects proper, Malay, Melanesian, and Micronesian vocabularies have also furnished comparatives. These vocabularies are mostly in a very imperfect state, and the phonography full of variations; but the words are suggestive both as to letter-changes and meanings. It does not follow that any of these words are related to Polynesian, but the coincidences are many, and until the laws by which all languages are governed are more fully explored, it would be mischievous to exclude these apparently similar forms from comparison with each other.

Farther on I have thanked those authors and those friends from whom I have received assistance. This refers to the raw material only. In collecting the vocabularies, in searching for comparisons, in making quotations for examples, in the compilation, in the whole of the philological and literary work I have been unassisted.

EDW. TREGEAR.

WORKS CONSULTED

[Note.—Although the books here enumerated have been consulted, extracts have not been made from all of them. Some are unreliable, some almost useless for lexicographical purposes, but almost every one contained some hint or allusion pointing out where more valuable information could be found.]

Transactions New Zealand Institute, Vols, i. to xxii., (1868 to 1880); Williams'sNew Zealand Dictionary, 1871; Buller'sBirds of New Zealand, 1889; Colenso'sNomenclature, 1888; Colenso'sRuahine Range, 1884, and Ancient Tide Lore, 1889; Codrington'sMelanesian Languages, 1885; Inglis'sAneityumese Dictionary, 1882; Inglis'sIn the New Hebrides, 1887; Lawe'sMotu Grammar and Vocabulary, 1885; Chalmers and Gill's Work and Adventure in New Guinea, 1885; Chalmers's Pioneering in New Guinea, 1887; Gill's Savage Life in Polynesia, 1880; Gill's Jottings in the Pacific, 1885; Gill's Life in the Southern Isles, 1870; Gill's Gems from the Coral Islands, 1856; Turner's Samoa a Hundred Years ago, 1884; Max Müller's Biographies of Words, 1888; Max Müller's Science of Language, 1864; Max Müller's Science of Thought, 1887; Max Müller's Introduction to the Science of Religion, 1882; Keightley's Fairy Mythology, 1884; Jules Remy's Ka Moolelo Hawaii, 1862; Penny's Ten Years in Melanesia, 1888; Dibble's History of the Sandwich Islands, 1843; Murraf's Bible in the Pacific, 1888; Bougainville's Voyage Round the World, 1772; Whitney's Life and Growth of Language, 1882; Kalakaua I. (King of Hawaii), Legends and Myths of Hawaii, 1888; Kalakaua's Na Mele aimoku, 1890; Burnouy's Science of Religion, 1888; Fkathermann's Social History of the Races of Mankind (Papuo and Malayo Melanesians), 1887; Cook's Voyages, 1773; Forster's Voyage Round the South Pole and Round the World, 1777; Turnbull's Voyage Round the World, 1806; Angas's Savage Life and Scenes in Australia and New Zealand, 1847; Brown's New Zealand and its Aborigines, 1845; Buller's Forty Years in New Zealand, 1878; Brougiiton's Voyage of Discovery in H.M.S. “Providence,” 1864; Terry's New Zealand, 1842; Calvert's Fiji and the Fijians, 1870; White's Ancient History of the Maori (v. vols.), 1888; London Missionary Society's Tahitian Dictionary, 1851; The Samoan Bible, 1884; The Rarotongan Bible, 1888; Hochstetter's New Zealand, 1867; Matthes's Makassaarsch-Hollandsch Woordenboek, 1885; Burney's Chronological History of Discoveries in the South Seas, 1803; Nicholas's Narrative of a Voyage to New Zealand, 1817; Crewe's Narrative of Life in New Zealand, 1874; Cruise's Journal of a Ten Months Residence in New Zealand, 1824; Rabone's Tongan Dictionary, 1849; Don Juan Gayacao's Nuevo Vocabulario en Hispano-Ilocano, 1884; Gayacao's Manual de Conversaciones en Hispano-Bicol, 1881; Gayacao's Nuevo Vocabulario Espanol Tagalo y Pampango, 1882; Happart's Dictionary of the Favorlang Dialect of Formosan Language, 1840 (written, 1650); Logan's Journal of the East Indian Archipelago, 1847 to 1863; Davies's Grammar of the Tahitian Dialect of Polynesian Language, 1823; Moerenhouts' Voyages aux iles du Grand Ocean, 1837; Favre's Account of the Wild Tribes Inhabiting the Malayan Peninsula, 1865; Wallace's Malay Archipelago, 1869; Harven's La Nouvella Zélande, 1883; Maurer's Die Nikobaren, 1867; Garnier's Voyage autour du Monde-Oceanie, 1875; Miklucho Maclay's Meine Zweite Excursion nach New Guinea, 1874; Maning's Old New Zealand, 1863; Woodford's A Naturalist Among the Head-hunters, 1890; Pratt's Samoan Dictionary, 1878; Andrews's Hawaiian Dictionary, 1865; Cheyne's A Description of Islands in the Western Pacific Ocean, 1852; Forrest's Voyage to New Guinea and the Moluccas, 1779; Bopp's Über die Verwandtschaft der Malayisch-Polynesischen Sprachen mit den indisch-europaischen, 1841; Humboldt's Über die Kawi-Sprache auf der Insel Java, 1838; Steven's Dyak Vocabularies (MSS); Taylor's Te Ika-a-Maui, 1870; Hutton's New Zealand Mollusca, 1880; Crawfurd's Grammar and Dictionary of the Malay Language, 1852; Remy's Recits d'un vieux sauvage (Hawaii), 1859; Winter's Kawi-javaansch Woordenboek, 1880; The Tongan Bible, 1884; Bird's Six Months among the Palm-Groves, Coral-Reefs and Volcanoes of the Sandwich Islands, 1875; Ellis's Tour through Hawaii, 1826; Mariner's Tonga Islands, 1818; Hector's Fishes of New Zealand, 1872; Maori Bible, 1868; De Bovis' État de la Société Taitienne, 1855; Young's Southern World, 1858; Prêtre de Picpus' Grammaire des Iles Marquises, 1857; Buzacott's Akataka Reo Rarotonga, 1878; Purves' Drake and Dampier's Voyages, 1882; (Anon) He Hamani pia pa (Marquesan), 1868; Maxwell's Manual of the Malay Language, 1882; Hazlewood's Fijian Dictionary, 1872; Hawaiian Bible, 1884; Transactions Anthropological Institutè, 1880–1890; Parker's Malagasy Grammar, 1883; Buchanan's Indigenous Grasses of New Zealand, 1880; Transactions of Philological Society (London), 1877–1888; Percival's Tamil Dictionary, 1867; Scherzer's Voyage of the “Novara,” 1863; Library of Entertaining Knowledge The New Zealanders, 1830; Kirk's Forest Flora of New Zealand, 1889; Grey's Poems of the New Zealanders (Nga Moteatea), 1853; Grey's Polynesian Mythology, 1885; Fornander's The Polynesian Race, 1878; White's Maori Superstitions, 1885; Shortland's Maori Religion and Mythology, 1882; Shortland's Southern Districts of New Zealand, 1851; Shortland's Traditions and Superstitions of the New Zealanders, 1856; Latham's Comparative Philology, 1862; Schirren's Die Wandersagen der Neuseeländer, 1850; Well's History of Taranaki, 1878; The Tahitian Bible, 1884; Steel's New Hebrides, 1880; Freeman's Malagasy Dictionary, 1835; Gibbing's Folk Lore, 1889; Serrano's Nuevo Dicconario Espanol-Tagalo, 1872; Purves' Anson's Voyage Round the World, 1882; Jaussen's Te Faufaa Api (Tahiti). 1889; Hovelacque's Science of Language, 1877; Topinard's Anthropology, 1878; Tylor's Early History of Mankind, 1865; Tylor's Primitive Culture, 1871; Gisborne's Colony of New Zealand, 1888; Deighton's Moriori Vocabulary, 1887; Davis's Life and Times of Patuone, 1876; Joly's Man before Metals, 1883; Beechey's Voyage of the “Blossom,” 1839; Brace's Manual of Ethnology, 1863; Lubbock's Prehistoric Times, 1865; Lubbock's Origin of Civilization, 1882; Rochon's Voyages aux Indes Orientales, 1802; Lee and Kendal's New Zealand Grammar and Vocabulary, 1820; D'Urville's Voyages dans “l'Astrolabe,” 1883; Polack's New Zealand, 1838; Maunsell's Grammar of the New Zealand Language, 1842; Wade's Journey in the North Island of New Zealand, 1842; Quatrefages' Les Polynésiens; Lesson's Les Polynésiens, 1880; Melville's Marquesas Islands, 1846; Russell's Polynesia, 1843; Guppy's Solomon Islands, 1887; Lawry's Friendly and Feejee Islands, 1850; Ellis's Polynesian Researches, 1829; Jaussen's Tahitian Vocabulary; Williams's Fiji and the Fijians, 1858; Brown's Races of Mankind, 1876; Vaux's Probable Origin of the Maoris, 1876; Wood's Natural History of Man, 1868; Gironiere's Twenty Years in the Philippines, 1856; Money's Java, 1861; Pembroke's South Sea Bubbles, 1872; Ricci's Fiji, 1875; SiBree's The Great African Island, 1880; WilkEs's The United States Exploring Expedition, 1845; Farrar's Language and Languages, 1878; Dieffenbach's Travels in New Zealand, 1843; Bastian's Inselgruppen in OCeanien, 1883; Coppinger's Cruise of the “Alert,” 1885; Labillardiere's Voyage a la Récherche de La Peroux, 1792; Darwin's Voyage of the “Beagle,” 1860; Juke's Voyage of the “Fly,” 1847; McGillivray's Voyage of H.M.S. “Rattlesnake,” 1851; Osborn's Journal in Malayan Waters, 1860; Magellan's First Voyage Round the World, 1874.

THANKS

I have to thank certain authors for the advantages I have received from their works, and without which I should have been unable to present my dictionary in so complete a form. First of these valuable books is Williams's New Zealand Dictionary. Although I have made considerable additions to the stock of Maori words, the work of Bishop and Archdeacon Williams (father and son) has been the basis of my structure, as it has been for many years the authority and reference for all Maori and English translators. Its fidelity and usefulness is so widely recognised that no word of praise from me would raise it in public estimation. The literary productions of Sir George Grey, Sir James Hector, Sir Walter Buller, the Rev. W. Colenso,

Students of the New Zealand language have long looked forward with interest to the production of the great lexicon undertaken many years ago by the Rev. W. Colenso, F.R.S. Circumstances beyond the author's control have again and again delayed its appearance, but so useful and valuable would be the work of a scholar singularly fitted by nature, occupation, and education to produce a unique book on the word-forms of a race fast passing away, that those who, like myself, take interest in the study of obscure languages, cannot even yet give up hope that philology may benefit by the lexicon being born into the world of letters. At an advanced age, when the minds of most men fail, there still remains with our veteran scholar scientific ardour and intellectual power sufficient, should he so will, to bring his life-work to a successful close, and to give us that special knowledge which, in New Zealand, rests with him alone.

Dr. Shortland, Professor Kirk, Mr. John White (all of New Zealand), Judge Fornander, of Hawaii; H.M. the King of Hawaii; Judge Andrews, of Hawaii; the Rev. W. Wyatt Gill, of Mangaia; the Rev. George Pratt, of Samoa; the Rev. R. H. Codrington, of Melanesia, have all been largely drawn upon, and have been of inestimable service.

With deep gratitude I acknowledge my obligations for generous co-operation given to me by the following scholars, some of them my warm friends, others the more valued because their assistance has been rendered to one personally unknown. Foremost of these (because not of my own nation) I have to thank three distinguished Frenchmen. From Monseigneur l'Evêque d'Axieri, author of the Tahitian Dictionary, I received Marquesan, Paumotan, and Mangarevan vocabularies with French equivalents. These vocabularies, collected long ago, and thus more valuable, were in MSS., the Mangarevan being especially a unique and priceless document. From him I also received many letters full of the learned counsel and guidance inseparable from the words of one grown to a venerable old age in doing noble and self-forgetful service—service which has endeared him alike to Native and European, Catholic and Protestant. To his Excellency M. Lacascade, Governor of the French possessions in Oceania; and to M. le Vicomte de Jouffroy d'abbans, late Vice-consul for the French Republic, Wellington, N.Z. (now in Switzerland), I beg to express my obligations for their courtesy and assistance.

Of my own countrymen the list is long. Some have put their collections at my service; some have answered difficult questions as to Polynesian vocabularies or mythology; others have taken the trouble to consult aged Maori chiefs in different parts of the country as to obsolete or doubtful words. The Rev. W. Wyatt Gill, B.A. (author of Myths and Songs of the South Pacific, Savage Life in Polynesia, &c., &c.); the late Judge Fornander, of Hawaii (author of The Polynesian Race); Miss Teuira Henry, of Tahiti; Mr. A. Shand, Chatham Islands; the Rev. J. L. Green, of Tahiti; Professor Alexander, Surveyor-General of Hawaii; Mr. J. L. Young, of Tahiti; the Rev. W. Colenso, F.R.S., of Napier, N.Z.; the late Mr. C. O. Davis (author of Maori Mementoes), N.Z.; Mr. J. White (author of The Ancient History of the Maori), N.Z.; Mr. Geo. Davies, interpreter, Native Department, N.Z.; Mr. Percy Smith, F.R.G.S., Surveyor General N.Z.; Sir James Hector, F.R.S., of Wellington, N.Z.; Rev. A. Williams, of Putiki, Whanganui, N. Z.; Major Mair, Judge of the Native Land Court; Mr. T. W. Kirk, F.R.M.S., Wellington, N.Z.; Mr. H. Hadfield, interpreter to the Legislative Council; Mr. Butler, native lands purchase agent; Mr. Stevens, of Ardmore, Papakura (an accomplished Malayan scholar); Mr. George Pou (Te Pou Tawera), interpreter, Native Department; Mr. Pratt (Te Parata), interpreter, Native Department.

Last, but not least, I have to acknowledge the generosity and love of literature displayed by Mr. J. R. Blair (Messrs Lyon & Blair) in publishing this book. To his enterprise I owe the fact that I am able to present a technical book bristling with typographical difficulties in a manner the accuracy of which is a credit to the publishing firm and to this young colony.

E. T.

Wellington, New Zealand

INTRODUCTION

BIBLIOGRAPHY

That the Polynesian dialects are related to each other and form but isolated varieties of one great language is by no means a very modern discovery. The first attempt at a comparative table (of forty-seven Oceanic words) was made by Dr. Reinhold Forster, the naturalist who accompanied Captain Cook on his first voyage. Mr. Anderson published a table at the end of the third voyage of Cook, in which the comparison was carried further by including the languages of Madagascar and the Malay Archipelago. Anderson was followed by the Abbé Lorenzo Hervas, the Jesuit, who, in his “Catalogue of Languages,” published in 1800, set the case very clearly and intelligently before the public. William Marsden and John Crawfurd, authors of great repute as Malay students, followed with learned essays—the former considering the Polynesians as offshoots from the Malays, and the latter believing that the origin of the Malay and Oceanic languages was distinct. Dumont d'Urville accompanied his report on the French Exploring Expedition of 1825–1829 with a Comparative Vocabulary, published in 1833; at the same time stating his opinion to be that the Polynesians were survivors from the peoples of a now-submerged continent. Adelbert von Chamisso issued a volume on the Hawaiian language in 1837, and was followed by Baron W. von Humboldt in 1838 with his scholarly book on the Kawi Language of the Island of Java. In this very voluminous work Humboldt examines the vocabularies and grammatical construction of the Oceanic languages, and considers that the Tagal of the Philippines is the leading dialect. His vocabularies, however, were of a very imperfect character, and his deductions would have been considerably modified had he possessed the information at present at our service; his Maori being the Maori of Lee and Kendall, and his Tongan, if possible, still more defective and illusory. The more modern attempts, fragmentary in character, have all been marred by imperfect comparison and careless printing, so that they are of no use as authorities for any scientific purpose.

THE GROUPING OF WORDS

Most of the Polynesian Vocabularies follow the rule of putting all the words commencing with a vowel or continuing with vowels before those having leading consonants. Thus the Hawaiian Dictionary is arranged in following order: A, E, I, O, U, H, K, L, M, &c.; Umu precedes Hau, Heu precedes Hehe, &c., &c. This custom has not been followed in the present volume, where the words, intended for English readers, are arranged in the order of the English alphabet. The exceptions are ng and wh; these are considered as single letters; words commencing with ng follow the completed series of n, and words in wh follow the completed series of w.

There are strong reasons in favor of printing all words commencing with the causative whaka under wh; the main point in favour of this course being ease of reference, especially to those persons not at all acquainted with the language. In a Comparative Dictionary, however, it is necessary to group the words together for convenience of reference. Thus whaka-oti, to finish, must be looked for under Oti; pupuhi and puhipuhi under Puhi; papai, paingia, whaka-pai, and whaka-paipai under Pai. A very little practice in consulting the Dictionary will make the reader accustomed to this order of composition.

GRAMMAR

I have carefully avoided the use of letters to mark the native words as substantive, adjective, verb, &c. It is an unwise, if not a mischievous, effort to make if we endeavour to force the rules of grammar which fit (more or less) the modern stage of the English tongue upon a language belonging to the utterly unequal grammar-period in which the Polynesian speech is now found. I use these expressions with consideration, because I believe that there is a constant progress or decay in all languages, affecting their character and rendering their forms unsuitable. This is certainly the case in regard to the English grammar, where we have seen case-endings and inflected plurals in a state of flux for the last few centuries and tending to disappearance. The Polynesian (of course including Maori) has been in such a condition of isolation that its changes have not been recorded; indeed, they have probably been fewer than those of peoples where intercommunication has been easy, and where language and dialect have again and again, by conquest or commercial enterprise, overlaid and overlapped the linguistic boundaries. The effort to adapt Maori words to rules of English grammar is evaded by the complex simplicity (if I may use such an expression) of the native language, where one word may serve either as verb, noun, or adjective, according to its context, and wherein particles whose use only practice can render familiar, are able to link words into sentences capable of rendering very subtle and sensitive expression. If we attempt to retain these particles in the net of English grammar, we shall be in the unpleasant situation of having to lay down rules with more exceptions than examples.

The Accent (as màra, mòna, &c.) has been used to denote a lengthened stress upon the vowel so marked. [Through inadvertence, in a few cases the accent has been printed thus, á instead of à.] Some writers of Maori prefer a double letter, as maara, &c., but this is misleading, as the sound is not that of two distinct vowels. In all cases where accents are not used, the first syllable is more strongly marked than the others, although not with the longthened vowel sound.

The pronunciation of the Vowels as printed in Maori and in all Polynesian writings is nearly that used by the Italians. The vowels are as follows:—

a short, almost like the English short u in smut.

à long; rather longer than in father.

e short, as in bent, sent.

è long, resembling the a in Mary.

i short, as in hit, pit, &c.,

é long, as ce in fleet.

o short, as in lock.

ò long, as in cocoa.

u short, as o in lose.

ù long, as oo in pooh.

The Consonants have nearly the same power as in English. Ng is pronounced like ng in flinging, ringing, &c. It is probable that formerly in some localities the r varied into l and d, the p into b, &c., but the efforts to educate the Maori children in their own language have resulted in the production of a classic form, in which the r and p are distinctly r and p. The pronunciation varies slightly with locality, thus tangata is in some places tanata, but these irregularities of the sub-dialects are very fluctuating and unfixed.

MAORI AND POLYNESIAN LETTER-CHANGES MAORI

VOWELS

The vowels sometimes interchange with each other. The following may serve as examples:—

A and E.—Tutai, a spy, tutei; hapa, crooked, hape; hura, to search, hure; ngawhara, to crumble, ngawhere; ngarahu, charcoal, ngarehu; ngangara, to snarl, ngengere; tora, to burn, tore; tawatawa, a mackerel, tewetewe.

A and I.—Rari, to make a loud confused noise, rara; tara, rays of the sun, tira..

A and O.—Kanohi, the eye, konohi; hopua, hollowed, hapua; nati, to constrict, noti; purau, a fork, purou; houhou, cool, hauhau; tora to burn, toro.

A and U.—Kanapa, bright, kanapu; rakaraka, to scratch, rakuraku; hawini, to shiver with cold, huwini.

A Lost.—Ngaoki, to creep, ngoki.

E and I.—Ngaingai, shells, ngaengae; niti, a dart, neti.

E and O.—Tore, to burn, toro.

E and U.—Kame, to eat, kamu.

I and A.—As A and I ante.

I and E.—As E and I ante.

I and O.—Hapoki, a pit for storing potatoes, hapoko; hinga, to lean, honga; hopi, to be afraid hopo; ngahiri, to be abundant, ngahoro.

I and U.—Ito, an object of revenge, uto; inu, to drink, unu; himu, the hip-bone, humu; iho, the heart of a tree, uho.

I Lost.—Hutoitoi, stunted, hutotoi.

O and A.—As A and O ante.

O and E.—As E and O ante.

O and I.—As I and O ante.

O and U.—Hotoke, winter, hutoke; ngoro, to snore, nguru.

U and A.—As A and U ante.

U and E.—As E and U ante.

U and I.—As I and U ante.

U and O.—As O and U ante.

U Lost.—Hauware, saliva, haware; houkeke, obstinate, hokeke; toukeke, churlish, tokeke.

CONSONANTS

H and K.—Hurutete, stunted, kurutete; hore, not, kore; hatea, whitened, katea; huwha, the thigh, kuwha; harangi, unsettled, karangi; hukari, the young of birds, kukari; houka, a species of cabbage-tree, kouka.

H and N.—Puhuki, blunt, punuki.

H and NG.—Kongehe, feeble, kongenge; puhaehae, envious, pungaengae.

H and P.—Korohuhu, to boil, koropupu; harirau, a wing, parirau; hua, to bloom, pua.

H and R.—Hiwai, the potato, riwai.

H and T.—Hangoro, loose, tangoro; hapì, a native oven, tapì; hapaki, to catch lice, tapaki; hauà, cowardly, tautauà; hawera, a burnt spot in the bush or fern, tawera; hikaro, to pick out, tikaro; hokeke, churlish, tokeke.

H Lost.—Hitau, a small waist-mat, itau; hokioi, the name of a mythical bird, okioi; ngaehe, to rustle, ngahehe; hanene, blowing gently, anene; harangi, unsettled, arangi; hawhato, a kind of fungus, awhato; hawhe, to pass round, awhe; hihi, a sunbeam, ihiihi; hiku, the eaves of a house, ikuiku; hinanga, the name of a small fish, inanga; hopi, terrified, opi.

H and WH.—Haro, to scrape clean, wharo; hea, what place? whea? hinau, the name of a tree, whinau; hiore, the tail, whiore; hiroki, thin, whiroki; huha, the thigh, huwha; ohiti, on one's guard, owhiti; hapuku, the name of a fish, whapuku, &c., &c.

K and H.—See H and K ante.

K and M.—Kaewa, to wander, maewa; kapura, fire, mapura.

K and N.—Takoki, sprained, tanoni.

K and NG.—Kareko, to slip, karengo; kita, tightly, fast, ngita; koekoe, to scream, ngeongoe; koiro, the conger eel, ngoiro. [Note.—This is a very frequent letter-change, and between the NG of the North Island and K of the South is almost constant; as kainga, a village, kaika; nga, the plural article, ka, &c.]

K and P.—Karengo, to slip, parengo.

K and R.—Kahui, a herd, rahui; porokere, broken, pororere.

K and T.—Kokiri, to launch endways, tokiri; hiki, to start involuntarily, whiti; kaupoki, to cover, taupoki; naku, to scratch, natu.

K Lost.—Kahore, not, ahore; Kahua, form, appearance, ahua; karangi, unsettled, arangi.

M and K.—As K and M ante.

M and NG.—Mote, to suck, ngote; mongamonga, crushed, ngonga; motumotu, a firebrand, ngotu; mumutawa, a kind of beetle, ngungutawa.

M and P.—Maheno, untied, paheno; maka, to throw, panga; mona, a knot of a tree, pona.

M and T.—Mawhera, open, tawhera; haumaku, bedewed, hautaku.

M and WH.—Amio, to go round, awhio.

M Lost.—Maewa, to wander, aewa.

N and K.—As K and N ante.

N and NG.—Neinei, to stretch forwards, ngeingei.

N and R.—Naku, to scratch, raku; nehutai, spray, rehutai; Niwaru, the name of a canoe, Riwaru; wiri, to tremble, winiwini; nanea, copious, ranea.

N and T.—Noke, a worm, toke; natu, mixed, nanu.

NG and H.—As H and N G ante.

NG and K.—As K and NG ante.

NG and M.—As M and NG ante.

NG and N.—As N and NG ange.

NG and P.—Ngahoahoa, headache, pahoahoa.

NG Lost.—Hungoingoi, trembling, huoioi.

P and H.—As H and P ante.

P and K.—As K and P ante.

P and M.—As M and P ante.

P and NG.—As NG and P ante.

P and T.—Hiapo, to be gathered together, hiato; poremi, to disappear, toremi.

P and W.—Tapeke, to be all come or gone, taweke.

P and WH.—Penei, like this, whenei; pena, like that, whena.

R and H.—As H and R ante.

R and K.—As K and R ante.

R and N.—As N and R ante.

T and H.—As H and T ante.

T and K.—As K and T ante.

T and M.—As M and T ante.

T and N.—As N and T ante.

T and P.—As P and T ante.

T Lost.—Tauporo, to cut short, auporo; tiketike, high, lofty, ikeike; tungutu, to put together the sticks of a fire, ungutu.

W and T.—As T and W ante.

W Lost.—Tapuwae, a footstep, tapuae.

WH and H.—As H and WH ante.

WH and M.—As M and WH ante.

WH and P.—As P and WH ante.

Transposition.—Rango, a fly, ngaro; erangi, it is better, engari; ngarehe, forest, ngahere, &c.

SAMOAN

VOWELS

The vowels seldom interchange in Samoan words, although there are a few examples of such transfer, e.g., tonini, to guess a riddle, tonana; soma, red native cloth, sema; taunu‘u, to arrive, tunu‘u.

The vowel-changes between Samoan and Maori are much more frequent. In the following instances the related Maori words are given in brackets:—Aluga, a soft pillow (urunga); anahea, when? of past time (inahea); lepa, a pond, to be stagnant (repo); anapo, last night, (inapo); ‘emo, to wink the eye (kimo); ogoogo, the stinging nettle (ongaonga); tafolà, a whale, (tohora); tagamimi, the bladder (tongamimi); tipa, to jump as a stone on the water when playing “ducks and drakes” (tipi); tupito, last, at the end (topito.)

CONSONANTS

Here the Samoan words are placed first with related Maori words (marked M) or Samoan words (marked S) following.

L and R.—Lagi, the sky, M. rangi; lau, a leaf, M. rau; lima, five, M. rima, &c., &c. This is the regular interchange.

L and T.—Lona, his, M. tona; lou, thine, M. tou; la‘u, my, M. toku; lau, thy, M. tau; la‘u, my, M. taku; le, the M. te; le, not, M. tè; lena, that, M. tena; lenei, this, M. tenei.

L (or R) and N.—Naumati, dry, M. raumati; nini‘i, small, M. ririki and S. liliki; manino, calm, M. marino; manene, to fall slowly, M. marere; nape, to be entangled, S. lape; no‘uno‘u, to be weighed down, M. roku; nono, the white ant, M. rororo; nunu, to crowd together, M. ruru; pologa, a slave, M. pononga.

L and G (NG).—Sala, continually, S. saga; tugagi, dull, blunt, S. tulali; tugafana, the step of a mast, S. tulafana.

G is written in Samoan for the sound of Maori NG, as gafulu, ten, M. ngahuru. A regular script.

L (or R) and ‘ (K.)—Pipi‘i, to stick to, M. piri.

L and S.—Segasega, yellowish, S. legalega.

M and T.—Tale, a cough, M. mare.

M and P.—Mase‘ese‘e, slippery, M. pahekeheke; masunu, to singe, M. pahunu; malemo, to be, drowned, M. paremo; mapà, to make a cracking noise, to snap, M. papà; magugu, to be scranched. S. pagugu.

M and F.—Manene, to loiter, S. fanene; mafine, a woman. S. fafine.

S and T.—Safe, pannus menstrualis, M. tahe; lalato, to have the mouth stung by an acrid substance, S. salato; sasa, a rod, M. ta; sefea, which? M. tehea; sou, thy, M. tou; so‘u, my, M, toku; sau, thy, M. tau; sana, his, M. tana; sè, not, M. tè; senei, this M. tenei; sena, that M. tena.

S and P.—Salafalafa, flat, M. paraharaha.

S and K.—Sapo, to catch at M. kapo; sasala, to be diffused, as a perfume. M. kakara.

S and H.—A regular interchange between Maori and Samoan. Soa, a companion, M. hoa; sau, dew, M. hau, &c., &c.

S and WH.—Asiosio, a whirlwind, M. awhiowhio.

‘ and K.—A regular interchange. [‘ is used to denote a “break” or catch of the breath, in sound between K and H, and used for the former letter.] A‘a, fibres of a root, M. aka; ‘a‘e, to ascend, M. kake; ‘ai, to eat, M. kai, &c., &c.

‘ and V.—Sa‘eu, to stir up, S. saveu.

‘ lost.—Uli, a dog, M. kuri; alalù, a cockroach, M. kekererù; iato, bars connecting the out-rigger with the canoe, M. kiato; io, a long strip of flesh or fish, M. kiko; ina‘i, to eat one kind of food with another, as sauce, M. kinaki; ave, a tentacle of cuttle-fish, M. kawekawe; avei, the handle of a mat-basket, M. kawei.

‘added.—‘ivi, a bone, M. iwi; ‘aue, alas! M. aue; ‘e‘e, to place upon, M. eke.

‘and T.—Fato, to eat, S. va‘o.

W and V.—A regular interchange. Vai, fresh water, M. wai; vae, the leg of an animal, M. wae, &c., &c.

W and F.—Fasi, to split, a piece, M. wahi.

M and F.—Filo, a thread; S. milo, to twist rope. [See Whiro.]

V and F.—Fato, to eat, S. va‘o.

WH and F.—A regular interchange. Fetu, a star, M. whetu; fili, to plat, M. whiri; fa, four, M. wha, &c., &c.

H and F.—Fui, a cluster of nuts, M. hui; fua, to produce fruit, M. hua; fono, to hold a council, M. hono; foe, a paddle, M. hoe; fo‘i, to return, M. hoki. This is a very frequent though irregular interchange, and probably points out that the related Maori words have lost W; thus hoe, a paddle, should be whoe; hoki, to return, should be whoki.

N and T.—Ninifi to adorn, S. titifii.

H Lost.—I'u, the tail, M. hiku, uluulu to be bushy, said of the beard, M. huruhuru.

T Lost.—Mati'u'u, the finger nail, S. mai'u'u.

Transpositions.—Namu, a smell, an odour, S. manu; nivaniva, the bow of a native drill, S. vinavina.

TAHITIAN

VOWELS

The Tahitian words sometimes exchange vowels, but between Maori and Tahitian the interchange is more frequent. In the following examples the Tahitian word is placed first, and the related Maori or Tahitian word (marked M. or T.) follows.

Oeoe, sharp, pointed, M. koi; fetii, to tie or bind, M. whitiki; hapoi, to carry, T. hopoi; hinaaro, affection, M. hinengaro; mamo, progeny, M. momo; marara, the flying fish, M. maroro; metua and mitua, a parent, M. matua; pererau, the wingl of a fowl, M. parirau; teimaha, heavy, T. and M. taimaha; tinai, to extinguish fire, M. tinei; manihini, guests, visitors, M. manuhiri; afata, a scaffold, T. ihata; mahita. soon angry, T. mahiti; nivaniva, unsteady, T. nevaneva; nahu, well regulated, T. nahonaho; nihinihi, neat, T. nehenche; opai, to drift to leeward, T. opae; arava, a stripe, T. irava; manaa, manageable, T. manee; maua, an old cocoanut tree, T. maui: mira, to polish clubs, &c., T. mire; mitaro, accustomed, T. mataro; pahoro, a comb, T. pahere; rara, to run M. rere; reme, a torch, M. and T., rama; tioi, to turn a thing to one side, T. taoi; taopaopa, to roll, T. tiopaopa; tipaopao, to mark for revenge, T. tapaopao; tatia, a girdle, M. and T. tatua; tiatia, to carry or convey, T. tietie; tiparu, to flatter, T. taparu; tipu, to chop, T. tapu; virua and verua, the spirit, T. varua; vitahi, someone, T. vetahi; vihi, a wrapper, T. vehi. Tia appears often to be used for tu; as, tiapapau, a corpse, M. tupapaku; tia, to stand, M. tu: tiapuna, an ancestor, M. tupuna; tiarama, a torch, M. turama, &c., &c. Nia, above, is a curious word. It has probably been runga, nunga, nua, nia.

CONSONANTS

R and N.—Ramu, a mosquito, T. namu; anuhe, common fern, M. aruhe; manii, to be spilling, M. maringi; manino, calm, M. marino; manana, vagrant, M. marara; natu, to be brought into some dilemma, M. rapu; manaa, manageable, T. maraa; manuhini, visitors, M. and T. manuhiri; nave, to be pleased, M. rawe; naupa, to obtain, T. raupa; navai, to suffice, T. ravai; nua, above, M. runga.

M and P.—Mahore, to be peeling off, T. and M. pahore; nauma, to obtain, T. naupa; mahu, to cease, T. pahu; mahemo, to slip off, T. pahemo; patia, a spear, M. matia.

M and WH(F).—Humaha, the thigh, M. huwha and T. hufaa; maha, four, M. wha.

M and H.—Hiro, to twist, M. miro.

M Lost.—Teiaha, heavy, T. teimaha; araea, red earth, Marquesan karamea.

K Lost.—This is an entire loss. Ai, the neck, M. kaki; io, flesh, M. kiko, &c. &c.

K and V.—Vita, tied, fast-bound, M. kita.

NG Lost.—This is an entire loss. Aa, an insult, M. kanga; aau, the heart, M. ngakau, &c. &c., &c.

N and NG.—Na, the plural article “the,” M. nga; noi, a knot, M. ngoi.

N and P.—Natu, to be brought into some dilemma, T. napu; panai, to stand in a line, T. nanai.

N Lost.—Niniore, a species of fish-blubber, T. iiore.

N and R.—See R and N ante.

H and M.—See M and H ante.

H and F.—Aoha, a species of plantain, T. aofa; pufà, a disease of the foot, T. puha.

H and WH.—Hirinai, to lean on another, M. whaka-whirinaki.

H and R.—Maohi, native, T. and M. Maori.

H and P.—Hananu, flowing (as the sea), T. pananu.

H Added.—Humaha, the thigh, T. hufaa.

H Lost.—Anaana, bright, shining, M. hana, T. hanahana; rairai, thin, M. rahirahi; ono, to join one piece to another, M. and T. hono; oromi, to disappear, M. horomi; nohinohi, small, T. noinoi; opohe, to be checked in growth, T. opoe.

P and M.—See M and P ante.

P and WH (F).—Patiri, thunder, M. whaitiri; patu, a stone wall, to build with stone, M. whatu.

P and N.—See N and P ante.

P Lost.—Pafata, a cage, a box, T. afata

R Lost.—Vau, eight, M. waru; puamaru, agitation of mind, T. puauau.

T Lost.—Raumai, to be fair after raining, M. raumati; ahu, to be burnt, tahu.

V and W.—A regular interchange. Vaha, the mouth, M. waha; vai, water, M. wai, &c., &c.

V Added.—Uvira, lighting, M. and T. uira.

WH and F.—A regular interchange. Fai, to confess, M. whaki; fare, a house, M. whare, &c.

WH and H.—See H and WH ante.

WH and M.—See M and WH ante.

HAWAIIAN

In the following examples the Hawaiian word is written first, the corresponding or related word in Maori or Hawaiian (marked M. or H.) following the explanation.

VOWELS

Hekili, thunder, M. whaitiri; hone, to prick, M. honi; keehi, to stamp with the foot, M. takahi; kinai, to extinguish, as fire, M. tinei; koanamimi, the bladder, M. tongamimi; paha, perhaps, M., pea; mao, to carry off, M. mau; mae, to pine in sickness, H. mai; wao, to scrape, H. wau; wauke, the shrub from which a native cloth was made, H. waoke; wea, a red dye, H. weo; wila, a ribbon, H. wili; paaa, banana rind, H. paau; paolo, a bundle, H. puolo; paho, to sink, H. poho; pakaki, to talk irrationally, H. pakake; pakelo, to slip out of one's grasp, H. pakele; pakole, incompetent, H. pokole; peheu, the wing of a bird, M. pahau; peke, low, not tall, H. poko; pohihi, puzzling, H. pohihiu; pole, to defend off, M. pare; polemo, to sink in the water, H. palemo; puepue, to be large and plump, H. puipui; pona, the bursting of a boil, &c., H. puha; puhenu, a breathing, H. puhanu; pukoko, to cackle, H. pukaka; neko, bad smelling, H. niku; nuhe, sullen, H. nuha; mehana, heat, H. and M. mahana; loea, skill, H. loia; kahi, to cut, H. kahe; kahuwai, a brook, H. kahawai; kapuwai, a footstep, M. tapuwae; keo, white, H. kea, M. tea; kiope, lame, H. kaopa; kohi, to detain, H. kohe; kunahua, to bend forward in walking, H. kanahua; kupola, to roll up in a bundle, H. kapola; hai, to break open, H. hae; hauapu, a yearning, H. hauupu; haupo, the thorax, H. houpo; hakukai, to be stormy, H. hakukoi; hanu, to breathe, H. hano; hapakui, to stammer, H. hapakue; heliu, to face about, H. haliu; henehene, to laugh in derision, H. henahena; henuhenu, to be smooth, polished, H. hinuhinu; hilo, to turn, to twist, H. hili; huikau, to turn topsy-turvy, H. huikai; hukiki, to shiver, H. hukeke; ume, a lengthening out, H. umi; umu, tobake, H. imu; upo, to desire strongly, H. ipo and upu; oaka, to open as a door, H. uwaka; elelo, the tongue, H. alelo; enei, here, H. anei.

CONSONANTS

K.—The Maori K is entirely lost in Hawaiian; e.g., A, to burn, M. ka; aea, to wander, M. kaea; ume, to pull, M. kume, &c., &c. The Hawaiian K represents the Maori T. There are, however, a few cases in which irregularities appear to occur, suggesting that probably the K has been retained. Kakakaka, small cracks, M. katakata; kala, a public crier, M. kala; kawa, to flow freely, as perspiration, M. kakawa; naku, to root as a hog, M. naku; pekapeka, slander, M. peka; kumu, a species of red fish, M. kumukumu, the gurnard; kuhukuhu, a dove, M. kuku.

K and T.—The regular interchange of Maori and Hawaiian. Kanaka, a human being, M. tangata; kane, a male, M. tane; kai, the sea, M. tai, &c., &c.

K (T) and H.—Wehe, to open, as a door, H. weke; pekekeu, a wing, H. peheu; kike, to sneeze, H. kihe.

K (T) and P.—Kokoke, near to. H. pokohe; nukanuka, plump, H. nupanupa; koha, the crack of a whip, H. poha; hupi, to pull, H. huki; kulehu, to roast, H. pulehu.

K (T) and M.—Makia, to fasten with nails, H. kakia.

K (T) and L.—Ekekei, short, H. elehei.

K (T) Lost.—Nakele, boggy, H. naele; kalania, smooth, as the sea, H. alania; koaka, valiant, H. koaa; kopiko the name of a shrub, H. opiko; kukuhi, to pour water into a vessel, H. ukuhi.

H and K (T).—See K and H ante.

H and N.—Ponaha, circular, H. pohaha; nehe, a rumour, H. nene.

H and P.—Hupu, angry, H. huhu.

H and M.—Hilo, to twist, milo.

H and W.—Hili, to twist, M. wiri.

H and WH.—A regular interchange between Maori and Hawaiian. Naha, to split open, as the ground, M. ngawha; hihi, the entangling of vines, M. whiwhi, &c., &c.

H. Lost.—Upe, mucus from the nose, M. hupe; makalui, to labour long, H. makaluhi; koehaeha, morose, H. koea; hehu, mist, H. ehu; hohule, bald, H. ohule; homi, withered, H. omi; hopilo, to relapse after sickness, H. opilo; hulili, to burn, H. ulili; hulina, to be soft to the touch, H. ulina; hehi, to trample, H. ehi.

M and H.—See H and M (ante).

M and K.—See K and M (ante).

M and P.—Pai, blight, fading, H. mai; piula, mule (a modern word), H. miula; peua, to join together, H. meua; pehe, like as, H. mehe; mumuka, bad, H. pupuka.

M and N.—Kunu, a gentle wind, H. kumu.

M and W.—Wakaikai, to examine, H. makaikai; komi, to press together, H. kowi; uwala, the sweet potato, M. kumara.

M Lost.—Maikola, worthless, H. aikola; uala, the sweet potato, M. kumara.

N and L (R).—Ununa, a pillow, M. urunga; hanana, to flow as water, H. halana; kanulu, heavy, H. kanunu; kulokuloku, to stand in pools, as water, H. kunokunoku; nanakea, to be weak in body, H. lanakea; nanahu, a coal, H. lanahu, M. ngarahu; manini, to spill, M. maringi; manino, calm, H. malino, M. marino; kalana, to sift, H. kanana; kunana, to step awry, H. kulana; hanana, to flow as water, H. halana; nanaau, to float on the current, H. lanaau; nanu, surf, H. nalu, M. ngaru; pinopino, bad swelling, H. pilopilo, M. piro; polohuku, a present, H. polonuku; nalo, lost, H. nano; nina soft to the touch, H. lina; lanau, to be sour-tempered, H. nanau.

N and NG.—A regular interchange of Maori and Hawaiian. Naha, to crack open as the ground, M. ngawha; nau, to chew, M. ngau, &c., &c., &c.

N and H.—See H and N ante.

N and M.—See M and N ante.

N and P.—Nuu, to swell up, H. puu.

N or NG Lost.—Naikola, to boast or glory over one, H. aikola; lai, the sky, H. lani, M. rangi.

L (or R) and W.—Poweko, eloquent, H. poleko.

L (or R) and N.—See N and L ante.

L and K (T).—See K and L ante.

L (or R) Lost.—Koali, to turn round, H. koai, wau, to scrape, M. waru; pakeaai, a glutton, H. pakelaai.

P and M.—See M and P ante.

P and H.—See H and P ante.

P and N.—See N and P ante.

P and K.—See K and P ante.

P Lost.—Peheu, the wing of a bird, H. eheu; ponaha, circular, H. onaha; puha, to hawk up mucus in the throat, H, uha; puke, to strike, H. uke; pulu, wet, H. ulu.

W and U.—Wila, lightning, H. uila; naueue, to vibrate, H. nawewe; ualaau, to cry out, H. walaau.

W Lost.—Lauwili, unstable, H. lauili.

W Added.—Hua, to be jealous, H. huwa; uai, to open or shut as a door, H. uwai; uao, to interfere, H. uwao; uahi, a cloud, H. uwahi; ue, to jerk, H. uwe; ui, to wring H. uwi; uo, to cry out, H. uwo; aue, alas! H. auwe; wau, I, M. au; kauo, to haul a load, H. kauwo; wewe, the placenta, M. ewe; huua, full, H. huuwa; pupua, a blossom, H. pupuwa; laoa, to bundle up, H. laowa.

TONGAN

In the following examples the Tongan word is written first, the related Tongan or Maori word (marked T. or M.) following.

VOWELS

Eiki, a chief, M. ariki; efiafi, evening, M. ahiahi; elelo, the tongue, M. arero; eku, my. M. aku; mamahi, pain, M. mamae; ofato, the name of an insect, M. awhato; unufi, the caterpillar, M. anuhe; fefie, firewood, M. wahie; mele, to cough, M. mare; luo, a cave, M. rua; tagamimi, the bladder, M. tongamimi; tokoto, to lie down, M. takoto; malu, soft, T. molu soft; kemo, to wink, M. kimo; kofu, a garment, M. kahu.

CONSONANTS

H and K.—Hake, to ascend, M. kake; habu, the banana leaf tied at each end to hold water, M. kapu (?).

H and R.—Uhiuhi, dark blue, M. uriuri; bibihi, to cleave to, M. pipiri

H and F.—Efiafi, evening, M. ahiahi; hifo, down, M. iho; afi, fire, M. ahi; fuji, to deplume, M. huti.

H and S.—Tuha, equal, T. tusa.

H Lost.—Agai, the corresponding opposite, M. hangai.

H Inserted.—Hake, upwards, M. ake; hala, a road, M. ara; hifo down, M. iho; uha. rain, M. ua; haamo, to carry on the shoulders, M. amo; lohu, a forked stick used for twisting off bread fruit, M. rou; toho, to drag, M. to; haku, my, M. aku; hiva, nine, M. iwa; honge, scarce, M. onge; vahe, to divide, M. wawae; fuhi, a bunch, M. hui.

K and H.— See H and K ante.

K and N.—Hoko, to apply, to join, M. hono.

K and T—Tatava, sour, M. Kawa; iki, small, M. iti; fekilokilofaki, to stare about. (M. probably a compound of tiro, to look. It is the more curious because the Tongan comparative of tiro is jio.)

K and G (NG).—Gauafi, a fire stick, M. kauahi.

K Inserted.—Kau, I, M. au.

K Lost.—Aitoa, an expression of pleasure at the misfortunes of another, M. kaitoa.

M and B.—Bahabaha, light, not heavy, M. màmà; malu, loose, soft, M. paru.

B and P.— Regular interchange of Tongan and Maori. Ba, a fence, M. pa; baba, a board, M. papa,; bae, a sill, M. pae, &c., &c.

V and W.— Regular interchange of Maori and Tongan. Vale, foolish, M. ware; valu, eight, M. waru, &c., &c.

M and B.— See B and M ante.

N and L (R).—Neka, joy, M. reka; nunu, to gather together, M. ruru; nima, five, M. rima.

L and R.— Regular interchange between Maori and Tongan. Leto, inside, M. roto, &c., &c.

F and R.—Fuga, high, M. runga.

F and WH.— Regular interchange between Maori and Tongan. Fa, to feel after, M. wha; faji, to break, M. whati, &c., &c.

P and S.—Sai, good, M. pai.

L (R) Lost.—Tamaiki, children, M. tamariki; mui, behind, M. muri; ama, a torch, M. rama; ogo, to hear, M. rongo; ua, two, M. rua; uku, to dive, M. ruku; jio, to look, M. tiro; uiui, black, M. uriuri; tui, the knee, M. turi; vau, to scrape, M. waru.

J and T.—Tamajii, a small boy, M. tamaiti; oji, to be finished, M. oti; koji, to cut with scissors, M. koti; fuijijili, a thunderbolt, M. whaitiri and whatitiri; faji, to break, M. whati; jio, to look, M. tiro; mimiji, to suck, M. miti; fuji, to deplume, M. huti.

RAROTONGAN

The Rarotongan of this dictionary also includes Mangaian. No dictionary or vocabulary of the Hervey Islands dialect is procurable, but one is now in course of construction by the Rev. W. Wyall Gill, B. A., and students of Polynesian are looking forward with interest to the completed work of this devoted scholar and historian. Until the book can be obtained, any attempt to classify the irregular letter-changes would be premature. A constant difference from Maori and most other Polynesian dialects is the complete absence of the letter H in Rarotongan. Thus: Inu, oil, M hinu; ara, a sin, M. hara; maara, to think, M. mahara, &c. So strongly is this dislike of the aspirate maintained, that words spelt in Maori with wh (the Polynesian f), lose the w also in Rarotongan; e.g., a, four, M. wha, Samoan fa; anau, to be born, M. whanau, &c., &c.

MARQUESAN

In the following examples the Marquesan word precedes, and the related Maori word (marked M.) follows.

VOWELS

Etua, a god, M. atua; meama, the moon, M. marama; metaki, wind, M. matangi; menino, calm, M. marino; metau, a hook, M. matau; tehito, old, M. tawhito; tuehine, sister, M. tuahine; tekahi, to trample, M. takahi; vehie, firewood, M. wahie; vehine, a woman, M. wahine; kouvae, the chin, M. kauwae; toua, war, M. taua; toua, a rope, M. taura; mounu, bait, M. maunu; pootu, elegant, M. purotu; tokete, brother-in-law, M. taokete; kaake, the armpit, M. keke; tokoau, the north-east, M. tokerau.

CONSONANTS

H and R.—piahiahi, clear, M. piari.

H and W.—Haha, the mouth, M. waha.

H and WH.—Hataa, shelves, M. whata; hati, to break, M. whati; hatiitii, thunder, M. whatitiri.

K and T.—Makamakaiima, a finger (M.L. = matamataririma).

K and NG.—Haka, to work, M. hanga; hoki, to smell, to kiss, M. hongi; iki, to spill, M. ringi; ikoa, a name, M. ingoa; inaka, the name of a small fish, M. inanga; kaahu, charcoal, M. ngarahu; kahae, a tear, a rent, M. ngahae; kaveka, a burden, M. kawenga; mako, the shark, M. mango; oko, to listen, M. rongo; potako, a dark night, M. potangotango.

K lost.—Ate-puapua, the lungs (M. pukapuka); haa-metau, to fear, M. whaka-mataku; imi, to seek. M. kimi; inai, a relish, M. kinaki; inoino, a bad man, M. kino; paa, ripe, M. paka; umete, a chest, a box, M. kumete; upeka, a net, M. kupenga.

R Lost.—This is almost absolutely lost. Paaoa, a Sperm-whale, M. paraoa; poi, a tribe, M. pori; tao, the taro plant, M. taro; iki, to pour out, M. ringi; ekaeka, pleasure, M. rekareka, &c., &c.

V and W.— A regular interchange between Marquesan and Maori. Vehine, a woman, M. wahine, &c., &c.

M and P.—Moupuna, a grandchild. Marquesan also poupuna (Maori, mokopuna).

N and NG.—Na, the (plural article), M. nga; nutu, the head (probably M. ngutu).

N and R.—Menino, calm, M. marino; nino, to spin, M. rino.

MANGAREVAN

In the following examples the Mangarevan word precedes the explanation, and the Maori word (marked M.) follows.

VOWELS

Tekere, a keel, M. takere; teito, ancient, M. tawhito; tepeiru, a queen, M. tapairu; teturi, wax in the ear, M. taturi; vehie, firewood, M. wahie; veine, a wife, M. wahine; enuhe, a caterpillar, M. anuhe; erero, language, M. arero (tongue); kerere, a messenger, M. karere; megeo, to itch, M. mangeo; merigi, to spill, M. maringi; merino, calm, M. marino; nenea, to abound M. nanea; pehau, a wing, M. pahau; pererau, a wing, M. parirau; peremo, drowned, M. paremo; ruehine, an old woman, M. ruahine; karou, a hook, M. karau; koumatua, an old man, M. kaumatua; kouae, the jaw, M. kauae; noumati, summer, M. raumati; kourima, a fire-stick, M. kaurimarima; mohore, peeled, M. mahore; mohora, expanded, M. mahora; moto, raw, M. mata; motua, father, M. matua; mounu, bait, M. maunu; hue, to collect, M. hui; tuhuga, skilled, M. tohunga; tohuhu, a ridge-pole, M. tahuhu; aka-tokoto, to lay, to place, M. whaka-takoto; tohuri, upside down, M. tahuri; toua, war, M. taua; toumaha, an offering, M. taumaha; toutoru, Orion (a constellation), M. tautoru.

CONSONANTS

H and R.—Tiho, to examine, M. tiro.

H and K.—Aka-makara, to think upon, M. whaka-mahara.

H Lost.—Uhuti, to pull up by the roots, M. huhuti; uha, the thigh, M. huwha; uka, foam from the mouth, M. huka; una, to hide, M. huna; oa, a friend, M. hoa; oaga, a whetstone, M. hoanga; ogi, to kiss, M. hongi; oha, wearied, M. hoha; oko, to barter, M. hoko; ono, to join, M. hono; aea, when, M. ahea; anga, to work, M. hanga; ape, a crooked foot, M. hape; amama, to yawn, M. hamama; amu, to eat scraps, M. hamu; ana, heat, M. hana; ari, to carry, M. hari; iga, to fall, M. hinga; inaki, a fish-basket, M. hinaki; kou, low clouds, M. kohu; maana, warm, M. mahana.

K and NG.—Ngiengie, the pandanus, M. kiekie (a related plant).

K Added.—Aka-kata, a mirror, M. whaka-ata.

K Lost.—Aumatua, old, M. kaumatua; ave, trailers, rope, &c., M. kawe; inaki, a relish, M. kinaki.

M and P.—Oho-pangu, black hair, (pangu = M. mangu, black). Urupatiu, west a quarter-south, and urupatoga, south a-quarter-west (the pa here = M. ma, and).

M Lost.—Kakaraea, red ochre (Paumotan and M. karamea).

N and R (or L).—Aka-tino, to look at, M. whaka-tiro; noumati, summer, M. raumati.

P and M.— See M and P ante.

R and N.— See N and R ante.

R Lost.—Ehu, ashes, Polynesian generally, rehu.

V and W.— A regular interchange between Mangarevan and Maori. Ivi, a bone, M. iwi; iva, nine, M. iwa, &c., &c.

W (V) Lost.—Aha, the mouth, M. waha.

V and WH.—Vio, to whistle, M. whio.

WH Lost.—Angai, to feed, M. whangai; ahao, to put in a bag, M. whawhao; etu, a star, M. whetu; ariki, a mat, M. whariki; ati, to break, M. whati; atutiri, thunder, M. whatitiri; ea, where? M. whea; eke, the octopus, M. wheke; enua, shallows, M. whenua (land); itu, seven, M. whitu.

PAUMOTAN

This dialect, although in bulk Polynesian, has been “crossed” with some foreign tongue in a very remarkable manner. The numerals and many of the vital words are utterly strange to the Maori linguist; but, on the other hand, the Polynesian words have been preserved with great purity of sound and accuracy of meaning. The following examples may serve to show the presence of the foreign element. The Paumotan word is placed first, and the related Maori word (marked M.) follows.

Upoupo, heart (mind), M. ngakau; nimo, heart of a tree, M. uho; hipa, to see, M. kite; veke, a fault, M. hara; pepenu, a head, M. upoko; kama, stupid, M. kuware; togari, sweat, M. kakawa; utari, to follow, M. whai; pouru, a kidney, M. whatukuhu; keka, a road, M. ara; toau, salt, M. mataitai; konao, stone, M. kowhatu; aveke, canoe, M. waka; touiti, rain, M. ua; touo, egg, M. hua; keiga, bone, M. iwi; kave, nephew, M. iramutu; tarena, sinew, M. uaua; paku, cloud, M. kapua; kavake, moon, M. marama; tate, fish-hook, M. matau; mori, oil, M. hinu; kerikeri, the liver, M. ate; puka forest, M. ngahere; tuetue, large, M. nui; teke, fruit, M. hua; kaihora, smoke, M. auahi; niganiga, mud, M. paru; neki, korure, rotika, fire, M. ahi, kapura; orari (o rari), one, M. tahi; eite (e ite), two, M. rua; egeti (e geti), three, M. toru; eope (e ope), four, M. wha; ekeka, emiha (e keka, e miha), five, M. rima; ehena; ehene (e hene), six, M. ono; ahito (a hito), seven, M. whitu; ehava (e hava), eight, M. waru; enipa (e nipa), nine, M. iwa; horihori, ten, M. tekau; makaro, son, M. tama; viru, good, M. pai; manemanea, finger, M. matihao; komo, water, M. wai; titi, slave, M. taurekareka, pononga; kaifa, husband, M. tane; mahoi, horohoro, spirit, soul, M. wairua; kamoke, to count, M. tatau; kega, ladder, M. arawhata; tapurena, ashes, M. pungarehu; manania, girl, M. hine, kotiro; morire, woman, M. wahine; paneke, fat, M. momona.

These words, however, are few compared with the Polynesian words in the dialect, and themselves have the Polynesian phonology. In the following examples the Paumotan word precedes, and the related Maori word (marked M.) follows.

VOWELS

Motoro, adultery, M. matoro; hopoi, to lift, M. hapai; horau, a shed, M. wharau; marara, the flying-fish, M. maroro; ketaketa, solid, M. kita; kakalalo, the cockroaoh, M. kekereru; kuiru, the eel, M. koiro.

CONSONANTS

H and R.—Maohi, indigenous, M. maori; tohe, the anus, M. tore.

H Added.—Hoge, scarcity, M. oge; mahuga, a mountain, M. maunga; hanuhe, a caterpillar, M. anuhe.

H Lost.—Arai, to guide, M. arahi; poutu, to splash, M. pohutu.

K and NG.—Gutu, a louse, M. kutu.

K Added.—Reko, speech, M. reo.

M and P.—Parau, to speak, Paumotan marau.

M Lost.—Ote, to suok, M. mote.

N and R.—Kirokiro, vile, M. kino.

N and NG.—Rarani, a row or rank, M. rarangi.

R Added.—Ruruga, a bolster, M. urunga.

T Lost.—Tureirei, to pitch up and down, as a ship, M. turetireti.

MORIORI

The inhabitants of the Chatham Islands (which lie about 400 miles to the eastward of New Zealand) speak a corrupt form of Maori. It has been asserted that the Moriori are the autochthones of New Zealand driven forth by the Polynesian immigrants; but investigation proves them to have been of Polynesian speech and traditions. Their language is a sub-dialect of New Zealand Maori, differing little (save in a slovenly dropping of vowels) from that of their brothers on the larger islands. Exception must be made in two curious particulars. They have the tch sound as used in the Friendly Islands, and unknown in New Zealand: thus, the Maori word tamaiti, a child, is pronounced by the Moriori as tchimitchi. The other peculiarity is a very interesting and puzzling phenomenon in comparative philology, viz., that the Causative takes the form hoko, used in Eastern Polynesia, and not whaka (haka, aka, faka, fa‘a, &c.), common to New Zealanders, Samoans, Tongans, Rarotongans, &c.

The Moriori dialect has preserved in its long isolation some ancient and precious words lost to the vocabulary of New Zealand; except for this, it would hardly deserve notice as a separate dialect.

EXTRA POLYNESIA

Many words of languages spoken in Oceania and the Malay Archipelago are presented in this Dictionary as being possibly related to Maori. It is by no means certain that they are Polynesian words adopted by the speakers, nor that the Polynesians have received the words from their neighbours, nor even that they had a common source; but as they resemble Polynesian in sound or sense

(sometimes in both), it is possible that they may throw light on some phase of meaning which has not been preserved elsewhere. They are valuable also for the tracing of letter-changes; but these letter-changes are so difficult to bring under law that no attempt is made in the present volume to arrange their multitudinous diversity.

Of these, however, the Fijian deserves a brief special notice. The language of the Fiji or Viti Islands contains Polynesian words to the extent of nearly a third of its whole vocabulary; the rest is derived from Melanesia and other sources foreign to the Maori people. With the exception of a regular change of v for Polynesian h (as vono, to join, Poly. hono; vou, new, Poly. hou, &c.), and a few irregular changes, as th (printed c) for k and h (thala, to err, M. hara; thalo, to scoop out, M. karo, &c.), s for t (gusu, the lip, M. ngutu), &c., the Polynesian words are pure and permanent.

Another Extra Polynesian language, that of Madagascar, is of special interest, on account of the great distance separating its speakers from those in whose tongue are found many kindred words. How far this kindred may be traced it is difficult to say; but it is certain that words having affinity in both sound and meaning may be found in Malagasy and Polynesian. It is probable that the real affinity is rather between Malay and Malagasy; but some words which modern Malays do not share with their brothers in the “Great African Island” appear to find relationship in the Polynesian vocabulary.

The absence of the vowel u in Malagasy necessitates the comparison of Polynesian words having either u or o; but the likeness is very apparent. In the following examples the Malagasy word is placed first, and the related Polynesian word (marked P.) follows.

Ovi, a yam, P. uwhi, or ufi; nao, thine, P. nau; havokavoka, the lungs, P. pukapuka; voy, the act of rowing, P. hoe, to paddle; volo, hair, P. hulu, or fulu, huru; voa, seed, P. hua, or fua, fruit; tona, an eel, P. tuna; roa, two, P. rua, or lua; rozirozi, weariness, P. ruhi, weary.

As an example how deceptively the letter-changes may cloak a real affinity, I will present the Malagasy word vorondolo, an owl, as equivalent to Maori ruru, an owl. Voro is used as an equivalent for “feathers,” the Polynesian huruhuru: the v (as in above examples) = h, and o = u. The Malagasy, however, use vorona as a general name for birds (probably i.e. “the feathered creatures”), as vorombola, a peacock; voromahailala, a pigeon. The nd of ndolo may be considered as equivalent to the Fijian, in which every d is nd; and as d is merely a form of r and l (dikydiky = likyliky; roa = Malay dua, &c.), and o = u, therefore dolo is a form of ruru. Thus voro-ndolo means “bird-ruru”; and unlikely as at first sight appears the relationship, it is probable.

On the other hand, I have not been able hitherto to trace even a possible affinity between Malagasy and Maori in more than one hundred words out of ten thousand in each language.

In Malay, the so-called affinities are disappointing as to the number a Polynesian scholar would expect to find, after having road the works of many writers who have boldly asserted the near relationship of the Malay and Polynesian languages, and after having heard the Maori so often spoken of as being a branch of the Malayo-Oceanic family. The numerals are only parallel as far as five; the Tagal and Malagasy being far more sympathetic. Many important Malay words, such as those for sky, fire, root, bill, eye, &c., resemble Polynesian, and are almost certainly related, but other vital words, such as sun, moon, mother, son, tree, smoke, &c., have no apparent likeness, and the bulk of the two vocabularies is not comparable. The resemblances of Polynesian to Malay words are often to Sanscrit and Arabic words which have been adopted into the Malay vocabulary. These remarks do not apply to all the languages spoken in the islands of the Malay Archipelago, where dialects are sometimes to be found having far greater affinity with Maori than the Malay of the mainland possesses.

INTERCHANGE OF CONSONANTS.

Maori of N.Z. Samoan. Tahitian. Hawaiian. Tongan. Rarotongan. Marquesan. Mangarevan. Paumotan. H S or F H H H Wanting H H H K ‘ (a break) Wanting Wanting K K K K K M M M M M M M M M N N N N N N N N N NG

Note.—Although NG is represented by G in Samoan, Tongan, Mangarevan, and Paumotan, this only applies to the written character. The G is nasalised, and is pronounced as NG.

G Wanting N G NG K G G P P P P B P P P P R L R L L R Wanting R R T T T K T T T T T W V V W V V V V V WH F H or F H F Wanting F or H H F or H

PAKEHA-MAORI

Many words in common use among the Maori people of to-day will not be found in this Dictionary. These are words adopted from the Europeans, mainly for objects not indigenous to New Zealand, or unknown among the Natives prior to the advent of the strangers. Such words are hoiho, horse; kau, cow; poti, boat; Aperira, April; Tihema, December, &c., &c. The whole English Dictionary travestied into Maori form might have been introduced into the present work if any of these bastard words had been admitted; and the Author has been compelled to draw the line rigidly in favour of the pure and undefiled native language (so far as he has been able to distinguish it), and to avoid any use of adopted words.

GEOGRAPHICAL AND DIALECTICAL REFERENCES

A full Index to these will be found in the Appendix.

ABBREVIATIONS A. H. M., “Ancient History of the Maori,” by J. White. App., Appendix to Dictionary. Ar. M., “Aryan Maori,” by Edward Tregear. Auth., Authority. Bot., Botany. Col., Rev. W. Colenso, F.R.S., F.L.S. Cf., Compare (confero). Crus., Crustacea. Cent., Central. C. O. D., C. O. Davis, Native Interpreter, Author of “Maori Mementoes,” &c. Col. Nom., “Nomenclature,” by W. Colenso, F.L.S. Dimin., Diminutive. Ent., Entomology. Ext. Poly., Extra Polynesian. Dialects spoken in localities not inhabited by the fair Polynesians. Fig., Figuratively. Fem., Feminine. Eko., Exodus, Ekoruhe (Bible). F. P. R., Fornander's “Polynesian Race.” For., Fornander's “Polynesian Race.” G.-8, Appendix to Journal, House of Representatives, G.-8, 1880. G. P., Sir G. Grey's “Poems, Traditions, and Chaunts of the Maoris” (Ko nga Moteatea me nga Hakirara o nga Maori). Geog., Geographical. Ham., Samuel, Hamuera (Bible). Her., Jeremiah, Heremaia (Bible). H. H., “Histoire de l'archipel Havaiien,” par Jules Remy. Hip., Hebrews, Nga Hiperu (Bible). Hoa., John, Hoani (Bible). Hoh., Joshua, Hohua (Bible). Hopa, Job, Hopa (Bible). Ich., Ichthyology. i. e., that is (id est). Iha., Isaiah, Ihaia, (Bible). Ika, “Te Ika a Maui,” by Rev. R. Taylor. Ed. 1885. J. L. N., “Narrative of a Voyage to New Zealand,” by J. L. Nicholas. J. P., “Jottings in the Pacific,” by W. Wyatt Gill, B. A. Kai, Ecclesiastes, Te Kai Kauwhau (Bible). Ken., Genesis, Kenehi (Bible). Ko., Korimako, a newspaper. Kori., Korimako, a newspaper. L. A., Lorrin Andrews, Author of Hawaiian Dictionary. Lit., Literally. L. P., “Life of Patuone,” by C. O. Davis. Ma., Matthew, Matiu (Bible). Mak., Mark, Maka (Bible). Met., Metaphorically. M.L., In Maori letters, i.e. as if written by a New Zealander. M. M., “Maori Mementoes,” by C. O. Davis. Mol., Mollusca. M. S., “Maori Customs and Superstitions,” by John White; bound up with “History and Traditions of the Maoris,” by T. W. Gudgeon. MSS., Manuscripts. The Mauscripts quoted are three sent to author. One by C. O. Davis, another by W. Colenso, and a third by a native chief. M. & S., “Myths and Songs of the South Pacific,” by the Rev. W. Wyatt Gill, B.A. Myth., Mythology. N. Z., New Zealand. Neh., Nehemiah, Nehemia (Bible). Nga., Proverbs, Nga Whakatauki (Bible). Nga Mahi, Acts of the Apostles, Nga Mahi a nga Apotoro (Bible). Obs., Obsolete. Orn., Ornithology. Pass., Passive. Plu., Plural. Prov., Proverb. P. M., “Polynesian Mythology,” by Sir G. Grey. Ed. 1885. Ran., Daniel, Raniera (Bible). Recip., Reciprocal. A grammatical term, as “We love one another,” “They clasped hands.” Rew., Levitious, Rewhitikuha (Bible). Rutu, Ruth, Rutu (Bible). S. E. T., “Eruption of Tarawera,” by Percy Smith, F.R.G.S. S. R., “Maori Religion and Mythology,” by Dr. Shortland, M.A. S. N. Z., “The Southern Districts of New Zealand,” by Dr. Shortland, M.A. S. T., “Traditions and Superstitions of the New Zealanders,” by Dr. Shortland, M.A. Syn., Synonym. Tau., Numbers, Tauanga (Bible). Tiu., Deuteronomy, Tiuteronomi (Bible). Trans., Transactions of New Zealand Institute. Wai., Psalms, Nga Waiata (Bible). Wak., Waka Maori, a newspaper. W. T., Papers in Transactions of New Zealand Institute, by Rev. Mr. Wohlers. Wohl., Trans., Papers in Transactions of New Zealand Institute, by Rev. Mr. Wohlers. W. W., “New Zealand Dictionary,” by Ven. Archdeacon Williams. Zool., Zoology. = equal to.

THE MAORI - POLYNESIAN COMPARATIVE DICTIONARY

A, the collar-bone: Te a o te kaki. Cf. ahei, the collar-bone. 2. The temples of the head: Nga a o nga kanohi.

Tongan—cf. a, the jaw-bone.

Hawaiian—cf. a, the jaw-bone, cheek-bone; iwia, the jaw-bone.

Tahitian—cf. taa, the chin or jaw-bone.

Mangarevan—kouaa, the lower jaw: as kauae, jaw; for kauae.

A, to drive, urge, compel. Cf. hoa, to aim a blow at, by throwing [see Hawaiian]: Ka aia atu ratou e Aperahama—Ken. xv. 11.

Hawaiian—ho-a, (for hoo-a = whaka-a,) to beat; (b.) to drive as cattle.

Samoan—cf. alei, to drive, chase; aga, to do.

Tahitian—a, a method of catching men, beasts, or fishes by a long reach or sweep; to sweep by forming a long reach, in order to catch men, beasts, &c.

Ext. Poly.: Aneityum—cf. a, to do; ahau, to chase, pursue; arei, to prick or goad, as cattle; to drive away, as fowls from a plantation.

A, God, the Deity (one auth.); cf. atua, a god.

Samoan—Cf. aiá, to have authority over; aoao, to be supreme.

Hawaiian—cf. ao, to regard with reverence.

Tongan—cf. aoao, supreme, sovereign; aoniu, omnipresent.

Mangarevan—cf. ao, reign, authority.

Paumotan—cf. a, fundamental; rudiment.

Marquesan—cf. A, the sun (for ra).

Tahitian—cf. Ao, Heaven, the state of the blessed; the good reign of a prince.

Ext. Poly.: Tagal—cf. Yaua, a deity.

A, plural of particle ta. [See Ta.]

A, prefix to proper names, pronouns, &c.: Ka ui atu ki a ia; ‘Kei whea a Whakatau.’—P. M., 61.

Tongan—a, a prefix used before the names of persons in the nominative and oblique cases.

Raratongan—a, a prefix to proper names: E angai mamoe a Abela; Abel was a keeper of sheep.

A, of, belonging to: Ko Hinepiripiri, te wahine a Tawhaki—P. M., 47. 2. At, of future time: Ka ki atu a Rata, ‘A whea ara ai te marama?’—P. M., 56. 3. After the manner of.

Samoan—a, of, belonging to: Na te tatalaina le noanoaga a tupu; He looses the bonds of kings.

Hawaiian—a, of: Kahi i waiho ai na hua olelo a Pii; Where were deposited the words of Pii. (b.) Into; (c.) at; (d.) belonging to: O Pali-uli, aina huna a Kane; O Pariuri, hidden land of Tane.

Marquesan—a, of, belonging to: Umoi oe e otuto atu i te fae a to hoa; You shall not covet your friend's house.

Tongan—a, of, or belonging to: Bea nau lea, o beheage‘a Sisa’; They answered and said ‘Cæsar's,’

Mangaian—a, of, belonging to: Kua tangi te ike a Mueu; The mallet of Mueu is sounding.

Mangarevan—a, of, or belonging to: Te kai a toku motua; My father's food. (b.) It is; that is: A koe tena; It is you ! (cf. N.Z. tena koe.) (c.) Placed before a numeral: e toru a mano; three thousand.

Aniwa—a, of.

A ! an interjection or exclamation: A ! waiho ra, me rapu ake e taua, te matenga, te oranga.

Hawaiian—A ! Lo ! behold !

Samoan—A ! interjection of surprise.

AE, ‘Yes,’ in answer to affirmative question, and ‘No,’ in answer to a negative one: Ka mea mai ratou,’ Ae ! e tika ana ua ua’—P.M., 18.

Whaka-AE, to consent; to give consent: Kaore ia i whakaae kia wehea raua.—P. M., 8.: Whakaae ana a Karihi ‘Ae.’—P. M., 50.

Samoan—cf. ai, probably; e, Yes; oe, Yes; ioe, Yes.

Tahitian—ae, Yes: but qualified by tone of voice.

Hawaiian—ae, Yes; assent, approval, consent, agreement: E pai na lima, ae na waha; The hands strike, the mouths assent.

Marquesan—ae, to consent. Cf. e, Yes.

Mangarevan—cf. ae, always, i.e. continuously; e, Yes; he, Yes.

Moriori—cf. e, Yes.

Mangaian—ae, Yes.

Rarotongan—cf. a, Yes.

AEAEA (aéaéa), to rise to the surface. Cf. ea, to appear above water; maea, to emerge.

Whaka-AEAEA, to pant for breath. 2. To utter disconnectedly.

Tahitian—aeae, the state of being out of breath, breathless; aeaea, to be exhausted, breathless; ha-aeae, the gasping of a person near death; fullness; shortness of breath in consequence of eating too much. Cf. aepau, the last dying breath; a bequest by a father to his son; wisdom or learning obtained by a son from his father; taaaeae, to lie gasping for breath.

Mangarevan—aeaea, to respire with difficulty; to have pain in breathing.

AEHA, an interjection of contempt.

AERO, to dwindle, to become less and less.

AEWA, to wander. Cf. Kaea, to wander; kaewa, wandering; maewa, to wander. 2. To circumnavigate (one auth.).

Hawaiian—aea, to wander, wandering, a wanderer, a vagabond: A e lilo aua au i kanaka aea me he kuewa wale; I shall be a wandering man and a vagabond. (b.) To remove, or be removed; (c.) unstable, shifty; (d.) to toss or throw back the head, as a person with pride; ho-aea, to pretend to wander, to assume a vagabond appearance; cf. hokuaea, a wandering star, a planet.

AEWA (myth.), the ancient name of the Rarawa tribe—S. T., 25. 2. A name of the ‘Living Water of Tane’ [see Waiora]: the great lake of Aewa—A. H. M., i. 142.

AHA, What? (of inanimate objects only): He aha ta matou e mea ai ki toku ariki—Ken. xliv. 16. 2. Of what kind? Ka titiro ai i te whenua, he aha ranei—Tau., xiii. 18. 3. Whatever. 4. To do what? to do what to? Ko wai hei ki atu ki a ia ‘he aha ana koe?’—Hopa., ix. 12.

Tahitian—Aha, What? How? Why? R aha hoi outou i parau mai ai e, I aha tia koe? What is this ye say to me, ‘What aileth thee?’ Also Eaha, What? of inquiry. Cf. tauaha, What is it?

Tongan—Eha, What? What of it? Oha, What?—Ko eha aau, oku ke ha'u ai moc kakai behe? What ails you to come with such a company? cf. Koeha, What?

Rarotongan—Eaa. What? Eaa taku nei i rave? What have I done?—Eaa tatou e ora'i i te reira tangata? How will this man serve us? Aa, Why? Wherefore? How?—E te karanga nei koutou e, ‘No te aa ra?’ Yet ye say, ‘Wherefore?’

Hawaiian—Aha, to do what? Why? Wherefore?—I aku la au, no ke aha? I said ‘What for?’—I aku la au, heaha ka pono? I said ‘What is proper to be done?’ (b.) An interjection of surprise.

Samoan—cf. A? What?—fa'a-a? Like what? How?

Marquesan—Aha, What? IIe aha te hana o tena atua? What is the work of that god? Cf. meaha, Why? umaha, Why?

Mangarevan—Aha (a) an exolamation of astonish ment or admiration; Eaha, What? What is it? Which?—Eaha to koe taiga? What is your device?

Aniwan—Taha, What (for Ta-ahu)? Taha aia neimna iatakoi; What he did to thee? Cf. Tiaha, Why?

Paumotan—Aha, What? Which?

Ext. Poly.: Sikayana—cf. Ae-aha, What? Feaha, What?

AHAKA (aháka), bent like a hook. Cf. haka, short in stature; hake, humped, crooked.

AHAKOA, although: Ahakoa tokomaha ki roto ki te whare.—P. M., 81. 2. Nevertheless. 3. Whether, or: Ahakoa kararehe, ahakoa tangata, e kore e ora—Eko. xix. 13. 4. ‘IIe ahakoa,’ used in the sense of ‘Never mind,’ ‘What of that?’—IIe ahakoa, tukua atu maua nei ko te Tamatea ki te moana whawhai.—G.-8, 20. Cf. aha, What? and its comparatives.

Moriori—Ihakoa, although.

AHAKU, my; to me: belonging to me: a lengthened form of aka, my, and plural of tahaku, my [see Taku and Tahaku]: Ka mutu ano nga tamariki ahaka, ko ena.—Wohl., Trans., vii. 37.

Tongan–cf. haku, my; haaku, miue.

AHANA, his, belonging to him: a lengthened form of ana; the plural of tahana (tana). Cf. ahaku, = aku, my; mahana, = mana, &c.: E tu ra a nga tuakana, he hopu tou ahana.—Wohl. Trans., vii. 37.

AHAU, I, me. Often au, and sometimes (in the South Island) auau: Ka mea atu a Whakatau, ‘Ae, ko ahau.’—P. M., 64. South Island also awau: Nahau ano awau.—Wohl., Trans., vii. 37.

Samoan—A'u, I: Ua oo mai foi ia te au le mea na au mata'u ai; What I was afraid of has come to me. Cf. ata, I.

Tahitian—Vau, I; also Au, and ovau: O Vau nei inaha, te fafau nei au i ta'u nei faufaa ia outou; And I, behold, I establish my agreement with you.

Hawaiian—Au, I, me. The forms wau, oau, owau, are also used: Aole make au e haule i ka lima o kanaka; Let me not fall into the hands of men; O Kaulu nei wau, ke kama o Kalana; I am Tauru, the child of Taranga.

Tongan—Au, I. Also Kau, Keu, I; Neu, I (always in the past tense); Te, I: Ke tamate'i au, bea teu auha, ko au, mo hoku fale; And I shall be destroyed; I, and my house.

Rarotongan—Au, I: Teia au; koai koe, e taku tamaiti? Here am I; who are you, my son?

Marquesan—Au, I: Ono, oia, tutu au, e ono; Hark ! it is he, I arise; hearken !

Mangarevan—Au, I, me,

Aniwa—Avou, I, me: Akoi nikowna avou; Thou seest me: Avou nacatucua iacowa; I have told you.

Paumotan—Ovau, I, me; Vau, I.

Futuna—Au, I, me.

Ext. Poly.: Motu— Lau, I;

Fiji—Au, I; Kau, I;

Malagasy—Aho, I; Ahy, me;

Kayan—Akui, I;

Sulu—Aku, I;

Kisa—Yahu, I;

Malay—Aku, I.

AHE, to fruetify, to give increase.

AHEA, When? (used in future only): Ahea ano hoki koutou whai mahara ai?—Wai., xciv. 8. Cf. hea, what place, what time? tehea, which?

Samoan—ahea, when (future only)? Also afea: O outou vale fui tou te popoto afea? You fools, when will you be wise?

Tahitian—afea, when? Also, ahea: E afea mai oe e ho'i mai ai? When will you return?

Hawaiian—ahea, when? Ahea la oe e hele mai ia'u? When will you come to me?

Rarotongan—Aea, when? Aea koe e ara ai i taau moe? When will you arise from sleep?

Tongan—afe, when? Bea kohai oku faa tala kiateia be e hoko afe? Who can tell him when it shall be?

Marquesan—ahea, when?

Mangarevan—ahea, when? when is it? Also aea: Aea mai koe? When will you come?—Ahea ka matatea ai? When will the assembly take place?

AHEAHEA (myth.), a name of the Rainbow, as a deity. It was an omeu of battle—M. Sup., 114. [See Kahukura, Uenuku, Aniwaniwa.] Cf. aheihei, the rainbow; and puaheihei, the rainbow.

AHEI, to be able: Kihai hoki i ahei nga Ihipiana te inu i te wai o te awa—Eko., vii. 21. 2. To be possible, to be in one's power: Ekore e ahei te hako i a ia ki tetahi iwi ke—Eko., xxi. 8.

AHEI, the collar-bone. Cf. a, the collar-bone.

AHEIHA, “Truly,” a word donoting acquiescence.

AHEIHEI, the rainbow. [See above, under Aheahea.]

AHERE, a snare for birds. Cf. here, to tie up; tahere, to tie, ensnare.

Samoan—cf. sele, to snare.

Tahitian—cf. here, a snare, noose.

Tongan—cf. hele, to ensnare.

Marquesan—cf. hee, to be strangled.

Mangarevan—cf. ere, to hang up; ereere, to subdue.

Paumotan—cf. here, a snare; to tie; a running knot; to love.

Hawaiian—ahele, a snare. Cf. hele, a snare; pahele, a noose, snare. [For full comparatives, see Here.]

AHI, fire; Tikina he ahi i a Mahuika—P. M., 25. [For discovery of fire, see Maui.] Cf. takuahi, stones let into the floor of a hut as a fender for fire; auahi, smoke; pakaiahi, a fire-place in a canoo. Also, (as “coitus,”) cf. ai, hika, kahika, and kaureure.

Samoan—afi, fire: E le pupula foi le mumú o lona afi; The spark of his fire shall not shine. Cf. áfia, to be burnt accidentally: afila'au, a great burning in honour of a dead chief; ‘aiqaleafi, ashes (lit. “the eating of the fire”); aloiafi, sparks from the fire.

Tahitian—ahi, fire: E inaha, te ama ra te pu aihere i te ahi; Behold, the bush burnt with fire. Cf. ahimaa, a batch of food; the native oven with its contents; ahitao, an oven-fire; fire as a signal; the name of a prayer and ceremony before a cock-fight; ahipihepihe, a remarkable remedy to cure languor or weakness, frequently used by the Tahitian women after confinement, and by persons of both sexes in chronic disorders: perspiration excited by the steam of plants and hot stones; when the perspiration is most copious, the person comes out, and plunges into a river to bathe. Ahitarahu, a fire kindled in the interior of the island to dress food during such times as the whole coast was sacred (rahu or rahui,) and no fire was there allowed to be kindled; ahitea, a fire-brand tied to the end of an arrow, and shot over a river or other water towards a person on the other side [see N.Z. story of the burning of the Arawa canoe—Pol. Myth., 98]; puahi, hot, heated, as herbs for medicine; taoahi, to bake hastily in the native oven.

Hawaiian—ahi, a fire; Hele ae la makou iwaena o ke ahi a me ka wai; We went through fire and through water. Cf. ahiaihonua, (ahikai-whenua,) a volcano; hoaahi, fire-kindling; aahi, a bag, in which fire and fire-materials were carried.

Tongan—afi, fire: Bea nae vela ae mouga i he afi o a'u atu ki he loto lagi; The mountains burnt with fire into the midst of heaven. Cf. gauafi, a fire-stick; makaafi, a flint (fire-stone); fakaafi, to awake one who is asleep.

Marquesan—ahi, fire: Atea tupu i te ahi veavea; Atea produces the very hot fire. Cf. pekahi, to blow the fire.

Rarotongan—ai, fire: E pupuhi atu au i te ai; I will blow against you in the fire.

Mangarevan—ahi, fire, flame: Hoki mai ei ahi; He returned to get fire. (b.) If used after a word meaning bundle, or package, it means a package carried on the bosom. Cf. auahi, to smoke; peikahi, a fan, to fan; tutututuahi, to kindle fire after many attempts.

Aniwa—tiafi, fire (ti for ta = the): Acre neicitia tiafi o tafia marara iai; They saw a fire of coals there.

Futuna—afi, fire.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—Cf. lahi, fire;

Aneityum—asji, to cook on embers; ahi, white; Redscar Bay—nahi and lahi, fire;

Malagasy—afo, fire; hahy, dried exposed to the sun; afovato, a flint (fire-stone);

Malay—api, fire; apiapi, fire-fly. The following mean “fire”:—Kayan, apui; Siwa, ai: Guaham, goifi, ngafi; Chamori, quafi; Silong, apoi; Ceram, afi; Bima, ape; Kayan, apui; Madura, apui; Champa, apoi; Formosa, apoi; Matu, apoi; Macassar, pepi; Bouton, wha; Tomohon, api; Bolangitam, puro; Ahtìago, yaf; Gah, aif; Matabello, efi; Teor, yaf; Mysol, yap; E. Teto, (Timor,) hahi; Vaiqueno, hai; Brissi, ai; Rotto, hai; Solor, api; Sikayana, afi; Kawi, agni. [The last word is Sanscrit; but if Kawi is allied to Pali, the Pali word akkhi, fire, may be a link with ahi.]

AHIAHI, evening: Katahi ratou ka haere ano i te ahiahi.—P.M., 31.

Samoan—afiafi, the evening: Na tautau i latou i laau ua oo i le afiafi; They were hanging on the trees until evening. Cf. afiafiao, the evening before sunset; afiafimalama, the evening after sunset; afiafipo, the evening at dusk.

Tahitian—ahiahi, the evening: I te ahiahi e ho'i mai ai ratou; In the evening let them return. Cf. ahiahirumaruma, an angry person (lit., “a dark, cloudy evening”).

Hawaiian—ahiahi, the after part of the day; to be or become evening: I ke ahiahi komo aku la oia iloko; In the evening she went in. (b.) A defamation, a slander. Ahiahia, obscure. faded, dim, as colours in textures: Hana ìho la ia i ka paku lote uli, a me ka ulaula ahiahia; He made the veil of blue, and of faded red. Ho-ahiahi, to darken, to obscure; to be neither clear nor dark; ho-aahi, firekindlings, materials for kindling fire.

Tongan—efiafi, the afternoon, evening: Bea nae ha'u ae lube kiate ia i be efiafi; And the dove came in to him in the evening. Cf. hoataefiafi, a little past noon-day.

Marquesan—ahiahi, evening: O te ahiahi me te popoui o te a mua ia; The evening and the morning were the first day.

Futuna—afiafi, evening.

Rarotongan—aiai, evening: Kua roroa oki te ata aiai nei; The shadows of evening are stretched out.

Mangarevan—ahiahi, evening, time from about 4 p.m. till the end of twilight.

Paumotan—ahiahi, evening.

Ext. Poly.: Sikayana—cf. afiafi, evening.

AHIKI, to make haste.

AHO, a atring, line: E rua ana hekenga o te aho.—P.M., 23. Cf. kaho, a rafter. (See Hawaiian and Tongan.) 2. A woof, the threads that cross warp in weaving mats: Ahakoa i te uhenu, i te aho ranei.—Rew. xiii. 48.

Samoan—afo, a fishing line.

Tahitian—aho, thread, cord, line: Motu noa ilhora taua na taura i nia i na rima no'na mai te aho; He broke the cords from his arms like a thread. Cf. auaho, to fish with a hook and long line.

Hawaiian—aho, a line, cord, as a fishing line: Nikiniki iho la ia i ka uha puaa i ke aho; Then he tied the hams of the hog with a cord. Ho-aho, to make or twist strings for a house; (b.) to tie aho (sticks used in thatching; Muori = kahu,) ou to a

building. Cf. ahoaiole, a string too short; aholoa, a long cord; patient, long-suffering.

Tongan—afo, a measuring line; a small rope: Bea ko hono nima kuo vahe'i ia kiate kinau tolu aki ae afo; And his hand divided it to them by a line; (b.) one course or range of thatch on a native house.

Marquesan—aho, a line, string; (b.) a tress, lace.

Rarotongan—ao, a line, cord: E ma te ao orongá i tona rima; With a line of flax in his hand.

Mangaian—ao, a line, string: E mano o te ao; a thousand (fathoms) of string.

Mangarevan—aho, thread or cord, of which bands or fillets are made.

Futuna—afo, a line, cord.

Ext. Poly.: Yap—cf. ao, twine.

AHO, radiant, light. Cf. mataaho, a window; tiaho, to emit rays of light; ahoroa, the moon; ao, to become light, daylight.

Samoan—aso, a day: Ia fano le aso na fanau mai ai a'u; Let the day perish wherein I was born. (b.) A daily offering of food to a chief. Cf. tauaso, to be blind; ao, day, daylight.

Tahitian—cf. ao, day; bright clouds.

Tongan—aho, a day: Tuku au keu alu, he kuo ma'a ae aho: Let me go, for the day breaks. Ahoaho, bright, shining, as the moon in a clear night; faka-aho, to do every other day, to do on certain days. Cf. ahofakaua, a term used when the moon is at the full (lit. “one day made two,” or a double day); ahohiva, a festival; ahotetea, morning light.

Rarotongan—ao, day, daylight: E riro oki te ao i te po kerekere ki runga ia ratou; The day shall be dark over them.

Hawaiian—cf. ao, light, day.

Rotuma—aso, day, sun.

Futuna—aso, a day. Cf. ao, a day, daylight.

Ext. Poly.: Sikayana—cf. atho, a day.

AHOROA, the moon. Cf. aho, radiant light; ao, day; roa, long.

Tongan—cf. ahoaho, bright, shining, as the moon in a clear night. [For other comparatives, see under Auo.]

AHOKIRA, a word denoting assent.

AHORE, No, not. Cf. kahore, no, not; hore, not.

Marquesan—aoe, not, nothing; No: Aoe e ae na mea pohoe; No living things were moving.

Mangaian—aore, not, nothing: Aore a e pau atu i tau moko; I will not part with my grandson.

Hawaiian—aole, not, No; a universal negative. It is also found as aohe, aoe, ole, &c.: Aole ku, aole hina, aole moe; Never quiet, never falling, never sleeping: Aole hai ke hoihoi aku; He does not cease, though sent away. Tahitian–aore, no, not, in reference to the past: A riro ai ta'u ei oia, oia, e aore, aore; That with me there should be yes, yes, and no, no.

Rarotongan—cf. kare, no, not.

Marquesan—cf. kakoe, not, not at all; aoe, no, not.

Mangarevan—cf. kakore, no.

AHU, a heap; to heap up; piled up: Ka tu nga puke, he mea ahu and nga onepu e nga ringaringa o te tohunga—G. P. Ap., 83. Cf. tuahu, to throw up into hillocks; a sacred place; uruahu, a sacred place [see Marquesan]; ahurewa, an altar; ahua, to be pregnant. 2. To cultivate the soil: Ko Ngatipaoa, he iwi pai, he iwi ahu whenua—M. M., 129. 3. To tend, foster, protect: Nana i ahu mai, ka ki ia, he tangata—P. M., 19.

AHUAHU, to heap up, to earth up. 2. To foster, tend.

Whaka-AHU, to heap up; to lay in a heap. 2. To swell up; cf. ahua, to be pregnant. 3. To be annoyed, vexed. 4. To express disdain.

Tahitian—ahu, to throw up or huddle together a heap of things; to pile up stones or throw up earth as a fortification; (b.) to make an enclosure to catch fish in shallow places; (c.) to scoop, ladle, or shovel; ahuahu, a small enclosure for catching fish; (b.) a ladle, or anything to bale with. Cf. ahua, to tend or nurse the sick; ahuna, property or other things heaped together; ahupapaa, an enclosure for fish; the wall of a new marae (sacred place); ahupare, a fortress in time of war; aiahu, one who eats on the high and privileged place of the marae; to vaunt in an ostentations manner; tuahu, to pile up the earth about a plant; ohu, a bank or ridge of earth thrown up.

Samoan—asu, to dip out, to bale out, as the hold of a vessel; (b.) to pour out dust or sand; (c.) smoke.

Marquesan—ahu, a sacred place. Cf. ahui, to transplant; to make sacred (Maori = rahui).

Mangarevan—ahu, to transplant; (b.) to remove a house to another locality; ahuahu, to build, to erect a house; (b.) to make a raft. Cf. ahuahuake, to grow, to grow up; au, to gather, to seize everything; awahu, to build; peahu, a surge, a wave of the sea; puahu, to grow vigorously; puahuahu, a well-grown young man; tuahu, a great number of persons.

Paumotan—ahu, to transplant; ahuahu, suffocating, stifling.

Hawaiian—ahu, to gather, collect: Ahu iho ka pua wahawaha i Wailua; The despised blossoms were collected together at Wairua. (b.) To lie strewed over the ground; ahuahu, young shoots or layers, as of sugar-cane; (b.) a boy or girl that grows quickly; ho-ahu, to lay up as in a storehouse: Mai hoahu oukou i waiwai no oukou ma ka honua; Lay not up for yourselves treasures on earth. Hoo-ahu, to fall together, as men slain in battle; (b.) to collect what is scattered; (c.) to treasure up, as anger; (d.) to pile up, as stones; (e.) to glean, as a field; (f.) an assemblage or collection of things; storing, collecting. Cf. ahua, a bank in the sea; a ford; to be raised up on a platform; ahuna, a heap, pile, collection, to heap up.

Mangaian—au, covering of ridge of house.

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy—cf. [v for h, o for u: see Introduction] avo, high, lofty, eminent; avodia, high-made, high-built (applied only to animals); avombava, high words, insolence (Maori=ahu and waha); avona, haughtiness.

AHU, to move in a certain direction: Ka haere te tangata nei, ka ahu ki Piako—P. M., 184.

AHUA (myth.), the name of the 12th Age of the existence of the Universe. [See Kouz.]

AHUA, form, appearance: I penei me te ahua tohora te ahua, o taua mea—G.-8, 19. Cf. kahua, form, appearance. 2. Likeness, resemblance: Ko te ahua, he ahua tangata, penei me te ahua pakeha—P. M., 177. 3. Character. 4. The spirit or essence of a thing: Ka tangohia e te patupaiarehe te ahua o nga whakakai. 5. An altar. Cf. ahu, to heap up; ahurewa, an altar.

AHUATIA (passive), to be matured or completed.

AHUAHUA, to resemble.

Whaka-AHUA, to form, to fashion: Na, ka haere a Tane, whakaahua i te oneone he wahine mahana—Wohl., Trans., vii. 34. 2. To acquire form: Kua oti ake ia te whakaahua ki te ahua o nga manu. Cf. whaka-whai-ahua, to impart form to; to fashion.

Tongan—afuha, the temper, or propensity; (b.) the direction or course of things; (c.) the grain of wood.

Tahitian—cf. faahua, to assume the appearance of something; not real, or appearing to be acting.

AHUA, to be pregnant. Cf. ahu, to heap up; whakaahu, to swell up; hua, the egg of a bird, roe of a fish; descendants.

Samoan—afua, to begin: A afua ona faia o nei mea; When these things begin to come to pass. (b.) A feast made when the wife becomes pregnant.

Tongan—afua, to long or desire, as in pregnancy; (b.) the motion of surface caused by fish under water. Cf. fua, to bear fruit; to bear, carry; fuaaga, a mother; the source, origin.

Tahitian—cf. ahua, to nurse a person, or wait on the sick; ahu, to heap up.

Hawaiian—cf. ahua, any elevated place; to be raised up on a platform; a bank in the sea; ahuua, a heap, pile.

AHUA, to hasten. Cf. ahu, to move in a certain direction.

Tongan—ahua, to rush at random.

AHUA, truly, verily; a word denoting assent.

AHUAREKA, pleasant, agreeable, pleased: Ka ahuareka noa iho a raua nei korero ki a raua nei—P. M., 165. Cf. ahua, appearance, character; reka, sweet, pleasant; tareka, eager; waireka, agreeable; matareka, to be fond of; manawareka, pleased.

AHUHAHUHA, to be slightly acquainted with; to appear to know.

AHUMEHUME, a garment for females. It reached from the waist to the knees. Cf. whaka-hume, to be drawn between the legs, as the tail of a dog.

AHUREWA, a sacred place; an alter: Kia noho mai te tohunga i mua i te ahurewa.—G. P., 250. Cf. rewa, sacred; elevated, high up; tuáhu, a sacred place. [For full comparatives see Ahu, and Rewa.]

AHUROA, the name of an incantation used at the kumara planting. Turi chanted it at Patea on the first planting of the kumara from Hawaiki. [See Pol. Myth., 137.]

AHURU, snug, comfortable, warm. Cf. huru, glow; warm; to contract, draw in; huruhuru, feathers, hair.

Whaka-AHURU, to warm, to nestle.

Hawaiian—cf. ahulu, over-done, as food baked too much; aiahulu, food baked too much.

Mangarevan—cf. aka-ahuru, to keep on slapping the haud on the same place.

Samoan—cf. afulu, to be over-cooked; afulumea, to be burnt brown; sulu, a torch.

Paumotan—cf. huru, colour. [For comparatives, if the word is based on down, feathers, hair, wool, &c., see Huruhuru.]

AHURUMOWAIRAKA (myth.), the wife of Paikea. [See Paikea.]

Al, a particle having no English equivalent, and only to be understood by reference to a Maori Grammar. It is used in relative clauses: it denotes habitual action; it implies a reason for doing anything, or the object in doing it; also used for ‘there is,’ ‘it is,’ &c.: Ko a ratou rapunga whakaaro hoki mo o ratou matua kia tupu ai te tangata.—P. M., 7: Koia kau ano te take i haere ai au.—P. M., 18: Me aha ra kia kata ai a Kae.—P. M., 39.

Mangarevan—cf. ai, a mark of the future, also interrogative.

Samoan—ai, a relative particle: O ifea o i ai o ia? Where is he?

Tahitian—ai, a verbal directive; sometimes it answers to ‘will’ or ‘shall,’ as Afea e oti ai? When will it be finished? Sometimes connected with a question, as requiring a reason: E aha i ore ai? Why was it not (done)? Ore a ite i ore ai; Because of ignorance it was not.

Hawaiian—ai, a verbal directive, generally having reference to a preceding word, as to cause, manner, or instrument: O ke ala ia i imi ai i ka makua o Kahai; That is the road to seek the father of Tawhaki.

Futuna—ai, there, there is.

Al, to lie with a female; to procreate, beget: Ka noho ia Uenuku ka aitia ki runga ki te takapau-whara-nui. Cf. whaiaipo, a sweetheart; to be in love with anyone; ahi, fire, as “kindling.” [See Hika.]

Samoan—cf. aiga, a family; a relative; cohabiting, as the beginning of a family; fai, to cohabit with; ai, to join two seams, in sewing; aiuta, to dwell inland.

Tahitian—ai, to copulate; faa-ai, to cause animals to copulate. Cf. aia, a country or place where one makes his abode; an inhabitant; or a portion of land (Maori = kainga?); aipai, sodomy; hiai, extreme venery; huaai, seed, progeny; tiai, to commit adultery with many.

Hawaiian—ai, to have sexual intercourse: I ka wa i ai ai na holoholona ikaika; At the time the stronger animals procreated. Cf. aikane, to cohabit, as male with male or female with female; those who mutually give and receive presents, being of the same sex; aikahaula, a lascivious dream.

Tongan—cf. ai, to surround, enclose, defend.

Mangarevan—cf. ai, to think of; to regard with designs; aitanga, descendant.

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy—cf. aina, life, animal life; aivo, children in a family between the oldest and youngest; aizana, the youngest child in a family when the mother is again pregnant; manaizana, to be with child, after the first delivery.

Iloco—cf. ayat, love.

AITANGA, (derivative from ai, to beget,) a deseendant, descendants: He hau anake te aitanga tuatahi a Raki ki te wahine matua.—A. H. M., i. 21. Heuce,

AITANGA-A-PUNGA, an ugly fellow. Punga was god of the lizard, shark, &c., [See Punga, Ikatere, Tangaroa, &c.]

AITANGA-A-TIKI, handsome persons. [See Tiki.]

AITANGA-A-TIKI-KAPAKAPA, birds.

AITANGA-A-NUKUMAITORE (or nukumaikore): Dryads; fairies who lived in trees, or on the parasitical plants such as wharawhara and kiekie. Of this fairy race was Turakihau, the wife of Tura. [See Tura.] Accounts differ as to their appearance. One legend says

that they had large chests and waists, but little heads; another text gives ‘no head, chest and waist only’; another, that their arms and legs were so short that they seemed to have no limbs at all, but waved their hands close to their bodies.—See Wohl., Trans., viii. 122; A. H. M. ii., 13 and 29.

AITANGA-A-POPOROKEWA, the tribe of Kae, the magician. They feasted on Tinirau's pet whale, Tutunui; hence, war was made on them [see Kae] —P. M., 56. It would seem, from Poporokewa being chief of Ati-Hapai, and Te Uru-a-Manono their house of assembly, that Kae went thither.

AI, an interjection of astonishment or surprise: Ai ! Taukiri, e !—P. M., 65.

AIANEI, to-day, now, about this time: Kia pena ki to tuakana aianei ka hinga, ka mate—M. M., 187. Cf. nei, implying position near the speaker; tenei, this, &c.

Tahitian—aauanei, to-day; shortly (of future); aenei, implying action just gone by. Cf. nauanei, to-day, with reference to the past; teienei, now, immediately.

Hawaiian—aianei, there, just by, not far off; aenei, now, about this time, just now; within a short time past or future; to be here, to be present; auanei, indefinite future; not far off; by and by: O kuia auanei oe a hina; Lest ere long you stumble and fall.

Tongan—cf. anaini, instantly, presently; anai, presently, by and by.

Mangaian—auenei, by and by, shortly, to-day.

Rarotongan—cf. akonei, by and by, shortly.

Marquesan—cf. nei, here, now.

Mangarevan—cf. aranei, to-day.

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy—cf. any, to-day (part already past).

Malay—cf. hara-ini, to-day.

AIHU, a salutation by rubbing noses, at parting. Cf. ihu, nose; also perhaps ai, coitus, and ahi, fire (as hika).

AINGA, a derivative from a, to drive.

AIO, calm, peaceful; at peace: Kua aio haere te moana—A. H. M., i 159.

Mangarevan—aio, calm; to calm, to soften, assuage: Kua aio te matagi; The wind has lulled.

AIOTOKI (myth.), the sons of Tiki and Io-wahine, the first man and woman. [See Tiki.]

AIOTEREA the sons of Tiki and Io-wahine, the first man and woman. [See Tiki.]

AIOWHAKA TANGATA(myth.), the son of Aioterea—A. H. M., i. 165.

AIORIRI (myth.), the name of a pre-diluvian person—A. H. M., i. 168.

AITU (myth.), the name of a deity: Ki te tahuna tapu, nohoanga o Aitu—A. H. M., i. 116.

AITU, a deity or spirit: Ka whiwhi, ringa o Aitu; ka rawe, ringa o tangata—G. P., 159; see also G. P., 181. 2. Sickness, 3. Calamity: Ko te po o aitu-kino, o aitua—G. P., 428. Cf. aituá, unlucky, ominous; hauaitu, stricken with cold, wasted, pinchod.

Samoan—aitu (and eitu), a spirit; (b.) a god. Cf. meaaitu, good luck; aitutagata, a murderer by means of the foto (barb of sting ray); an assassin; ‘aigaaitu, an ulcer hard to heal.

Manihiki—fare-a-aitu (house of Aitu), the temple.

Tahitian—aitu, a god or goddess. Cf. puaitu, timorous, to be in a state of fear; raitu, a god (probably =rangi-tu); taefaiaitu, a bird sacred to the god Tane; tauaitu, a friend of a god, a priest.

Tongan—eitu, a heathen feast. Cf. lauaitu, to cry, to weep.

Paumotan—cf. hauaitu, stupefied; maitu, a spirit.

Hawaiian—aiku, to break tapu; to do a thing contrary to ceremony; to eat in an improper manner; to eat standing (kai-tu); the name of a disease (kaki-tu, the croup); aikukuku, to be sick with swellings in the mouth and legs.

AITUA (myth.), Death, the first-born son of Rangi and Papa.

AITUA (aituá), evil omen, bad luck, unlucky; a misfortune: IIe aitua to taua; i hiki taku karakia — P. M., 30. 2. Ominous, foretelling, but not of evil omen: IIe aitua hau, he aitua ua.—A. H. M., ii. 4. Notice also the lines: Ara ka matakite, hei titiro i tona aitua—P. M., 171: Ko aitua tonu, ko Tiki raua ko te Toa—G. P., 125. Cf. aitu, a calamity; atua, a god, or spirit of evil; Tua, used in the sense of deity. [See A. H. M., i. 6.]

Samoan—aitua, to be haunted. Cf. aituemea, an expression signifying bad luck; lauaitu, a weeping, wailing; aitu, a spirit.

Tahitian—cf, Aitu, a deity; haa-maheaitu, to cause trouble of mind.

Tongan—cf, lauitu, to bewail.

Paumotan—cf, maitu, a spirit; hauaitu, stupefied.

Hawaiian—cf. aiku, to break the tapu; to eat improperly (an offence against the gods); the name of a disease (croup); aikukuku, sick with swellings in the mouth and legs.

AKA, long, fibrous roots of shrubs and trees. Often used for tying palisading, &c.: I here-heretia ki nga aka, ki nga taura, ki nga pirita—A. H. M., i. 157. 2. A climbing plant, Bot. Metrosideros scandens. 3 The stem of any climbing plant; and to be found as a compound in aka-tea, aka-totara, &c. [See post.] 4. The shell of a shell-fish: Ka kehitia te aka o te pupu, ka whakapiri ki o raua kanohi.—Wohl., Trans., vii. 43.

AKAAKA, a fibrous root; having fibrous roots. Cf. paiaka, a root; pakiaka, a root; kaka, a single fibre; kake, to climb. [See Tongan.]

Samoan—a'a, fibres of a root: Ua feuiuiai ona aa i le faaputugámaa; Its roots are wrapped about the heap. (b.) Family connections; (c.) the name of a plant; a'aa'a, to have many fibrous roots; (b.) an odoriferous plant, Bot. Seigesbeckia orientalis.

Tahitian—aa, the root or roots of any tree or plant: E ua toro to'na aa e ua api a'era te fenua; You caused it to take root and fill the land. (b.) Hold; right; support; (c.) footing or settlement in a country. Cf. paiaa, the roots, long and small, of a tree or plant.

Hawaiian—aa, the small roots of trees and plants (the large roots are called mole): Manamana ae la kuu aa ma na wai; My root was spread out by the waters. (b.) Veins or arteries of the body; (c.) (fig.) the lower part of the neck; (d.) offspring. Cf. aae, the young shoots of kalo (taro) remaining in the ground when the old plant is pulled up; aakoko, a vein; aalele, an artery; paiaa, the branches of the main root of a tree.

Tongan—aka, the root of trees; to take root in the earth: Oku totolo atu hono gaahi aka ki he vaitafe; That spreads out its sroots by the river. (b.) The name of a shrub; (c.) to kick; a kick; akaaka, the wide-spread and branched root of a tree; rooty, full of roots; (b.) the rays of the sun; faka-aka, to cause to take root. Cf. kaka, to climb; kaka-aga, a frame for plants to creep along; a ladder; fekaka, to creep along a fence, as a vine; akatuu, the principal root of a tree.

Marquesan—aka, a root: Te tumu o te pohoe, mau te aka i te ani una; The tree of life, firm rooted in heaven above. Cf. eka, young roots of trees from which native cloth is made.

Rarotongan—aka, a root: E maró tona au aka i raro; Its roots will be dried up underneath. Cf. (myth.) Te-aka-ia-roe, “The root of all Existence,” a spirit located at the very lowest point of the Universe, and sustaining the Creation. It is a thick stem, tapering to a point—My. and S., 1. [See Kore and Rohe.]

Paumotan—aka, a root.

Futuna—aka, roots generally.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. waka, the fibres or roots of a tree.

Kayan—cf. aka, a root.

Malay—cf. akar, the roots of a plant; a scandent plant; the parts of a plant that climb; akarakar, roots; parasitic plants; ákar, root, origin, principle, foundation. [This last word is said by Crawfurd to be Arabic.]

Salayer—akar, root.

Gah—akar, root.

Sula—kao-akar, root.

AKA-KAIMANU, the name of a climbing plant.

AKA-KIORE, the name of a climbing plant. (Bot. Parsonia rosea.)

AKA-KOHIA, the name of a climbing plant.

AKA-KONGOHE, the name of a climbing plant.

AKA-KUKU, the name of a climbing plant.

AKA-KURA, the name of a climbing plant. (Bot. Metrosideros scandens.)

AKA-TAWHIWHI, the name of a climbing plant.

AKA-TEA, the name of a climbing plant. (Bot. Metrosideros albiflora.)

AKA-TOTARA, the name of a climbing plant.

AKAAKA-TAPU-A-TANE (myth.), the home of Punga, the lizard-god, in the sky. Here Tawhaki met Hine-nui-a-te-Kawa. [See Tawhaki, Punga, &e.; also A. H. M., i. 16.]

AKAU, the coast, the border of land next the sea: Ka ruha te kupenga, ka pae kei te akau. —Prov.

Samoan—a'au, a coral reef. Cf. tuaa'au, the back of the reef; outside the reef, in deep water.

Mangarevan—akau, low land; shoal; a ridge of rocks. Cf. tuakau, breaking, said of waves on low islets at spring tides.

Paumotan—akau, a reef of rocks.

Mangalan—akau, a reef: Ka aere e tauri atu i te akau; Lying in shoals on the reef.

AKE, the name of a small tree (Bot. Dodonea viscosa). In composition, used with several names, as Ake-wharangi. &c.

Tongan—cf. ake, the name of a tree.

AKEAKE, the name of a small tree (Bot. Olearia avicennœfolia). The name is given at the Chatham Islands to Bot. Olearia traversii.

AKE, onwards, in point of time; taro ake, in a little while; mea ake, in a very little while, soon; ake, ake, ake, for ever: Penei ka ora tonu te tangata, ake, ake, ake,—P. M. 10. 2. Used with words denoting position, to express position, as no mua ake, just before. 3. Down below; 4. Upwards: Katahi ano ka maranga ake ona hoa.—P. M., 16. Cf. kake, to climb, ascend, mount; eke, to mount, as a horse, &c.; to ascend. 5. Implying direction to some position with which the speaker has relation. 6. Self, oneself. 7. Possession, as one's own, his own.

Samoan—a‘e, to go up, ascend, as from fishing; (b.) to return from banishment; (c.) to rise, as waves; fa‘a-a’e, to cause to ascend. Cf. ‘a'e, to ascend.

Tahitian—ae, to ascend, climb, mount up; a climber, one who climbs a tree or a hill; (b.) to touch the ground, as a boat or ship: E ae a vau i nia e i te mau ata ra; I will ascend above the heights of the clouds. Faa-ae, to assist a person to climb; aeae, to carry, to convey; (b.) to defend the remainder of an army; to succour in distress. Cf. ee, to get on board a canoe; mount a horse; get aground, as a ship.

Hawaiian—ae, to pass physically or mentally from one condition, state, or place to another; (b.) to permit; (c.) to raise or lift up, as the head; (d.) to mount, as a horse; (e.) to be seasick; (f.) an irregular movement of the ocean; (g.) the flux and reflux of the tide; (h.) a verbal directive, implying an oblique motion either up, down, or sideways; aeae (frequentative), to be a frequent transgressor; (b.) to step over a thing often; (c.) to work over and over; (d.) to be very small or fine, as dust; (e.) to interrupt one in his speech. Cf. aekai, the name of the place in the sea where the surf breaks.

Tongan—hake, up, upwards; to ascend: Mei he tolu ta‘u o fai hake; From three years old and upwards: (b.) flatulency, to belch; hakehake, a place that gradually rises; faka-hake, to land, to remove things from the water to the shore; (b.) to get out of a hole or pit; hahake, near the shore—used of fish when they approach the land in shoals; (b.) east, easterly. Cf. hakeakii, one who promotes, exalts, or dignifies others; exaltation; agahake, to go upwards; ake, to be convalescent, to revive; akefua, to rise or swell, as waves; aluhake, to ascend; tahake, an acclivity.

Marquesan—ake, on high, upwards.

Mangarevan—ake, used after a word used as a verb, to denote action upwards, as Piki ake, Mount! Also, from inferior to superior, as in offering a gift to one's father or king: O-ake; Give it! (to a common person O-atu is used): E aka-aroa ake ana kotou ki te Etua ! Do ye love God? Cf. ukiake, to force upwards with a pole.

Aniwa—cf. ake, thither.

Paumotan—ake, more; (b.) precisely.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. cake (thake), upwards; caketa, to dig or lift up.

Malagasy—cf. akatra, ascended, gone up.

AKENGOKENGO, to-morrow. Kengo, night, is hero used as po, night, is in apopo, to-morrow —i.e., “the night's night,” time being measured by nights, not by days.

AKEPIRAU, the name of a shrub (Bot. Olearia forsteri).

AKEPIRO, the name of a shrub (Bot., Olearia furfuracea).

AKERAUTANGI, the name of a tree (Bot., Dodonea viscosa).

AKEWHARANGI, the name of a shrub (Bot., Olearia cunninghamii).

AKI, or Hake (myth.), a man with whose body the fishhook of Maui was baited when he pulled up the land from the depths of ocean.—A. H. M., ii., 91. [See Maui.]

AKI, to dash, rush: Ka aki rawa mai ratou ki te tangata ra—Ken., xix. 9: Na te hau aia i aki iho ano—A. H. M., i. 51. 2. To strike with a weapon: A ka akina tona hoa e tetahi ki te kohatu—Eko., xxi. 18. Cf. huaki, to rush upon; uaki, to launch.

AKIAKI, to urge on; to keep on, as to keep up a continuous knocking.

Mangarevan—akiaki, to crowd on, to press. Cf. aki, to sprout, grow; to gather with the hand; a cry of joy.

Tongan—cf. akiakitua, to enclose and attack from the back; akiha, to embowel; to eviscerate; taaki, to eradicate, to tear up by the roots.

Hawaiian—cf. ai, to destroy, consume, as a fire, or as a sore; aiai, to reduce to powder.

AKIKO, at a distance. Cf. ki, to; ko, yonder place.

AKIRI, to cast away; flung away.

AKO, to teach: Ka akona e ia ki a ana tamariki —P. M., 175. 2. To learn: E akona tonutia atu ana e Rata i konei—P. M., 58. Akonga, a learner, disciple; akoranga, that which is taught or learnt; the time, place, &c., of learning or teaching.

Whaka-AKO, to teach: Otira na te atua ano ia i whakaako i mohio ai—P. M., 11.

Samoan—a'o, to teach: Ma ia latou a'o ai i a latou fanau; That they may teach their children. A'oa'o, to learn: Latou te le toe a'oa'o foi i taua; Neither shall they learn war any more. (b.) A teacher: O e iti e tusa ma e matutua, o le a'oa'o ma le ua a'oa'oina; The little as well as great, the teacher as the scholar.

Tahitian—a'o, to counsel, advise; advice; a counsellor: E a'o noa tu vau ia oe na; I will advise you. (b.) To warn, reprove; one who warns; (c.) to exhort, preach; a preacher; faa-a'o, to give advice or warning; an adviser.

Hawaiian—ao, to teach, instruct; knowledge, instruction: Ka manao halialia a'u i ka manao i ke ao; I have a fond remembrance of the desire for instruction. (b.) Enlightened; (c.) to reprove, warn; (d.) to take heed, beware; obey; to regard with reverence; (e.) to learn to do a thing; (f.) to copy the example of others; aoao, to accustom; to practise; (b.) to teach; (c.) a habit, custom, &c., peculiar to anyone. Cf. koleloao, to give counsel or advice in important matters.

Tongan—ako, to teach, to discipline, to instruct: Bea ako kiate kimaua aia te ma fai ki he tamajii aia he fauau'i; Teach us what we shall do with the child when it is born. (b.) To warn, admonish, caution; akoga, a learner, a disciple. Cf. akonaki, to teach, instruct; a teacher; doctrine; advice; akonekina, instructed; akosobe, to imitate; feakoaki, to teach one another; to exhort mutually.

Marquesan—ako, to teach, instruct.

Mangarevan—ako, to prove, assay; to examine; to converse with; akoako, to make like; to cause to resemble; akoga, proof, experience.

Paumotan—ako, counsel, advice; to instruct, to advise. Cf. akokume, to persuade.

Futuna—ako, to study.

Rarotongan—ako, to teach, instruction; to preach, to exhort: Kare ra ratou i akarongo mai ka ariki mai ei te ako; They have not listened to receive instruction.

AKONGA derivatives of ako, to teach. [See above.]

AKORANGA derivatives of ako, to teach. [See above.]

AKOTIKA, proper culture. Cf. ako, to teach; and tika, right, proper.

AKU, of me; sometimes ahaku. 2. Plural of taku, my: Ka mea mai to rat'ou papa ‘aku potiki.’—P. M., 109.

Tahitian—a'u, my, mine, of me: E parau oe i a'u e “E tuaana oia no'u;” Say of me “He is my brother.”

Samoan—a'u, I: O a'u ma i latou uma o ia te au; I and all that are with me.

Hawaiian—a'u, of me, mine.

Tongan—aaku, mine; eku, my, mine: Bea koe tamaiki ni, ko eku fanau; These children are my children: Bea koe mea kotoabe oku ke mamata ki ai oku aaku ia; All that you see is mine. Cf. haaku, mine; haku, my.

Rarotongan—iaku, me: Ei runga iaku taua katara naau ra; Upon me be your curse.

Mangarevan—iaku, mine, for me.

Futuna—aaku, my, mine.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. agu, mine, for me;

Malagasy—cf. ko, my, me;

Kayan—cf. akui, I: akui hipon, my, mine;

Sulu—cf. kaku, me;

Sikayana—cf. aku, mine; Solomon Islands—cf. gu, my (as suffix: totogu, my foot);

Javan—cf. ku, I, my, we, our.

AKUAKU, to delay; to be dilatory in working or acting. Cf. akuto, slow, late. 2. To clear out an oven by removing the stones, before heating.

AKUAKU, steady, firm, resolute, powerful.

AKUANEI, to-day, presently, soon (of future only): A ka hoki mai ai au akuanei—P. M., 25. 2. “The chances are—” Cf. aianei, now; tenei, this, &c.

Hawaiian—auanei, an indefinite future time, but not far off; hereafter; E ike auanei i ko kakou onehanau; We shall soon see our native-born place.

Rarotongan—akonei, of time future, but not far off; presently: Akonei korua kua kite atu ei iaia; About this time ye (two) will find him.

Mangarevan—akunei, presently, soon.

Paumotan—akuanei, presently, soon.

AKUTO, late: He tau akuto; A late season. 2. Slow. Cf. akuaku, to delay.

AMA, the outrigger of a canoe: Katahi ka pehia e Maui te ama. 2. The stage between the canoes of a double canoe. Cf. amatiatia, a canoe with an outrigger.

Samoan—ama, the outrigger of a canoe; (b.) (fig.) a wife.

Tahitian—ama, the outrigger of a single canoe. The paeama is the “port,” and the woman's side; paeatea, “starboard,” and man's side. Cf. tauama, a canoe with an outrigger.

Hawaiian—ama, the longitudinal stick of the rudder of a canoe.

Tongan—ama, the larboard side of a canoe; hama, the outrigger of a canoe; (b.) the smaller part of a double canoe; (c.) the leeward; (d.)

a preparation for marking; to mark, to chalk: faka-hama, to put the outrigger on to a canoe; (b.) foolishly generous; indifferent. Cf. hamaua (hama-rua), to marry two wives at the same time; hamatefua, the smallest sailing canoe; hamanaki, to depend upon; faka-lelehama, to sail a canoe with the outrigger out of the water.

Marquesan—ama, the outrigger of a canoe.

Mangarevan—ama, the outrigger of a canoe.

Paumotan—ama, the outrigger of a canoe.

Futuna—ama, outrigger of a canoe.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. cama (thama), the outrigger of a canoe. Brierly Island—cf. sama, outrigger. Dufaur Island—cf. sarima, outrigger.

Rotuma—cf. sama, outrigger.

AMAI, the swell on the sea. Cf. hapai, to lift up [see Mangarevan]; ami, to heap up. 2. Giddy, dizzy.

Mangarevan—amaamai, the pitching of a vessel; to pitch and toss; amaiga, to lift; to heave up.

AMAIA, a halo.

AMARU, the name of a tree, a species of Metrosideros.

AMARU, dignified. Cf. maru, shaded, sheltered.

Hawaiian—cf. malu, to have protection of a chief; at ease, comfortable.

Mangarevan—cf. aka-marumaru, a protector.

Tahitian—cf. maru, gentle, affable. [For full comparatives, see Maru.]

AMATIATIA, a canoe with outrigger, Cf. ama, an outrigger.

AMENE, to desire. Cf. mina, to desire; minaka, to desire. 2. To gather, collect: Me amene mai hoki ki a koe.—Ken., vi. 21: Amenea mai nga pungarehu. Cf. mene, to be assembled; mine, to be assembled; tamene, to be assembled; humene, gathered up in small compass.

Tahitian—cf. mene, round, globular; meneu, to be advanced in quantity; haa-mene, to give rotundity to a thing; omenemene, to roll up a coil of rope; tamene, to compress a thing to reduce its bulk; amina, to crave the food that others are eating; to have an unsatisfied desire.

Marquesan—cf. meni, united, or joined; humena, the united cry of all the people assembled on a feast day.

Mangarevan—cf. mene, to fold up.

Paumotan—cf. menemene, round.

Hawaiian—cf. mene, to pucker up; to contract; meneu, to double up, as the arms; menui, contracted, shortened; minomino, to contract.

AMETO, or Aweto (myth.), the lowest division of the Shades (Po) or Nether-world. A place where the soul becomes absolutely non-existent.

AMI, to stink.

Tahitian—cf. amio, to continue to send forth odour, good or bad.

AMI, to pile up, to heap up: E ami ana ia i te taonga.—Wai. xxxix. 6. Cf. emi, to be as sembled; amiki, to gather up without omitting any; amene, to gather, collect.

Mangarevan—cf. amio, to come from all sides, as the wind; ami, a girdle with which men hide the private parts.

Hawaiian—cf. ami, to turn upon hinges.

AMIKI, to gather up without leaving a particle; to collect everything. Cf. ami, to heap up. 2. To relate a tale without omitting the smallest detail.

AMIKU, for amiki. [See preceding word.]

AMIO, to go round about.

AMIOMIO, to spin round, to turn round and round. Cf. takamio, to circle round, as a bird does before alighting; mingo, curly; takamingomingo, to turn round; awhio, to wind; to go round about; awhiowhio, a whirlwind. 2. To be giddy; swimming of the head.

Samoan—amio, to go towards; direction; conduct; amiomio, to go about, in the direction of; (b.) to work; a chief's work. Cf. mio, to wander about; to go round about; mimio, to be confused, as a current at sea; migomigoi, to twine round; milo, to twist, to be twisted; asiosio, a whirlwind.

Tahitian—amio, unsettled, changeable; amiomio, to change repeatedly, as the wind. Cf. mimio and miomio, wrinkled, creased; amioparai, to retire from the face of the enemy, come round by a circuitous path, and renew the fight; puahiohio, a whirlwind.

Tongan—amio, twisted, crooked; (b.) viscous, glutinous; faka-amio, perverse, distorted (applied to language). Cf. mimio, to twist, to contort; dissembling; miomioaki, to go in a serpentine path; ahiohio, a whirlwind.

Hawaiian—amio, to walk or move slily, so as not to be heard; a gentle moving to and fro. Cf. mio, to wallow, to roll; to move easily; to move softly; miomio, to swim, to dive; ami, a swinging, pendulous motion; puahiohio, a whirlwind.

Mangarevan—amio, to come from all sides; to turn, said of the wind; wind that blows in puffs; amiomio, a squall.

Futuna—amio, zigzag.

Moriori—amimio, giddy.

AMO, the priest-leader of a war party. Cf. amo, to carry on the shoulders; to charge upon, to rush.

Tongan—cf. amo, to go in search of the enemy; to reconnoitre; scouts, or advanced guard.

Tahitian—cf. amoamorua, to approach each other, as two armies.

AMO, to carry on the shoulder: Ka amohia ia e raua ki roto to raua whare—P. M., 33: E kite koe i te rakau roa e tu ana turakina, ka amo ai—P. M., 47. Cf. hiamo, to be exalted, to be elevated. 2. A litter; a bier. Cf. kauamo, a litter; whataamo, a litter. 3. A sacred offering (as lifted up, carried on high). 4. To carry in any way: Amo ake au i taku hoe nei—P. M., 111. 5. To rush upon: Amohia ! Charge !

Samoan—amo, to carry on the shoulder; sticks on which a burden is carried on the shoulder: O lea aso foi e aveeseina ai lana avega i lou fuataua ma lona amo foi i lou ua; It shall come to pass in that day that his burden shall be taken away from off thy shoulder, and his yoke from off thy neck. amoamo, the name of a beam in a native house; (b.) to carry on the shoulder constantly. Cf. amomuli, to bear the hinder part of a fata, (hand-barrow, bier, litter); ‘auamo, a party carrying the post of a house; auamo, to carry a dead chief about on a bier; tauamo, to carry about a dead chief; fa'a-amoamotahi, to put up a hand to help carry a log, the person so doing being too tall or too short to put the shoulder to it.

Tahitian—amo, to carry on the back, as the king by a man. Cf. amoamorua, to approach each other, as two armies.

Moriori—amo, to carry on a pole.

Hawaiian—amo, to bear or carry a burden on the shoulder; the burden so carried. (b.) To perform difficult offices of any kind. Cf. auamo, to carry on the shoulders or back; a stick or pole with which burdens are carried on the shoulder.

Tongan—haamo, to carry on the shoulders suspended from each end of a stick: the stick so used; haamoga, a burden or load carried as above; faka-haamo, to order another to carry a burden; to supply the pole to carry with. Cf. amo, to reconnoitre; (b.) to use friction on the body; amoamo, unequal; faka-amoamo, to project.

Marquesan—amo, to carry on the shoulder: E amo te puaa: Eia! e amo atu atou! tai; Carry away the animals: Here! carry them away to the sea.

Aniwan—amo, to take.

Futuna—amo, to carry a parcel; amoamo, to rub a sick person lightly; friction of a suffering member. Cf. amosi, to caress with the hand.

Mangarevan—cf. amo, to wash the face quickly.

Mangalan—amo, to carry on the shoulder.

AMOKURA, the red-tailed Tropic-bird (Phaeton rubricauda).

AMUAMU, to grumble, to mutter discontentedly: Me te whakarongo ki te amuamu ana wahine—P. M., 22: Kanui te amuamu a nga tangata—Wohl. Trans., vii. 53. Cf. hamumu, to mutter; tamumu, to hum; a gentle noise, a murmur.

Samoan—amu, to speak thickly, as a dying person. Cf. mui, to murmur.

Tahitian—amuamu, to grumble, murmur; (b.) to mock, deride, call names. Cf. mu, a buzzing noise; mumu, to make a confused noise, as of a number of persons; muhu, the din of much talking; omumu to whisper; taamu, to plot against a chief.

Hawaiian—amuamu, to use profane language, cursing, reviling. Cf. kuamuamu, to blaspheme the gods; mumu, to hum; mumuhii, muttering; namu, to speak unintelligibly; a foreigner.

Mangarevan—cf. puruàmu, to speak dictatorially, rudely;

Futuna—amu, to grumble; amuamu, to grumble.

Paumotan—cf. muhumuhu, a dull confused noise; tamumu, to rustle; a dull noise.

Mangaian—cf. mu, a sigh.

Marquesan—cf. mumu, a kind of song; a confused noise; kamumu, to sing.

Tongan—cf. muhu, the sound of persons talking together; mumuhu, the roar of the sea or wind; mumu, to collect together; tomuhu, to converse in a low tone of voice.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. mu, to coo as a dove;

Fiji—mumu, to go in troops;

Aneityum—ilmu, to low, as cattle; Cent.

Nicobar—mumu, a dove; Loyalty Islands—mumu, the pitcher wasp.

AMUA, the future; henceforth. [For comparatives see Mua, first, before.]

AMURI, the future: A muri ake nei, hereafter: E kore e tukua mai tona kaha a muri ake nei ki a koe—Ken., iv. 12.

Samoan—amuli, hereafter: Faaali mai ia o mea e tutupu amuli; Show the things to come hereafter. [For comparatives see Muri, behind.]

ANA, a cave: Katahi ka haere atu nga kai patari ki te waha o te ana—P. M., 149. Cf. anau, an uneven surface, crooked.

Samoan—ana, a cave: A o latou faapuga i o latou ana; When they lie in their caves; anaana, full of caves. Cf. analulu, very dark (as if going into “the cave of an owl”).

Tahitian—ana, a cave or cavern: Tia noa ihora i te tomoraa i roto i te ana ra; And stood in the entrance to the cave. (b.) A piece of rough coral used for a grater; (c.) the name of a star; anaana, indented with small holes, as the coral rocks in the sea; (b.) tapering, or going in towards tho bottom. Cf. anavai, the bed of a river; anatiai ahu, a sentinel to watch over a fortified place in a cave; tauana, caves or holes in the rocks under water.

Hawaiian—ana, a cave: O ka poe maloko o na pakaua a me na ana; Those which are in the forts and caves. (b.) A den formed by rocks; (c.) the name of a hollow place in the mouth by which the voice is modified.

Tongan—ana, a cave, a den: Bea i he gaahi ana moe luo oe kelekele; In caves and dens of the earth. (b.) A cabin; any snug place; anaana, full of caves or dens; anaga, a rendezvous; the central point; the source.

Marquesan—ana, a cave, a grotto.

Mangarevan—ana, a cave; anaana, small caves or grottoes. Cf. koana, a hollow; a cavity in the rocks.

Paumotan—ana, a cave.

Futuna—ana, a grotto or cave.

ANA: a word preceded by e, and followed by ana, has the sense of present (or almost immediate) action: E patu ana ahau, e patu ana koe— G. P., 185. Without e, it is used to denote rapid action; and, following a word used as a noun, it denotes finality of action.

Hawaiian—ana, a verbal particle: E hihi ana e ka lihilihi; Which gathers on the eyelashes: E lu ana i ka pua kou; Scattering the tou blossoms.

Mangarevan—ana, a particle, used to indicate the present tense: E tagi kuhane e heke ana; The kuhane (bird) mourns and laments.

ANA, there. 2. When (used as conjunction). 3. An interjection, demanding attention: Ka whiua ki te moana; ana! rere tonu, rere tonu—P. M., 28.

Samoan—cf. ana, if (in past time).

ANA, of him; of her. 2. Plural of tana, his or hers: Ka akona e ia ki a ana tamariki—P. M., 175. 3. For ena, plural of tena, that. 4. A contraction for ae-na, Yes.

Samoan—ana, plural of lana, his or hers: Na te tuu ana fua i le eleele; Which leaves her eggs in the dust.

Tahitian—ana, he, she, it; (b.) his, hers, belonging to it.

Hawaiian—ana, of him, of her, of it, hers, his.

Tongan—aana, his, hers, or its.

Rarotongan—ana, his, hers, belonging to him or her: E tana vaine, e ana puke tamariki tamaroa tokorua; His wife and his two sons.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. ena, his; iana, his, hers (of food only); iena, his, hers.

ANAHARA, Pudendum muliebre (labia majora)—one auth.

ANAHE, only; single; this and no other: Mo taku rua anahe ano—M. M., 152. Cf. anake, only.

Tahitian—anae, all, every, only: E vaiiho i te reira na oe anae; Let them be only your own. (b.) Together.

Marquesan—cf. anaiho, only; anake, only, always.

Mangalan—cf. anake, only.

Moriori—cf. enake, alone.

Mangarevan—cf. anake, only.

Paumotan—cf. anake, unique; to be alone.

ANAKE, only; singly, without others; ‘nothing but’: Ko nga tuakana anake e whakaae kia wehea—P. M., 8. Cf. anahe, only. 2. Entirely, completely, without exception: Kua mate tera wahine tokorua, mate anake—Wohl., Trans., vii. 50. Cf. ke, strange. [See also Hawaiian.]

Tahitian—anae, all, every, only; (b.) together; at once; entirely.

Marquesan—anake, only; (b.) always. Cf. anaiho, only.

Mangarevan—anake, only: Tetahi ra ke, e roroko ana te mou tuakana ka hao ki te hi-po, ko ratou anake; Another day his elder brothers thought that they would go fishing with a line; they by themselves.

Paumotan—anake, unique; (b.) to be alone.

Rarotongan—anake, only: Ko maua anake ra i roto i taua are ra; We two only were in the house. (b.) All.

Moriori—enaki, alone.

Hawaiian—cf. hoo-anae, (whaka-anake,) to set apart; e, strange, other, new.

ANAMATA, hereafter. Cf. nonamata, a long time ago.

ANANA (ananá), an interjection, denoting approbation or wonder: Taketo ana ki te whenua, anana!—P. M., 8. Cf. nana! behold! na! calling attention.

Tahitian—cf. na! lo! behold! nana, to look at.

Hawaiian—cf. nana, to look at attentively.

Mangarevan—cf. nana, to look at; to spy out.

Rarotongan—cf. na! behold!

ANAOA, “Truly,” certainly.

ANAU, an uneven surface. Cf. ana, a cave or hole; (b.) crooked.

ANEANE, sharp, keen-pointed.

Tahitian—cf. aneane, clear, as a fire, or cloudless air.

Samoan—cf. ane, the white ant (Termes).

Ext. Poly.: Tagal—cf. anay, the ant which bores wood.

ANEHU, misty, foggy. Cf. nehu, dust, steam; nehunehu, dusky; nehutai, spray from the sea punchunehu, dusty; ua-punehunehu, misty rain; konenehu, resembling dust; rehu, mist; pungarehu, ashes; rehurehu, to be gone down, as the sun; kaurerehu, dim, dusky.

Samoan—cf. nefu, to be stirred up, to be turbid; fa'a-nefunefu, to be misty, indistinct; fa'a-tinifu, to be cloudy.

Tongan—cf. efu, dust; nenefu, twilight, dimness; afu, the spray of the sea beating on rocks; afuafu, small rain, mist.

Hawaiian—cf. ehu, the spray of the surf; steam of boiling water; hehu, mist, vapour; hehukai, the spray of the sea.

Tahitian—cf. ehu, muddy; ehuehu, transient agitation; rehu, ashes; any fine pulverised substance; rehurehu, the dusk of evening; porehu, dusky.

Mangarevan—cf. rehu, ashes; rehurehu, morning, soon after sunrise.

ANEI, a word used for enei, these; here, in this place.

Tahitian—cf. anei, a word signifying being, and answering to “is” or “are”; but it is used only interrogatively: oia anei; Is it so? or, Is it that?

ANENE, to blow softly, as wind. Cf. hanene, blowing gently; angi, light air; ha, breath; ngenge, tired, weary. [Consider also words under hanehane, rottenness.]

Hawaiian—aneane, to blow softly, as a light wind; (b.) to be exhausted, as a man with hunger; (c.) to be almost something, i.e., to be almost at a place; (d.) faint, low, feeble. Cf. ane, light, as worm-eaten timber; aniani, (angiangi,) to cool, to refresh one heated; agreeable; uhane, the soul, spirit; hanehane, the wailing of the spirits or ghosts; ha, to breathe; anane, feeble, low, weak.

Tahitian—cf. aneane, clear, as a fire, or a cloudless atmosphere.

Mangarevan—cf. kuhane, the soul, spirit. Ext. Poly.: Timur—cf. anin, wind.

Malay—cf. angin, wind.

Malagasy—cf. miainaina, to breathe feebly, (? aina, life); anina, breeze, wind; aniany, puffed up as with wind.

Kisa—cf. ange, wind.

ANEWA, feeble, languid, weak. Cf. reva, to float; porewarewa, giddy, stupified. [The Sumatran word is valuable. See post.]

Whaka—ANEWANEWA, to act in a slow deliberate way.

Samoan—cf. tuneva, to be languid and sleepy; neva, friendless, destitute of relations.

Hawaiian—anewa, indolent, sleepy; to be inactive or asleep; anewanewa, to be as dead; to be in a fainting fit. Cf. newa, to reel or stagger, as one drunk; to be dizzy, as one under the influence of vertigo; nenewa, dizziness of the head, vertigo; lewa, swinging, floating, unstable.

Tahitian—anivaniva, a great degree of giddiness or vertigo; (b.) to be moving in a zigzag course, as lightning, or the irregular flight of an arrow. Cf. neneva, foolish, unsteady; a fool; maneva, foolish, giddy; nevaneva, wild, unsteady, wandering (applied to the eye); nivaniva, unsteady; onevaneva, giddiness; peenevaneva, to fly irregularly, as an arrow; tapineva, to be in a hopeless condition, as one on a piece of rock surrounded by the deep sea.

Mangaian—cf. neneva, foolish.

Marquesan—cf. eva, to be confused; eeva, to melt; to be debilitated, weakened.

Ext. Poly.: Sumatra—cf. neva, toddy, distilled from the Gomuti Palm, of which arrack is made in Batavia, and palm sugar, called jaggery, in India.

ANINI, headaching, giddy, dizzy: A i anini ai ano hoki o ratcu upoko— A. H. M., 49. Cf. ninihi, steep. [See Hawaiian.]

Samoan—ct. niniva, to be giddy. [See Anewa.]

Tahitian—anini, dizziness, giddiness. Cf. manihi, to slip or slide, as in climbing a smooth tree; manihinihi, uneasiness; to feel lassitude; tanini, to stagger, to reel; to drift to leeward, as a ship.

Hawaiian—anihinihi, near to falling off a precipice; to stand in a dangerous place. Cf. nihinihi, narrow-ridged, as a mountain sharp at the top.

Marquesan—cf. takanini, dazzled; to swoon, to stagger, totter. Extr. Poly.:

Malagasy—cf. faniny, giddy, dizzy.

ANIWANIWA, the rainbow: Ki te koma te aniwaniwa, ka mate te tangata—Prov. [See Uenuku, the rainbow.] 2. Black (one auth.).

Samoan—nuanua, the rainbow: E i ai foi le nuanua i le ao; The rainbow shall be in the cloud. Cf. ‘aniva, the Milky Way.

Tahitian—anuanua, the rainbow; also anuenue: E anuanua tei nia i tana upoo; A rainbow was upon his head. Cf. anivaniva, to be moving in a zigzag course, as lightning, or an arrow; a great degree of giddiness or vertigo; tapeanuanua, a portion of a rainbow.

Hawaiian—anuanua, the rainbow; also anuenue: O ke anuenue ke ala o Kahai; The rainbow is the path of Tawhaki.

Marquesan—anuanua, the rainbow.

Mangarevan—anuanua, the rainbow; (b.) clouds, mists on the horizon.

Moriori—aniniwa, the rainbow.

Rarotongan—anuanua, the rainbow: E i takakoia taua terona ra i te anuanua; There was a rainbow round about the throne.

ANO [see Maori Grammar], till the present; up to this time: Ana, tokowha ano kouto—P. M., 13: Kahore ano, not yet. 2. Exactly, quite. 3. Also: Me te tokomaha ano hoki e moe ana—P. M., 15. 4. Again. 5. Indeed, truly. 6. An interjection expressing admiration or astonishment: Ano, te wehi o tenei wahi—Ken., xxviii. 17. 7. Like; as if: He mea pokarekare, ano e wai—Ken., xlix. 4.

Hawaiian—ano, now, at this time, immediately: Ano oe e haawi mai; You shall give it to me now. Cf. anoa, now.

ANU (myth.), Space. Many deities are included in Te Tini-o-te-Anu, “The Multitude of Space,” Anu-matao, Anu-whakarere, Anu-whakatoro, Te Anu-mahana, To Anu-mato, &c. Anu-mate was the source of death. [See A. H. M., Eng. part, 28, 32, &c.] They are sometimes called Te Kahui Anu, “The Flock of Space.” [See Tongan of next word.]

ANU, cold, coldness: He mate kai e rokohanga, he mate anu ekore e rokohanga—Prov. Cf. koanu, cold; puanu, cool.

ANUANU, cold: Takoto mai ra, i te anuanu, i te matao—G. P., 83.

Tahitian—anu, cold, or coldness; to be chilly; anuanu, cold. Cf. irianu, a person not affected by cold or drowsiness; puanuanu, to be chilled; to be dejected in mind; tauanuanu, the cold season; tovanuvanu, coldness.

Hawaiian—anu, cold: Kuu hoa i ka anu o ka mauna; My friend in the cold from the mountain. Anuanu, cold, chilliness. Cf. anuhenuhe, rough with cold; puanuanu, to be cold; to be damp and shivering; pupuanu, to come out in cold pimples (“goose-flesh”); to try to get warm in vain; to be dizzy; to persevere in doing a thing.

Tongan—anuanu, to wade and swim in deep water; faka-anuanu, to float, to lie in the water. Cf. anufea, cold; fakaanufea, to chill, to make very cold.

Marquesan—anu, cold, to be cold: Anu, oko aa-naho kerokero, koe na hoa; Cold, dreary, dark, without companions.

Mangarevan—anu, cold: Ena ra i te matagi riria anu nui; It was very cold in the disagreeable wind. Anuanu, slightly cold; chill. Cf. auanu, to feel cold; cold dew; to be sensible of the absence of anyone; to be alone, i.e., to be cold because someone is away.

Paumotan—anuanu, cold.

Rarotongan—anu, cold: Te anu e te pukaka, te akau e te paroro; Cold and heat, summer and winter.

ANUANU, offensive, disgusting; to loathe: He mea anuanu tena—Rew. xviii. 23.

Samoan—Cf. anu, to spit; anuanu, to spit constantly; anuilagi, to insult a superior (lit., “to spit to heaven”); anusalo, to hawk up saliva, a sign of disgust; anusia, to be spit upon, hated.

Tahitian—cf. manuanu, loathsome; surfeiting; to be qualmish.

Marquesan—cf. anuanu, spittle.

Mangarevan—cf. anuanu, spittle; to spit, to hawk up phlegm.

ANUHE, a large caterpillar. Cf. whe, a caterpillar.

Samoan—anufe, a worm: Ana e ‘aina e anufe; The worms shall eat them. (b.) A caterpillar.

Hawaiian—anuhe, a large worm that destroys the leaves of vegetables; enuhe, a species of worm, large and striped: A hoomakaukau ke akua i wahi enuhe i ka wanaao; God prepared a worm when morning rose next day. (b.) A worm, generally, in a moral sense, as a poor, helpless, despicable creature: Pehea la hoi ke kanaka, he enuhe; How much less a man, who is a worm. (c.) A caterpillar: E hoouna i na lio e like me na enuhe huluhulu; Cause the horses to come up like rough caterpillars. Cf. he, the name of the little caterpillar that eats the leaves of the cocoanut and the palm-leaf pandanus; hehe, to wither or spoil, as leaves.

Tongan—unufe, the caterpillar: Nae tuku foki eia ae fua oe nau gone ki he unufe; He gave also their increase to the caterpillar.

Rarotongan—anue, the caterpillar: E akaki au ia koe ki te tangata mei te anue; I will fill you with men as with caterpillars. Cf. e, the Phasma, (Lopaphus coccophagus,) which eats the leaves of cocoanuts, and resembles what is called in New Zealand by Europeans “the animated straw.”

Marquesan—nuhe, a caterpillar; (b.) a dog.

Mangarevan—enuhe, a caterpillar. Cf. he, a kind of locust, which eats the leaves of the cocoanut.

Paumotan—anuhe, a snail; hanuhe, a caterpillar.

Tahitian—cf. fefefefe, crooked, having many bends; neeneeahe (neke-neke-a-whe), to crawl or move as a caterpillar.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. nuve, a caterpillar; Magindanao—cf. anae, a worm;

Tagal—anay, the ant which bores wood.

ANU-MAHANA See Anu (myth.).

ANU-MATO See Anu (myth.).

ANU-MATE See Anu (myth.).

ANU-MATAO, To Anu Matao (myth.), the wife of Tangaroa. Her children were the Fishdeities. [See Whatukura, Poutini, Te Pounamu, Anu, &c.]

ANURANGI, a variety of the kumara or sweet potato (myth.)—Colenso, Trans., xiii. 35. It was brought by Hoturoa in the Tainui canoe, at the Migration.—A. H. M., ii. 180.

ANUTAI, a variety of the kumara. [See Colenso, Trans., xiv. 43.]

ANGA, a derivative from a, to drive: Ka anga ane ka pei atu i a ia—P. M., 70.

ANGA, to look or move in a certain direction: Kua anga mai ki runga ki a koutou nga kanohi

o te tini—M. M., 123. 2. To turn and move in a certain direction. Cf. hangai, opposite, across; anganui, opposite. 3. To begin to do anything. [This is, probably, (like Rarotongan aka, causative prefix,) a form of hanga, to work, build, and whaka, the causative, “to make to do.” These are discussed under Whaka.] 4. Aspect. Cf. wheangaanga, turning this way and that; undecided.

Whaka-ANGA, to cause to turn in a certain direction.

Whaka-ANGAANGA, to debate with oneself.

Samoan—aga, to do, to act, to go or come (using mai, hither, or atu, away, as in Maori). Cf. agaali'i, to act as a gentleman; aga'ese, to go away from; agalelei, to act kindly; agafa'afafine, to act like a woman, to act with mildness; agaga, to devise, plan; agaagamea, skilful; agatonu, to go straight; feaga'i, to go up and down, backwards and forwards; feagai, to be opposite to each other; agava'a, the “conduct” of a canoe, its behaviour in the water.

Tongan—aga, manner, disposition, behaviour, nature, habit, state; (b.) clever, sagacious, knowing; agaaga, to interfere, to intermeddle; faka-aga, a critic, an inspector; to criticise or remark upon the work of another; faka-agaaga, to work carefully; to work to pattern; to fit; haga, to face, to look at; hagahaga, to be engaged. Cf. agatu, to face, to look towards; to incline in an opposite direction; agaofa, loving, kind; agaaeiki, chief-like in disposition (eiki=ariki); agahake, to go upwards; agamai, to approach; hagahagai, ahead, right opposite, as the wind; hagatonu, to be in a line with any other object.

Rarotongan—anga, to turn: E kia anga te riri o toou tuakana ra; Until your brother's anger is turned away. (b.)To make: E kua anga aia i te maramárama no taua are ra kua akamouia ki te mea kopekapeka: He made windows of narrow lights for the house. Angaanga, to work; Auraka roa ei angaanga e raveia i reira: No manner of work shall be done in them. Cf. angairi, to return.

Mangarevan—aga, work, to labour; (b.) a fathom (measured by the arms); (c.) a sort of basket for taking fish; agaaga, work. Cf. agaagatua, to turn the back to any one.

Futuna—aga, conduct; the manner of eating; custom; use.

Hawaiian—cf. ana, to measure; anau, to go about irregularly from house to house; anapau, to turn, to bend; a hinge; ho-anapau, a bending crook; anaaiga, an eating circle; a congregation of people for any purpose, provided that a space be left in the middle; anahonua, to measure land; anahua, a tall man bending over.

Ext. Poly.: Magindano—angy, to go.

Malagasy—angay, any open space.

ANGA, a cockle-shell. Cf. angarite, a bivalve mollusc.

Tongan—agaaga, the name of a shell-fish. Cf. agaagamoana, the name of a shell-fish.

AGAAGA, the head. Cf. poangaanga, the skull: I rangona kautia ake e ia ki te huhu o te patu e haere iho ana ki tona angaanga—P. M., 92. Te papa o te angaanga, the skull.

Ext. Poly.: Malay—cf. angu, to nod the head.

ANGANUI, to look straight at; to be exactly opposite: Kia anganui mai te korero; Speak directly to me. Cf. anga, to look in a certain direction; hangai, opposite; nui, great. [See comparatives under Anga, Hangai, and Nui.]

ANGAANGAMATE, the back of the hand. Cf. anga, to turn; anga-taraha, to lie on one's back.

Samoan—cf. ága, a span (limasaga, five spans).

Tongan—cf.haga, a span in length.

Mangarevan—cf. aga, a fathom; agaagatua, to turn the back to one.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. caga (thanga), a span.

Malay—cf. angau, to raise the hand as if to strike.

ANGARITE, a species of bivalve mollusc. Cf. anga, a cockle-shell.

Tongan—cf. agaaga, the name of a shellfish.

ANGENGI, the name of a fish.

ANGI, a zephyr, gentle breeze, light air. Cf. hengi, to blow gently; hanene, blowing gently; anene, to blow gently, to breathe softly; matangi, wind; koangi, cool. 2. A pleasant odour, fragrance.

Whaka-ANGI, to approach stealthily. 2. To fly, as a kite: Rokohanga atu, e whakaangi ana ano a Whakatau i tana manu—P. M., 61.

Samoan—agi, to blow, of the wind: Agi mai i la'u faatoaga; Blow (wind) upon my garden. Fa'a-agi, to cause to blow: E faaagi mai e ia lona matagi; He causeth his winds to blow. Agiagi, to blow gently. Cf. agina, to be put in motion by the wind; to blow straight out, as a flag; agilaufola, to blow steadily, without squalls; agipó, to blow at night.

Hawaiian—ani, to blow softly, as a gentle breeze: Ke ani nei ka makani; The wind blows softly. (b.) To pass over a surface, as the hand over a table; (c.) to draw a net over the surface of the water; (d.) to beckon with the hand; aniani, to cool, to refresh one heated; to blow gently, as the wind; agreeable, cool, refreshing; (b.) a looking-glass. Cf. aniania, smooth and even, as the surface of a planed board, or the sea in a calm; aneane, to blow softly, as a light wind or zephyr; koaniani, to blow, as a fresh breeze; a soft cooling wind; moani, a breeze, the name of a wind.

Tongan—agi, to come from; (b.) to superintend, oversee; agiagi, to begin; (b.) to spring up, as a breeze; aagi, changeable, not fixed; faka-agi, to consult, to meditate; (b.) to hang or place anything in the wind to dry; (c.) to give directions; (d.) to keep the sail full; agiagina, the motion of anything light moved by the wind; agiga, that point of the compass from which the wind blows; agina, to be carried away with the wind; to be full, as the sail with wind. Cf. feagiagiaki, to vary or change from point to point, as the wind when not settled.

Mangarevan—agi, zephyr, light wind; agiagi, to blow gently; a light wind. Cf. agiagiga, a gentle disturbance of air.

Paumotan—cf. hagihagi, light, elegant.

Futuna—agi, and agiagi, to blow, as wind.

Moriori—cf. hokaangi, to shake in the wind.

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy—cf. anina, breeze, wind; aniany, puffed up, as with wind.

Malay—cf. angin, air, atmosphere, wind.

Uea—cf. ang, the wind.

Java—cf. hangin, wind.

Bugis—cf. anging, wind.

Tagal—cf. hangin, wind.

Bisaya—cf. hangin, wind.

Magindano—cf. hangin,

wind.

Kisa—cf. ange, wind.

Bicol—cf. hagnin, wind.

ANGIANGI, thin: Kia angiangi ai te poho o te tangata—P. M., 162. 2. Unencumbered, unimpeded.

ANGIANGI, the name of a shrub. (Bot. Coprosma sp.)

ANGITUA, unsuccessful.

ANGOA, thin, lean, wasted.

Samoan—cf. agosi, to be wasted away from sickness.

Hawaiian—cf. anoi, a thirst, a strong desire; ano, fear, dread; to be silent and solitary as a deserted village.

Tongan—cf. agoago, quite empty; perfectly dry.

Mangarevan—cf. agoago, to be deep (of a hole); agoa, a circular reef in three to six fathoms of water.

Paumotan—cf. agoago, light, slender, elegant. Ext. Poly.: Solomon Islands—cf. agai, an exclamation of pain and suffering.

Bicol—cf. angot, vexing, worrying.

AO (myth.), one of the primal deities who are the unborn Forces of Nature. Ao is the personification of Light and the Upper-world, as opposed to Darkness and the Lower-world (Po). He is spoken of under many forms or manifestations, as Ao-tu-roa, “Abiding Day,” Ao-marama, “Bright Day,” &c., and with his companions, Ata, “Morning,” and Whaitua, “Space,” resists the powers of night, Kore, “The Void,” Te Mangu, “The Black” (Erebus) &c. One Ao was of human shape, and they all are counted in the pedigrees of chiefs [see Appendix, Genealogies] — Sh. Rel., 12; G. P., App. li. [For the Maori Cosmogony, see Kore; for other Ao, see Aonui.] In Tahiti, Aoroa was Heaven, and the residence of the god Tane, and Aoaomaraia was the discoverer of fire. [See Maui.] Ao is probably another name for the great Polynesian deity, Atea (Vatea, Awatea,) “Daylight.”

AO, day-time; day, as opposed to night: A e rapu noa ana ana tamariki i te ahuatanga o te po, o te ao—P. M., 7. 2. A day, a season of time: Ka tipu here mai a tae noa ki te ao nei—G.-8., 26. 3. To become light: Korihi te manu, ka ao, ka ao, ka awatea—G. P., 432. Cf. aho, radiant light. 4. To dawn: Aoina ake i te ata ka haere—A. H. M., ii. 9. Cf. maruao, dawn of day; puao, to dawn. 5. The world: Aue! kau atu ana au, i te ao. 6. Mankind (met.): Ko tenei tangata no roto i te whenua, ehara i tenei ao [i. e., He was not a man, but a supernatural being]. 7. A cloud: Te ao ka pua e rere mai ra—M. M., 23. Cf. au, a cloud; smoke; aorere, scud, light flying clouds; aorewa, scud.

Samoan—ao, day, day-time; to be day; pass. aoina: Ua oso atu i latou i le pouliuli a o ao; They meet with darkness in the day-time. (b.) A day: E fagafulu o ao ma le fagafulu o po; Forty days and forty nights. (c.) A cloud: Ia tumau i ona luga le ao; Let a cloud dwell upon it. (d.) A chief's head; (e.) a title of dignity given to chiefs; (cf. Maori, rangi, a chief, and heaven;) (f.) the name of a fern; (g.) it is right, proper; (h.) to be excellent, to be perfect, as a boat, house, &c. aoao, excellent, surpassing, supreme; to be supreme. Cf. aoula, a day-dance; ao-atea, before noon; aogalému, to be broad daylight; fetuao, the morning star; aso, a day; a daily offering of food to a chief; pitoao, to be over-shadowed by the edge of a cloud; tautuao, to rise up and pass over, as clouds; puao, mist; lauao, a chief's hair; migao, to show respect to.

Tahitian—ao, day; light: Taaroa tei te ao; Tangaroa is the light. (b.) The natural day; (c.) bright clouds of the sky; (d.) Heaven, blessedness, happiness; the state of the blessed; (e.) the good reign of a prince; (f.) a hospitable man; (g.) the present life; (h.) the opening buds of trees; (i.) the white heart of taro, cabbage, &c. (probably = Maori ngao, a sprout); (j.) a large, spotted sea-bird; (k.) the heart of a bundle of cloth (probably = ngao); (l.) the king, as heart of the country (probably = ngao); (m.) the grooves of the cloth mallet, also the marks on the cloth (probably = ngao, the palate); (n.) the inside bark used for cloth making; (o.) the fat of turtles, fowls, and fishes (probably = Maori ngako, fat); (p.) the name of a ceremony previous to that of the tihi; (q.) braided human hair; (r.) the first or chief part of things; (s.) one of the ropes fastened to a sail (aho?); (t.) a spy, who comes upon a party at night to see what they are doing (probably = ako, to learn); (u.) the sides of a square; (v.) an angle; (w.) to press liquid out of a strainer; (x.) to peep, as an eel out of its hole; to appear again, as a lost fugitive. aoao, slim, tall, wall-shaped; (b.) the ribs (probably = Maori kaokao, the ribs). Cf. aorai, the name of the king's house; aoroa, the firmament of heaven; aorereva, a kind of Native cloth; aorereva noa, flying clouds; unsettled; taiao, dawn.

Hawaiian—ao, light, day: O Kukahi ka po, O Kulua ke ao; The night of Tutahi, the day of Turua. Also to become light, to dawn. (b.) The world: Nana i hoonoho ke ao nei maluna o lakou; He hath placed the world upon them. (c.) Light, as applied to the light-green of fresh plants or trees; (d.) a cloud: Me he ao puapuaa la ke aloha e kau nei; As a thick cloud love settles upon me. (e.) To awake, as from a vision or dream; (f.) to come to one's right mind, or self-possession. Hoo-ao, to tempt, to try, to prove; to assay; (b.) to try, i.e. to cohabit before marriage. Cf. aouli, the sky, the visible arch of heaven; the stars collectively; Heaven itself; aopoko, a short cloud; (fig.) men of little weight or character; wanaao, the dawn of day, to dawn; piao, the hot reflection of the sun on a smooth surface or dry land.

Tongan—ao, a cloud: Nae to foki ae vai mei he gaahi ao; The clouds also dropped water. (b.) Presence; (c.) the front or most frequented part of an island; (d.) the inside of Native cloth; (e.) a head-dress; (f.) to repeat a game, to play over again; (g.) to seek suitable trees in the forest; (h.) to chase; aoao, sovereign, sovereignty; (b.) supreme; (c.) the eighth day in the Tongan calendar; (d.) to bind round and round; (e.) to hew timber in order to make it straight; aoga, worthy, useful, profitable, acceptable, needful. Cf. aho, a day; ahoaho, bright, shining, as the moon on a clear night; ahotetea, morning light; aoaofia, cloudy, overcast, as the moon; aoniu, omni-present; feao, to attend upon, as a guard, or as a servant.

Marquesan—ao, light, day-light, day: Paha mai te Atua i te maamaama,

he ao; God called the light, day. (b.) A cloud. Cf. aotahi, to obey.

Rarotongan—ao, the world: E iia keia aia i te ao nei; And chased out of the world. (b.) Day: Te apii nei tetai ao i tetai i te tuatua; Day unto day uttereth speech. (c.) Dawn, to dawn: E tae ua atu ki te ao anga ra; Until the dawning of the day.

Mangaian—ao, day: Ua po Avaiki, ua ao nunga nei; ‘Tis night in Hawaiki, and day in this world: Ao mata ngaa e; The eye of day is unclosing. (b.) Daylight: Kua akama i te ao e; He is ashamed to be in the light. (c.) The world: E noo i te ao nei; Remain in this world.

Futuna—ao, a day; daylight. Cf. aso, a day.

Mangarevan—ao, the world; the Universe; (b.) authority, government, reign; (c.) a cloud; (d.) inward consolation; tranquillity of conscience; aka-aoao, to think about. Cf. aomaku, humid; aotikanga, authority.

Paumotan—ao, the world; (b.) happy, happiness. Cf. auina, daylight (ina, to shine = Maori hina).

Ext. Poly.: Sikayana—ao, morning; atho, a day; iao, light;

Tagal—aso, smoke;

Kayan—laso, heat; Amboyna (all three dialects)—aow, fire;

Lariki—aoaaoa, day.

AO, to take up by handfuls: Ka aohia ake e te tohunga kia ki tona ringa—Rew., v. 12. 2. To collect. Cf. aoaka, two handfuls at once.

Samoan—ao, to collect, to gather together. Cf. aofa'i, to collect together, to come together; aofa'iga, the sum total; aofaga, a collection; aofia, an assembly; aotele, to gather all into one (of things).

Tahitian—cf. aoaia, to collect food and other things with care.

AO, the bark of a dog: Katahi ka whakao mai, ‘Ao! ao! ao! a-ao-o!'—I’. M., 29. Cf. au, to bark as a dog.

Tahitian—aoa, to bark or howl, as a dog; the howling of dogs; aoaoa, the indistinct noise made by persons at a distance; (b.) rambling, unsettled; to be delirious.

Hawaiian—aoa, to howl, as a dog; (b.) to howl or wail for grief for the loss of friends; to howl for a calamity that has come upon one: hence = cross, angry, rough in language.

AOAKA, two handfuls at a time. [See Aohanga.]

AOAKE, the day following: Kotahi ra i patua ai e ia e rua pa; aoake, e toru pa; aoake, e rua pa—G.-8, 30. Cf. ao, day, to dawn; ake, onwards (in time).

AOHANGA, a striped variety of New Zealand flax (Phormium). 2. Two handfuls at once: a derivative from ao, to take up by handfuls. In South Island, aoaka.

AOKAI, the Pleiades. [See Matariki.]

AOKEHU (myth.), a hero of great power as a tohunga (wizard-priest); he slew Tutaeporoporo, the great taniwha (water monster) of the Wanganui River. [See Tutaeporoporo.]

AONUI (myth.): Aonui, Aoroa, Aopouri, Aopotango, Aowhetuma, Aowhekere, Aokahiwahiwa, Aokanapanapa, Aopakakina, Aopakarea, and Aotakawe are deities of the storm-clouds. They are the children of Tawhiri-ma-tea, the Lord of Tempests, and were brought forth by him to punish his brothers, who had rent apart their parents, Rangi and Papa (“Heaven” and “Earth”)—P. M., 8.

AONGA, dawn, a derivative of ao, to dawn.

AOREWA, scud, light flying clouds: Ka mangi noa ‘hau, e ai te aorewa. Cf. ao, cloud, and rewa, to float, to be elevated.

AORERE, scud. [As Aorewa.] Cf. ao, cloud, and rere, to fly. 2. The name of a garment.

AOTAHI, the name of a star (Canopus). Cf. Autahi and Atutahi, names of Canopus: Aotahi he whetu tapu, he ariki aia no nga whetu o te tau—A. H. M., i. 45. Aotahi (myth.) was the child of Puaka (Puanga); his mother's name was Takurua (Sirius)—A. H. M., Eng. 52, vol. i.

AOTARO, to prepare beds of gravel for taro. Cf. ao, to collect, and taro (Colocasia antiquorum).

AOTEA (or Aotearoa), the name of New Zealand: Ka hoe mai nei, a, ka u ki Whangaparaoa, ara ki Aotea nei. Cf. ao, the world, the daylight, and tea, white. It is an apparent allusion to the land having been pulled up from the depths by Maui. All Polynesian islands were thus hauled up by deities from the realms of the Dark Night to the “White Day.” The Marquesan Islands are called by the Natives Ao-maama (Ao-marama) “the World of Light.” [For full particulars see Hawaiki. Maui, Kore, &c.] 2. (myth.) The name of the first circle of the Lower-world (Papa), as opposed to the Upper-world (Rangi). 3. The name of one of the ancient canoes of the great Migration to New Zealand. [See Arawa.]

APA, a band of workmen: Kua hoatu ano hoki ona tuakana katoa ki a ia, hei apa—Ken., xxvii. 37. 2. Said of a person under demoniacal possession. 3. The fold of a garment: aparua, two-ply, &c. Cf. hapa, crooked, bent; kapa, to stand in a rank; apu, a company of workmen.

Samoan—cf. apa, sexual connection.

Hawaiian—apa, a roll, as of a bundle of cloth. Cf. apana, a fragment, portion; a division of people.

Mangarevan—apa, to pass in the hands from one to the other; (b.) to take possession; apaga, a bundle, a burden; apaapa, the gable of a house. Cf. apai, to carry (Maori=hapai).

APAAPA (myth.), a deified ancestor, a descendant of Tiki. He was son of Whatonga, father of Tahatiti, and grandfather of Ruatapu—Sh. Rel., 14. [See Tuputupuwhenua, Tiki, Ruatapu.]

APAHA (apáhá), if the case were that.

APANOA (apánoa), to time or degree that; until.

APAKURA, a dirge, lament: Ko ta matou apakura tenei ki a koe—M. M., 66.

APAKURA (myth.), the wife of Tuhuruhuru, the son of Tinirau and Hina. She had several children, among whom are Tuwhakararo, Mairatea, Reimatua, and Whakatau-potiki—P. M., 61. By another legend, Apakura is said to be the wife of Tuwhakararo, who was the son of Rata and father of Whakatau. Whakatau was born in a miraculous manner, from the girdle or apron which Apakura threw into the ocean; and the child was fashioned by the sea-god.

Rongotakawhiu—P. M., 72. [See Whakatau, Rata, Tuhuruhuru, &c.]

APARANGI (myth.), the god of peace and mediation.

APARANGI, the open sky, the arch of heaven. 2. Aurora australis (one auth.). 3. A crowd of visitors: Hoatu te kai ma te aparangi. Cf. apa, a body of workmen; rangi, the sky.

Tahitian—aparai, clear, cloudless, applied to the sky; (b.) an enclosure [apa: see under Pa] for an infant, the son of a king or principal chief, who was sacred (tapu) until certain ceremonies had been performed; (c.) a temporary marae (sacred place). Cf. aorai, the king's palace.

Mangarevan—cf. aparangi, thin, dried up.

Mangaian—aparangi, the vault of heaven: E aparangi, o te kauá peau nni ka rere; Like the outstretched heavens are the spread wings of the warning bird.

APATAHI, a single covering or garment. Cf. aparua, two-ply; apa, fold; tahi, one; aritahi, a single covering.

APATARI, to carry, bring. Cf. apa, a company of workmen; a fold of cloth; tari, to carry.

Hawaiian—cf. apa, a roll, bundle; kali, to tie, to fasten on.

APIAPI, close together, crowded together. Cf. kapi, to be filled up, as a limited space; apiti, to put together; kapiti, shut in, confined; apo, to gather together.

Whaka-API, to be in the way of; obstruction.

Samoan—api, to lodge, to put up at a house for a time, a lodging-house: Pe ai ea se mea i le fale o lou tamá matou te api ai? Is there room in your father's house for us to lodge in? Apiapi, narrow or strait; to be narrow. Cf. apitau, war-lodgings; apitaga, a temporary hut made of green boughs; apita, a frame of sticks in a canoe on which property is placed during a journey to keep it from being wetted with leakage; apitia, to be wedged in, confined, straitened.

Hawaiian—api, to gather together, as people to one spot; to bring into small compass, as baggage; apipi, united, joined together, as the two canoes of a double canoe. Cf. pipi, an oyster; pili, united.

Tahitian—api, to be full, occupied, closed up; (b.) folds of cloth pasted together; the bivalve shells of fish; (c.) a part of a canoe; (d.) to confederate together, as different parties; to join, as two divisions of a fleet of war canoes; (e.) young, recent, late; apiapi, confusion; narrowness of a place or of the mind; straitness; difficulty as to choice; (b.) filled, occupied; (c.) a cloth dyed and prepared with certain plants; apia, closed, as an oyster's shell; faa-api, to close, to shut up; faa-apiapi, to fill up, to encumber, as by crowding a place. Cf. apipiti, together; apiti, a couple on the ground joined together; a part joined hand in hand; to join things together.

Tongan—abi, habitation, home, lands; abiabi, crowded, straight, narrow; fakaabi, to sojourn in the home of a friend; fakaabiabi, to crowd, to cumber; aabi, strait, confined, wanting room. Cf. abiji, to tie together, to bundle up; kabikabi, a wedge, to wedge; efièfi, [e for a, as Tongan efiafi, evening = Maori ahiahi] crowded, full.

Mangarevan—apiapi, to be densely packed; pressed upon by a crowd; aka-api, to be crowded together. Cf. apita, to make a circle round a thing with a cord, &c.

Marquesan—cf. tapiti, to join, unite; haa-piti, tight, compact, crowded.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. abia, to have, to get; abikau, a small lean-to on a verandah;

Malagasy—cf. aby, all, every one, the whole; amby, addition, excess, surplus;

Malay—apit, close, side by side; to squeeze; apil, to fence with a bulwark; kapit, a friend, associate.

APITI, to put together; to place side by side. Cf. karapiti, to put side by side; kapiti, shut in by hills, confined; whitiki, to gird [see Marquesan]. 2. the radius, or small bone of the arm. Cf. kapiti, a bone. 3. A cleft; a narrow pass. Cf. kapiti, a crevice. 4. To supplement a deficiency. He whare apiti, a steep-roofed house.

Hawaiian—apikiapiki, to fold up, as a piece of native cloth. Cf. upiki, to shut suddenly together, as the jaws of a trap; to snare; upikipiki, shutting up, folding together, as a foreign fan; piki, to do instantly; to milk, as the sudden squeezing of the teat forces out the milk; apipi, united, joined together, as the two canoes of a double canoe.

Samoan—apitia, to be wedged in; to be confined, straitened. Cf. apiapi, narrow, confined; api, a lodging-house.

Marquesan—cf. tapiti, to join, unito; haa-piti, tight, compact, crowded; itiki, to fasten together; pitiki, to bind; fastened together.

Tahitian—apiti, to join, to unite with another; to be in a joining state, as two trees growing jointly; two parties in one; a couple, or two joined together; two, in counting; (b.) to have two sources, applied to the wind when coming from two different quarters; apitipiti, to couple or join things together repeatedly; aapiti, united or doubled. Cf. piti, two, in counting (rua is the old word); aaupiti (aau = Maori ngakau), a double mind, double-minded, insincere; having two stems, as a plant or tree; (fig.) a person whose father belongs to one country and his mother to another is called taata aaupiti; api. to confederate together, as different parties; to join, as the divisions of a fleet of war canoes; apipiti, together, all together, by parties joining together; epiti, a couple; two, in counting; opiti (dual), ye two; papiti, a second time.

Mangarevan—cf. kapiti, to be allied, joined together; to make things touch each other; kopiti, to add to; to associate with any one; to unite things side by side; kopitiraga, addition.

Paumotan—cf. kapiti, to seal up; kapitipiti, to unite, united; to collect, gather.

Mangaian—cf. kapiti, to add; side by side; close.

Tongan—abiji, to tie together, to bundle up. Cf. abiabi, to crowd, to cumber; aapi, strait, confined.

Ext. Poly.: Malay—cf. apit, close, side by side; to squeeze; kapit, a companion, associate, friend.

APO, to gather together: Ka apohia mai e ratou ha kai whakaako—Tim., iv. 3. Cf. hapopo, to gather together; popo, to throng, crowd around; hiapo, to be gathered together; tauapo, to hug, to carry in the arms; taiapo, to carry in the arms. 2. To grasp, extort. Cf. kapo, to snatch.

APOAPO, to gather together, to roll together: A apoapohia ana e ratou—Eko., viii. 14. (b.) To entangle: A he mea apoapo ahau e te rimu, takai atu takai mai—P. M., 14.

Hawaiian—apo, to catch at, as with the hand; to hook in; (b.) to span or reach round, to put one's arm round another: O Hauii, kai apo kahi: O Hauii, the sea-encircling. (c.) To receive, to embrace as a long-absent friend: Holo mai la ia e halawai me ia, apo mai la ia ia; He ran to meet him, and embraced him. (d.) To contain, hold, or encircle: Aole e hiki i na lani a me na lani o na lani ke apo ia oe; Heaven and the heaven of heavens cannot contain you. (e.) To receive, as into the mind; to apprehend intellectually; to receive as a truth. (j.) To receive, to hide, as a cloud: A na ke ao no ia i apo mai, mai ko lakou mau maka atu; A cloud received him and hid him from sight. (g.) A hoop, a ring, a circle; a certain kind of belt worn by women; (fig.) Apo a ka make, the bonds of death. (h.) The union of the cheek-bone with the temples. Apoapo, to catch at frequently, to snatch or scramble for; (b.) a bunch, as of kalo (taro); a hill of potatoes. Cf. apokau, to take hold of and displace; apohao, the king's guard; kaiapo, a rising or high tide; upo, to covet, lust after; kaha-apo, the circumference (lit., “enclosing mark”).

Samoan—‘apo, to cling to, to keep near to; (b.) to take care of, as of an orphan child; to attend to land; plu., ‘a'apo; pass., apoia.

Tahitian—apo, to catch a thing thrown to a person; the act of catching a thing so thrown; apoapo, to catch repeatedly things thrown at a person; aapo, to apprehend or understand a thing quickly; apt to understand. Cf. apoo, a council, or meeting for consultation; apooaahi, the place where people fish for the aahi; apoopoo, to be consulting secretly about a person and speaking ill of him behind his back; apoopuaa, a place frequented by boys.

Paumotan—apo, to transplant (probably as Maori ahu, “to heap up,” means also “to transplant”).

APO, dregs of shark-oil.

APOPO, to-morrow: Apopo, ka kimi i tetehi totara ma tatou—P. M., 91. Cf. po, night; a season. [The Polynesians count by nights, not by days; as the English say, “fort-night,” &c.]

Tahitian—apopo, to-morrow; also, abobo.

Hawaiian—apopo, to-morrow; sometimes popo: Apopo, e haawi au ia lakou iloko o kou lima; To-morrow I will deliver them into your hand.

Rarotongan—apopo, to-morrow: Apopo au e oatu ei kia koe ra; To-morrow I will give it to you.

Tongan—cf. abo, to-night; abogibogi, to-morrow.

Mangarevan—apopo, to-morrow; also popo. Cf. aponei, to-night.

Moriori—apo, to-morrow.

APU, a squall of wind. Cf. pu, to blow; pupuhi, to blow; purekereke, a puff of wind, &c. [For comparatives, see Pu.]

APU, to burrow; to force a way into the ground. 2. To gorge food; to cram into the mouth; to glut: He kuku tangaengae nui: he parera apu paru—Prov. 3. A company of labourers. Cf. hapu, section of a large tribe; apa, a company of workmen; apo, to gather together; pu, a tribe.

APUAPU, crammed; stuffed. 2. palatable. Cf. apuru, to crowd; to shut up.

Samoan—cf. aputi, to cover up, as the body, or a native oven, &c.

Tahitian—cf. abu, to dart or fly at each other, as pigs or dogs; fierce; envious.

Hawaiian—apu, to devour food greedily; (b.) to run after, to chase with the desire of overtaking another.

Paumotan—cf. apuapu, pregnant; koapu, a nest.

Mangarevan—cf. apuru, crowded up, stuffed up.

APUHAU Gods of the storm-winds; children of Tawhiri-ma-tea, lord of tempests (cf. apu, squall; hau, wind; matangi, wind)—P. M., 8 (Maori); A. H. M., i., App.

APUMATANGI Gods of the storm-winds; children of Tawhiri-ma-tea, lord of tempests (cf. apu, squall; hau, wind; matangi, wind)—P. M., 8 (Maori); A. H. M., i., App.

APURE, a bare patch. Cf. pure, to arrange in tufts or patches; purei, isolated tufts of grass; a small patch of garden; purekireki, tufts of grass in a swamp; pu, a bundle.

Samoan—cf. pulepule, to be spotted; to be striped.

Hawaiian—cf. pulepule, spotted; speckled; of various colours; opulepule, spotted; light and shade.

Tahitian—cf. purepure, spotted, chequered; pupure, the Native leprosy, or similar disease; opure, spotted (applied to a fowl).

Tongan—cf. bulebule, spotted; faka-bulebule, to spot, to print, to variegate.

Mangarevan—cf. purepure, the face of a man having spots or marks.

Paumotan—cf. haka-purepure, to dye in colours.

APURU, to throng, to press one on another; to crowd, encumber. 5. To shut up; suppress. Cf. puru, to plug up; confine; purupuru, to caulk, stop the chinks of a thing, to suppress; pururu, close together; apu, to cram, glut; a company of workmen.

Samoan—cf. pulu, glue; resin; the husk of the cocoanut; puluti, to glue, to pitch.

Tahitian—cf. puru, a board; the husk of the cocoanut-shell; pupuru, thick, as a mixture; purutaa, to help together as a body; to assist; erepuru, a company going compactly together on the road.

Marquesan—cf. puu, a band of tow made of cocoanut fibre.

Hawaiian—cf. pulu, to be wet; to be soft, as that which has been soaked in water; that which is soft, as cotton; the soft matter of which kapa (netive cloth, tapa,) is made, by soaking it in water until it becomes paste-like; pupulu, to congregate in masses; to be assembled; adhesive; soft; pulupulu, cotton; tinder; to warm, to cherish, to brood over, as a hen over her chickens; huluhuhu, cotton; hulu, wool, feathers, &c.

Tongan—cf. bulu, a kind of gum, used as pitch in caulking canoes; the husk of the cocoanut; bulubulu, the gummy substance from the banana; bului, to tie together; buluji, bird-lime.

Mangarevan—apuru, to be stuffed full, overcrowded. Cf. puru, the husk of the cocoanut, and the almond of Pandanus; purukaha, a filament of sinnet.

Paumotan—cf. tapuru, to macerate.

Mangaian—cf. puru, fibre of cocoanut, used as a plug for caulking; anything used for caulking with.

APUTA, at intervals; found only here and there.

APUTAHI-A-PAWA (myth.), the name of a terrible storm raised by the incantations of Ngatoro-i-rangi. In this storm the host of Manaia was destroyed—P. M., 112. [See Ngatoro, Manaia (1).]

ARA, a road, a path, a way: A! tenei te ara, waiho mo te ata koe ka piki ai—P. M., 51. 2.

A means of conveyance, Cf. aranui, a highway, a broad path; arahi, to lead, conduct; arataki, to lead, conduct; huarahi, a road; arakau, an overgrown track.

Samoan—ala, a path, way, road, passage: Le mailei mo ia i le ala; The snare for him in the path. (b.) The warp: Po o le ala, po o le fausa; Whether in the warp or woof. (c.) A cause, a reason; (d.) a division of a village. Cf. ala'alo, a bye-path; ‘auala, the road-side; alamu, to go direct; alatua, a back way; alava‘a, a passage for canoes among rocks and shoals; lotoala, the middle of the road.

Tahitian—ara, a road, a path. Cf. aranoa, the common road; aranui, the public road; aratu, a road, a path; aratai, a guide, a leader; aramoe, forgetfulness (lit., “sleep-path”).

Hawaiian—ala, a path, way, or road:. Hele aku la oia i ke ala maawe iki a ke aloha; He has gone in the path little travelled by the loved ones. Cf. alaololi, a narrow path; alahula, a thoroughfare; alakai, a guide; alaula, red dust on a road. The East is called He alanui hele a Kane (in Maori letters, He aranui haere a Tane), “the great highway of Tane,” and also, Ke ala ula a Kane (Maori=Te ara ura a Tane), “the bright road of Tane,” the dawn; while the West is called Ke alanui o Ka Make (Te aranui o Te Mate), “the highway of Death.”

Mangaian—ara, a path, a way: I te ara taurere ki Iva, é; By a perilous path to Iva (spirit-land). Cf. arataa, a way, path.

Tongan—hala, a road or path: Kua mou tofa ae hala kife he aho ni? Whither have ye made a road to-day? (b.) A doorway or entrance; (c.) death, applied to the king; halaga, a path for animals; hahala, to cut open, to tear open. Cf. halafaki, to take another road to avoid being seen; to take a circuitous range, as one in conversation; halahalai, to force a way; to extricate, to disentangle; halatoho, a drawbridge; a pontoon; fajiahala, the point or turn in a road; halababa, a high-road, a beaten path.

Mangarevan—ara, a road, a way: I hanau a Maui matavaru i te ara nui ke; Maui the Eight-eyed was born on a strange road. Cf. aragugu, a very rough path; arai, an obstacle; arapupu, a rough place, to be crossed with difficulty.

Marquesan—cf. aanui, the highway, beaten track; aàhi, to conduct, guide.

Paumotan—eara, a road, path.

Futuna—ala, a way, path.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. ariara, a street, a road through a village; dala, a road through the forest;

Fiji—sala, a path, road;

Malagasy—(? ala, removed, freed from): aleha, a way, a path;

Sulu—daan, a way, path;

Malay—alah, course, direction; ala, towards, in a direction to; jalan, a road;

Silong—ja'an, a road;

Java—dalan, a road;

Ilocan—dalan, a road.

ARA, to rise; to rise up; to awake: A whea ara ai te marama?—P. M., 56: Kua ara nga raparapa o nga wahine ra ki runga—P. M., 34. Cf. ara, a path, a way.

Whaka-ARA, to arouse: Me te tangata e whakaarahia ana i a ia e moe ana. 2. To set upright: Ka whakaarahia ki runga, ka tu—P. M., 57.

Samoan—ala, to spring from, to arise: Le matu e, ina ala mai; Arise, O North Wind. (b.) To give birth to. (c.) To awake: Seia mavae le lagi latou te le ala; Till the heaven is no longer they shall not awake; alala, to sit awake at night; (b.) to sit or dwell (used to chiefs instead of nofo); fa‘a-ala, to arouse from sleep. Cf. alai, forward, impertinent; alaina-‘ai, to awake to eat; alausu, to start the first thing in the morning; alamú, to go direct; alasolo, to overflow.

Hawaiian—ala, to wake from sleep; to watch: O ka Paepae nui, ala i ka moku e; O, the great Supporter, awaken the world. (b.) To rise up; (c.) to rise up, as a new generation of people: Ala mai la kekahi hanauna hou; There arose another generation. Hoo-ala, to cause one to rise, to lift up; (b.) to stir up, as the mind; to rouse to action; (c.) to raise up, as a deliverer; (d.) to repair, as a broken wall. Cf. moalaala, going from house to house; going here and there.

Mangarevan—ara, to awake, to rouse oneself; (b.) to miss a blow.

Rarotongan—ara, to awake from sleep: Aea koe e ara ai i taau moe; When will you awake from sleep?

Tahitian—ara, to awake; to be watchful: E ia varea i te taoto eiaha roa ia mure, eiaha roa ia ara faahou mai; That they may sleep a perpetual sleep, and may not wake. (b.) To come to notice, to transpire. Araara, sparkling, flaming; the gleaming of the eyes of animals; the face, or eyes; arara, the ascent of an arrow. Cf. eara, to watch, to be vigilant; a word of caution, “beware!”

Whaka-ARA, a party of the enemy; marauders. Probably a form of ara, to awake, to rise up. [See Ara.]

Samoan—cf. fa‘a-alataua, to take news of a war to the gods, or to the shades of departed chiefs.

ARA, namely; particularly; that is to say; in other words. 2. Interjection, expressing surprise: Ka heua ake, ara! he tangata—P. M., 14. 3. And then (for a, ra): Heke ana he awaawa, ara he pari hoki. 4. For era, those, plural of tera, that.

ARAARA, the name of a fish, the Cavally, or Trevally (Icth. Caranx georgianus): Me he takapu araara—Prov. (Myth.) This fish is held sacred by Ngapuhi and Rarawa tribes on account of its having fed on the drowned body of Rongomai, the chief of the Mahuhu canoe in the Migration—S. T., 25.

ARAARAI. See Arai.

ARAHI, to lead, conduct: Na ka arahina ia e Tinirau ki tona kainga—P. M., 33: Kia arahina mai tetahi mokai—A. H. M., i. 9. Kai-arahi, a guide. Cf. ara, a way; to arise; arai, to ward off; arataki, to lead, conduct.

Tahitian—cf. arahi, to sit, dwell, abide; aratai, a leader, guide; araa, a messenger sent before a chief and company to give information of their approach, or of some feast or religious ceremony; ara, a path.

Samoan—cf. ala, a path; alamú, to go direct.

Hawaiian—cf. ala, a path; alakai, to lead, to guide.

Tongan—cf. alafi, to feel after with the haud.

Marquesan—aahi, to lead, conduct: A aahi i te matapo; Lead the blind person.

Paumotan—arahi, to conduct, or guide; (b.) to beg, to implore.

ARAHUTA (myth.), the daughter of Tawhaki the Lightning God, and Tangotango (or Hapai)

the Heavenly Maiden. She was the cause of a quarrel between her parents, and Tangotango took her to heaven, where they were afterwards joined by Tawhaki—P. M., 41. Arahuta was also called Pianga. [See Tawhaki, Pianga, Hapai, &c.]

ARAI, a veil, screen, curtain; to screen: Ka mau ia ki tetahi arai-kanohi—Ken., xxiv., 65. 2. To ward off, parry. 3. To be detained, or stayed: A ka araia e te ua, e te hau—A. H. M., ii., 4. 4. To block up: A kei te hanga tenei ratou i te pa hei arai atu i a koe—Kai., ix., 31. Cf. tauarai, a screen.

ARAARAI, to screen on every side.

Mangaian—arai, to ward off: O Rongo arai mai i te kea, é; Rongo who wards off the billows.

Tahitian—arai, to interpose, mediate; a mediator; (b.) to obstruct; an obstruction.

Hawaiian—alai, to obstruct, to hinder one in any way; (b.) to block up a door or passage by sitting down in it; (c.) to form a circle round one for his defence in danger; to defend; (d.) to be so thronged as not to be able to see out. Cf. alalai, to hinder one from doing a thing; to obstruct one's road; to be in the way of another; to consecrate, to render sacred (tapu) by coming into contact with some sacred object.

Managarevan—arai, an obstacle, impediment; to oppose, prevent, obstruct. Cf. arainauo, the Pandanus, plaited as a protection against spear or arrow. [Note: This last word is very important, because the “ara” here is probably the word for Pandanus, which is called in Polynesia ara, hara, fara, hala, &c. See Maori Whara.]

Paumotan—cf. tauarai, to defend.

Tongan—cf. alai, to sit carelessly and in improper places; halahalai, to force a way, to disentangle.

ARAIARA (myth.), the wife of Whironui. She was the mother of Hoturangi, who became the wife of Paikea. Araiara came to New Zealand in the Nukatere canoe.—A. H. M., iii. 41. [See Ruatapu, Paikea, Whiro-nui, &c.]

ARAITANGA, eclipse. A derivative of arai, to block up, obstruct.

ARAITEURU (myth.), a celebrated female taniwha, or water-monster. She was the mother of Waihou, Waima, Orira, Mangamuka, Ohopa, and Wairere, all great lake and river taniwha. Arai-te-Uru and Taungeri are the guardians of Hokianga bar. 2. One of the canoes of the Migration. [See Arawa.]

ARANUI, a broad road; a well-beaten, much-used track: Haere tonu atu i te aranui naka-P. M., 25. Cf. ara, road; nui, great.

Moriori—aranui, a passage.

Hawaiian—alanul, a highway, a frequented road: Alanui ke kanaka; The great road of the people. Cf. ala, road; nui, great.

Tahitian—aranui, the public road. Cf. ara, road; nui, great.

Marquesan—aanui, the highway, beaten track. Cf. aa, road; nui, great. [For full comparatives see Ara, and Nui.]

ARANGA, to rise to the surface; to appear. Cf. maranga, to rise up; tairangàranga, elevated; ranga, to raise, cast up; koranga, to raise, lift up; ara, to arise.

Whaka-ARANGA, to appear in a vision, or second sight.

Samoan—cf. laga, to rise; to raise up; malaga, to rise, as a hen from her nest, or troops from ambush; a journey; to cause to originate; taumalaga, to endeavour to raise, as war, &c.

Hawaiian—alana, light, not heavy, easily floating on the water; (b.) a present made by a chief to a priest to procure his prayers; a present made to a god; a free-will offering for any purpose; a sacrifice; to bring a present or offering. Cf. alanaaloha, a peace-offering; alanakuni, an offering to procure the death of a sorcerer; malana, to float together, as a body of canoes; lana, to float on the surface.

Tahitian—araa, to be raised or lightened, as a vessel in the water, or as a thing that was sunk; to be raised to prosperity from a degraded state; (b.) a messenger sent before a chief and company to give information of their approach, or to give notice of some feast or religious ceremony; (c.) the small fry of fish, used as bait for the large ones; araaraa, to be convalescent; to be raised from depression by some unexpected good news. Cf. raa, sacred, consecrated; raanuu, a large collection of food for visitors; maraa, to rise up, to bear up; maraaraa, heavy but manageable.

Tongan—cf. laga, to erect; to originate; to raise up the soil; malaga, to be raised.

Mangarevan—cf. maraga, that which moves or goes (said of wind or rain); raga, to float on the surface of water.

Paumotan—cf. faka-raga, to raise, to lift up.

Ext. Poly.: Java—cf. langa, oil;

Fiji—cf. laga, to be lifted up, as a club ready to strike.

ARANGI, unsettled; changeable; not established. Cf. kahuirangi, unsettled; karangi, restless; koroirangi, wandering; rangi, the sky [as Hawaiian lewa (rewa), “the upper air,” means also “to float, to swing”]; harangi, unsettled, foolish; haurangi, mad; drunken; wairangi, foolish; porangi, hurried, mad.

Hawaiian—cf. alani, the name of a land breeze at Lanai; haulani, to plunge as a canoe; to be restless in one's grasp; to writhe; uneasy.

Marquesan—cf. horai, a fool, idiot.

Samoan—cf. alani, an excuse; to make excuse; lagilagiá, to be cloudy.

ARAPAWA, a name of the Middle Island of New Zealand.

ARATAKI, to lead, conduct; to guide: Mana e arataki te kauri i te wao—M. M., 173. Cf. ara, a path; to arise; arahi, to guide; taki, to take to one side; whaka-taki, to conduct; to trace out.

Hawaiian—alakai, to lead along the path; to guide; a leader, guide: E alakai au ia oe me kou maka; I will guide you with my eye. (b.) To lead as captives: A alakai pio ua poe la ia lakou i ka aina loihi; And they carry them away captives to a far-off land. (c) To take, as a person from one place to another. (d.) To lead, as an animal. Hoo-alakai, to cause to lead. Cf. ala, a path; kai, to guide, lead.

Tahitian—aratai, to lead, guide, or conduct; a leader, guide, director: Ua arataihia oia e te mau vahine ma te oto o te uuairao ra; Her maidens shall lead her as with the voice of doves. Faa-aratai, a guide, conductor. Cf. ara, a road; taiara, a road, track; the road or walk of a turtie, by observing which he may be caught. Raro-

tongan—arataki, to guide, lead; a leader: Kare oki ona arataki, kare e tutara; Without guide or overseer. (b.) To fetch: Kua oro atura ratou e arataki mai iaia; They ran and fetched him.

Tongan—cf. autaki, to lead into, to conduct; to head a party.

Marquesan—cf. aahi (arahi), to guide, lead.

ARAU, to gather. Cf. harau, to grope for; to reach; rau, to catch in a net, to gather into a basket; rauhi, to collect. 2. To lay hold of. Cf. rarau, to lay hold of. 3. To entangle, entangled: Na ka hutia ake e Irawaru tana aho, akuanei ha arau ki ta Maui—P. M., 27.

Samoan—cf. ala‘u, to be nearly reached, nearly finished.

Tahitian—arau, the two wings of a large fishing-net; araurau, a long wave of the sea. Cf. raupa, to obtain.

Hawaiian—cf. lau, to feel after a thing.

Tongan—cf. lau, to pinch with the fingers; lauji, to pinch.

Mangarevan—cf. rau, a band made of leaves, for fishing with (by driving the fish).

ARAWA, a shark.

Tongan—alava, one species of shark.

Tahitian—cf. arava, the large octopus.

Ext. Poly.: Fijian—cf. yalawa, a species of shark.

ARAWA (myth.), one of the most celebrated canoes of the Migration to New Zealand. For the purposes of comparison, traditions respecting the arrival of the ancestors of the Polynesians (Maori) in New Zealand are here grouped together:—

AOTEA.—This canoe was the half of a great tree growing on the banks of the Waiharakeke in Hawaiki. Toto cut the tree down and made two canoes, one of which, the Aotea, he gave to his daughter Rongorongo, the wife of Turi; the second, the Matahorua (or as some say the Matatua), he gave to his other daughter Kuramarotini. The Aotea was a double canoe like the Arawa, as were probably all the others, but no incidental reference has preserved an account of the fact. The chief Turi sailed with the Aotea, taking with him the kind of sweet potato called kakau, stones of karaka berries, paratawhiti fern, perei (a plant resembling kumara); live edible rats in boxes; some pet pukeko, and some tame green parroquets. The Aotea sailed in company with another canoe called Te Ririno; they had a very rough passage, and had to put into the port of a small island in mid-ocean called Rangitahua. After performing some religious ceremonies they again started, but quarrelled about the steering directions; Turi wishing to follow the advice of Kupe, (who had told him about New Zealand,) and go eastward, while the others insisted on going west. When the Ririno was lost on the reef at Taputapuatea, Turi had his own way, and steered eastward till he reached New Zealand. Turi settled at the Patea River, near Whanganui. In the Aotea came ancestors of Ngarauru, Ngatiruanui, Ngatiapa, Rangitane, Ngatihau, Ngatimaru, and Moaupoko.—P. M., 129, et seq.; A. H. M., ii. 177 and 180.

ARAHURA.—In this canoe was brought a god named Arahura, whose image was of greenstone. The chiefs who came were Pekitetahua, Rongokahe, Rangitatau, Hineraho (fem.) &c.—A. H. M., ii. 179.

ARAITEURU.—The canoe of the ancestors of Ngaitahu. This canoe remained at a place in the South Island called Matakaea. The chiefs were Kirikirikatata, Aroarokaehe, Mangaatua, &c.—A. H. M., ii. 178.

ARAWA.—This canoe is said to have been built in Rarotonga, a place on the other side of Hawaiki (No tua atu i Hawaiki). It is doubtful if this is the island now known as Rarotonga [see Rarotonga], the canoe being made of totara, a tree which does not grow in the Hervey Islands. The name of the forest where the trees grew was Tawhiti-nui; and they were dragged down the river Hauhau to the sea. The builders are stated to have included in their number Rata, Wahieroa, Ngahue, and Parata. It was the first canoe completed; then followed the Tainui, Matatua, Takitumu, Kuruhaupo, Tokomaru, and Matawhaorua. These canoes were all hewn out with the celebrated greenstone axes made from Te Poutini, the “stone fish” of Ngahue. The Arawa was a very large double canoe, with a house on deck, and was rigged with a foresail, main-sail, and mizzen-sail (Maranga to te ihu, te waenga, me to te kei—P. M., 72). The chief, Tama-te-kapua, decoyed the priest Ngatoroi-rangi on board; and on account of Tama's misconduct with the wife of Ngatoro, the vessel was nearly lost in the whirlpool of Te Parata. They landed at Whangaparaoa, (a few miles north of Auckland,) and most of the people who came in the Arawa settled on the East Coast about Maketu, Rotorua, &c. In the canoe came the ancestors of Ngatiwhakaue, Rangitihi, Ngatipikiao, Rangi-wehiwehi, Tuhourangi, Ngatiwahiau, Ngatiporou, and Ngatituwharetoa—P. M., 83, 84; A. H. M., ii. 177, 183. The Arawa was burnt at Maketu by Raumati.

ARIKIMAITAI.—This canoe would appear to have arrived prior to the others, since Turi found the immigrants already settled upon the Aotea arriving at Waitara. They were ancestors of tribes dwelling at Waimate and Patea.—A. H. M., ii. 177. Manaia is said to have discovered and killed aborigines at Waitara, when he came in the Tokomaru; perhaps these were the descendants of the crew of the Arikimaitai.—P. M., 145.

HIRAUTA.—Little is known of this canoe. Kiwa was the chief. It left at the same time as the Mangarara. Kiwa landed at Turanga.—A. H. M., ii. 191.

HOROUTA.—A name of the Takitumu canoe. It was so called on account of its swiftness (horo).

KURAHAUPO (or Kuraaupo, or Kuruatepo, or Kuruhaupo).—A canoe built at the same time and place as the Arawa. In this canoe came ancestors of Ngatiapa, Ngatiawa, Ngatiruanui and Ngatikahungunu. Ruatea was the chief.—A. H. M., ii. 177 and 182; P. M., 83.

MAHANGAATUAMATUA.—A sacred canoe which came from Hawaiki, manned by priests only.—A. H. M., iv. 24.

MAHUHU.—Rongomai was the commander of this canoe, but he was drowned, and his sody eaten by the araara (Trevally) fish, since held sacred by his descendants, the Ngapuhi and Rarawa tribes.—Sh. Trad., 25.

MAMARI.—The account of this canoe is very full of interest, because it seems to depend on legend of older date than that concerning the great Migration. The Ngapuhi state that their ancestors came in this canoe, and that it was the vessel of Nukutawhiti. Relics (of stone) of this vessel are to be found near Hokianga. The people on board were supposed to be but one family.—M. Sup., 106, et seq. [See Nukutawhiti, and Tuputupu-whenua.]

MANGARARA.—The chiefs were Wheketoro, Te-wai-o-Potango, and others; they brought the lizards, tuatara, teretere, kumukumu, mokoparae, and mokokakariki; also the insects, weri, whe, weta, kekerengu, &c.; the birds, torea and whioi; also dogs of the Mohorangi breed. The crew were ancestors of Ngatiporou.—A. H. M., ii. 189. They came about the same time as the Hirauta canoe.

MATAHORUA.—This was the first canoe which came to New Zealand. It was a twin of the Aotea, and was given to Kuramarotini. [See Aotea.] Reti became the chief of it, and navigated it. Kuramarotini's husband, Hoturapa, went out fishing with Kupe, who killed Hotu, and then carried off the woman. He sailed away till he reached these Islands; passing down the East Coast he reached Cook Strait, and crossed to the Tory Channel, where he killed the huge sea-dragon, Te Wheke-a-Muturangi. He left marks at a place now supposed to be the Patea River, and returned to Hawaiki, where he instructed Turi how to sail to find New Zealand in the Aotea canoe.—P. M., 129; A. H. M., ii. 177.

MATATUA (or Mataatua).—Some state that this canoe was the twin half of the Aotea, and not the Matahorua. Ruaauru was the chief, and he brought the taro. In this canoe came ancesters of Ngatiruanui, Ngatikahungunu, Ngatiawa, and Whaka-tohea (of Whakatane).—A. H. M., ii. 177.

MOTUMOTUAHI.—The chief of this canoe was Puatautahi. It arrived next after the Tokomaru. Ancestors of Ngarauru and of Ngatiruanui came in it.—A. H. M., ii. 182, 183.

NUKUTERE, the canoe of Whironui. It arrived eight months before the Flood, called Te Tai a Ruatapu. [See Ruatapu, and Tuputupuwhenua.] Both insects and lizards were brought in it. The ancestors of Porourangi, from whom spring the men of Ngatiporou, came in this canoe.

PANGATORU (or Papakatoru).—The chief of this canoe was Rakewanangeora. The people on board were not allowed to land, but were driven back by aborigines and returned to Hawaiki.—A. H. M., ii. 181.

PAUIRIRAIRA.—This canoe is said to have precoded that of Kupe. The chief Rakataura told Kupe of the existence of New Zealand. Rakataura, and the Pauiriraira went back to Hawaiki and remained there.—A. H. M., ii. 188.

RANGIUAMUTU (or Tairea).—The canoe of this name was commanded by Tamatearokai. The crew landed at Rangatapu, (near Waingongoro River, Waimate Plains, Taranaki,) and saw moa bones and ovens there. Ancestors of Ngatiruanui came in the Rangiuamutu.—A. H. M., ii. 183.

RIRINO.—This canoe accompanied the Aotea in the Migration. The chief was called Porua. After being storm-beaten, and putting into the small island of Rangitahua to refit, it again sailed, but was lost with all hands on the reef of Taputapuatea.—P. M., 134.

TAHATUNA.—Nothing but the name seems known.—A. H. M., ii. 178.

TAINUI.—This was one of the largest of the canoes, and was completed in Hawaiki next after the Arawa. Ngatoro-i-rangi was to have been the priest of this canoe, but was decoyed on board the Arawa by the subtilty of Tamate-Kapua. The Tainui was the first of the large canoes to reach New Zealand, and made the land at Whangaparaoa. The honour of having first touched land was taken from her by the crew of the Arawa, who artificially dried the poles of their sacred place, and their hawsers, to show that they had been a long time in possession. The Tainui went round by the North Cape and entered the Manakau Harbour, was dragged across the portage at Otahuhu, and finally was left at Kawhia, where (turned into stone) she still remains, at a place called Paringatai. Hoturoa was the chief of this canoe. He brought the variety of kumara called anurangi. In the Tainui came ancestors of Waikato, Ngatituwharetoa, Ngatimaniapoto, Ngatiraukawa, Ngatiapakura, Ngatimaru, Ngapuhi, Ngatitoa, Ngatimahuta, and Ngatiawa.—P. M., 90; A. H. M., ii. 177; iv. 28, 58.

TAIREA.—See Rangiuamutu.

TAKEREAOTEA.—This was the canoe of Takereto. He was told by Kupe to set off for New Zealand.—A. H. M., ii. 188.

TAKITUMU (or Horouta).—Differing legends give the name of the chief as Ruawharo, and as Tamatea; Huatahi and Nukuroa. Rongokako and Tamatea-pokai-whenua, the father of Kahungunu, were also on board. With them they brought the god Kahukura, whose guardians had been killed by Ruawharo. The canoe was turned into stone, and now lies at Murihiku. The people on board were very short of food on the voyage, and had to eat their children. They landed at Tauranga. One tradition states that the chief was Uengapua-ariki, the ancester of Ngatiruanui, and that they landed at Ohiwa; Hine-kau-i-rangi being a very sacred lady on board. In this canoe came ancestors of Ngatikahungunu and Ngaitahu.—A. H. M., ii. 177, 179, and 183; iii. 42, 72, &c.

TOKOMARU (or Tongamaru).—This canoe originally belonged to the brother of Rongotiki, who was wife to Manaia. [See Manaia (2).] Manaia being in trouble, and having slain Tupenu (who had insulted Manaia's wife,) fled across the sea in the Tokomaru, first killing his brother-in-law as a sacrifice of propitiation. The canoe made land at Whangaparaos, sailed round the North Cape, and coasted down the western shore of the North Island. The voyagers finally remained at

Taranaki, and became ancestors of Ngatiawa, Ngatiarea Ngatiruanui, and Ngatitama. One legend says that the chief's name was Rakeora.—P. M., 141; A. H. M., ii. 177.

TOROA.—Nothing seems known of this canoe but the name.—A. H. M., ii. 179.

WAKARINGARINGA.—This arrived next after the Motumotuahi. Mawakeroa was the chief. Her crew landed at Kaupokonui (Waimate, Taranaki). Ancestors of Ngatiruanui were on board.

WAKIRERE.—A canoe which left Hawaiki for New Zealand but did not arrive there. It went to Matetera to obtain kumara, and thence returned to Hawaiki.

Some time after the landing of the better known vessels, two canoes arrived at Taranaki. One contained two women, the daughters of a great chief or god; the other canoe held their chattels. They went back to their own land and spoke well of the Taranaki country, but complained much of the boulders along the beach. Then the paternal god or chief sent a canoe-load of sand from his own home to form sand-hills, and cover up the boulders. There has always been much sand on the Taranaki coast since.—A. H. M., ii. 177.

[Note.—For the migration canoes of the Chatham Islanders, see Moriori.]

ARAWHATA, a ladder or bridge: Koia ano ko Kawharu te arawhata hei pikinga mo tana taua ki te pa—G.-8, 30. Cf. ara, a path, a way; to arise; whata, an elevated food-stage; kauwhata, an elevated food-stage; kaiwhata, a pole placed across two forked sticks to suspend food from; whataamo, a litter.

Samoan—cf. ala, a way, path; to arise; fata, a raised house for storing yams in; a shelf, a hand-barrow, a bier, an altar; fatamanu, a scaffold for house-building.

Tahitian—cf. ara, a way, a road; fata, an altar, a scaffold; afata, a coop, box, scaffold; pafata, a cage; arataura, a rope ladder.

Moriori—cf. whata, a raft.

Futuna—cf. fata, a stage, a granary.

Mangaian—cf. ara, a road; ata, a shelf to put things on; atamoa, a ladder.

Mangarevan—cf. ara, a road; afata, a coffer, box; kouhata, a piece of wood on which food is hung up.

Paumotan—cf. eara, a road; fata, a heap; afata, a chest or box.

Hawaiian—alahaka, a ladder: Ku mai la kekahi alahaka maluna o ka honua; A ladder standing upon the earth. (b.) A rough road, with many ravines or chasms. Cf. ala, a road; haka, a ladder; a hole or breach in the side of a house; a building having many open spaces; alapii, a ladder; hakake, to stand on stilts; hakahaka, full of open spaces; hakakauluna, name of stools on which double canoes were placed when out of water.

Tongan—cf. hala, a road; halatoho, a drawbridge, a pontoon; fata, a loft, a bier; fataki, a platform.

Marquesan—cf. hataa, shelves; vatavata, perforated, full of holes.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. fatafata, a ladder;

Aneityum—cf. naforofata, a ladder, a scaffold; nefata, a shelf;

Fiji—cf. vata, a loft; vatavata, a large vata, having posts;

Malagasy—cf. vata, a box, coffer.

ARE, an interjection of surprised inquiry: What?

ARE, unoccupied space. Cf. wharemoa, hollow; area, space.

AREARE, overhanging, prominent. Cf. whare, a house. 2. Excavated; cavernous. Cf. karekare, surf.

AREARENGA, a hollow place: E huna nei ki roto i te arearenga o nga poho o Rangi raua ko Papa—P. M., 8.

Samoan—cf. aleale, a young cocoanut in which the kernel is just beginning to form; fale, a house; inside; to dwell in; faleulupo'o, a cave full of skulls.

Tahitian—cf. fare, a house; farefare, hollow, as an empty stomach; are, a billow of the sea; areue, a wave that breaks over a canoe; ari, a wave, a billow; to scoop out the earth with both hands; pufarefare, hollowness, emptiness, as of a bag; a breaking wave, such as bends over, hangs, and then breaks; tafare, a hollow cave-like place in the rocks; a hollow wave of the sea.

Hawaiian—cf. ale, a wave; to swallow; aleale, to toss about, as troubled waters; hale, a house; halehale, a place deep down, a pit; to sink down, as the roof of a house.

Tongan—cf. fale, a house; faka-fale, to make a shed over a thing; faka-falefale, to hollow; falefale, like a house (applied to a rock, or anything giving shelter).

Marquesan—cf. hae, a house; haehae, the hollow or curl of a wave.

Paumotan—cf. fare, a house; farefare, hollow; a cellar, cavern; farefarega, vacuity.

Ext. Poly.: Aneityum—cf. hare, large, roomy, as the inside of a house.

AREA, open space. Cf. are, unoccupied space; areare, excavated.

Tahitian—area, the space between two objects; (b.) presently, by and by; arearea, the spaces between the knots of sugar-canes, bamboo, &c.; (b.) a stranger. [For other comparatives see Are.]

ARERO, the tongue: He teka e ratou arero, e korero nei i te kino moku—Wai., cix., 2. Cf. korero, to say, to tell; tararau, to make a loud, confused noise. [See Samoan.] 2. A carved tongue on the end of a wooden sword (taiaha or maipi). 3. The points of fire, or flame.

Samoan—alelo, the tongue (a term of the greatest abuse). Cf. lalau, to speak; lalaufaiva, the tongue; talau, to make a noise, as of a great many people talking together.

Tahitian—arero, the tongue: Tei te arero te pohe e te ora i te vairaa; The tongue has the power of life and death. (b.) The king's royal girdle: each tongue or pendant part had a name; (c.) any small slip of cloth; the pendant of a girdle. Cf. purero, utterance; eloquence; an orator; farero, the branching coral; oarero (kó-arero), a tongue that digs up mischief; orero, speech; an orator.

Hawaiian—alelo, the tongue: A o ke aloha oia ke kanawai o kona alelo; In her tongue is the law of kindness; elelo, the tongue: E nahu i ke elelo, to gnaw the tongue; lelo, the tongue; (b.) persons speaking different languages; (c.) hung up in the smoke; smoked red; lelolelo, reddish, reddened. Cf. elelolua, tongue-tied; a tongue-tied person; iwielelo, the tongue-bone (os hyoides).

Tongan—elelo, the tongue: Bea teu gaohi ke biki ho elelo ki ho oaoi gutu; I will make your tongue stick to the roof of your mouth; faka-elelo, tongued; set in, as a tenon into a mortise. Cf. lau, to talk, converse; laulau, an address, harangue; a native dance; lauloto, meditation; felau, to talk much, to chatter; vailau, to chatter.

Mangarevan—erero, the tongue; (b.) coral, branching like a tree. Cf. ererokoikoi, a blab, a chatterer.

Paumotan—arero, the tongue. Cf. purero, to emit, issue; korero, to interpret; eloquent.

Futuna—alelo, the tongue.

Moriori—warero, the tongue.

Mangaian—arero, the tongue: Rongo-i-te-arero-kute, Rongo of the red tongue.

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy—cf. lela, the tongue; a blade; lelafo, a flame (afo = fire); lelana, talkative; lelaka, licked; dabodela, one in the habit of so opening his mouth as to show his tongue projecting and rolling a little forward beyond the teeth;

Sulu—cf. dila, tongue;

Kayan—cf. lidah, to murmur; Waigion Alfuros—cf. areno, the tongue;

Malay—cf. lidah, the tongue;

Sikayana—cf. aledo, the tongue; B.

Krama—cf. lidah, the tongue;

Bugis—cf. lila, the tongue;

Tagal—cf. dila, the tongue;

Ilocan—cf. dila, the tongue;

Pampang—cf. dila, the tongue; Ratahan—cf. rilah, the tongue.

ARI, the eleventh day of the moon's age (he ari roa): Wehea ko Ari, ko Hua kia wehea—A. H. M.

Tongan—cf. aali, beautiful; shining.

Tahitian—cf. ariari, clear, transparent.

ARI (myth.), a son of Rangi-potiki and Papatuanuku. He was the twin-brother of Hua—Sh. Rel., 17.

ARIARI, admired.

Whaka-ARI, to hold up to view: Ka hapainga te tuatahi ka whakaari ki a Tawhaki—A. H. M., i. 49. Cf. tiari, to hang up.

Samoan—ali, to appear; fa'ali, to show; (b.) to make known. Cf. tualiali, to stand out visibly; to show plainly; fa'a-aliga, a showing, a revelation; fa'a-alitino, to show distinctly.

Tahitian—ari, the tribute paid to a king or principal chief; the advantages obtained by marriage or otherwise, such as land, property, influence or government; faa-ariari, to make a display of one's property; to give the first present of food to the king, or to a newly-married couple.

Hawaiian—cf. hoo-ali, to shake; to wave to and fro.

ARIARINGA, the trunk of a tree, as distinct from the branches.

Mangarevan—cf. aria, a place or way bare of trees of under-growth.

Marquesan—cf. ai, naked.

Tahitian—cf. aria, the space between objects.

ARIA (ariá), to be seen indistinctly; to appear.

Samoan—ali, to appear; fa'a-ali, to show; aliali, to appear: Na le faia foi mea ua vaaia i mea ua aliali mai; So that things which are seen were not made of things that do appear.

Tahitian—cf. ari, the boundless deep; a bog of an unknown depth; ariari, clear, transparent.

Tongan—aali, transparent; (b.) deep; (c.) just visible in water.

Mangarevan—cf. aria, a place or passage bare of trees, or with small bushes only; ariamogo, a great plain.

ARIA (ariá), to resemble; resemblance; likeness. 2. Anything serving as a medium for a charm affecting a person; anything touched by a person and used for such a purpose.

ARIARIA (ariariá), to resemble.

ARIKI, a first-born, male or female, in a family of note; hence, chief; priest: No tenei ariki, no tenei Tauira—G. P., 296: Whakarongo mai, e toku ariki, ki hau—Ken., xxiii., 15: Ko te tohunga ariki hei tatai korero—A. H. M., i., 7. Cf. ahoariki, a chief's genealogy. 2. A leader. 3. A title of the chief in the Wharekura, (temple) [see Wharekura], next in dignity below the high-priest (Paraoa). 4. The Supreme Being (one auth.): Manawa mai ai te putanga o te Ariki—A. H. M. [Note.—Ariki is to be found in composition as riki (see Hawaiian lii for riki): matamata-riki, translated by the late C. O. Davis as “the face of the priest.” This in the pure ceremony for blood-cleansing: Kai ariki, kai ariki, he matamatariki koe.]

Samoan—ali'i, a chief, a lord, master: E ava le atalii i lona tamá, ma le auauna i lona alii; A son honours his father and a servant his master. Cf. agaali'i, to act like a gentleman; ali'itia, to be inhabited by a chief; to have a chief dwelling in the village; ali'ita'i, to be subject to a chief; amioali'i, polite; maluali'i, stout, able-bodied; dignified.

Mangaian—ariki, a king: Vananga mai nga ariki! Let the kings rule. In composition, riki, as ngariki, the (lands of the) king.

Tahitian—arii, a head or principal chief, a king: Ho mai i te tahi arii no matou ei faaua i te parau ia matou nei; Give us a king that he may judge us. Faa-alii, to invest with royal authority. Cf. terearii, the errand or journey of the sovereign; ariihuaamanu, a bunch of red feathers that was to represent the king at certain ceremonies; Ariitapiripiri, the name of a god that could heal all diseases and perform miracles; punaarii, of speedy growth or bulk, as a person; tupuarii, a fine-grown person.

Hawaiian—alii, a chief, one who rules or has authority over other men; a king, qualified by various epithets: He oheke ole kanaka wahi alii; The people about the chief are without modesty. Lii, (the primary form for alii,) a chief, a king, ruler: Malama oia i na lii, aole pai uku i ko lakou aina; He took care of the chiefs, he did not tax heavily the land: O Hikapoloa ke Lii; Hikapoloa the king. Hoo-alii, to make one a chief; to rule; to have power or influence with. Cf. aliikoa, the general of an army.

Tongan—eiki, a chief, a lord: E hoko ia koe tuu ki mua moe eiki bule; He shall be chief and captain. Faka-eiki, chief-like; (b.) pert, saucy. Cf. eikiagi, the residence or government of a chief; the cause to which one owes his chieftainship; faeiki, to apply to a chief for refuge; feeikivakaaki, to have command of several vessels in succession; agaeiki, chief-like in disposition; eikibeaoi, a quarrelsome chief; eikitohu, a chief of chiefs.

Marquesan—hakaiki (whakariki), a king; kingly, princely: O te hakaiki nui, O te Una tapu; Oh, the great prince, oh, the sacred Superior: Ono tapi i te taetae hakaiki me te mana: Rongo is adorned with princely wealth and power. Haahakaiki, to rule: E haahakaiki hoi mauna iho o te ao me te po: To rule over the day and night.

Mangarevan—aka-riki, a king, lord,

premier-chief; aka-akariki, to establish a ruler, to elect a king, to give the title of king to anyone. Cf. atariki, an eldest son.

Paumotan—ariki, a king (ariki-tukau): Fakao i o te ariki; To have access to the presence of a king. Cf. pupuariki, a prince.

Aniwan—teriki, a chief (te-riki; te=the).

Futuna—aliki, chief, noble.

Moriori—ieriki-ieriki, a chief.

Ext. Poly.: Kayan—cf. aring, first.

Sikayana—cf. aliki, a chief.

Ponape—cf. nanamariki, a king. Kingsmill Islands—The principal deity is Tabu-eriki.

Aneityum—cf. arid, high, exalted; natimarid, a high chief, a king (natimi, a man).

Whaka-ARIKI, a band of invaders, an enemy's war-party: Ka pa te karanga ‘Ko te whakaariki?’—P. M., 62: I hoki he mai te hokinga mai o taua whakaariki—A. H. M., i. 31.

ARIKIWI, a garment covered with feathers of the Kiwi (apteryx).

Mangarevan—cf. ariki, a mat; a bed of leaves (probably this word = Maori whariki, which see).

ARIKINOANOA, the deity of the fern-root; the priestly or mystical name of the aruhe or fern-root—Trans. N. Z. Inst., xiv. 85; A. H. M., iii. 95 and 104.

ARITA, Eager, strenuous; burning with desire: Kia tahuri atu ra ano te aritarita a tou tuakana—Ken. xxvii. 44. Cf. poaritarita, to be in a hurry; puaritarita, to be in a hurry. 2. Irascible; easily offended: Me ta raua aritarita, no te mea he nanakia—Ken., xlix. 7. Cf. takarita, to show resentment.

ARITARITA, Eager, strenuous; burning with desire: Kia tahuri atu ra ano te aritarita a tou tuakana—Ken. xxvii. 44. Cf. poaritarita, to be in a hurry; puaritarita, to be in a hurry. 2. Irascible; easily offended: Me ta raua aritarita, no te mea he nanakia—Ken., xlix. 7. Cf. takarita, to show resentment.

Tahitian—cf. nihoritarita, fierce anger; paritarita, violent anger.

Hawaiian—cf. alikalika, stingy, not liberal.

Marquesan—cf. ita, harsh, rough, sour; koita, to be angry, to make angry.

Mangarevan—cf. torita, to exhort earnestly; to press with words; to rush down, as water.

ARITAHI, a tree standing by itself. Cf. tahi, one. 2. A single covering. Cf. apatahi, a single covering.

ARO, to face, to turn towards. Cf. hurikoaro, to turn inside out. 2. To have a certain direction. 3. To be inclined; to be disposed; inclination. 4. To attend to; to favour; A ka aro mai a Ihowa ki a Apera me tana whakahere—Ken., iv. 4. Cf. aroha, to love; to pity [see Tahitian, Aroa]; aropiri, to cling; to be attached.

AROARO, the front; the presence: Takoto atu ana ia ki te aroaro o Maui—P. M., 28. 2. The face: Ka hurihia tona aroaro ki raro, tona tuara ki runga—Wohl., Trans., vii. 32

Whaka-ARO, to think upon; to consider: E whakaaro ana ratou kua maha nga tangata—P. M., 7. 2. Thought, opinion: Kaore a te rakau whakaaro, kei te tohunga te whakaaro—Prov.

AROA (aroá), to understand.

Samoan—alo, the underside, as of a cloth; the belly of a fish, &c.; (b.) a chief's belly; (c.) the child of a chief; (d.) the seat of the affections and feelings; (e.) to be pregnant (of a chief's wife). Fa'a-alo, to pay respect to; (b.) to begin to blow a gale.

Tahitian—aro, the front, face, presence of a person: E ua pau te fenua i mua i tana are; The earth is consumed at his presence. Cf. aiaro, to surround a board or eating-place, and eat face to face; aroa, kind, hospitable to visitors; aropa, a mistake, error; to turn about and look the other way; arovaro, to swim with the face downwards; maaroaro, to be confounded or ashamed.

Mangaian—aro, the front, the presence: I mua i te aro o Vatea; In the presence of Vatea.

Tongan—alo, the abdomen, in great personages. Cf. aloifa, small, applied to the abdomen; alobaki, to sit in a row, to sit in order.

Hawaiian—alo, the front, face, presence of anyone: E ka wahine moe iluna ka alo; Oh ! the woman sleeping face upwards. (b.) the breast, or belly: Ilalo kou alo e kolo ai oe; You shall crawl on your belly. Aloalo, to turn this way and that: Aloalo ae la ia; He turned this way and that way. (b.) To dodge; to flee from, as from a shower; (c.) to go after, as a servant, to bring things; to wait on. Cf. aialo (lit. “to eat before”), the people about the chief; a prince or princess, those about the king; maalo, to pass along; to pass through a land; to pass by; to pass away.

Marquesan—ao, before; in front.

Rarotongan—aroaro, presence: Ki mua i te aroaro o te au tangata katoa nei; In the presence of all the people.

Mangarevan—aro, before, in front of; (b.) presence; in the presence of. Cf. aróha, squared, four-faced (ha = four); aroragi, to be on this side of the horizon.

Paumotan—aroga, the visage; (b.) place, room; ki-te-aroga, opposite.

Futuna—alo, in presence of; before.

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy—cf. aro, defence; protection.

Whaka-ARO-MAHANA, to come to the assistance of.

Whaka-ARO-RANGI, to think about continually; to love; brooding affection. [See next word.]

AROAROA (aroaroá), lonely. 2. Sorrowful. Cf. aroha, love for an absent friend.

Tahitian—aroaroa, dusky, dark, indistinct; aroaro, indistinctness; dark, mysterious; (b.) lonesome, desolate.

Mangarevan—cf. aroaroragi, to be far away on the horizon.

AROAKAPA (aroákapa), a row, a rank; the front rank: Mo te turanga i te aroakapa o te haka—P. M., 162. Cf. tiaroa, a long, straight side; kapa, a rank or row.

AROAROTEA, the name of a bird: the White-breasted Shag. (Orn. Phalacrcorax brevirostris.) Cf. aroaro, front; tea, white.

AROAROWHAKI, to flap the wings. Cf. aroharoha, to flap the wings. 2. To move the hand to and fro as a sign of grief. 3. To float in the air, as an albatross, without moving the wings. [See Tongan comparatives of Aroha.]

Samoan—alofa'i, to paddle a canoe. Cf. álo, to paddle; to fan.

Tongan—alofaki, to paddle another to any place; a paddler, rower; (b.) to sit in a row. Cf. fealofaki, to paddle to and fro in a canoe; aloalo, to paddle in the water for pleasure; faka-aloalo, quietly, gently, slowly; taalo, to beckon to another at sea; to fan another.

Hawaiian—cf. alo, to pass from one place to another; to pass through the water by swimming; to extend the hands in swimming.

Futuna—alofaki, to row, to paddle; (b.) to fish with a net from a canoe.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. kalo, to paddle.

AROHA, to love; to feel affection for: Na ka arohatia ia e Manaia—P. M., 118. Love (properly for an absent friend): A kei te mihi tonu te aroha a te wahine ki tana tane—P. M., 12. 2. Pity, compassion, sympathy, charity; to pity; to be merciful: E kore e tohungia e ahau, e kore e manawapatia, e kore e arohaina—Her., xiii. 14. Cf. oha, generous, abundant [See Tongan]; owhanga, a nest; aroharoha, to flap the wings.

Samoan—alofa, love; compassion; to love, to compassionate (plural alolofa): O le alofa e faavavau ua ou alofa atu ai ia te oe; I have loved you with eternal love. (b.) A present, a gift: Ou te fa'alaulelei ia te ia i le mea alofa; I will appease him with a present. (c.) To salute: A alofa mai foi se tasi ia te oe; If any man salute you. Fa'a-alofa, to resemble the father (said of a son); (b.) to love falsely, pretended love; (c.) to love sincerely. Cf. aloa, to be treated with respect; alo, the seat of the affections; fealofani, to love mutually; gaualofa, to yield from love: aualofa, a keepsake; taumanavalofa, to assist; ofaofata'i, to cover with the wings, to brood over; to cherish, as a hen does her chickens; ofaga, a nest.

Tahitian—aroha, compassion, pity, sympathy, love; to show love; to show mercy: Te rahi ra to ratou aroha vaha; They show love with their mouths: Area tou nei aroha e ore roa ia vau e iriti e atu i te reira iana; My mercy shall not depart from him. (b.) Pitiable; aroharoha, to repeatedly commiserate; faa-aroha, a keepsake; relic; (b.) to show mercy or compassion. Cf. arohatae, empty sympathy; aroa, kind, hospitable to visitors; faa-tauaroha, a keepsake, relic; to cause pity or compassion; oha, stooping, bending; ofaa, to nestle or lie close in a nest, as a bird.

Hawaiian—Ioha, love, affection; aloha, love, affection; to love, desire: Aole loaa ia ia ka ono o ka ai, no ka mea, ua pouli i ke aloha; She perceived no sweetness in food because she was in a dark state (of mind) through love. (b.) Gratitude; (c.) kindness, pity, compassion; to show mercy; to pity; (d.) to salute at meeting or parting: aloha kou hoa i ka puali; Farewell, my partner on the lowland plains. Alohaloha, to love much; hooaloha, to give thanks, as an act of worship. Cf. makanaaloha, a free-will offering; oha, the small sprigs of kalo (taro) that grow on the sides of the older roots; the suckers which are transplanted; a salutation between the soxes (aloha! the modern common salutation at meeting and parting); ohana, a family; a brood of birds (owhanga).

Tongan—aloofa, to compassionate, show mercy; compassion, mercy: Re koe mea a hono fonua, be i he aloofa; Whether for his land or his mercy. Cf. ofa, to love; love, esteem; affectionate; ofaaga, beloved, dear; ofamamahi, painful sympathy; lofa, to fly with extended wings; the name of a sea-gull; lofai, to spread out the hands or wings; lofia, to over-spread; to cover; lolofa, to extend the wings; malofa, to be spread; to lie flat; manavaofa, pity, compassion.

Marquesan—cf. kaóha, to love; to regret; a salutation, as “good-day,” “fare-well”; oha, to stoop, to bow oneself.

Mangarevan—aka-aroa, to love; to cherish: E aka-aroa mai ana koutou? Do ye love me?

Mangaian—aroa, love; to love; beloved: Tama aroa na Motuone; Beloved child of Motuone. (b.) To salute: E aroa mai oki ratou i a koe; They shall salute you. Akaaroa, beloved: Pururu tau ngaarau, e tama akaaroa; Then, beloved son, our mourning will be over.

Paumotan—aroha, love, affection, compassion; to sympathise with; (b.) to suffer; faka-aroharoha, to receive warmly; to make welcome.

Futuna—aloha, friendship; to love; (b.) to pity; (c.) to regret; (d.) to salute.

AROHAROHA, to flap the wings. Cf. aroarowhaki, to flap the wings; also, cf. the Polynesian expressions under the last word (aroha), bearing on “wings,” &c.; especially Tongan.

AROHI, to reconnoitre, to examine with the eye. 2. To look for. Cf. aro, to turn towards; rohi, to screen with bushes.

AROHIROHI, mirage (one auth.) 2. The quivering waves of heat seen rising from the ground under a hot sun. Cf. parearohi, the shaking haze in hot weather. 3. To turn round and round. Cf. rori, entangled, distorted.

AROHIROHI (myth.), a wife of Ra, the Sun, and mother of Kauataata, the first woman—A. H. M., i., App.

Hawaiian—alohi, to shine, to reflect brightness: A i ke alohilohi hoi, aka, ke hele nei makou ma ka poeleele; (We wait) for brightness, but we walk in darkness. Alohilohi, splendour, brightness. Cf. alo, to face; to pass from one place to another; aloalo, to dodge.

Samoan—cf. alo, to go out bonito fishing; to paddle a canoe; alofi, to sit in a circle.

Tahitian—arohi, a word of excitement to be brisk, active, or vigilant. Cf. rohi, to be alert, wakeful.

Tongan—cf. alofi, the place occupied by the chiefs at a kava party; alofia, to paddle to any vessel to make inquiries.

ARONUI, to be exactly opposite: Ka noho ia me te aronui mai ano ki a ia—Ken., xxi. 16. [For comparatives see Aro, to face, to be in presence of.]

ARONUI, a finely-woven mat with a deep ornamental border.

AROPIRI, to cling: to be attached. Cf. aro, inclination; to turn towards; aroha, to love; piri, to cleave, stick close; tapiri, to join, &c. [For comparatives see under Aro, and Piri.]

ARORE, the shell of the ear, just above the lobe.

AROTAHI, to look in one direction. Cf. aro, to turn towards; tahi, one. [See comparatives under Aro, and Tahi.]

AROWA (Moriori), the sole of the foot.

ARU, to follow, pursue (passive arumia): E kore pea te wahine e aru mai i a au—Ken., xxiv. 39.

ARUARU, to chase, to hunt; to chase away: Na Rangi te tikanga kia aruarumia ratou i nga rangi—A. H. M., i. 37. 2. To woo. 3. To interrupt, prevent, intercept: Ka tae atu ki te whare, ka aruarua atu mai ki waho—Wohl., Trans., vii., 51.

Samoan—alu, to go: Alu ia oe i lou fale; Go to your house; fa'a-alu, to stir up, excite; alualu, to drive, chase; (b.) to exceed, excel, as s pupil in his studies. Cf. alusopo, to go all together; alumaga, the going of a canoe, as to its speed or other quality; a lugai'a, going out to beg for fish.

Hawaiian—alu, to give aid or assistance; to unite together, as several persons for a particular object; to be connected, as the joints of the human body; alualu, to come upon one; (b.) to follow, pursue, overpower; to pursue, as an enemy: E alualu ana oe ia wai? After whom are you pursuing? (c.) To persecute: I alualu kolohe mai hoi ia matou; And have also persecuted us.

Tahitian—aruaru, to hunt, pursue; a pursuer; a huntsman. Cf. aru, a large fishing-net, ten fathoms long; arupopore, to pursue with eagerness; auau, to pursue.

Tongan—alu, to go; (b.) the gait or walk of a person; (c.) a creeping plant, used in making superior baskets.

Mangarevan—aru, to insist; persistence; aruaru, to run after; to pursue.

Mangaian—aru, to follow: E aru atu i to miringa ac; He follows your track (O Sun).

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. aru, a current (of river or sea); a multitude; arua-mai, to flock;

Malay—cf. aru, to trouble, disturb; aruan, commotion.

ARUHE, the root of the common fern (Pteris aquilina), used as food. The fronds are called rau-aruhe.

Tahitian—anuhe, the common fern in the mountains.

ATA, an exclamation of disgust: Ata! ina te kaki ka taretare noa—Prov.

ATA (myth.), Morning, personified. One of the Light powers. [See Kore.]

ATA, a reflected image. Cf. Atarau, the moon; hoata, the third day of the moon's age. 2. Shadow: I te ata tapu nei o Riretoro—G. P., 60. Cf. atarangi, a shadow. 3. Early morning: Ka hi te ata ka karanga atu ia' Ka hemo au i te kai'—P. M., 25; ata-hapara and atapongipongi, the time of dawn; ata-po, before dawn; ata-tu, just after sunrise; ata-marama, moonlight. Cf. haeata, dawn; moata, early in the morning; piata, bright, clear; puataata, transparent, clear; koata, a spy-glass; atakite, to behold dimly. 4. The spirit, the soul: Unuhia noatia te ata o Wharo—C. O. D. Ka kawea ki te wai te ata o te turoro—MSS. 5. An unsubstantial image or form: Maku te ata o te taparakau atu—Sh. Trad., 183.

Whaka-ATA, a mirror: He kotuku kai-whakaata—Prov. E hore e mate ki te whakaata, ki te wai heru ano ka patu ai—P. M., 57.

Samoan—ata, a shadow: Auá o tatou aso i le lalolagi o le ata ia; Our days on earth are a shadow. (b.) The dawn; (c.) a spirit; (d.) the emblem or representative of the aitu (deity); (e.) a reflected image, as in a photograph; ataata, the red sky after sunset; (b.) to treat with proper respect; fa'a-ata, to shade the eyes, or partially close them, in order to see far-off objects; to spy with a telescope. Cf. auata, to show respect to; atafu, to sun the body; atagia, to glisten; atavale, to be dazzlod by the sun shining on the water.

Tahitian—ata, a cloud: E ata iti te tupu maira na tai maira: A little cloud rising up out of the sea. (b.) A shadow: Ia ao, ia pee ê atu te mau ata; Till day breaks, and the shadows flee. (c.) A certain prayer; (d.) twilight; (e.) the shaded or ornamental part of a mat, called vane; (f.) a messenger sent before a chief. Cf. paata, to come into view, as the moon when rising; atatiitii, the great morning clouds; tatahiata, the dawn of day; vaiata, a morning bath, a phrase used by the Arioi [see Karioi], who bathed every morning.

Marquesan—ata, a shadow; (b.) likeness, resemblance. Cf. hatahata, clear, easy to be seen; hoata, clear, spotless. Atanua, the Dawn goddess, Aurora. [She was born from the struggle of Light and Darkness: Tanaoa (Tangaroa) and Mutuhei, as “Darkness” and “Silence,” fighting against Atea, “Light,” and Ono (Rongo), “Sound.” The Light deities were victorious, and Atanua, evolved from Atea, became his wife.]

Mangaian—ata, a shadow: Kua roroa oki te ata aiai; The shadows of evening are stretched out. (b.) The morning light: Omai tai noku ora e, o te Ata i maiore; Grant me a new life, O Light of the morning. (c.) The essence of a thing, as of an offering; (d.) (met.) the soul.

Mangarevan—ata, an image, likeness, or representation; (b.) the shadow of a man; (c.) the twilight of morning or evening; (d.) imprint: E ata o te vavae, a footprint; (e.) to make an impression or have influence on anyone; ataata, large, spacious; (b.) far off: Kua ataata tehito te vaka; The canoe is very far away. Cf. atahaihai, evening twilight; a fine sunset; ataiai, the red image of the setting sun; atakurakura, a beautiful sunrise or sunset; atariki, an only son; taata, clear, transparent: aka-kata, a mirror.

Moriori—ateata, dawn.

Hawaiian—aka, the shadow of a person: Ina e pii ke aka o ke kanaka maluna o ke alii, make ke kanaka; If the shadow of a common man should fall upon a chief, the man must die. [Note: The shade of a tree or house is malu.] (b.) The figure or outline of a thing; a similitude or likeness: Ua kau ke aka o Lono i ka molia; Doomed is the image of Rongo to destruction. (c.) The dawn or light of the moon before rising; to light up, as the moon before rising; (d.) the joints as of the backbone or knuckles; to go up and down upon a hilly road; (e.) frailty; impotence; ho-aka, to glitter, to shine, to be splendid. Cf. oaka, to open, as the eyes; the reflection of the sun on any luminous object; a glimpse, glance, or flashing of light; hailiaka, a ghost, a spirit; akaka, to be clear, transparent as glass, lucid; bright as the moon; akalani, a heavenly shadow, a splendid light; akalau, a ghost that appears to some people and not to others; moakaka, clear, plain, intelligible, transparent.

Tongan—ata, the air; (b.) space, room, spacious; (c.) free, disengaged; (d.) downright; (e.) the morning light; the official name of the chief of one part of Tonga; (f.) a shadow; (g.) to reflect, as a mirror; aata, transparent; (b.) ripe, mellow; ataata, ample, spacious; free, relieved; (b.) the dusk of evening; twilight; faka-ata, a spy-glass; to look through a glass; (b.) to take aim; faka-ataata, to make room; to discover; to give place; (b.) to look intently; to be careful. Cf. ataloa, space, without bounds; atanoa, boundless; atamai, the mind; hoata, about mid-day; yellow, ripe.

ATA, an exclamation of assent; He ata! True.

ATAATA, a shell-fish, a large kind of periwinkle.

ATA, gently: Kia ata tangi tatou kei rongo mai aku hoa i patu au nei—P. M., 98. Cf. ataahua, beautiful; atamai, liberal. 2. Deliberately; slowly: Tena tatou ka here i Te Ra nei kia ata haere ai—P. M., 21. 3. Quite; thoroughly: Me ata tahu marire ano hoki—Ken., xi. 3. 4. Guardedly; watchfully: Kia ata tu i ou taokete—Wohl., Trans., vii. 50. 5. Tenderly; carefully: Mahau hoki e ata whakatipu i aia kia tupu he tangata—A. H. M., i. 47.

Hawaiian—aka, a particle set before verbs to express carefulness, regularity of proceeding, &c., as akaolelo, to speak cautiously; akahele, to go carefully (ata-haere).

Samoan—cf. ata, a spirit; the emblem of a deity; ataata, to treat with proper respect; atamai, clever, intelligent.

Ext. Poly.: Aneityum—cf. ahta, generous, kind; ata, gentle, smooth, as the sea; to die away, as wind.

ATAAHUA (ataàhua), good, pleasant, beautiful: Ka mate te wahine, ko Hine-nui-o-te-kawa ki a Tawhaki, ki te tangata ataahua—Wohl., Trans., vii. 44. Cf. ata, gently; ata, dawn; atamai, liberal; atawhai, gracious, kindly; ahua, form, appearance.

Samoan—cf. ataata, to treat with proper respect; atamai, clever, intelligent.

Hawaiian—cf. aka, a particle set before verbs to express carefulness, regularity, &c.; akahai, modest, gentle; akamai, wise, skilful.

Tahitian—cf. ataraioio, handsome; of graceful mien; atavai, pretty, elegant.

ATAE, an exclamation of admiration or scorn: How great! Cf. katac, which has a similar meaning.

Tahitian—atae, a word used in various exclamations of wonder, surprise, affection, disgust, according to the nature of the subject and the tone of voice.

ATAHAPARA, the time of dawn. Cf. ata, early morning; hapara, to dawn. [For comparatives see Ata, and Hapara.]

ATAHIKURANGI (myth.), “Full day,” a daughter of Rangi and Atatuhi—A. H. M., i. App. [See Ata, and Hikurangi.]

ATAHU, an assembly of a tribe, wherein single girls were proclaimed betrothed by their relatives.

ATAKITE, to behold dimly; obscure: Te atakitea atu te whetu o te rangi—Sh. Tr., 190. Cf. ata, early morning; kite, to see. [Comparatives under Ata, and Kite.]

ATAMAI, liberal. Cf. atawhai, gracious, kindly; ata, gently; mai, hither; whai, to possess; ataahua, good, pleasant.

Samoan—atamai, clever, intelligent; to understand: E leai se atamai i le tagata valea; For vain man would be wise; (b.) The mind; intelligence; (c.) servants waiting on a chief; fa'a-atamai, to make wise. Cf. ata, a spirit; an emblem of a deity; ataata, to treat with proper respect.

Hawaiian—akamai, to be wise; wisdom, skill, ingenuity; expert, sagacious, learned: O ke akamai o ka makuakane e lilo no ia i hei na ke keiki; The wisdom of the father, it shall become a wreath for the son. Cf. akeakamai, a lover of wisdom; akahai, tender-hearted, meek, modest; akaka, clear, intelligible; aka, to light up, as the moon before rising.

Tahitian—cf. atama, wisdom, intelligence; a wise person; affection for a child.

Ext. Poly.: Aneityum—cf. atmas, a spirit; a dead man.

ATAMAI, to behave contemptuously.

ATAMAI (Te Atamai), myth., the name of the thirteenth of the Ages of the existence of the Universe. [See Kore.]

ATAMIRA, a stage or platform: Ka piki a Tutanekai raua ko tona hoa ko Tiki ki runga ki to raua atamira—P. M., 129. 2. A stage on which a dead body is placed.

Whaka-ATAMIRA, to lay out on a stage for holding a dead body.

ATAOTEMATA, the corner of the eye. Cf. mata, the eye.

ATARAHI (Te Atarahi), myth., the name of a man who, having died, spent five days and nights in the Reinga (the Shades) and then returned to life—S. R., 45.

ATARANGI, a shadow: Kia poke i te pouri, i te atarangi o te mate—Hop. iii., 5. Cf. ata, a shadow; rangi, the sky.

Samoan—cf. ata, a shadow.

Hawaiian—akalani, a heavenly shadow; a splendid light. Cf. akakalani, a great light, the heavens much lighted; aka, the shadow of a person.

Marquesan—ataani, the arch of heaven, the firmament: Ei ataani i vavena o na vai; Let there be a firmament in the midst of the waters. (b.) The air: Na manu o te ataani; The fowls of the air.

Tahitian—cf. ata, a cloud; a shadow.

Mangaian—cf. ata, a shadow.

Tongan—cf. ata, a shadow; dusk, twilight; ataloa, space.

ATARAPA (myth.), the Dawn. A daughter of Rangi and Atatuhi—A. H. M., i., App.

ATARAU, the moon: E titi koia i te atarau, tiaho i runga ra—G. P., 119. Cf. ata, reflected light; ra, the sun. 2. Moonlight: I tetahi po ata ra uka haere a Rona ki te utu wai—M. M., 167.

Hawaiian—cf. aka, the dawn or light of the moon before rising; lau, to spread out; the face of a person; akalau, a ghost that appears to some people and not to others; kinoakalau, the ghost of a person not yet dead.

Tahitian—cf. ata, twilight.

Samoan—cf. ata, a spirit; a reflected image.

Tongan—ata, to reflect, as in a mirror.

Ext. Poly.: Tagal—cf. arau, day.

Bisaya—cf. adlau, day.

Baliyon—cf. lau, daylight; laha, the moon.

Baju—cf. lau, day.

Sikayana — cf. lau, heaven. North Borneo—cf. lau, a day.

ATATU, the morning, just after sunrise: A i te atatu i a ratou e haere atu ana—Mak., xi. 20. Cf. ata, morning light, and tu, to stand. [For comparatives, see Ata, dawn, and Tu, to stand.]

ATATUHI (myth.), a wife of Rangi, “the Sky.” She was the mother of Marama, “the Moon;” Whetu, “Star;” Atarapa, “Dawn;” and Atahikurangi, “Full Day.” — G. P., 52; A. H. M., i., 7, Eng., and 43, Maori, also App.

ATAWHAI, kind, gracious; to be liberal; to show kindness: Ko Tutanekai ka atawhaitia e Whakaue—P. M., 128. Cf. atamai, liberal; ata, gently; whai, possessing; ataahua, beautiful,

Samoan—cf. atamai, clever, intelligent; ata, a spirit.

Hawaiian—akahai, to be tender of heart; meek, meekness, modesty, gentleness. Cf. aka, a prefix expressing carefulness, regularity, &c.; hai, to speak of; akamai, to be wise; akaku, gentle.

Tahitian—atavai, pretty, elegant; (b.) adoption; (c.) small streams of water. Cf. atama, wise; affection for a child. [For other comparatives see Ata, gently; and Whai, to possess.]

ATE, a term of endearment to a child. [A contraction of Tau-o-te-ate; which see.]

ATE, the liver: I tou uma, i to ate, i ou turipona—S. M. 110. Cf. koateate, the spleen; atewhatukuhu, the kidneys. 2. The seat of the affections, the heart: Waiho nei taku ate, tuaki kau atu ai—M. M., 25. Tau-o-te-ate, a term of affection; waha-o-te-ate, the pit of the stomach.

Samoan—ate, the liver: Seia ate le u i lona ate; Till a dart goes through his liver. Cf. ate'ai, cowardly (lit. “liver-eating”); atepili, the pancreas.

Tahitian—ate, the liver. Cf. ateau, the part of the liver to which the gall-bladder is attached; (fig.) a person of boldness and courage; courageous; atehuhu, daring, fearless; otuiate, an acute disease of the stomach or liver, attended with high pulsation (otui, to beat, as an artery).

Hawaiian—ake, the liver of an animal: Ke aa maluna o ke ake; The caul above the liver. (b.) A general name for several internal organs, as akeloa, the spleen; akemau, the spleen; akemama and akepaahoola, the lungs, lights, &c.; akeakamai, a lover of wisdom; akena, to be proud, boastful; akepaa, the liver.

Tongan—ate, the liver: Bea naa ne jio ki he ate; He looked into the liver. Cf. atebili, the spleen or milt.

Marquesan—ate, the liver. Cf. atepuapua, the lungs.

Mangarevan—ate, the liver; (b.) the intestines. The word is also used in imprecation: To ate! or Ateoraro! implying, “Give me thy bowels !”

Futuna—ate, the liver. Rarotongan–ate, the liver: Kua riringiia taku ate ki raro i te one; My liver is poured forth on the earth.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. ate, the liver.

Fiji—cf. yate-na, the liver; yatemawa, the lights; yate-dei, courageous; yatelevu, a coward.

Malagasy—cf. aty, the liver; the inside.

Malay—cf. ati, the liver; the heart (morally); atiati, to be careful.

Java—cf. ati, the heart.

Mindanao—cf. ati, the liver. Solomon Islands—cf. ati, the chest.

Kisa—cf. akin, the heart.

Tagal—cf. atay, the liver; ati, the middle.

Matu—cf. atai, the liver.

Pampang—cf. atiau, the belly (tia?); ate, the liver.

ATEATE, the calf of the leg. 2. The inside of the thigh: Ka pa atu ia ki te ateatenga o tona huha—Ken., xxxii., 25.

Samoan—atevae, the calf of the leg. (vae = leg). Cf. atelima, the thick part of the arm.

Tahitian—ate, the calf of the leg. Cf. aterima, the thick part of the arm.

Tongan—ateivae, (vae = leg,) the calf of the leg.

ATEA, clear, free from obstruction: Kotahi ano te whare i atea, no te tamaiti anake—W. T., vii. 53. Cf. watea, unoccupied; clear; awatea, broad daylight; tea, white. 2. Out of the way.

Samoan—ateatea, wide, spacious; fa'aateatea, to make spacious. Cf. oatea, noon; vateatea, wide, spacious; teateavale, to be white from fear, or sickness.

Tahitian—atea, clear; openness, clearness, distinctness; faa-atea, to give place, to make room; to put farther off. Cf. ateate, purity, clearness, as of water; clear, as the countenance; raiatea, a clear, fine sky; taiatea, the open, wide sea.

Marquesan—atea, a day: He koina e vae ana na mou atea eitu; A respite is granted for seven days. (b.) Clear, open: Te hau atea o te ani; The clear air of heaven. Cf. oatea, light, a luminary.

Mangaian—Atea is used for Vatea, the God of Day: Te anau Atea, the children of Vatea. [See Atea (myth.)]

Hawaiian—akea, broad, spacious, open, not crowded; openly: O ke kai akea, o ka moana akea! Oh the wide sea! Oh the open ocean! (b.) To be separate. Hoo-akea, to enlarge, to widen out; to make room for one. Cf. kea, lucid, clear; akeakea, to fade, to lose colour; awakea, noon-day; opuakea, clearness, whiteness; papaakea, a kind of soft white stone; puakea, pale; to spread out, as the sails of a vessel.

Tongan—cf. tea, whitish; uhatea, rain that falls when the sun shines.

Mangarevan—cf. avatea, noon; mahina-atea, daylight.

Paumotan — faka-atea, to remove, to put away.

Moriori—cf. watea, to be clear.

ATEA (myth.), the last of the Ages or Time-spaces to be counted in the existence of the Universe. It is the eighteenth upward from Te Kore (“nothingness,” the Void)—A. H. M., i. App. [See Te Kore.] 2. Space, the Light Space, personified: Ka noho i a te Atea, ka puta ki waho ki te Po—G. P., 152. There seems to be in New Zealand little distinct idea of Atea, as a person; it is only as a vast abstraction that he has existence.

Marquesas—Atea takes the place of Tane, the Light-giver, although one legend states that Tane and Atea were two brothers, the sons of Toho. A third tradition of great antiquity relates that Atea (as Light) evolved himself, and then brought forth Ono (Rongo), Sound. Allying themselves, they broke up the boundless darkness of Chaos or Hades (Po), in which had dwelt through eternity Tanaoa (Tangaroa), Darkness, and Mutu-hei (Silence). Light and Sound made war on Darkness and Silence, and were victorious; binding the deities of night within set boundaries. From the struggle came forth Atanua, the Dawn. Light then took Dawn to wife, and afterwards begat the lesser deities, man, &c.

Hawaii—Atea (Wakea) was held to be the eldest son of Kahiko (Tawhito), the Ancient One, dwelling in O-lalo-waia. From Atea sprang the order of the aristocracy, the alii (ariki); as from his brothers came the ranks of the priests and common people. Wakea, by another legend, lived in Hihiku; he married a wife, Papa, a princess of O-lalo-i-mehani and the grand-daughter of the Princess Ka-oupe-alii. Atea, as Daylight, and the husband of Papa [see Papa], thus seems to be another name for Rangi (the Sky) of N.Z. mythology. The Hawaiian Islands were created by Wakea and Papa. Wakea is said to have had intercourse with Hina [see Hina], and she brought forth the island of Molokai. In the genealogies, Atea and Papa are quite late in the generations—37th in the Kumuhonua genealogy, and 28th in the Kumuuli. One tradition states that the first person on earth was the woman Lailai, descended from Chaos. From her and her husband, Kealiiwahilani (Te-ariki-wahi-rangi), came their son Kahiko, the father of Wakea. Atea made the land and sea from the calabash (ipu) of Papa, his wife; the cover he threw up on high, and it became the heavens; of the juice he made the rain; of the seeds the sun, moon, and stars. Lono (i.e., Rongo) is called Hakuakea, Lord Atea, in one hymn.

Tahiti — In opposition to the Marquesan notion of Tangaroa representing Darkness, he changes places with Atea in the old hymn: “Taaroa is the Root, the Rock; Taaroa is the Light.” —Forn., i. 222.

Mangaia—Atea (Vatea) is the son of Vari-ma-te-takere, the Very Beginning; being a piece plucked by the goddess from her right side. He is father of gods and men. Vatea is a fish-god, one-half being allied to the Taairangi (Cetaceans) and the other half of human aspect. His home was in Te Paparairai (Thin-land), or Te-enua-marama-o-Vatea (the bright land of Vatea). His brothers were Tinirau, of Motutapu, the sacred island; Tango, of Enuakura; Tumuteanaoa (Echo), of Te Paraitea; Raka, of Moana-irikau; and Tu-metua, who lives with his mother in Teenua-te-ki (or Mute-land). Vatea married a beautiful goddess named Papa. Tangaroa and Rongo were twin children of Vatea and Papa. The sun and moon are eyes of Vatea. At Aitutaki and Atiu, Atea is called Avatea—Gill. M. and S., 3. [See Tangaroa, Papa, Rangi, Rongo, &c.]

ATETE, to oppose, resist. Cf. te, not; tetè, to exert oneself; whaka-tete, to annoy; to quarrel with. 2. To treat roughly. 3. To affront, insult. 4. To jostle.

ATEWHATUKUHU, the kidneys. Cf. ate, the liver; whatukuhu, the kidneys. [For comparatives see Ate and Whatukuhu.

ATI, A prefix to tribal names, as descendants of certain persons: No te tini o te Ati-Hapai tenei whare—P. M., 41. Cf. ngati, a similar tribal prefix, as Ngati-Tama-te-ra, &c. 2. An ancient name for a god or demon (one auth.): Te ati tipua, e tau haia te ati tawhito—Ika., 188. Cf. Atiamuri, the name of a certain goblin. 3. A descendant: Ati ko Mauitikitiki koe a Taranga?—P.M., 19. Ati na wai e whae?—P. M., 127.

Samoan—ati, a particle, denoting a number of chiefs of the same name or title.

Tahitian—ati, a patronymio prefix, pointing out the name of the ancestor or parent, with the descendants; (b.) a faithful friend who will cleave to a man in distress. Cf. nati, a class or distinction of men, as nati arii, the class of superior chiefs.

Mangarevan—ati, descendant: Ati-Tane, descendants of Tane; Ati-Takarau, the race of Takarau, a people of those islands.

Mangaian—cf. ngati, a descendant of.

Ext. Poly.: Fijian—cf. adi, a common prenomen to ladies' names, as we use lady, or madam.

Malagasy—atinandriana, the Blood Royal: princes; atinkavana, or atihavana, near relations; consanguinity.

Malay—Adi, a title of nobles, as Adi Bernilam Rajah Mudeliar; adi, excellent, handsome. (Both words probably allied to Sanscrit adi, first.)

ATI, then: Ka ki atu te wahine, ‘Ati me pewhea te karanga.’—P. M., 28.

ATIATI, to drive away, to chase away: A te haerenga mai o nga hepara, kei te atiati i a ratou—Eko., ii. 17. 2. To thrust back, to repress.

ATIAKONA, the name of a fish.

ATIAMURI (myth.), a goblin in human shape, inhabiting Lake Taupo. He is a decoy for the taniwha, Horomatangi.

ATI-HAPAI (myth.), the name of a certain tribe. 2. The name of a chief who was the father of Toi-te-huatahi and son of Te Atatutu. [See Poporokewa.]

ATIRERE, the name of a fish.

ATITI, to stray, to wander about. Cf. titi, to go astray; atiutiu, to wander; kotiti, to wander about.

Tahitian—cf. atiti, the broken stalks of the yams, which are traced in order to find the root in the ground; rudiments or elements of knowledge; atitipau, a person of general information; oti, to recoil; otipi, to go aside.

Tongan—cf. aji, to penetrate, pass through; to peep; ajiaji, a spy; to look out.

Samoan—cf. atia'i, to go softly towards in order to seize.

ATITUTU (Te Atitutu), myth., one of the descendants of Tiki. He was son of Ngaipeha, and father of Te Ati-hapai.

ATIUTIU, to wander, to stray: E atiutiu ke ana, kei ninihi atu koe i a ratou—Tiu., xxii. 1.

Hawaiian—akiukiu, to act the part of a spy; to search into; to penetrate; searching. Cf. kiu, a spy.

Tahitian—cf. atiuaca, the name of a yellow, running plant; atiti, the broken stalks of the yams, which are traced in order to find the root.

Tongan—cf. aji, to penetrate, pass through, peep; ajiaji, a spy; to look out.

Samoan—cf. atiu, the name of a creeping plant (Cucumis acidus).

ATIU, the north-west wind. Cf. tupatiu, the north-west wind; hauatiu, the north-west wind; kotiu, the north wind.

Samoan—fa'atiu, a northerly wind; Cf. fa'atiu-fagalua, a northerly wind; [See Whaka-rua.]

Mangarevan—tiu, the west wind: Ko te parapu me te tiu tetahi mau teiti tamaroa; The north-west wind and the west wind were other male children. Cf. urupatiu, the wind, W. ¼ S.

Hawaiian—kiu, the north-west wind: O ke kiu ko Wawaenohu; The north-west wind of Wawaenohu. Cf. akiukiu, searching, penetrating: A me ka makani akiukiu kipe pua hala o Puakei; The searching wind pelting the hala blossoms of Puskei. [See Akiukiu.]

Marquesan—tiu, the north wind: A hua te tiu; The north wind has returned.

ATO, to thatch. Cf. kato, to pluck. [See Tahitian.]

Samoan—ato, to thatch; (b.) to throw a stick at anything. Cf. atofa'i, to thatch with.

Tahitian—ato, to thatch; the art of thatching houses; a thatcher; (b.) to rip or pluck off; a plucker of leaves or flowers. Cf. atohei, to pluck or gather flowers for a garland; hauato, an instrument used in thatching.

Hawaiian—ako, to thatch; the art of thatching; (b.) to cut, as with scissors; to pluck, as flowers or fruit; to shear, as a sheep; to cut off, as hair.

Tongan—ato, thatch; the roof of a house; to thatch. Cf. atofaki, to screen; to pile one thing upon another; to be covered over with; to have abundance; featofaki, to thatch with speed, applied to two or more.

Futuna—ato, to thatch.

Ext. Poly.: Kayan—cf. ato, to thatch;

Bugis—atok, thatch.

ATU, away, away from: Hacre atu koe i roto i tenei whare—P. M., 13. 2. The comparative degree of words used as adjectives: Ki tau e kore ianci e nui atu toku pai i to nga tamariki kotahi tekau—1 Ham., i. 8. 3. Others: Tanetokorangi, Timurangi, me etahi atu—G.-8, 26.

Samoan—atu, away: Ou te foaiina aiu ia te oe le fanua; I give away the land to you.

Hawaiian — aku, verbal directive, away from: Pulou iho la ia i ke kapa, puka aku iwaho; She wrapped her robes about her and went outside: Pance aka la i ka waa i kai; They pushed away the canoe into the sea.

Tahitian—atu, [from; beside; more; adu, from, used as the opposite of mai, hither; (b.) beside, as aita adu, none beside; (c.) as a comparative of adjectives (rahi, great; rahi-adu, greater).

Tongan—atu, to give, used only when the second person follows; (b.) towards, with same restriction; atuatu, to throw, fling. Cf. atugaki, to throw out of the hand; to throw at; atugi, to throw at, to hurl; featugaki, to throw at each other. Marquesan atu, distance; (b.) away from: A hee atu! Go away! (c.) beyond: A noho una, a nonoho atu; They dwelt above, they dwelt beyond.

Mangarevan—atu, away from the person speaking: Akamou atu koe eki mea kai ki a tagata ara; Give (away) a little food to the man. Cf. atutaha, open country matu, let us go.

Rarotongan—atu, away from; forth: E acre ua atura ki te ngai aere anga atu; They went away wherever they could go.

Whaka-ATU, to show, to point out: Kia whaka-aturia atu ki a ia—P. M., 3.

Tahitian—faa'atu, to place and keep common things apart from those that are sacred; faa-atuatu, to keep one's property in order; carefully preserving old relics.

Tongan—faka-atu, to line, to cover the inside; (b.) to cease to trouble, to refrain for a time; faka-atuatu, to express surprise in reference to something bad.

ATU (myth.), the name of a deity. Cf. atua, a deity, or demon.

Tahitian—cf. fatu, lord, master, owner.

Rarotongan—atu, lord: Te Atu ta koutou e kimi na; The Lord whom yo seek; (b.) a master: E e atu oki au ra teiea au i te mataku angaia! If I am a master where is my fear?

Hawaiian—cf. haku, a lord or master.

Marquesan—cf. fatu, a lord; a deity. [See comparatives of Atua.]

ATUA, God: Otira na te Atua ano ia i whakaako i mohio ai—P. M., 11. 2. A god, demon, supernatural being: Ka mea etehi “He atua koa”—P. M., 19: I heke iho i runga te atua—A. H. M., i., 16. Cf. atuakikokiko, demons, spirits of torment; atuapiko, the rainbow. 3. An idol: Ka takaia nga atua na, whakairia—P. M., 84: Ko taua atua, ko Kahukura, he whakapakoko rakau—A. H. M., i., 4. 4. A malicious person; to be wicked; surly. Cf. atuapo, a niggardly, churlish person. 5. Any evil or noxious thing: Ko taka atua he whe-whe—Ika., 135. [See the Motu comparative.] Kei nga iwi o Tuere te mana te atua—Prov. 6. A term of endearment: Kei raro taku atua e aroha nei au—S. T., 180. 7. The fourteenth night of the moon. Note.—It is difficult to know where to distinguish between an atua regarded spiritually and the outward presentment. Kahukura, for instance, is sometimes an abstract deity; sometimes visible in the form of the rainbow; sometimes present in a sacred red garment, and at times is alluded to in a manner inferring the presence of an idol. (See A. H. M., i., 43.) When Haungaroa was sent by her mother Kuiwai to Ngatoro-i-rangi informing him of the curse of Manaia, she and her companions were borne up by (and brought with them) the gods Kahukura, Itupawa, Maru, Rongomai, Hangaron and Iho-o-to-rangi. These were gods for mortals, because the first canoes had only brought gods of the kumara, and of fish—P. M., 102. There are few instances mentioned in Polynesian legend as to deities having many limbs, or other abnormal personal attributes, such as we find in ancient deities of different peoples. The Hawaiian deity Kamapuaa [see Poaka] was an eight-eyed monster, and Maui is called Maui-matavaru (eight-eyed) in Mangareva. Sometimes a deity was worshipped as a bundle of red feathers, a stone with human hair wrapped around it, &c. [For principal Polynesian deities see Tane, Tangaroa, Tu, Rongo, Atea, Rangi, &c.

Samoan—atua, a god: Afai o se atua ia, ina faia e ia lava lana finauga; If he is a god let him plead for himself; fa'a-atua, to deify; to make into a god; fa'a-atuà, to go about as a ghost, frightening people. Cf. atu, to be perplexed, distressed; atualoa, the centipede; atualagi, the chief's word for aitu (deity); atuapaoa, to be frightened.

Mangaian—atua, a god, a demon: Vananga mai nga atua; Let the gods speak: K atua te tangata e oia; This god is but a man after all; aka-atua, to become divine: Akaatua atu ana oki te tangata, e tau potiki; Pet child, thou hast taken thy place among the gods. Cf. atu, master, lord.

Tahitian—atua, god, the general name for a deity: E ua haere i roto i te fare o to ratou atua; And went into the house of their god; faa-atua, to deify, to acknowledge or serve some person or thing as a god. Cf. atuahara, a god that was supposed to enter into a person by means of a curso; paiatua, an idolatrous ceremony on the new decoration of the too (toko) or image of a god; tuatuá, a word of address in prayer, used in the evening at the marae (sacred place).

Hawaiian—akua, a supernatural being, a god: A hoomana aku la i ua alii la e like me ka hoomana akua; They worshipped that chief as if they worshipped a god. (b.) The name of the night when the moon was perfectly full; (c.) divine: Aina wai akua a Kane; The land of the divine water of Tane. Cf. Akuaulu, the god of inspiration; Akuakii, a god represented by an image (atua and tiki); akualapu, a ghost; akualele, a meteor; umuakua, unfriendly, unsocial; niggardly; kakua, to ascribe power to the gods, to worship; to girdle (Maori = tatua); kakuai, to worship the gods, to pray in a peculiar manner; the constant daily sacrifice offered at any meal; mooakua, a legend, a story concerning the gods.

Tongan—otua, a god: Bea hu ki he otua oku ikai faa fakamoui; They pray unto a god that cannot save.

Marquesan—etua, a god, deity, divinity; divine: O te tama hakaiki, fanau mua o te mana na Etua; Oh the princely son, first-born of divine power.

Mangarevan—etua (etùa), a god (in old legend atua: Tona igoa ko atua Tane; His name was the god Tane); etua, to be wicked. Cf. etuaraga, divinity; etuavanaga, a chief warrior; patuetua, sudden death; tauraetua, the priest of a deity.

Aniwan—atua, God: Atua nikowna tohana nontariki; God sent his son.

Paumotan—atua, God.

Futuna—atua, the native deities. Cf. atuamuli, evil spirit; atuamagumagu, an evil spirit.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. atuahu, a painful swelling without matter; a blind boil.

Aneityumese—cf. atua, God (probably introduced).

Fijian—cf. tu, at the end of a word, implies greatness; a word used by children to their fathers; tua, a word used by children to their grandfathers.

Malagasy—cf. [o for u, see Introduction] atoa, a song sung in honour either of the sovereign or of the idols. Sulu – cf. tuan, a master.

Malayan—cf. Tuhan, the Deity; tuan, a lord, master.

ATUA, first.

ATUAHAKONA, the name of a fish.

ATUAHU, a love-charm, used to soften an obdurate woman whose affection was desired.

ATUAKIKOKIKO (myth.), demons, familiar spirits said to haunt and torment sick or lunatic people: Ko nga mate he atuakikokiko e kai ana i a ratou—A. H. M., i. Cf. atua, a demon or deity; kiko, flesh; atuanohowhare, “house-dwelling demons;” atuangau, internal pains.

ATUANGAU (myth.), demons supposed to cause gripings and pains in the interior of the body. Cf. atua, a demon, and ngau, to bite; atuakikokiko, malignant deities. [For comparatives see Atua, and Ngau.]

ATUAPIKO, the rainbow. Cf. atuatoro, the rainbow; atua, deity; piko, bent, crooked. [See Kahukura, and Uenuku.]

ATUAPO, a stingy person, a niggard, a churl. Cf. atua, a wicked, cross person; Po, Night (the night deities), Hades. [For comparatives see Atua, and Po.]

ATUATORO (myth.), a name of Kahukura, the god of the rainbow. Cf. atuapiko, the rainbow. [See Kahukura.]

ATUA-WHAKAHAEHAE, the fourteenth day of the moon's age. (One auth.)

ATURERE, the name of a highly prized fish.

ATUTAHI, the star Canopus. Also called Autahi and Aotahi: Tera Atutahi ka mahuta i te pae—M. M., 200.

AU, smoke: Tineia te ahi! auahi tahi! Ha! he au uta! kapaa, ko te au ki Katikati ae— Prov. Cf. auahi, smoke. 2. Gall. 3. Cloud or fog. 4. Current: E kaha ana ra te ia ki Huritu, e au takahi waka—M. M., 172. 5. A rapid in a river. 6. A whirlpool. Cf. auhoki, an eddy. 7. Mid-ocean (Te au o te moana). 8. A string, cord. Cf. tau, a loop for fastening a weapon to the wrist. 9. A large pin for fastening a mat. Cf. aurei, a bone mat-pin.

Samoan—au, a sharp fish-thorn. Hence, (b.) a needle; (c.) a tattooing instrument; (d.) the gall; the seat of the affections. [Cf. Tahitian aau, (for ngakau,) the bowels, the heart or mind.] (c.) The liver of a pig; (f.) a current at sea. Auau, to pick out, as the bones of a fish; asu, smoke; auaga'c, a current setting to the east; aualofa, a keepsake; aufanua, a current in the sea setting towards the land; aumuli, a current setting west; autafa, to take out the bones of a fish; auvatea, to be carried out to sea by a current; to lose all out of a family by death; ausa, steam, vapour.

Tahitian—au, a current or stream; (b.) smoke: E tahu vau i to mau pereoo i te au auahi; (c.) vapour; (d.) a needle; to sew with a needle; (e.) a dangerous fish with a snout like a sword-fish; (f.) a stone put in the marae (sacred place) to avert some evil that was likely to happen; (g.) a stone sent to the chiefs to require a human sacrifice; (h.) the hottest part of a battle; (i.) a species of seasnail; (j.) to fit, to agree; (k.) to pursue; (l.) rubbish; to scrape together a heap of rubbish; auau, the gall of the fish Au; (b.) a person who pursues a man or beast. Cf. auafà, a bursted gall; (fig.) a daring fellow, devoid of fear; puau, to be agitated, as the bowels, or the mind; puauau, to be agitated repeatedly; to run, as a current; a rapid current in a stream of water; autai, a current caused by a great sea; autaripo, to whirl round; araau, the current of water between rocks.

Hawaiian—au, the current in the ocean: O ke au miki, o ke au ka, e mimilo ai; The strong current, the rolling current, whirl away. (b.) The grain in wood; (c.) the action of the hand in mixing poi (paste); (d.) an action or exercise of the mind; (e.) the gall of animals; (f.) time, a period of tune, as the reign of a king (hau?); (g.) the time of one's life; (h.) a season; (i.) a territory or district (kau?). Cf. aui, a wave of the sea; aumoe, time to sleep; auwili, a returning tide; wiliau, an eddy in sea or river; waiau, a place where water runs continually.

Tongan—ahu, smoke, to smoko as a fire; (b.) soot; (c.) the gall; ahuina, to be smoked; to be smoke-dried; to die from suffocation in smoke; faka-ahu, to smoke-dry; to suffocate; faka-ahuahu, to cause a great smoke, as a signal; (b.) dark dense clouds on the horizon; au, old, ripe; old people; aged and weak persons; (b.) to arrive at, to reach; (c.) a current; to flow rapidly in a current; (d.) the sugar-cane leaf; auau, to shell; to pick out bones; faka-au, to destroy gradually, or at different times; faka-auau, to inflict voluntary pain, as fasting, &c., on the death of a friend; (b.) to reach to. Cf. auautolo, an nneasy feeling of the bowels; colic; auautonu, to declare without reserve; auaga, the cause, the origin of death or destruction; auhe, to wander about; a vagabond; auhia, to be carried out by the sea; aulologo, a roar; a hollow sound; hau, a large bone needle.

Marquesan—au, the gall; (b.) a current.

Mangarevan—au, the ebb and flow of the tide; (b.) a crown, a garland (hau?); (c.) an awl; (d.) dew (hau?) (e.) cloudy mist on the sea; (f.) a bodkin with a barb or small hook, like a crochet needle; (g.) running. Cf. ahu, mist, cloud; auahi, to smoke; kavauahi, smoke; hau, gall, bitterness.

Paumotan—cf. au, worthy, deserving; to prefer, to please; faka-au, to unite, to join; to contract, promise, stipulate.

Futuna—au, smoke. Cf. afu, smoke.

Ext. Poly.: Malay—cf. auan, a cloud;

Sikayana—cf. au, smoke;

Magindano—cf. asu, smoke;

Ilocan—cf. asuk, smoke.

AU, I, me: Aue! kau atu ana au i te ao—G. P., 23. [See Ahau.]

AU, a king (one auth.). [Note.—It is probable that this word is properly the Polynesian hau, a king, &c.; and comparatives at full length are to be looked for under Hau.]

Rarotongan—au, a king: Te au o Tonga; The king of Rarotonga. (b.) An assembly: E kia tu mai aia i rotopu i te au tangata ra; When he stood up in the assembly of the people.

Hawaiian—cf. au, time; a period of time more or less definitely designated, as the reign of a king; aupuni, a kingdom; relating to the government.

Tongan—cf. auna, to conquer, overcome; auhi, to surpass.

Mangarevan—cf. au, a crown, a garland.

Paumotan—cf. au, deserving, worthy.

AU, stability, firmness; firm. 2. Sound (of sleep): A i te rerenga o te ra, ka au te moe o Aperahama—Ken. xv., 12.

Whaka-AU, sound (of sleep): Ko te po roa, ko te po whakaau te moe, e moe!—P. M., 48.

AU, “Certainly,” a form of assent. Cf. auara, “Certainly there is.”

AU, the bark of a dog; to bark: Ka au mai ano te kuri ra ‘Au!’—P. M., 65. Cf. tau, to bark.

Samoan—ou, to bark, of a dog.

Tahitian—aoa, to bark or howl as a dog.

Hawaiian—aoa, to howl as a dog; (b.) to howl or wail for grief; howling; cross, angry. Cf. aue, to lament.

Mangarevan — cf. u, barking.

Moriori—cf. auta, to moan.

Whaka-AU, the name of a kind of eel when full grown. When young it is called kauaetea, and papawhenua.

AUA, the name of a small fish, the sea mullet, commonly called the herring (Icth. Agonostoma forsteri): He aua mata whero te ika—G. P., 277.

Samoan—aua, a young auae (a fish).

Tahitian—aua, a small fish. [See Auha.]

AUA, I know not (often used with the sense of “and don't care”): Kei hea to koutou teina! Aua, kaore matou i kite—P. M., 96. 2. Not, used in an imperative sense: Aua e whakapae teka ki tou hoa—Tiut., v., 20. Cf. kaua, (imperatively) not; auaka, do not.

Samoan—‘aua, do not (imperatively); aua, (auá) used to express dissent, or correction, “well, but.”

Hawaiian—aua, not to give a thing asked for, to be stingy, to forbid.

Marquesan—aua, not, no (imperative negative): Aua e noho i nei; Do not stay here.

Mangaian—aua (auà), not, will not: Aua au e kake, na te papaka e kake; I will not climb; let the land-crab climb.

Tahitian—auaa, not, do not (imperatively); (b.) unless, save that.

AUA, for advanced, far on, in distance.

AUA, those (spoken of before). The plural of Taua: Kua pa atu nga ringa ki aua pohutukawa— P. M., 76.

AUAHI, smoke: Kia mea ai nga hoa ‘He auahi.’—Kaore, he roimata—P. M. Cf. au, smoke; ahi, fire; kauahi, a stick used in producing fire by friction. [See Tahitian.]

Samoan—cf. asu, smoke; afi, fire; ausa, steam, vapour.

Tahitian—auahi, fire: E ama pauroa rotou i te auahi; The fire shall consume them; (b.) a shepherd or feeder of hogs or other animals. Cf. auai, a stick on which another (aurima) is rubbed to procure fire by friction; amataauahi, the first small sticks put together in kindling a fire; (fig.) the beginning of contention or war; auahi-ta-raufare, food cooked for the goddess Toimata, baked early in the morning, and placed on a fata or altar; puauahi, the middle of the fire; taauahi, to use or employ fire.

Hawaiian—uahi, a cloud, a vaporous appearance. [Note.—Judge Andrews gives u, to ooze, as milk, and ahi, fire, as derivation of uahi.]

Tongan—cf. ahu, smoke; afi, fire; ahuina, to be smoke-dried.

Mangarevan—auahi, to smoke, to cause smoke. Cf. kavauahi, smoke.

Futuna—cf. afu, smoke; afi, fire.

Rarotongan—auai, smoke: Mei te auai e peke ra, kia peke katoa ratou; Let them be driven away, as smoke is driven away.

AUAHI-TUROA (To Auahi-Turoa), a comet. Cf. auahi, smoke.

AUARA, “Certainly there is”—after a negative question. Cf. au, a from of assent.

AUAU, frequently, frequently repeated. Cf. au, the bark of a dog; aua, far on, in distance.

AUAU, to lift.

Samoan—cf. au, to carry away, as the stones of a wall; auau, rubbish carried off the beach and out to sea by the high tide; ‘au, a handle.

Tahitian—cf. au, to scrape together a heap of rubbish.

AUAU, a basket of seed potatoes.

AUE, Alas! to say alas; to groan, wail, lament: Aue tonu iho tetehi, aue tonu ake tetehi—P. M., 8. 2. An exclamation expressing surprise: Aue! ko wai ra tenei tangata?—P. M., 26.

Samoan—aue, alas! oh! wonder: Aue, loku uso, e! Alas, my brother! (b.) An exclamation of approbation.

Tahitian—aue, alas! Aue! e tau fatu e! e aha tatou uei; Alas, my master! how shall we do? (b.) Noise, tumult; to clamour, to make a noise.

Hawaiian—aue (also auwe), Oh! woe to! an expression of grief, regret, or pain: Ka wailiu i kuu maka, e auwe au-e; Dimness (covers) my eyes; woe is me! oh! (b.) To cry, lament. Cf. uwe, to weep; to mourn,

bewail; ue, to weep, cry in an audible manner; u, to weep, mourn; we, to weep.

Rarotongan—aue, to wail, weep, lament; to say “Aue!” I aaia te au tangata nei i aue ratou? What ails the people that they weep?

Aniwan—cf. kawe, alas!

Marquesan—cf. ue, an exclamation of surprise.

Tongan—aue, an exclamation of displeased surprise; “Dear me!”

Mangarevan—aue, an exclamation of surprise of grief; auhe, to weep. Cf. auhere, an exclamation of surprise or grief; uhe, a cry of impatience or grief.

Paumotan—aue, oh! alas! (b.) a tumult; (c.) to complain; aueue, to bewail.

Ext. Poly.: Nguna—cf. Ai! woe, alas!

Aneityum—cf. awe, or auwe, alas

Malay—ahi, alas ! ayi, alas ! ayue, alas!

AUHA, to leap out of the water. Cf. aua, the sea-mullet; haua, cowardly.

Samoan—cf. aualele: the fish aua, being afraid of the malouli, jumps out of the water as if flying (lele, to fly = rere); (b.) a coward.

AUHAHA, to seek after; to search for. Cf. haha, to seek; whawha, to feel for with the hand; hahu, to search for; hahau, to seek.

Hawaiian—cf. haha, to feel for; to grope.

Tongan—cf. fa, to feel after anything with the hand; fafa, to grope.

Tahitian—cf. fafa, to feel or touch with the hand.

Paumotan—cf. fafa, to feel for; to grope; ahah, to obtain.

Futuna—cf. fafa, to touch.

AUHOKI, an eddy. Cf. au, a whirlpool, a rapid; and hoki, to return. [For comparatives see Au, and Hoki.]

AUINAKE, on the morrow. Cf. ake, onwards, in time.

Hawaiian—cf. au, a space of time, as a king's reign, a lifetime, &c.

AUKAHA, to lash the rauawa or bulwark of a canoe to the body of a canoe; the lashings of same: Ka whakahoroa i reira te waka nei a Aotea, ka aukahatia—P. M., 111. Cf. au, a string, cord; firm, strong; kaha, a rope; the lashings of the rauawa.

Samoan—cf. ‘afa, sinnet, plaited cocoanut husk fibre.

Tahitian—cf. aha, sinnet made out of cocoanut husk fibre.

Hawaiian—cf. aha, a cord braided from husk of cocoanut.

Tongan—cf. kafa, the cordage made from the fibres of the cocoanut husk.

Mangarevan—cf. kaha, a plait of coco thread.

Mangaian—cf. kaa, string of cocoanut fibre.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. kava, a roll of sinnet.

AUKATI, to stop one's way; to obstruct one's passage. Cf. kati, to block up; to stop traffic; shut, closed; haukoti, to intercept; koti, to intercept, cut off; auporo, to stop.

Tahitian—cf. ati, to be enclosed or entangled; atia, a fence; atiati, a burr (piri-piri); tuati, to join.

Tongan—cf. kajia, to choke; to hinder; to obstruct, as weeds in a garden.

Paumotan—cf. kakati, to clench the teeth.

AUKI, old. Cf. uki, ancient times; tuauki, old, of long standing; ui, to inquire. [See Tongan.]

Tahitian—auiui, anciently, of old. Cf. ui, an age, a season.

Hawiian—cf. au, a period of time, a season.

Tongan—cf. uki, to inquire, to look up; ukiukivale, to inquire after in vain.

Mangarevan—cf. uki, to make allusions; to stir the fire.

Paumotan—cf. uki, age, generation; many years; tuauki, a descendant of.

AUKU, the Will-'o-the-wisp (ignis fatuus).

AUMIHI, to greet, welcome. Cf. mihi, to greet.

Samoan—cf. misi, to make a kissing noise with the lips as a token of affection.

Hawaiian—cf. mihi, to feel sad.

Tongan—cf. mihi, to sob; to draw up into the nostrils; mijimiji, to make a sucking noise with the mouth.

Paumotan—cf. mihi, to regret. [Note.—The connection with Maori may be in the fact that a greeting made by pressing noses (hongi) is often accompanied by the tangi or wailing cry, also used in mourning.]

AUKUMEA (myth.), the eighth highest heaven or division of Rangi, the sky. This is one of the heavens of Rehua—A. H. M., i., App. [See Kore.]

AUMOE, comfortable, at ease, at rest. Cf. moe, to sleep.

Samoan—aumoe, to sleep away from home; (b.) to go out courting; (c.) to sleep in a woman's family with a view of making her proposals of marriage. Cf. moe, to sleep.

Tahitian—cf. moe, to sleep, to lie down; matamoe, to be drowsy.

Tongan—cf. mohe, to sleep.

Hawaiian — aumoe, the season when the world is asleep, night; ho-aumoe, to sleep with; to lie in one's bosom; (b.) to fondle, cherish. Cf. moe, to lie down, to sleep; to stretch oneself on a bed.

AUPOURI (myth.), a place in the north of the North Island of New Zealand whence souls passed into Hades: I te Aupouri, i te mutunga mai o tenei motu, i te rerenga wairua. [See Reinga, and Po.]

AUPORO, to cut short, to stop. Cf. poro termination; koporo, truncated, having the end cut off abruptly; tauporo, cut short, brought to an end; haporo, to cut off; aukati, to block up; porokere, to be broken off short.

Tahitian—cf. poro, the heel; the elbow; the end of a ridge-pole; aporo, the small fruit on the end of a branch.

Tongan—cf. bolo-bolo, the rail on the top of the canoe house; the first-fruits.

Mangaian—cf. poro, last words; the point, the end.

AURAKI, to turn aside. 2. To do a thing in a hurry: Katahi ka auraki mai ki te whanau a te mangumangu kikino, i te aitanga a Punga i a au e !—Prov.

AURARA, to clutch, to grasp. 2. To encroach.

Tahitian—aurara, avaricious; (b.) to be idle and moving about.

Hawaiian—cf. lala, a limb; lalau, to catch hold of; seizing.

Samoan—cf. lalo, to leap upon, as the male on the female.

AURAROTUIA or Haurarotuia (myth.), a name of the canoe of Maui—A. H. M., ii., 9. [See Maui.]

AUREI, the first day of the moon's age. 2. An ivory or bone ornament; a breast-pin for fastening a mat: Ka motu mai te aurei o te Kahu raka—A. H. M., iv., 167. [For illustration of appearance, see A. H. M., iii., 192, Eng. part.] Cf. rei, anything made of ivory; a tusk or large tooth; any precious thing, a jewel; taurei, white; reiputa, a boar with tusks.

Samoan—cf. lei, whale's teeth; anything made of whale's teeth; le'ile'i, anything very good, as a good-looking man, a good house, &c.; aulelei, handsome, applied to men only and not to women; good-looking, of bananas.

Hawaiian—cf. lei, any ornamental dress for the head or neck.

Tongan—cf. lei, the whale's tooth; lelei, good, pleasant.

Marquesan—cf. ei, the tooth of the sperm whale; poeei, a whale's tooth, set as an ornament.

AURERE, to moan, groan. 2. To sail. Cf. rere, to sail; to run, as water; au, a current.

Samoan—'aulele, to run swiftly; aualele, the fish aua, being afraid of the malauli, jumps out of the woter as if flying (lele); (b.) a coward; fa'a-aualele, to be precipitate, to be a coward. Cf. auleleia, to be carried along by a favouring current of the sea; au, a current at sea.

Tahitian—cf. rere, to fly or leap; au, a current or stream.

Hawaiian—aulele, to fly off in flocks, as many kinds of birds. Cf. lele, to fly, jump.

Tongan—cf. lele, to run.

Moriori—cf. auta, to moan.

AURIURI, free from tapu. 2. The incantation (karakia) by which persons who are tapu from having touched the dead are freed and made common (noa).

AURU (myth.), the deity presiding over the West—M. S., 114. Cf. hauauru, west; uru, west; a, the Deity.

AURU, to break off, as a branch; to pluck up, as grass. 2. To throw away. Cf. uru, a grove; kauru, head of a tree.

Tahitian—auru, the top ends of small twigs or branches; the end, extremity, or point of a thing. Cf. aura, to chop in a rough manner; to break off the branches or plants in a rough way.

AURUKOWHAO, the leakage into a canoe through holes made for the purpose of fastening the rauawa or top-streak to the canoe sides. Cf. whaowhao, to carve wood; kowhao, a hole. 2. Any trifling damage. [For comparatives, see Kowhao.]

AUTA, to encroach upon, to attack. Cf. ta, to strike; taua, a war party.

Samoan—'auta (autà), marks burnt upon the body on the death of a chief; (b.) the wooden drumstick used in beating the mat drum at a night dance, or a wooden bell; (c.) the agitation of the sea after a breeze. Cf. ‘auta'i, troops being led to fight; ta, to strike.

Tahitian—auta, the act of cutting the body of an enemy; (b.) the operation of supercission (circumcision not practised). [See Tehe.] Cf. au, the hottest part of a battle.

AUTA (Moriori), to sigh, groan. Cf. aurere, to groan.

Tahitian—auta (autà), a sigh or groan; to sigh or moan through pain or grief. Cf. auta, a cutting in the prepuce; the act of cutting the body of an enemy.

Samoan—cf. ‘autà, marks burnt on the body at the death of a chief.

Hawaiian—cf. auka, tired, weary.

AUTAHI, the star Canopus. [Also Atutahi and Aotahi.]

AUTAIA, singular, extraordinary.

AUTAKI, roundabout, circuitous. Cf. au, a whirlpool; taki, to take to one side; taka, to veer; takai, to wind round.

AUTANE, a woman's brother-in-law; Me haere tona autane ki a ia—Tiu., xxv. 5. Cf. tane, male; husband; auwahine, a man's sister-in-law.

AUTAUA, a messenger who brings tidings of an enemy's war-party approaching. Cf. taua, a war-party.

AUTE, the name of a shrub or small tree (Bot. Broussonnetia papyrifera, the paper mulberry). [Now extinct. See Colenso, Trans., xiii. 18.] 2. A girdle made of aute bark; He maro aute te maro o Whakatau. 3. A band or fillet for the hair; a kite, or any article made of aute: He manu aute e taea te whakahoro—Prov.

Samoan—cf. ‘aute, the Chinese rose, or blacking plant (Bot. Hibiscus rosasinensis); ‘autetoga, one kind of ’aute (Bot. Hibiscus storckii).

Tahitian—aute, a plant, the paper mulberry, (Bot. Morus papyrifera,) a plant from which native cloth is made. Cf. aatiaute, cloth made of aute bark; autepohoa, an inferior kind of aute; (fig.) a person of indifferent character.

Hawaiian—cf. waoke, the name of a shrub or bush from the bark of which kapa (native cloth, tapa,) is made, a species of mulberry; also written wauke, and kawauke. [Note.—Perhaps connected with Maori whauwhi, the lace-bark tree (Bot. Hoheria populnea).]

Marquesan—uto, the paper mulberry.

Mangarevan—cf. eute, papyrus, of which native cloth is made; ute, a small kind of papyrus; Ko Toga ra, ku kahuhia eki rau euts; The south-wind god was clothed in leaves of papyrus.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. malo, the paper mulberry. (Cf. the Maori maro, a girdle.)

AUTE (myth.), The kite of Tawhaki, on whose string he climbed to heaven, was of aute—A. H. M., i. 129.

AUTETARANGA, the name of a shrub (Bot. Pimelea arenarica).

AUTOIA (myth.), a division of the Underworld (the fourth downward division of Papa) next below the Reinga. Whiro rules in this circle of Hades—A. H. M., i., App. [See Reinga, Whiro, and Kore.] 2. A division of Rangi, or Heaven; the seventh upwards. Here the soul of man is created; this heaven is ruled over by Rehua—A. H. M., i., App.

AUWAHINE, a man's sister-in-law. Cf. wahine, a wife, a woman; autane, a woman's brother-in-law.

AWA, a river, a stream: E haere ana kia whiti ki tawahi o te awa—P. M., 43. Cf. whaiawa, the bed of a river; wai, water. 2. A channel. Cf. wa, a space, an opening; koiawa, a groove; a shallow drain; awakeri, a ditch; awamate, a ditch outside the palisading of a pa; awarua, a ditch; wakawaka, parallel ridges. [See Hawaiian.]

AWAAWA, a valley.

Samoan—ava, an opening in the coral reef; a boat-passage into the lagoon; (b.) an anchorage for ships; (c.) to be wide apart, as a plank of a canoe not fitting; (d.) to be open,

as a doorway; avaava, a small opening in the reef; (b.) to be full of openings in the reef; fa'a-avaava, to make wide. Cf. avanoa, an open space; muàava, the part of an opening in the reef which is towards the shore; tauava, a pilot through an opening in the reef.

Tahitian—ava, an entrance into an harbour; an opening that will admit of ships and other vessels approaching the shore; avaava, a small opening in the coral reef.

Hawaiian—awa, a harbour; a landing-place; an entrance between two reefs: He makani pono ole ke ku ma ke awa o Hilo; A bad wind for coming to anchor in the harbour of Hilo. Awaawa, a valley; (b.) the space between two prominences; the spaces between the fingers of the hand or toes of the feet; (c.) the spaces between the branches of a river. Cf. awaa, to dig, as a ditch or pit (this is probably awaka); a trench, pit, or cave; awaawaa, to make a groove; awaloa, a place where the bones of chiefs were hidden.

Tongan—ava, an opening; a passage for vessels; a crevice: Vakai koe ava nae i he a; Behold a hole in the wall. (b.) Open, hollow; avaava, full of openings; faka-ava, to open, to perforate; to make full of holes. Cf. va, the space between two objects; a, a hole; avaavahi, to bore or perforate in many places; avaavanoa, unoccupied, free; feavaaki, to be full of holes; tuuava, to stand in the passage to seize the canoe on entering.

Marquesan—ava, a strait; a sound; narrows (geog.); (b.) the distance between two objects; (c.) space, in time.

Mangarevan—ava, a passage, opening, or canal for canoes, ships, &c.; avaava, to absent oneself; to lose.

Paumotan—ava, a harbour, port; channel of harbour; (b.) a pass.

Futuna—ava, an entrance, passage.

Moriorl—awa, a channel or river.

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy—Cf. ava, lower, down, as applied to any part of a country towards which the water flows, lower in comparison with some other place.

Malay—cf. ayer, water, a river.

Waiglou—cf. wayer, water.

Dorey—cf. waar, water.

AWA (myth.), the name of a descendant of Nukutawhiti. His son, Awa, begat Awanui, the ancestor of the Ngatiawa tribe of Taranaki, formerly of the North, at Hokianga. [See Nukutawhiti.]

AWAKARI, (or Awakeri,) a ditch. Cf. awa, a channel, kari and keri, to dig; awamate, a ditch; awarua, a ditch. [For comparatives see Awa, and Kari.]

AWAMATE, a moat, a ditch outside palisading of a pa. Cf. awa, a channel; awarua and awakari, a ditch.

AWANGA, a highly prized variety of taro. 2. A variety of flax (Phormium).

AWANGAWANGA, uneasy in mind, disturbed.

AWANGARUA, a variety of the kumara.

AWANUIARANGI (myth.), a name given to Kaitangata, on his marriage with Whaitiri—A. H. M., i., 127. [See Kaitangata, and Whaitiri.]

AWARUA, a ditch, a trench. Cf. awa, a channel; rua, a hole; two; awakari, a ditch; awamate. a moat.

Whaka-AWARUA, a ditch inside the palisading of a pa. Cf. awamate, the ditch outside the palisading of a pa.

AWATEA, broad daylight: Kaore ano i awatea noa, ka hura te ata—P. M., 198. Cf. atea, clear, free from from obstruction; watea, unoccupied, clear; tea, white. 2. Noon.

Samoan—cf. ateatea, wide, spacious; oatea, noon; aoatea, before noon.

Hawaiian—awakea, noon, mid-day; (b.) the name of the god who opened the Gate of the Sun. Cf. akea, broad, spacious; kea, white.

Tahitian—avatea, noon. Cf. atea, clear, spacious.

Mangarevan—avatea, noon. Cf. avaragi, beautiful, white of skin; mahina-atea, daylight.

Marquesan—cf. atea, a day; clear, open.

Tongan—cf. tea, whitish.

AWATEA (myth.), [See Atka.]

AWAU, I, me. A South Island form: Nahau ano awau—W. T., vii. 37 [See Ahau.]

AWE, soot. 2. The long hairs on a dog's tail or rump. Cf. hawe, a bird having long skeleton feathers; kawekawe, the tentacles of cuttlefish.

AWEAWE, floating in the air: Aweawe ana nga korero i runga o Maunga Piware—Prov.

Hawaiian—cf. puawe, thin, soft, fine, like the filaments of cobweb.

Tahitian—cf. ave, the long feelers of the cuttle-fish; a tassel or ornament appended to a bow; the tail or train of a gown.

AWE, soon. Cf. wawe, soon.

AWEKE, obstinate in wrong; perverse. 2. Slow, dawdling. 3. To contend against. 4. To misrepresent.

AWEKO, old, ancient. Cf. weko, to be extinguished. 2. Knowing, understanding.

AWENGA (myth.), the name of the point of Maui's fish-hook—A. H. M., ii. 91. [See Maui.]

AWETO, an obstacle, obstruction, barrier.

AWETO, or Ameto (myth.), the lowest region of Hades (Po); absolute extinction. Cf. weko, to be extinguished.

AWHA (awhà), a gale, a storm: Ka riro te mumuhau, ka riro te awha—M. M., 209. Cf. kowha. to burst open, split; ngawha, to burst open; ha, breath [See Tongan]. 2. Rain: Ka tukua iho e Maui he awha puroro—W. T., vii. 38. Cf. patapataiawha, heavy rain.

Samoan—afa (afà), a storm: Aua na te tu'imomomoina au i le afa; He breaketh me with a tempest. Cf. afaina, to be hurt, endangered.

Tahitian—cf. afa, to crack or split, break, or burst; afafa, torn or rent in many places; aha, to crack or split open.

Hawaiian—cf. ha, to breathe strongly; poha, to burst suddenly; bursting, cracking.

Tongan—afa, a storm, a hurricane; (b.) a wonder-maker; to appear astonished; afaafa, strong, robust, healthy; faka-afa, to raise or cause a hurricane. Cf. fafa, hoarse, bass.

AWHATO, a fungus, parasitic on a kind of caterpillar (Cordiceps robertsii). 2. The caterpillar itself: Ka mahi te awhato hohoni paenga—Prov. [See Hawhato.]

Samoan—afato, a large edible grub, found in dry trees.

Tongan—ofato, an insect found in old timber. Ext. Poly.;

Fijian—

cf. yavato, a maggot which bores into wood. It becomes a flying insect. It is much eaten on poor islands.

AWHE, to gather up into a heap: E awhe ana, e patu ana, e huna ana—P.M., 89. 2. To surround; to beset. Cf. hawhe, to come or go round; taawhe, to go round a corner; takaawhe, circuitous; awheo, a halo; awhio, to go round about. 3. To measure a tree by embracing it. Cf. awhi, to embrace. 4. To pass round or behind.

AWHEAWHE, to set to work with many persons.

Samoan—cf. afe, a thousand; afi, a bundle.

Tahitian—cf. afeafe, height, as afeafe o te ra, the height of the sun; long, tall, extended.

Tongan—cf. afe, a thousand; to turn aside, to turn in at, as into a house when on a journey; afeafei, to coil round the body; afeafetata, to turn short, to turn and go again; afeitui, a serpentine winding path.

Ext. Poly.: Aneityum—cf. afwe, to whirl round the head.

AWHEO, to be surrounded with a halo. Cf. awhe, to surround; takaawhe, circuitous. [See Awhe.]

AWHETO, for awhato. [See Awhato.]

AWHI, to embrace: A ka awhí i a ia, ka hinga iho hoki ki runga ki tona kaki—Ken., xxxix. 4. Cf. awhe, to measure a tree by embracing it; awhio, to wind, to go round; hawhe, to come or go round; whiwhi, to be entangled. 2. To approach: Me awhi atu ki a ia—Tiu., x. 20.

AWHIWHIWHI, to approximate, resemble. Cf. kauàwhìwhiwhi, to approximate; whiwhi, to be entangled.

Samoan—cf. afi, to do up in a bundle; afisiga, an armful.

Tahitian—cf. afifi, a bundle of breadfruit, or cocoanuts, tied together; fifi, entangled.

Tongan—cf. afeafei, to warp or coil round the body; fifi, the cocoanut leaf twisted round trees.

Hawaiian—cf. ahihi, to be united with another, or with others, in mischief or error; hihi, to spread out, as limbs of a tree; hihia, entangled.

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy—cf. fihina, grasp, seizure; fihitra, a clutch, grasp.

AWHINA, to assist, benefit: A hei awhina koe mona ki ona hoariri—Tiu., xxxiii. 7. Cf. awhi, to embrace, to approach.

Hawaiian—cf. ahihi, to be united with another or with others for purposes of mischief; to conspire.

AWHIO, to wind about, to go round about. Cf. whio, to whistle [see Hawaiian]; tawhio, to go round about; taiawhio, to encircle; takawhio, giddy, dizzy; takamio, to fly round and round, as a bird does before settling; amiomio, to turn round and round; giddy; awhi, to embrace.

AWHIOWHIO, a whirlwind.

Samoan—asiosio, a whirlwind: E sau le asiosio mai le itu i toga; The whirlwind comes out from the south. (b.) A waterspout; (c.) hot, as in a fever. [Note.—The Samoan letter-change with Maori here (s for wh) is unusual. The wh of Maori should be equal to Samoan f, viz., afioafio.]

Tongan—ahiohio, a whirlwind; (b.) a waterspout.

Marquesan—cf. hio, to twist, to spin.

Tahitian—cf. puahiohio, a whirlwind; the wind or whistle of a stone from a sling.

Paumotan—cf. hiohio, to whistle; to hiss at.

Hawaiian—cf. hio, a slanting wind, i.e. a wind down hill; (b.) a howling noise; (c.) eructatio ventris.

AWHIOWHIO (myth.), the god of whirlwinds; a son of Rangamaomao. For genealogy from Rangi, the Sky, see A. H. M., i. 28; also M. S., 114.

AWHIORANGI, a celebrated stone axe, lost for many years, but recovered (with, as related, miraculous incidents,) in 1888. See Korimako of 20th January, 1888. This axe was supposed to have been brought to New Zealand by Turi [see Turi], the navigator, and to have descended to him from the great god Tane. For account of this axe being used to shape the props of earth and sky, see A. H. M., i. 161, Eng. [See Toko.]

AWHIREINGA, to embrace in the region of spirits. Cf. awhi, to embrace; Reinga, the spirit's leap. [For comparatives see Awhi, and Reinga.]

AWHITU, to feel regret; to feel hurt. Cf. awhi, approximate; tu, to wound.

E, a particle, generally preceding a word used as a verb, to express the future tense. When e is followed by ana, it denotes present time, as it also does when preceding numerals: Kaua e kai ake i muri nei—P. M., 81: E haere ana maua ki reira, ki Otawa—P. M., 143: E hia nga ra o to pononga?—Wai., cxix. 84.

Tahitian—e, a sign of the future tense: E tapea mai oc iau, e ora ia vau i reira; Hold me up and I shall be safe.

Hawaiian—e, a sign of the future tense: E hoohaahaaia na mea hookano; The haughty shall be humbled. Cf. e, which following verbs marks a kind of second future tense: as Lohe e au, I heard before; Hiki e mai oia, He had arrived first.

Tongan—e, a sign of the future tense: Bea e mate ae mea kotoabe oku i mamani; Everything that is upon earth shall die.

[Note.—The e before numerals is often written in Polynesian as part of the numerals: as

Tahitian—ehia, how many?

Mangarevan—ehia, how many? &c.

Hawaiian—eha, four.

Marquesan—efa, four, &c.

E, by, of the agent, and following words used as passive verbs only: A tokowha ona hoa i kainga katoatia e ia—P. M., 11: He aha a au i patua ai e koe—P. M., 22.

Samoan—e, by.

Tahitian—e, by: E mea hamani hia e ana; A thing made by him.

Hawaiian—e, by: Ua ahewaia oia e ke alii; He was condemned by the chief. (b.) From, away.

Tongan—e, by.

Marquesan—e, by: Pepena ia te aki e te Etua; Heaven has been created by God. (b.) From: O maua a ke iho e tai; We are reserved from the flood.

Mangarevan—e, by.

E, a sign of vocative case, preceding words used as nouns. Sometimes e follows the noun: E kui e ! maranga ki runga!—P. M., 25. It is used also to call attention: E! kua ngaro kei roto—P. M., 149. In poetry, it is used at the end of a line, without any English equivalent: E kai e hokia, e—G. P., 180.

Samoan—e, used to call attention: Lo'u tamà e, lo'u tamà e! My father! my father!

Tahitian—e, a sign of the vocative case, placed both before and after the noun: E te mau haava e! O ye judges!

Hawaiian—e, a sign of vocative case when standing before nouns: E hoolohe mai oe i ka makou e kuu haku; Pay attention to us, O my lord.

Mangaian—e, a sign of the vocative case: E taku metua, e! Oh! my father.

Mangarevan—e, a sign of vocative case.

Ext. Poly.: Fijian—cf. e, a sign of the vocative case.

Malagasy—cf. e, a sound used at the termination of a sentence.

The termination e, to lines of poetry, is also in general use: as

Samoan—Toli mai sea ‘ula e, tau mamao, a galo, e.

Marquesan—O te tai-toko e hetu, e!

Hawaiian—Kau ia ka makani, hiamoe, la, e.

Mangaian—Kua ngaro iaaku te angaanga e! &c.

EA (eà), an exclamation expressing surprise. Cf. a, and e, exclamations calling attention or expressing surprise.

Tahitian—ea, an interjection of surprise or wonder.

Hawaiian—ea, the expression of a call to one's attention.

EA, to appear above water: Ka ea to ika, he haku no te moana uri—G. P., 10. Cf. puea, to be brought to the surface; maea, to emerge; ha, breath. [See Mangarevan.] 2. To be brought to land; to be hauled on shore, as a canoe, a fishing net, &c. 3. To be produced, as a crop. Cf. rea, to spring up, to grow. 4. To be paid. 5. To be paid for. 6. To be avenged: Ka ea tana kanga i a Mutuhanga i a Manahua—P. M., 04. 7. To be performed, as a religious ceremony.

Whaka-EA, to pay for.

Whaka-EAEA, to lift or draw up out of the water.

EANGA, arising, rising, as of heavenly bodies: Ki te eanga mai o te marama ka puta ia—A. H. M., iii. 6.

Samoan—ea, to rise to the surface, as a diver; (b.) to return home, as war captives; (c.) to granulate, as a sore; (d.) to rise to a level, as a hole being filled up; fa'a-ea, to raise up, to exalt.

Tahitian—ea, a road, pathway, or ladder; (b.) salvation, health, liberty, escape; to be in health or liberty; healed; eaea, to escape, and that repeatedly; faa-ea, to cease, to rest; (b.) to save, to heal. Cf. e, to be incommoded by wet, as a house when water comes in, or rises from beneath; to swell, to tumefy.

Hawaiian—ea, to raise up, as a person bowed down; to rise up: Ea mai Hawaii-nui-Akea; Rising up is Hawaiki-nui-Atea. (b.) To lift up, or throw up; (c.) to raise up,’ as from the grave: Pela ka mea e iho ana i ka luakupapau, aole ia e ea hou ae iluna; So he who goes down into the grave shall rise up no more. (d.) To mount or get upon, as a raised bed: Aole hoi au i ea maluna o ko'u wahi moe; I will not get up upon my bed. (e.) To rise up, as water: Ea ae la na wai iluna me he puu la; The waters rose up in a heap. (f.) A species of turtle, much valued for its shell: Ea makaulimo; The sea-turtle fearing the sea-grass (i.e. lest his flippers get entangled in it); (g.) the shell of the turtle; (h.) dirt, dust raised by the wind; dusty; (i.) spirit, vital breath; (j.) life itself. Eaea, high, dignified, honourable; hoo-ea, to be raised, as land out of the ocean; (b.) to rise in sight, as a cloud; (c) to rise up, as out of the water; (d.) to stir up, excite, as the affections. Cf. eaeakai, that which is covered by drops of sea-spray; kaiea, a rising tide; a swelling of the sea.

Paumotan—cf. fakaea, to be finished, performed; to cause to desist; to repose; to halt, stop.

Marquesan—ea, to breathe, respire; (b.) to float on the surface; eaea, the name of a large fish; (b.) glair, made from fish eggs [see Renga]; eaea, to be better, spoken of a sick person. Cf. keea, discharge from the nose; hiccough.

Mangarevan—ea, to respire. on coming up in the sea (also eha); (b.) hollow-sounding, said of water falling on the earth; aka-ea, to respire; (b.) to rest, to repose oneself; aka-eaea, to breathe with difficulty.

EAOIA, but: Eaoia, ki te kino tetahi tangata ki tona hoa—Tiu. xix. 11.

EHAKE, a negative, not.

EHARA, not: Ehara koe i te potiki naku—P. M., 13. 2. Doubtless.

EHEA, Which? plural of tehea, Which? Ka mea atu ia, ‘Ki ehea mea ra?’—P. M., 30. Cf. hea, What place? What time? ahea, When? &c.

EHI, an interjection, “Well!”

EHIA, How many? More correctly hia [see Hia]. The Polynesian forms are often compóund words, as

Tahitian—ehia;

Hawaiian—ehia;

Mangarevan—ehia, &c.

EHINU, some. Cf. etokohinu, some.

EHU, turbid. Cf. hu, mud; to bubble up; kauehu, muddy, turbid; makekehu, light-haired. [See Tongan.] 2. Mist. Cf. nehu, dust; nehutai, sea-spray; rehu, mist; pungarehu, ashes; puehu, dust. 3. To bale water out of a canoe: Na katahi ka komotia te tata a Turi, ka ehua te wai—P. M., 111.

Samoan—efu, dust, to become dust; efuefu, dust; ‘efu, reddish-brown. Cf. nefu, to be turbid, to be stirred up; the name of a small fish; lefu, ashes; epu, to stir about, as water.

Tahitian—ehu, discoloured, as water by reddish earth; muddy or disturbed water; (b.) red, or of sandy colour, as the hair; (c.) devastated, devastation; ehuehu, to be transiently agitated, either with fear or pleasure; faa-ehu, to stir up or befoul water; (fig.) to stir up strife or commotion; to persuade others to engage in an undertaking and then desert them. Cf. aehuehu, agitation; troubled, as the mind; puehu, to be blown away by the wind; rouruehu, reddish or sandy hair.

Hawaiian—ehu, the spray of the surf: I ehu i ke alo o Kuchu; Like surf-spray on the breast of Tuehu. (b.) The steam of boiling water; (c.) red or sandy-haired; ruddy, florid: I ehu ke oho i ke kai liu; Reddish (becomes) the hair by the very salt sea. Ehuehu, a strong wind blowing severely; (b.) darkness arising from dust, fog, or vapour. Cf. ehuahiahi, the red of the evening; old age; ehukakahiaka, the red of the morning; youth; hehu, mist or vapour; kuehu, to shake the dust from a mat; lehu, ashes; puehu, to scatter, as dust before the wind.

Tongan—efu, dust: Bea e toe liliu ae tagata koe efu; Man shall turn again to dust. Efuefu, ashes: Bea naaku li a hono efuefu ki he vaitafe; I cast the ashes into the brook. Faka-efu, to raise a dust. Cf. efui, to wash the hair during the process of dyeing it; efuhia, dusty, covered with dust; afu, the spray or mist of the sea when breaking on the shore; gaehu, turbid, muddy, applied to water; kefu, yellowish, applied to the hair; indistinot to vision; maefu, dust; nenefu, dusky, dim.

Marquesan—efu, fragments; to fall in particles. cf. hokehu, red hair; kehu, fair, blond; oioikehukehu, daybreak.

Mangarevan—ehu, dust, ashes; (b.) trouble, commotion; ehuehu, water disturbed and stirred up; akaeu, to trouble, stir up. Cf. puehu, to break, tear, laoorato; to be fruitless, as a plan, &c.; to be dispersed on every side; tuchuchu, dirty, soiled, said of clothing; vaiehu, disturbed water; taiehu, a troubled sea, a sea white as milk with the force of a gale; keukeukura, blond, fair.

EHU, to exhume, to disinter. Cf. hahu, to disinter the bones of chiefs; to scatter; uhu, to perform certain ceremonies at the exhumation of a chief's bones.

Hawaiian—cf. hehu, to pull up by the roots, to root up; to pull up for transplanting, to transplant; mist, vapour, spray of the surf.

Marquesan—cf. ehu, fragments.

EI, an interjection, used at the ends of lines in poetry: Tena au, whanatu na, ei!—G. P., 388.

EIA, a current or tide (South Island). Cf. ia, a current.

EKE, generally to place oneself, or be placed, upon another object: 1. To embark: Ka rewa te waka o ona tuakana ki te hi ika, ka eke ia ki runga—P. M., 22. Cf. heke, to migrate. 2. To come to land, to get aground: Ka eke mai ki uta—P. M., 38. 3. To mount, as a horse: He nuka nana kia eke ai ia i runga i te ika nei, i a Tutunui—P. M., 38 Cf. ake, higher up, upwards. 4. To reach the summit of a mountain: Ka wai e eke ki runga ki te maunga ?—Wai., xxiv. 3. Cf. ake, upwards; kake, to ascend, to climb upon. 5. To go upwards: Ka eke rawa mai te ra ki runga—P. M., 49. Cf. toeke, to climb a tree with a cord loop round the feet. 6. To be laid or cast upon, as blame, &c. 7. To come to be exercised over, as power, control, &c.

Whaka-EKE, to place upon, to load. 2. To rush upon, to attack: Hei whakaeke mo ratou i te po— Ken., xiv. 15. 3. To have sexual intercourse with: Ara te ohu ra, kia whakaekea tana wahine a Rongotiki—P. M., 116. 4. To hang a person, who is apparently drowned, head downwards in smoke to endeavour to resuscitate him. 5. A visitor, a guest.

EKEEKE, to mount upon: Tirohia atu hoki nga toa katoa e ekeeke ana i nga kahui—Ken., xxxi. 12.

Samoan—e'e, to raise on supports, as a canoe raised from the ground to keep it from rotting; (b.) to abound, as fruit lying under the trees; ‘e‘e, to place upon, as on a shelf; to place oneself in a canoe; (b.) to pay respect to, to reverence; fa‘a-e‘e (as the last word, ‘e‘e). Cf. a‘e, to ascend; to rise, as waves; ‘a‘e, to ascend, as a mountain, &c.

Tahitian—ee, to mount a horse; (b.) to get on board a canoe; (c.) to ground, as a canoe at a shallow place; faa-ee, to put up or hang up a thing; (b.) to push oneself up against another; (c.) to convey anything by water. Cf. eeao, a passenger who forces himself into a company proceeding by a water or land conveyance, not on foot; eeva, to ascend, as the moon and stars; eero, to ascend, as the moon after it has risen; ae, to climb, mount up; a climber; to touch the ground, as a boat or ship.

Hawaiian—ee, to mount; to get up on anything higher, as a horse; to leap upon; to get on board ship; to rise: Kai nuu, kai ee, kai pipili a Iku; The swelling sea, the rising sea, the boisterous sea of Itu. Hoo-ee, to receive on board ship; to put upon, as a saddle on a horse; to set or put one up, as upon a horse; (b.) to pass from one carriage to another; (c.) a rising, a sweeping. Cf. eee, to rise from one's seat to steal something: hence, to be mischievous; eea, to rise up frequently; ae, to raise or lift up, as the head; to mount, as a horse; to be sea-sick; to pass from one place to another; eehi, to tramp up; to kick up, as dust; hikiee, to bridge over a stream; a stream; a raised platform for sleeping.

Marquesan—eke, to go upwards;

Mangarevan—eke, to embark; (b.) to ascend an elevation; aka-eke, to ascend an elevation; (b.) to embark; (c.) to upset, vanquish; (d.) a prayer to a deity for a favour; aka-ekeeke, to make soft, pulpy, liquid; (b.) to vanquish.

Paumotan—faka-eke, to transport, carry; (b.) to hang up.

EKOTOTE, a species of tree-fern, commonly known as Ponga (Bot. Cyathea dealbata).

EMIEMIEMI, to be assembled, gathered together. Cf, ami, to heap up; toemi, a handnet; kuemi, to be assembled. 2. To be ashamed.

Whaka-EMI, to gather together: Katahi ka whakaemia kia kite i te patunga o Whakaturia —P. M., 66.

Hawaiian—emi, to fall behind, to decrease in number; (b.) to take a humble place; to despond; to flag, fail in courage; to think oneself of little consequence; hoo-emi, to diminish; to shorten; to make few; emiemi, to fall behind, backwardly; lazily; ho-emi, to lessen, to shrink; ho-emiemi, to shrink back, as the mind; to hesitate. Cf. emikua, to go backwards; kuemi, to stand or retreat, as from something feared.

Tongan—cf. emi, to move, to shift, as the wind; emiemi, to make wry faces; to move, to wriggle about; taemi, to jump or caper along.

Marquesan—emi, to make narrow, close, close together; (b.) to draw back; to withdraw. Cf. emiee, to be surprised.

Mangarevan—emiemi, to tremble with fear or rage; to shiver; aka-emiemi, to soften; to make pulpy; (b.) to bend, bow; (c.) to appease. Cf. kitèmi, to reproach.

Paumotan—emiemi, fright, terror; haka-emi, to menace.

EMIEMI, the name of a small tree (Bot. Dracophyllum latifolium).

ENA, those; plural of tena [see Tena]: E tika ana ano ena kupu—P. M., 16. Cf. enei, these.

Tongan—cf. aena, that? those? aeni, this? these? hena, that place there; koena, that; koeni, this.

Mangarevan—cf. ena, there, “See there!” Ext. Poly.: Redscar Bay—cf. ena, this. Brierley Islands—cf. aena, this.

Kayan—cf. ini, this.

ENE, to flatter, to cajole; to try to obtain by coaxing. Cf. maeneene, soft to touch; smooth. 2. Eneene-riri, to provoke a quarrel.

Whaka-ENEENE, conceited, pert (of children only).

Samoan—cf. eneene, to tickle; tauene, to stretch out the hand and not be able to reach; to long for and not be able to obtain.

Hawaiian—cf. ene, to creep, as a child first attempting to creep along to get near an object; eneene, to move itself, as a thing of life; to file or rasp gently; ho-ene, to sing, to be joyful; pleasure; to give an injection.

Tahitian—cf. ene, to approach near, or too near; strong, urgent, pressin?; faa-ene, to encroach, as on the border of a land.

Tongan—cf. eneene, to tickle; to show the fists or a club as a challenge for boxing; faka-eneene, to work cautiously and carefully; maeneene, to be ticklish; taene, to work the fists or the club in challenge.

ENGARI, it is better, it is more advantageous. Sometimes, by transposition, erangi: Kauaka, engari me wehewehe raua—P. M., 7. 2. But, rather.

Tongan—cf. gali, becoming, fit; galigali, likely, probably.

EO, a flat rock (one auth.)

EPA, EPAEPA, to pelt, to throw at: ki te epaina ranei e ia tetahi mea ki a ia—Tau., xxxv. 22. Cf. pa, to be struck.

Hawaiian—cf. epa, to be deceitful; to steal; one who is false to his trust; an act of villainy.

EPA, boards placed on edge under the end rafters of a Maori house. 2. Posts at end of a Native house, between the poupou and poutàhuhu. 3. Objection, hindrance. Cf. pa, a fort; to obstruct.

[As it is possible that this word has lost an initial r, see Repa]

ERA, those; the plural of tera: Nga korero o era rangi, mahue noa ake—Prov. [See Tera.]

ERANGI, it is better. A transposition of engari: Erangi me haere au ki roto ki te rua—P. M., 98. [See Engari.]

ERO, to exhaust.

Whaka-ERO, to lessen, become fewer, dwindle. Cf. maero, to become weak, listless; kero, dead, maimed.

Tahitian—cf. faa-ero, to be addled, rotten (applied to eggs); abortive (applied to fruit).

Samoan—cf. fa‘a-elo, to leave till it becomes stinking, as sharks; elo, to stink.

Hawaiian—cf. elo, wet; to soak, as kapa (Native cloth, tapa,) with rain; elowale, to be wet, dirty, defiled.

Tongan—cf. elo, putrid, stinking.

Mangarevan—cf. ero, abortive, an abortion, applied to badly-grown trees, &c.

ETAHI, some; the plural of tetahi: I tua hae etahi o nga hapu—M. M., 129. [See Tetahi.]

Whaka-ETE, to enter by forcing a way through a crowd. Cf. whete, to be forced out.

Tahitian—cf. faa-eteete, to make much of oneself; to spare oneself work by putting it on to others; paete, to be made angry.

Hawaiian—cf. ekeeke, to be pained, to be displeased; ekeu, proud, haughty.

Mangarevan—cf. etc, to be afraid; eteriki, to got into a crowd.

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy—cf. ety, narrow, strait, close; mifanety, to press one another.

ETEHI, some (for etahi, plural of tetahi): Ka mea atu etehi, ‘Deltae.’—P. M., 15.

ETI, to shrink, recoil, draw, back.

ETIETI, disgusting.

Mangarevan—cf. ete, to be afraid; etieti, to tear, to rend.

Samoan—cf. ‘eti, to forbid, as a child.

Tahitian—cf. eteete, to be shocked, disgusted.

ETIA, how great. 2. Like to; resembling.

ETOKOHINU, some. For ehinu.

EWA, to loose from a bond. Cf. rewa, to dissolve.

Whaka-EWA, the strings of a mat. Cf. whakaewarangi, a highly-ornamented mat.

Mangarevan—aka-eva, to suspend to a string; to tie for hanging a thing up. Cf. maevaeva, an old torn garment.

Tahitian—cf. maevaeva, to be shaking in the wind, as a flag.

Hawaiian—cf. ewaewa, unequal, irregular.

Whaka-EWARANGI, a highly-ornamented mat: Uhia au te whakaewarangi—M. M. 77.

EWE, the placenta, or afterbirth: Tuku ewe, tuku take, tuku parapara, naumai ki waho—S. M., 110. Cf. whenua, the afterbirth; tewe, the membrane of the fœtus. 2. The land of one's birth. Cf. whenua, the land of one's birth.

Tahitian—eve, the secundines (afterbirth) of a beast; eveeve, torn, ragged. Cf. evehoe, twins; fanaueve, to be exhausted and weakened by bringing forth young repeatedly.

Hawaiian—ewe, the navel string; (b.) the white of an egg; (c.) the abdominal aorta; (d.) the place of one's birth, and where his ancestors before him were born; (e.) to grow again after being cut off, as a stalk of sugar-cane; ewe-ewe, the love and remembrance one has for the place of his birth, and where he spent his early years. Cf. ewaewaiki, the imaginary voice of a female spirit of one who has died, and her unborn infant with her; iewe, the navel string; the infant itself; the placenta; ieiewe, the placenta; the uterus or womb.

Paumotan—eve, the womb.

EWENE, only a few. Cf. wene, many, numerous

Hawaiian—cf. owene, small kalo (taro).

Tongan—cf. eve, many, numerous.

HA (hà), breath. Cf. hanene, blowing gently; hau, wind; whango, hoarse; having a nasal sound. [See Hawaiian.] 2. Taste, flavour; o tas te.

Whaka-HA, to breathe; to emit breath.

Samoan-fa, to be hoarse; to lose the voice; fafa, hoarseness.

Hawaiian—ha, to breathe; to breathe with exertion; a strong breath: Aia i ka Aaia haha mau ia a Kane; There at the Aaia constantly breathed upon by Tane. (b.) (fig.) To breathe revenge; (c.) (fig.) light, transitory as a breath; haha, to breathe hard, to pant for breath, as if in great haste; (b.) to feel for, to grope for (= Maori wha); (c.) a swelling, a puffing up; hoo-haha, to strut, to act the fop. Cf. aa, to make a noise, as a dumb person trying to speak; uha, to belch up wind; to swell, distend, as the stomach; uhane, the soul, the spirit; the ghost of a deceased person; haili, to gasp for breath; a ghost, a spirit; hanu, to breathe; the natural breath; a spirit (cf. Malay, hantu, a spirit); hano, the breath; hanou, the asthma; hae, the bark of a dog.

Tongan—fa, to be hoarse; fafa, hoarse. Cf. fagufagu, a flute; afa, a hurricane; halotu, to sob in crying.

Tahitian—cf. haha, a loud laugh.

Marquesan—cf. hapu, asthma; oppressive breathing; a cough; to cough.

Mangarevan—cf. eha, to respire on emerging above water.

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy—cf. havoka voka (i.e., hapukapuka), lungs;

Malay—cf. hantu, a ghost.

HA (hà), to hesitate in speaking. [For comparatives, see Ha, breath.]

HA, strong. A contraction from kaha, strong (one auth.). Tane-ua-ha; Strong-necked Tane —S. M., 19.

HAHA (hàhà), to warn off by shouting. Cf. ha, to breathe.

Samoan—cf. sa, forbidden, prohibited (formerly much used as sacred, holy); sasa, a sign, portent.

Tahitian—cf. ha, a prayer or incantation formerly used for the healing of a person poisoned by eating certain fishes, or of a person who was choked by eating fish bones; haio ! an exclamation, “Off with you !”

Tongan—cf. faha, a madman, a fool; faha-faha, to go shouting, as one foolish.

Mangarevan—cf. ha, prohibited, sacred, as e ha akariki, breadfruit sacred to the king; e ha tupapaku, food sacred to the dead.

HA, an interjection, “What !” Cf. hà, breath; hàhà, to warn off by shouting.

Mangarevan—haha, an exclamation of surprise.

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy—cf. ha, an exclamation of approbation and surprise.

HAE, HAHAE, to tear, lacerate; to slit: Ka no ake te koripi, ka haea te puku a Tupeketi—W. T., vii. 41. Cf. ngahae, to be torn; haemata, to cut up in an uncooked state. 2. To become detached (longitudinally). 3. To hate, loathe; fear, dislike. 4. Envy, to be envious: I tua hae etahi o nga hapu—M. M., 129. Cf. puhaehae, envious. 5. Jealous: Ka hae na Rauriki ki a Hotua—A. H. M., i. 34. Cf. tuahae, jealous; taruhae, jealous. 6. To dawn: Te ata ka haea i runga o Tongariro—G. P., 153.

HAEHAE, to cut repeatedly: Tukua mai ki tenei rakau, kia ripiripia, kia haehaea—P. M., 100. He tangi haehae, a wailing, accompanied with cutting of the skin. 2. To cut up: Kei te kai, kei te haehae i taua ika—P. M., 24.

Whaka-HAEHAE, to frighten, terrify.

Samoan—sae, to tear off the bark or skin; (b.) to go about gadding; (c.) to bring a house round by an open space when removing it, so as to avoid trees, &c.; saei, to tear: Ua ia saeia au i lona toasa; He tears me in his wrath (recip. fesaeia'ina, to be torn to pieces); saesae, brightly, brilliantly, of a fire; sasae, to tear, to rend; fa'a-saesae, to walk with the legs far apart; to be bandy-legged. Cf. masae, to be torn: masaesae, to be torn to rags; masaesaelelagi, to die (of chiefs).

Tahitian—hae, the wildness of beasts; (b.) jealous; to be jealous; haea, rent, torn; to be rent or torn; (b.) deceitful; duplicity; hahae, to rend, to tear; haehae, to tear anything; to break an agreement; to separate, or break off an acquaintance; faa-haehae, to provoke. Cf. fauhaea, the fau tree (Hibiscus tiliaceus) stripped or torn, which sometimes began a quarrel; maehae, a spear or lance; torn or rent; pahae, to tear, as paper; pahaehae, to cause divisions; pihae, to rend or tear; to vomit; pohaehae, jealousy.

Hawaiian—hae, to tear in pieces; to rend, as a savage beast; something torn, as a piece of kapa (tapa) or cloth. [The Hawaiian signals were formerly made of torn kapa: hence, in modern times, a flag, ensign, &c.] (b.) The growling or snarling of a cross dog; (c.) a word expressive of deep affection for another; hahae, to rend, tear, as a garment; (b.) to break; to separate into parts; haehae, to tear, as a garment: Alaila haehae iho la lakou i ko lakou mau kapa; Then they rent their clothes. (b.) To tear in pieces, as a savage beast does a person; (c.) to rend, as the mountains in a hurricane: A haehae ae la ka makani nui ikaika i na mauna; A great and strong wind rent the mountains. (d.) To be moved with compassion; to sympathise with one; (e.) strong affection; a strong desire, as that of a starving man for food. Cf. haehaeia, torn; injured; hai, to break open; to break off (= Maori whaki); kihaehae, to tear to pieces; kihae, to be possessed by some god; to become a god and go above; nahae, to rend, tear, burst; to break, as the heart with sadness; nohae, to be torn, rent; to burst; pohae, to be torn, as a hole in a bundle; pohaehae, brittle, rotten, as a cloth easily torn.

Tongan—hae, a rent, a tear; to rend; torn, riven: Oua naa too ae tata mei ho mou ulu, bea oua naa hae ho mou kofu; Do not uncover your heads nor rend your clothes. (b.) To strip off bark; haehae, to tear to. pieces; rents; lacerations. Cf. fehae, to tear on all sides; mahae, torn in several places.

Rarotongan—aae, to rend, tear: E kua aae koe i oou kakau; You have torn your garments. Aeae, to rend, tear: E kua aeae au i te ekaeka o to ratou ngakau; I will rend the caul of their hearts.

Marquesan—hae, to be angry. Cf. kahae and kehae, rent, torn.

Mangarevan—hae, to rend, tear; (b.) to strip off bark; (c.) to hit; to strike; haehae, to tear cloth, &c.; (b.) to bark, as a dog; aka-haehae, to vex, trouble; (b.) to trap; to tempt, to offer bait. Cf. aae, to split; to cut; aka-ha, to take off the bark.

Paumotan—hae, jealous; faka-hae, to scare, startle. Cf. kihae, to put in portions or pieces; taehae, inhuman.

Ext. Poly.: Fijian—cf. sae, a ghost, a spectre (cf. here the Marquesan vainehaehae, a female spectre, a vampire);

Malagasy—cf. haihay, shame, reproach.

HAEATA, dawn: Ra te haeta, takina mai i te ripa—G. P., 28. Cf. hae, dawn; ata, early morning; hae, to rend; ata, shadow; ngahae, dawn; to be torn. 2. A beam of light entering any dark place.

HAEATANGA, an opening admitting a beam of light.

Samoan—cf. sae, to rend off bark, or skin; saesae, brightly, brilliantly, of fire; (tafa, to cut, gash; the dawn;) ata, dawn.

Tahitian—cf. tatahiata, dawn; aahiata, dawn; haeamata, an introductory invocation to a god, that he might open his eyes and attend; haehae, to rend anything; ata, the twilight.

Hawaiian — cf. kakahiaka, morning (lit. “breaking the shadow”); hae, to rend; aka, dawn of moonlight, before the moon rises; shadow. [For full comparatives see Hae, and Ata.]

HAEKARO, the name of a shrub (Bot. Pittosporum umbellatum).

HAEMATA, to cut up in an uncooked state: Ko Whakapapatuakura i taona, ko Tanga-kakariki i haematatia—P. M., 112. Cf. hae, to slit, tear; mata, raw, uncooked; kaimata, uncooked. [For full comparatives see Hae, and Mata.]

HAEORA, or Hoeora (myth.), a great chief of antediluvian times. From him Ruatapu (who caused the Deluge) borrowed the canoe Tu-tepae-rangi, into which he inveigled all the first-born heads of families, and destroyed them. Haeora and Paikea survived awhile; but Haeora did not reach the shore, although he managed to send an important message by Paikea, before he (Haeora) was pursued and killed by Ruatapu. Hence the proverb: Toki nui a Haeora, (“The great axe of Haeora,”) for revenge kept in mind—Col., Trans., xiv., 19; A. H. M., iii. 10.

HAERE, a word used as a verb of motion: haeremai, come hither; haere atu, go away. Haeremai is a phrase used in welcome of a guest: Ko korua pea ko Tama-arero i haere tahi mai—Prov. 2. To become, to change from one state to another. Pass. haerea, to be travelled over.

HAEREERE, to wander, to stroll about: Ka minamina tona ngakau ki te haereere ki taua wahi—P. M., 174.

Whaka-HAERE, to cause to go; to carry about. 2. To search for, to explore; to go about to examine. 3. To conduct any business, to execute.

Tahitian—haere, to go or come (with mai and atu, as in Maori): Eiaha ra ei vahi maoro ia haere; Only you shall not go very far away. Hahaere, to walk or move from place to place; haerea, walk, deportment; faa-haerea, conversation; mode of conduct. Cf. haereominomino, to wander; haereotaratara, to go from place to place without settling; haerearii, to go by little and little.

Tongan—haele, to travel, to walk, to voyage; the act of walking or voyaging (applied to chiefs); (b.) to appear (applied to gods); the appearance of the gods; faka-haele, to conduct a great personage; (b.) to teach a child to walk. Cf. haeleeletuu, to walk about almost constantly; fehaeleaki, to walk about (applied to two or more chiefs).

Hawaiian—haele, to go or come (with mai or aku [atu], as in Maori), but the word requires a plural subject: Haele aku la na mamo Israela; The children of Israel went away. The common form is hele, to move in any way (with mai and aku), to walk, to go: E aho no ka hele mamuli o ka noho ana me ka pilikia; It is better to go than to stay in perplexity; (b.) to act, to exhibit moral conduct. Hoo-hele, to cause one to go or pass on: Hoo-hele mawaena o ke ahi no lakou; To cause them to pass through the fire for them. (b.) To desire or pretend to go on. Cf. hakahele, to walk with measured steps, as if weak; helekiki, to act hastily; to go in a hurry; helehonua, to precede; kaahele, to travel about.

Samoan—cf. savali, to walk; savalivali, to keep moving on.

Rarotongan—aere, to go or come: E tuatua meitaki tena; e aere taua; “Well said; let us go.” Aaere, to walk; to walk about: I aaere ana aia ma au katoa ma te au e te tiratiratu; He walked with me in peace and equity.

Mangarevan—ere, to walk, to go; erega, a walk, a promenade; aka-ere, to cause to go; to walk; a procession; (b.) to talk of ancestors, to enumerate genealogies.

Paumotan—haere, to go or come; haere?a, walking about; hahaere, going continuously.

Moriori—here, to go or come.

Marquesan—hee, to go or come: Atea me Ono hee anatu, hee ma una; Atea and Rongo pass onward, pass upward: A umoi a hee atu; Do not go away.

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy—cf. helihely, going about, or hovering about.

Sikayana—cf. aera-mai, “Come here.”

HAERE (myth.), a spirit residing in fragmentary rainbows, or detached clouds. Cf. Tohaereroa, a name of Kahukura, the deity of the rainbow.

Mangarevan—cf. Ari, name of a heathen god [h dropped, as in ere, to go (for haere)].

Ext. Poly.: Motu — cf. Harai, the Great Spirit who lives in the heavens.

Malay—cf. Hari, a great deity (Vishnu); mata-ari, the sun, “the eye of day.”

HAERE-AWAAWA (myth.), the deity or mother (by Tane,) of the Rail (bird), the weka—A. H. M., i. 143. Also of the apteryx (kiwi)—A. H. M., i. App.

HAEROA (rua-haeroa,) a pit dug in the ground, in connection with incantations against one's enemies: Ka keria te rua haeroa—P. M., 87; see also English part, 105.

HAHA, to seek, to look for. Cf. auhaha, to seek after; hahu, to search for; hahau, to seek; whawha, to feel after with the hand. 2. To procure.

Hawaiian—haha, to feel for; to move the hand over a thing; to feel as a blind person, to grope: A e haha mai paha kuu makuakane ia'u; Perhaps my father will feel me. (b.) The inside of kalo (taro) tops, used for food; (c.) a sort of wooden net used for catching the oopu (kokopu), a freshwater fish from brooks; hoo-haha, to manipulate; to manufacture.

Paumotan—haha, to obtain, to procure.

Samoan—cf. fafa, taro tops, denuded of the leaves and stalks.

Tahitian—fafa, to feel or touch with the hand; to try the disposition or inclination of a person; (b.) the stem of taro, plantain, or cocoanut branch.

Tongan —faka-fafa, to feel one's way, as one blind, or in the dark; to be uncertain.

HAHA (hàhà). [See under Ha, to warn off by shouting.]

HAHAE, acrid.

HAHAE. [See under Hae, to tear.]

HAHANA. [See under Hana, to shine.]

HAHANI. [See Hanihani.]

HAHARI, the name of a shell-fish.

HAHAU, to seek, to search for: Hei aha ma korua i hahauria ai tena wahine?—P. M., 181. Cf. haha, to seek; hahu, to search for; wha-wha, to feel for with the hand.

Samoan—sasau, mischievous, as animals breaking into the plantations; (b.) lascivious, as one going about to seek women.

Tahitian—hahau, to make a search or inquiry; hahahau, to turn aside; faa-hahau, to turn aside. Cf. fafa, to feel with the hand; to try the disposition of a person.

Hawaiian— cf. haha, to feel for, as a blind person.

Mangarevan—cf. au, to seize earnestly; to pick out grains or flowers from pods of cotton; to collect, gather; aunui, to be much sought after in marriage.

HAHOHAHO, disarranged, crumpled; (b.) slimy.

HAHU, to exhume the bones of dead persons before depositing them in their final resting-place: I te wa e hahua ai te tupapaku—A. H. M., ii. 4. Cf. ehu, to disinter; uhu, to perform certain ceremonies over the bones of the dead. 2. To search for. Cf. hahau, to seek; haha, to seek. 3. To scatter. Cf. tihahuhahu, to scatter about.

Tahitian—cf. hahu, to scrape, to shave; a razor or plane; hahau, to make a search or inquiry.

Hawaiian—cf. hahu, having taken so much drastic medicine that nothing is left in the bowels; haha, to feel for; uhu, a cry of grief; groaning.

HAKA, a plant (the American groundsel).

HAKA (myth.), the name of a deity mentioned in an invocation—P. M., 220, Eng.

HAKA, to dance; a dance: Kia whakatika ki runga ki te haka—P. M., 143. 2. To sing a song; a song accompanying a dance: A rongo ana au i te rongo haka o tenei whare, haere mai nei—P. M., 14.

Samoan—sa'a, to dance. Cf. sa'aga, the song which finishes the soa (a song in honour of visitors); sagini, one kind of song.

Hawaiian—haa, to dance (also ha): Mehe kai e haa aku ana Ku; As though the sea was dancing for Tu. (b.) A dance; dancing, as in idolatrous worship.

Tongan—haka, to move the hands as in dancing; hahaka, to flinch; to start.

Marquesan—cf. pahaka, a kind of dance.

Mangarevan—cf. hakaema, to recite; a recital; aka-hahaka, to listen attentively.

HAKAHAKA, short: Tiketike ngahuru, hakahaka raumati—Prov. 2. Low in height: Ka noho ki runga ki tetahi rakau hakahaka—Wohl., Trans., vii. 37. Cf. hake, crooked [see Hawaiian]; ahàka, bent like a hook.

Samoan—sa'a, a short man; sa'asa'a, short. Cf. sa'anu'u, wrinkled, puckered.

Tahitian—haa, a dwarf; haahaa, lowness, humility; faa-haahaa, to humiliate; lowly, humble. Cf. faa, a valley, a low place between hills.

Hawaiian—haa, short, low; (b.) humble: No Ku ka malo i ke kaua, haa oe; When Tu puts on his war-girdle, you are humbled. Haahaa, low, short, as a man; (b.) humble, meek; cast down: Haahaa i au, ka malama; Humble am I, the gazer. Cf. ohaa, a person with crooked or distorted limbs; pahaa, very short, low; humble; shortness, bluntness; rotundity.

Paumotan—hakahaka, depression; lowering; faka-hakahaka, to let down; to let fall.

HAKARI, the names of molluscs (Artemis subrosea and Tapes intermedia).

HAKARI, a gift, present: I homai e ia hei hakari ma toku ariki—Ken., xxxii. 18. 2. An entertainment, a feast: Na, ka tukua e ia he hakari ma ratou—Ken., xxvi. 30. 3. The pyramidal structure on which food was in ancient times arranged at a festival. Also called pou, and pou-hakari—See Col., Trans., xiii. 13. 4. The roe of a fish.

Whaka-HAKARI, to produce roe in a fish: Koia ano tenei e whakahakari nei i roto i te mango—P. M., 36.

Tahitian—cf. haari, the general name for the cocoanut tree and its fruit, in all its varieties.

Mangaian—akari, a feast: O Tane metua i Avaiki e, tu mai i te akari; Oh parent Tane of the Shades, rise, eat this feast.

HAKARI (Te Hakari, myth.), the name of certain perpendicular stones (resembling what are called Druidical stones,) set up between Kerikeri and Kaitaia. They are also called Whakarara. These stones are sacred to ancestors, and Natives after passing them chant the charm called Whakau—M. S., 108.

HAKAWAU (myth.), a famous wizard, who by the power of his charms destroyed the deadly talisman of the Puhi a Puarata, a wooden head, which, aided by the incantations of its owners, Puarata and Tautohito, had slain thousands of victims—P. M., 176.

HAKE, humped, crooked. Cf. haka, low, short; ahàka, bent like a hook; hape, crooked; hakoko, bent.

Samoan—cf. sa'a, a short man; sa'anu'u, puckered.

Tahitian—cf. haa, a dwarf.

Hawaiian—cf. haa, short.

Tongan—cf. hakehake, a place that gradually rises.

HAKEKAKEKA (hàkekàkeka), the name of an edible fungus (Bot. Hirneola auricula judæ): Ko te rakau e tipuria ana e te hakekakeka—Kori., Jan. 20, 1888.

HAKEKE, the name of an edible fungus (Bot. Polyporus sp.).

HAKERE, mean, niggardly, stingy; to grudge. Cf. kaihakere, to stint.

HAKEREKERE, gloomy, downcast. Cf. kerekere, intensely dark; pokere, in the dark; whekere, very dark; as pouri, dark; sorrowful.

Samoan—cf. po'ele'ele to be night.

Paumotan—cf. hakarekare, disgust, disrelish.

HAKIHAKI, a skin disease, the itch: Ki te mea ranei he papaka, he hakihaki ranei tona—Rew., xxi. 20. Cf. mahaki, a cutaneous disease; waihakihaki, cutaneous disease.

Tahitian—cf. hahai, diseased, afflicted; taihei, to be itching from salt water.

Hawaiian—cf. heehee, a boil; a sore emitting matter (= whewhe).

Paumotan—cf. hekeheke, elephantiasis.

Ext. Poly.: Malay— cf. sakit, afflicted, sick; malady.

HAKIKI, to be domineering, imperious, overbearing.

Hawaiian—hai, to be vain, proud; haihai, to show oneself haughty; strutting, lascivious. Cf. haikaka, to mock by making wry faces; haihaia, unreasonable, vile, profane.

Tahitian—haii, cunning; (b.) well-informed; (c.) hard, miserly.

HAKIO, diarrhœa.

HAKIRARA, idling, trifling. 2. Disgusting, nauseating.

HAKIRERE (myth.), the name of one of the large canoes in which Whakatau's expedition sailed to revenge the death of Tuwhakararo, and to burn the temple called Te-Uru-o-Manono—P. M., 62.

HAKIRI, to hear indistinctly, or, to be heard indistinctly. 2. To make itself felt slightly: He pouritanga e hakiri mai ana ki te ringa—Eko., x. 21.

HAKIRIMAUREA (myth.), the wife of Tuwhakararo—Wohl., Trans., vii. 48. [See Tuwhakararo.]

HAKO, a spoon.

HAKOKO, concave, curved into a hollow. Cf. koko, a spoon, a shovel; oko, a wooden bowl; hake, humped, crooked; hakono, a cleft in a rock.

Hawaiian—cf. hao, to take up by handfuls; to shovel dirt; a name given to any hard substance, as iron, horn, &c. [For other comparatives, see Koko.]

HAKOAKOA, the name of a sea-bird, the Shear-water or Rain-bird (Orn. Puffinus gavius).

HAKONO, a cleft in a rock. Cf. hakoko, curved into a hollow.

HAKORO, a father: Ka korero nga tamariki kia patua a ratou hakoro—Wohl., Trans., vii. 33. Cf. koro, a person, a man; ha, breath; koroke, a person; koroheke, an old man; hakui, mother. 2. An old man.

HAKU, to complain, to murmur. Pass. hakua, to be found fault with.

HAKU, the King-fish (Icth. Seriola alandii): Ka ea te ika, he haku, no te moana uri—G. P., 10.

Marquesan—cf. aku, the name of a fish with a long snout.

Mangarevan—cf. aku, the name of a fish.

Mangaian—cf. aku, the Sword-fish (Xiphias gladius).

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. haku, the name of a large fish.

HAKUI, an old woman. Cf. kui, “old woman,” as a mode of address; kuia, an old woman. 2. Mother: Ka tahuri mai ki tona hakui, ki a Papatuanuku—Wohl., Trans., vii. 34. Cf. hakoro, father.

Tahitian—cf. ui, a single woman who has never had a child.

Tongan—cf. kui, grandparents.

Marquesan—cf. kuikui, weary, fatigued; kuiteina, aunt; makui, a term of tenderness addressed to women.

Mangarevan—cf. kui, mother; kuiiti, an aunt.

Paumotan—cf. makui, a father; hui, an ancestor; hakui-takui, old, ancient.

HAKUKU, to scrape. Cf. kuku, to grate, to rub over a harsh surface; harakuku, to scrape; tuakuku, to scrape; kuku, a kind of mussel; maikuku, and matikuku, the finger-nails.

Tahitian—cf. uu, a shell-fish; the shell used by women for splitting leaves, dressing mats, &c.

Hawaiian—cf. uuina (kukuina), to crepitate, as the two ends of a broken bone.

Samoan—cf. ‘u‘u a species of mussel.

Tongan—cf. kuku, the name of a shell-fish; aku, to scratch, to throw up loose earth with both hands.

Mangarevan—cf. kuku, a piece of mother-of-pearl for working at leaves; kukui, to wipe.

Paumotan—cf. kuku, a mussel.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. kuku, a small kind of cockle shell; kuku-va, to scratch with the nails.

Malay—cf. kuku, a claw; a finger nail; kukur, to scratch; a rasp.

HAKUNE, Careful, deliberate; to act without hastiness.

HAKURA, a variety of whale (the Scamperdown whale?): I te tohora, i te hakura, i te upokohue A. H. M., iii. 25.

HAKURE, to search the head for vermin: Takoto hoki koe, ki hakurea tou upoko — Wohl., Trans., vii. 40: Ka ki atu te wahine, ‘Hakurekia toku upoko‘ ‘—Wohl., Trans., vii. 50.

HAKUTURI (myth.), wood-fairies, forest elves (“The multitude of the forest elves”): Ka tau te Tini o te Hakuturi i tana tau—P. M., 57. They were also called “the offspring of Tane,” that is, of Tane-mahuta, the lord of forests. [See P. M., Eng. part, 69; Ika., 255; A. H. M., i. 78.] Called “the host of Hakuturi. of Rorotini, and Ponaua” —A. H. M., iii. 2. From the last word it would imply relationship with the Ponaturi [see Ponaturi]. The Hakuturi are the wood-elves, who made the tree felled by Rata stand up again, and finally made his canoe. The Malay wood-sprites are called banaspati, a Sanscrit word signifying “forest-lord,” and this is used to denote any great tree.

HAMA, to be consumed.

HAMAMA, open; to be open, gaping: Tuwhera tonu nga kuwha, hamama tonu te puapua— S. R., 23. Cf. mama, to leak. 2. Vacant. 3. To shout: Ka hamama nga waha o nga tuakana ki te tangi—P. M., 24.

Tahitian—hamama, to be open, as a pit; (b.) to gape or yawn; haa-mama, to open the mouth, to gape; to be open, as a hole in the ground. Cf. mama, open, as the mouth.

Paumotan — hamama, to yawn; to open.

Hawaiian—hamama, to open wide, as a door; to open as the mouth; openly; standing open; disclosed; to gape, as the earth: A hamama ae ka honua i kona waha; The earth opened its mouth; hama, to open, as the mouth; hoo-hamama, to cause to open, to open wide: Ua hoohamama loa lakou i ko lakou waha ia'u; they opened their mouths wide against me. Cf. mama, to chew.

Mangarevan—amama, to gape, to yawn; (b.) to chew, to masticate; aka-amamama, to open a door, or sack, as wide as possible.

Mangaian—amama, open, as of a mouth or door; gaping; (b.) certain priests, as “mouthpieces” of a divinity.

Tongan—cf. mama, to leak; to chew.

HAMANU, the name of certain invocations (karakia): O nga Hamanu mo te Wairua— A. H. M., i. 15.

HAMARURU, enclosed, confined. Cf. ruru, to tie together; sheltered from wind; tururu, to shelter from the cold; to crouch; maru, shaded, sheltered. [For comparatives, see Ruru.]

HAMARURU, the crutch of a ko, a digging instrument.

HAMEME, to mutter. Cf. hamumu, to mutter; ha, to breathe; mumu, to murmur.

HAMERO, to make faces.

Whaka-HAMERO, to grimace; to make faces.

HAMITI, human excrement. [See Hamuti.]

HAMOAMOA (also called Moamoa), small round shining stones, like marbles, found in the earth in some places. 2. A kind of clay.

HAMOKO, the spaces between the bundles of raupo in the walls of a native building.

HAMORE, bald. Cf. moremore, to make bald or bare, to strip off branches; mamore, bare tumoremore, shorn of external appendages.

Samoan—cf. mole, to be smooth; fa'amolemole, to make smooth.

Hawaiian—hamole, rounded and smooth, as the edge of a board. Cf. molemole, round, smooth, as the skin of a bald head.

Tahitian—cf. moremore, smooth; hairless, bald; haa-more, to make one bare, or destitute; without ornament, or support.

Tongan—cf. mole, smooth, even. Rarotongan-amore, smooth, hairless: E tangata uruuru ia, e tangata amore oki au; He is a hairy man and I am a smooth man.

Mangarevan—cf. aka-more, to decapitate; to cut off wood, horns of goats, &c.

Paumotan—cf. moremore, not having hair on body; polished.

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy—cf. bory, destitute of, deprived of (especially of a limb); shorn, cropped.

HAMU, the back of the skull.

HAMU, to gather sparsely scattered things; to gather remains; to glean: Kaua ano hoki e hamua nga toenga o o hua—Rew., xix. 9. Cf. hanu, scraps, remains of food. 2. Neglected; feeding on fragments: Uia mai ra to koroua hamu—M. M., 193.

HAMUHAMU, to eat scraps or fragments. Cf. kamu, to eat.

Tahitian—hamu, gluttonous; to go to a feast whenever one occurs; (b.) to be burdensome to others by eating their food. Cf. aamu, a glutton; amu, an eater, to eat (Maori = kamu); aihamu, to eat voraciously the leavings of others.

Hawaiian—hamu, the refuse of food; to eat fragments of food; to eat the skin; to pick bones; to scrape up and eat what is left; hamuhamu, to eat fragments; to crumble up into fragments. Cf. aihamu, the food left after a meal; kihamu, to eat proudly or daintily; to taste this and that, as though tasteless; hamuili, the class of persons about a chief.

Tongan—hamu, to eat one kind of food only; (b.) to scratch or tear away; to take by storm; faka-hamuhamu, to bluster about; to try and set others laughing. Cf. hamuji, to pluck or snatch away.

Mangarevan—amu, to eat with the mouth, not using the hands; (b.) to eat scraps or leavings; amuamu, to lift the head in eating, as gourmands do. Cf. amuavera, to eat food before it is properly finished, whilst being cooked; amukiore, to come again and again, shamelessly.

HAMUA, elder brother, or sister, as tuakana [see Tuakana]. It is a word of the South Island dialect. Cf. mua, before, in front; hakoro, father; hakui, mother.

HAMUA (myth.?), a kind of rat, the cry of which is supposed to be an evil omen to those who hear it. This cry resembles in sound the word “Kato! Kato!”

HAMUMU, to speak: Ka tahi ka hamumu atu te waha, ‘Ae’—P. M., 19. Cf. hamama, to shout. 2. To mutter, to make an indistinct sound, to mumble. Cf. tamumu, to hum; mumu, to murmur; hameme, to mutter; kohumuhumu, to murmur, to whisper; amuamu, to grumble, to mutter discontentedly; mui, to swarm around; haruru, to rumble.

Samoan—cf. ‘a‘amu, to whisper, and excite discontent with ridicule; memu, to move the lips as in speaking; to laugh quietly; mui, to murmur; mumu, to be in swarms; tomumu, to grumble; to speak to oneself.

Hawaiian—hamumu, a low, indistinct, rumbling sound; an indistinct sound of conversation; hamumumu, to whisper; to talk in a low, indistinct voice. Cf. mumu, to hum; an indistinct sound; mumuhu, an indistinct sound, as of many together; mumulu, to come together in a crowd; kamumu, rumbling indistinct noises; the sound of many footsteps; the roar of a great rain at a distance. [For full comparatives, see Mumu.]

HAMURE, to be beforehand with others in eating. Cf. muremure, to return to a thing frequently.

Tahitian—cf. hamu, gluttonous; to go to a feast whenever one occurs.

HAMUTI, human excrement: Ma wai e kai tena kiore kai hamuti.—G. P., 170. Also Hamiti. 2. A heap of dung: He poporo tu ki te hamuti.—Prov.

Samoan—cf. tae, fœces, ordure; momotae, human excrement.

Tahitian—hamuti, a privy; a place of dirt and rubbish.

Paumotan—hamutia?a, fœces, excrement. Cf. rua-hamuti, a latrine.

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy—cf. moty, a morsel of dung.

HANA, HAHANA, to shine; to glow; to give forth heat: Ka pau hoki i te hana e wera ana.—Tiu., xxxii. 24. Cf. mahana, warm; matahanahana, blushing, glowing; puhana, to glow; ngangana, red.

HANAHANA, a garment smeared with red ochre. 2. The womb, uterus (one auth.).

Samoan-fa'a-fana, to warm up, as food; warmed up, as food. Cf. mafana, warm; fa'amafanafana, to hearten, to cheer up.

Tahitian — hanahana, splendour, glory; awfulness; glorious, magnificent; faa-hana, to magnify or exalt oneself; faa-hanahana, to give glory or dignity to another. Cf. anaana, brightness, shining, lustre, bright, splendid; anaanaumupo, the brightness of a night-oven; (fig.) a man of fair speech, whose words are not to be trusted; anaanatae, to desire ardently; mahana, the sun; a day; tahana, to warm again, to re-cook; tihana, to warm up (food) again.

Hawaiian—hana, warm; to become warm; hanahana, warm, heated, as by violent exercise, work, or by the heat of the sun or fire; hahana, to be warm, applied to the heat of the sun; warmth; a general heat; (b.) to be warm from hard work. Cf. mahana, warm, as by the heat of the sun; to be or become warm, as the rising sun; to warm, as one person does by contact with another; a small degree of heat or warmth; koehana, warmth, heat, as of the sun; kohanahana, to be hot, to be warm, to burn; pumahana, to be warmed, as with clothing; to be warm in friendship.

Tongan—faka-fana, to cook the same food more than once. Cf. mafana, warm, warmth, gentle heat.

Marquesan— cf. pihanahana, poignant, smarting; mahana, warm; pahana, cooking; burnt.

Mangarevan—hana, brilliant, shining: E maumatau hana tetahi; And shining fish-hooks were another (present). Hahana, heat, warmth; to make warm; (b.) to demand food repeatedly; aka-hana, to put a thing back into the oven to be cooked. Cf. ana, suffocating heat; mahana, warm; to be cooked up again; clothes; mohana, warm.

Paumotan—hana, the sun; (b.) a ray or beam. Cf. tihana, to heat up again; to warm; pumahanahana, lukewarm; haka-mahanahana, to console; putahana, a sunstroke.

Moriori—cf. tamahana, to scorch.

Mangaian—cf. maana, warm. Ext. Poly.: Brunner Islands—cf. mahana, the sun.

Aneityum—cf. ahenhen, to burn, as the sun; henhen, to burn, to scorch.

Sikayana — cf. mafana, warm.

Malagasy—cf. fana (root), warmed, applied to food cooked and warmed the second time; mafana, warm, hot.

Dyak—cf. panes, hot.

Bouton—cf. mapane, hot; Bima and Bajo—cf. pana, hot.

Ende—cf. banas, hot.

Wayapo—cf. bana, hot.

Kisa—cf. manah, hot.

Malay—cf. panas (? Sanscrit), hot. &c., &c.

Whaka-HANA, to hold up weapons in defiance.

Tongan—cf. mafana, zealous; fakamafanafatu, to excite by encouraging language.

Mangarevan—cf. hahana, to demand food repeatedly.

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy — cf. kahana, a menace expressed by a word or action: a contemptuous smile, or a jeering threat; also a word used in calling cattle at feeding time.

HANE, to be confounded, to be silenced (? a modern word). Cf. hanene, to blow gently. [See Hawaiian.]

Tahitian—cf. hanehanea, to be weary, fatigued, weariness.

Hawaiian—cf. hanea, to have no appetite; to be indolent, stupid; hanehane, to cry and wail, as ghosts do; the wailing and crying of the spirits (uhane); aneane, to be exhausted; to be faint, feeble; to blow softly.

Samoan—cf. fanene, to be slow in walking; to fall slowly, as from a blow in club matches.

HANEHANE, rottenness.

HANEANEA, not relished, unpalateable. [See Samoan.]

Samoan—aneanea, a large quantity, too much to be attended to; and hence anea, or eaten by white ants (ane), ane, the white ant (termes); anea, to be eaten by white ants. Cf. anematù, the species of white ant which eats into timber; anesosolo, the species of white ant which builds covered roads on the outside of timber; hanene, low, vulgar, filthy language; manemane, a disease which eats away the skins of the palms of the hands and soles of the feet; manemanea, worm-eaten, of timber (for fanefanea, as fanene, to loiter = manene, to loiter—i.e., f to m).

Tahitian—cf. hanehanea, fatigue, weariness.

Hawaiian—hanea, to have no appetite; to be indolent, stupid; ane, the name of a small insect that eats wood, but is not itself visible; (b.) the worm-dust of wood; (c.) the cutaneous disease called ringworm; (d.) a soft stone used in polishing wood; (e.) light, as worm-eaten timber; anea, to be worm-eaten; dry-rot; (f.) insipid, tasteless, as the inside of worm-eaten wood; aneane, faint, feeble, low, weak; exhausted; (b.) to blow softly, as a light breeze; (c.) to be almost something; nearly, almost.

Tongan—ane, the moth; aneanea, motheaten; rotten.

Mangarevan — cf. ane, dirt or scurf on the skin; aneane, dirt on the clothes; the skin covered with salt from the sea.

HANEA, the name of a shell-fish, a small black mussel.

HANENE, blowing softly, as a faint breeze. Cf. anene, to breathe gently; ha, to breathe.

Hawaiian—cf. ha, breath, to breathe; haha, to pant for breath; aneane, to blow softly, as a light breeze; to be exhausted; faint, weak, low, feeble; nearly, almost; anane, feeble, weak; hanehane, the wailing or crying of spirits; to wail, as the ghosts of the dead were supposed to do; uhane, a ghost; hanea, to have no appetite; indolent, stupid.

Tahitian—cf. aneane, clear, as a fine atmosphere; hanehanea, fatigue, weariness.

Samoan—cf. fanene, to loiter, to be slow in walking.

HANI, water: Hei koko i te hani kai tahuri papa nui—MSS. Cf. ngongi, water; ringi, to spill. [See note, Hawaiian.]

Samoan—sani, the basin of a waterfall.

Hawaiian—hanini, to overflow, to run out, as water from a vessel full of liquid; to spill, to pour out, as water; to pour down, as a powerful rain; hoo-hanini, to cause to flow as water. Cf. hani, to step lightly, to walk softly; to pass quickly through the air with a humming noise; nini, to spill over, to pour out, as a liquid. [Note.—Unlikely as at first sight appears, the Maori word hani, water, is a compound of ringi, to pour out; r changes with n often in Polynesian dialects, as Tongan nima, five, with Maori rima, five. Thus, the Hawaiian nini, to pour out = the Maori ringi, to pour out; and hanini = haringi. The Maori word ngongi, water, (ngo-ngi,) may also be a compound of ringi, to pour out.]

Ext. Poly.: Guaham—cf. hanum, water.

Dyak — cf. hongoi, water. [For full comparatives see Ringi.]

HANI, a wooden weapon, resembling a sword. Also called maipi, and taiaha: Ka mau ki te hani—M. M., 186.

Tongan—cf. hani, to spoil, to strip; to strip off leaves; auhani, to prune, to lop off.

Samoan—cf. sani, a law to punish any infringing on things prohibited.

HANIHANI, to slander, vilify, disparage, traduce.

HAHANI, a backbiter, slanderer.

Samoan—cf. sani, a law by which all pigs found in the plantations were killed and eaten by the finder; a law to punish any infringing on things prohibited; sania, to expect too much, to seek for what is beyond reach.

Hawaiian—cf. hanihani, to make first or slight advances in tempting to adultery; hanina, no part, no right in a thing.

Tahitian—cf. hanihani, to caress, fondle; hanihanirea, to fondle with a design to deceive.

Tongan—cf. hani, to spoil, to strip; to strip off leaves.

HANIKURA, the name of a shell-fish.

HANU, scraps, remains of food: Kai hanu, kai hanu, hoki mai ano koe ko to koiwi—Prov. Cf. hamu, to gather things thinly scattered; to glean; hamuhamu, to eat scraps or fragments.

Tongan—cf. hanu, to murmur, to complain (n for m), as Maori hamumu, to mutter. [For full comparatives, see Hamu.]

HANUI (myth.), a brother of Hatupatu. Hanui and Haroa slew Hatupatu, being annoyed with his thievish tricks—P. M., 115.

HANUMI, to be merged in, or mixed with; to be swallowed up. Cf. nunumi, to disappear behind; henumi, to disappear, to be out of sight; konumi, to fold, to double; whenumi, to be consumed.

Whaka-HANUMI, to mix; to cause to be swallowed up or merged into.

Samoan—cf. numi, to be involved, to be intricate; to rumple, to crush together without folding up; to be jobbled, as the sea.

Tongan—cf. numi, to plait, to pucker, to crease; fenumi, to be hidden by other things.

Mangarevan—cf. nunumi, to seal up; to press strongly, to imprint.

Mangaian—cf. numi, to use up. [For another series of comparatives see Henumi.]

HANGA, to make, to build; a work, fabric, thing, property: He oi ano nga tahunga nana i hanga nga waka—P. M., 17. Cf. whaka-, a causative prefix; anga, to begin to do anything; whaihanga, to make, to build.

HANGAHANGA, trifling, frivolous; of no weight or importance. Cf. ngahangaha, frivolous. 2. Spreading over the ground.

Whaka-HANGAHANGA, to handle gently.

[Note.—There is great probability that the word hanga, to work, &c., is a form of whaka, (whanga,) the causative prefix. The comparatives under this form will be found at full length under Whaka.]

Samoan—cf. aga, to do, to act; fa'a, causative prefix.

Tahitian—haa, work of any kind; to work, operate in any way; (b.) the causative prefix to verbs (also faa); hahaa, laborious, diligent in work. Cf. fauhaa, to be busily engaged in work; tofaafaa, one who does his work lazily.

Hawaiian—hana, to do; to work; to act; work, labour; duty; office; calling: No ka mikioi o ka hana, aole no ka hauhili; For the niceness of the work, not for the slovenliness. (b.) To cause, in the most extensive sense: as hanamake, to destroy (make = dead); hanaino, to do badly (ino = bad); hanaea, to do, to make a thing; hoohana, to cause to work, to compel to work as a slave. Cf. hanae, vain labour, trifling effort; lawehana, to engage in business; a workman; pauhana, constantly at work.

Tongan—haga, to face, to look at; hagahaga, to be engaged in. Cf. haganaki, to persevere in work, to work with spirit; haganoa, disengaged, unemployed; hagavolaki, to do by constraint; aga, clever, knowing; agai, the finishing stroke; the corresponding opposite; faka, the causative prefix; faka-agaaga, to work carefully, to work to pattern. [Faka appears to have abraded to faa, in the sense of, “capable of,” “apt:” as in faa-ave (whaka-kawe), to be capablè of taking; faa, industrious in agriculture; a gardener.]

Marquesan—hana, to make; work, labour (also haka): Haka-ea iho oia i te fitu o te a, na hana aia i hana; He rested the seventh day from all the work which he had done: A ua hetu e hana nei; And it is roaring, it is working. (b.) To restore; (c.) to grow, to become; haka, used as a causative prefix, as in haka-mua, the eldest of a family (whaka-mua); hakahaka, to work, to build: Hakahaka he hae ma eia; Build a house upon it. Cf. haa, reason, cause.

Mangarevan—haga, work; to work; (b.) a basket of wickerwork. Cf. aga, labour; to work; used also in this form as a causative prefix.

Paumotan—haga, to do; a deed, an action, work.

Ext. Poly.: Aneityum—cf. ago, to make, to do.

Malagasy—cf. aka, clever, skilful, accustomed to.

HANGAI, opposite; confronting. Cf. anga, aspect; anganui, exactly opposite. 2. Across, at right angles: He toki hangai, an adze.

Samoan—feagai. (fe-agai: fe, a prefix signifying reciprocity,) to be opposite to each other; (b.) to correspond; (c.) to dwell together cordially; fa'a-feagai, to be opposite to each other; (b.) to dwell on good terms.

Tongan—hagahagai, ahead; right opposite, of the wind; agai, to make to correspond; alike; the corresponding opposite; feagai, opposite to; (b.) in a line with; (c.) coeval; (d.) coexistent. Cf. haga, to face, to look at; faka-haga, to set in a line with; to place exactly opposite; faka-hagatonu, to front, to face; fehagaaki, to look one another full in the face.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. hanai, to cross; to go over.

HANGANOA, a matter of no importance; that which does not fulfil its intention. 2. Fragile.

HANGANOA, a small basket for cooked food.

HANGARAU, jest; to jest, trifle with; to befool. Cf. tinihanga, to deceive, cheat; rauhanga, deceitful; hangareka, to deceive; to jest with.

HANGAREKA, to jest, deceive. Cf. hangarau, to jest, trifle with; tinihanga, to deceive; rauhanga, deceitful.

Hawaiian—cf. maalea, deceitfully; to be wise, artful, cunning; hoo-laulea, to flatter, to seek favours; lea, merry.

HANGAROA (myth.), a god brought from Hawaiki to New Zealand. This deity helped (together with Rongomai, Maru, &c.) to support Haungaroa to her uncle Ngatoro-i-Rangi, when she was messenger for her mother Kuiwai, to tell Ngatoro of Manaia's curse upon him—P. M., 102. The gods (or images of them,) were afterwards given to Ngatoro—P. M., 104. [See Ngatoro, Manaia, &c.]

HANGEHANGE, quite dry. Cf. hengahenga, quite dry.

HANGEHANGE, the name o a shrub (Bot. Geniostoma ligustrifolium).

HANGERE, half-full.

HANGI, a native oven: Ka tao te hangi tapu, ka hukea—P. M., 169.

HANGOHANGO, a kind of wooden implement for digging; to dig or plant with this tool. Cf. hako, a spoon.

HANGORE, weak: He ngakau ohooho, me te kanohi hangore—Tiu., xxviii. 65. Cf. ngore, soft, flaccid; ngori, weak, listless; pingore, flexible, bending; hangoro, loose.

HANGORO, slack, loose. Cf. hangore, weak.

Tahitian—haoro, dilatory, hanging behind.

HANGORUNGORU, hanging in folds. Cf. hangoro, slack, loose; hangore, weak.

HANGU (hàngù), quiet, reticent. Cf. whakangungu, to refuse to speak.

Samoan—cf. gugu, to be dumb.

Hawaiian—cf. nu, to meditate, ruminate; nuha, taciturn; nuhe, sullen, silent; nunu, taciturn.

HANGURU, chattering; kauae hanguru, the jaw chattering with cold. Cf. nguru, to sigh or grunt.

Samoan — cf. gu, to growl; gugu, to scrànch.

Hawaiian—cf. nunulu, to chirp.

Tahitian—cf. uuru, to groan, to grunt.

Tongan—ha?ulu, to groan; to roar. Cf. gu, to grunt; gugutu, to talk, chatter.

Mangarevan—cf. guruguru, to speak through the teeth; to stammer.

HAO, to draw round, so as to encompass fish, &c.; to catch in a net; to enclose: Kei te ta kupenga, kei te hao ana — P. M., 11. Cf. pahao, to enclose in a net; to shut in; pihao, to surround. 2. To grasp greedily. Cf. whawha, to lay hold of; whawhao, to put into a bag; to fill. 3. A basket in which cockles are collected.

Samoan—cf. sao, to collect together food or property preparatory to presenting it; fao, to rob, to seize violently.

Tahitian —hao, to encircle, as fishermen in bringing both ends of a fishing net together; (b.) to dress the hair, by combing, cutting, &c.; (c.) a prayer and ceremonies formerly used at the dedication of a new house, or of a canoe.

Hawaiian—hao, to put less things into a greater; to put into; (b.) to take up by handfuls; (c.) to rob, spoil, plunder; to kill and plunder; (d.) to take little by little; (e.) to collect together; (f.) strained tightly, hard; (g.) the name of any hard substance, as iron, the horn or hoof of a beast: No na lakau hao i pae mua mai; For the timber with iron that had previously floated ashore. (h.) Thin; poor in flesh. Haoa, to be taken by an enemy; haohao, to doubt, to discredit; (b.) to be restless, sleepless at night; (c.) to marvel, wonder at; (d.) to hunt after, search; (e.) to distribute; (f.) to dip up with the hands; to measure by handfuls; hoo-haohao, to seek, to hunt after. Cf. haowale, robbery; whao, to put into a bag; to fill; haokilou, an iron hook.

Tongan—hao, to surround, to encircle; haohao, to surround, to enclose from every side; (b.) to sit in a ring; faka-haohao, to take with care, to proceed circumspectly; haohaoga, the midst; an enclosure; a circle; persons sitting to form a circle. Cf. fehaofaki, to surround.

Marquesan—hao, to plunder; (b.) to place inside anything; hahao, to place inside; haohao, to heap up; to fill anything; to fill a hole with earth.

Mangarevan—hahao, to encase, to put into a box or bag; aka-hao, to make to bend a little.

Paumotan—cf. haokai, to take captive, to enslave.

Marquesan—cf. c kete hao ma, a basket for collecting breadfruit.

HAO, a moderate-sized eel.

Whaka-HAO, a species of seal, the Sea-lion, or Morse (Zoo. Platyrynchus leoninus).

HAPA, crooked. Cf. hape, crooked; tahapa, at an acute angle; apa, a fold of a garment. 2. To be passed over in the apportionment of anything. 3. To be gone by.

Samoan—sapa, to be unequal, to incline to one side, as a paddle larger on one side than on the other; the sun more to the west than to the east; the night more than half past; fa'a-sapasapa, aslant.

Hawaiian—hapa, a small part, an indefinite part, a few; to diminish; to decrease. Cf. hapakue, crooked, deformed, crippled, stammering; hape, wrong, incorrect.

Tahitian—hapa, a deviation from a rule; (b.) a missing of a mark; (c.) error, sin, crime; hapahapa, irregular, crooked; faahapa, to cause an error or mistake; (b.) to convict, to condemn; haa-hapa, to condemn. Cf. hape, an error; crooked; turning in, applied to the feet.

Paumotan—faka-hapa, to condemn, to damn.

Mangarevan—apa, the gable end of a house; aka-apa, to bend the neck.

HAPAI (myth.), the heavenly maiden who became the wife of Tawhaki. [See Tawhaki.] She is called Tangotango.—P. M., 41, Eng. Hapai is probably referred to in the Southern legend, wherein Whaitiri tells Tawhaki to beware of the indecent daughters of Tangaroa, but that if he meets Pupumainono or Hapainui-o-maunga, those two are modest and to be talked with.—Wohl., Trans., vii. 44. Hapai bore a daughter (called Pianga) to Tawhaki, and with her went back to heaven. She is called Hapai-a-Maui.—A. H. M., i. 129.

HAPAI, to lift up, to raise: Hapainga ! hapainga kia tarewa ki runga.—P. M., 141. Cf. amai, the swell on the sea [see Mangarevan]. 2. To rise. Cf. hapu, pregnant [see Hawaiian]. 3. To carry. 4. To begin a song or charm; passive hapainga, to start.

HAPAINGA, a small basket for cooked food.

Whaka-HAPAINGA, a sacrifice; a wave-offering. The offering was afterwards placed on an elevated stage, or whata. [See Whata.]

Samoan—sapai, to hold in the palms of the hands, as an infant; to take in the arms; (a.) to receive; (c.) a general contribution; sapa-sapai, to take in the arms; (b.) to take hold of, as of any one's words.

Hawaiian—hapai, to lift up, to elevate, to take up, to carry: Hapai ae la ia i ka lima o kona makua-kane; He lifted up his father's hand. (b.) To raise the hand, as in taking an oath; (c.) to honour; to praise, to exalt for past deeds; to recompense; (d.) to take up, i.e. to commence a speech; (e.) to conceive, as a female: Ina i hapai ka wahine a hanau he keikikane; If a woman has conceived and borne a male child. Hoo-hapai, to conceive, as in the mind; hapa-hapai, to lift or toss up, as a child.

Tahitian—hapoi, to carry or convey: A hapoi atu ai hoi ia oe i te vahi hinaaro-ore-hia e oe ra; To carry you away to a place you do not wish to go to. Cf. hapi, pregnant; hapu, pregnant.

Tongan—habai, to hold up in the hands; habahabai, to hold up in the hands. Cf. abai, to uphold, to render prompt obedience [this perhaps from aba, to venerate, probably an abraded form of papa, father or chief: see Papa]; abai, certain rafters in a Tongan house; fehabaiaki, two or more holding up anything in the hands.

Rarotongan—apai, to bring, to convey: E naau e apai ki to metua ra; You shall bring it to your father. (b.) To offer as a sacrifice: E kia apai kotou i te matapo ei atinga kare ainei i te mea kino; If you offer the blind for sacrifice is it not evil?

Marquesan—hapai, to lift, to raise, to heave; to carry in a raised posture. Cf. hupai (with same meanings).

Mangarevan — apai, to carry, bring: Apai ki raro, to carry oneself humbly; apai ki ruga, to elevate, to honour; apaiga, to bear tidings, to report; apaina, to raise up. Cf. amaamai, to pitch and toss; the pitching to and fro of a vessel; amaiga, to lift, to heave up.

Paumotan—hopoi, to lift up, to raise.

Mangaian—apai, to carry: Na Kumutonga i apai, i apai ki Avaiki; Kumutonga shall bear thee to Spirit-Land.

HAPAI-NUI-O-MAUNGA (myth.) [See Hapai (myth.)]

HAPAKI, to catch lice; to squeeze or crack, as fleas, &c.: Ka ki atu te taokete ‘haere mai ki te hapaki i aku kutu.’—P. M., 28. Cf. paki, to slap, to pat; harapaki, to crack fleas, &c., between the thumbnails.

HAPARA, to slit, to cut. 2. To dawn: Ka haea te ata, ka hapara, ko te ata nui. Cf. hae, to slit; to dawn; haenta, dawn; para, to fell trees; haporo, to cut off.

HAPARA, a spade. Cf. para, dust, sediment, impurity; hapara, to cut. [Note.—There is some doubt as to this being a genuine Maori word, as it so closely resembles the sound of the English word “shovel;” but “shovel” would almost certainly have been rendered “hawhara.”]

HAPARANGI, to shout, to bawl.

HAPARU, to make a sacred thing common; to desecrate. Cf. paru, dirt, mud, muddy; hapiro, to violate tapu, by eating at a sacred place.

HAPE, crooked. Cf. hapa, crooked; waihape, to tack ship, to go about. 2. Beside the point.

Samoan—sape, turned up, of the foot, so as to walk on the side; fa'a-sapesape, to have a knock-kneed, shuflling gait. Cf. fa'avaesape, a club-foot.

Tahitian—hape, crooked, turning in, applied to the feet; (b.) an error, mistake; (c.) unequal, irregular, wrong; (d.) the caterpillar: hapehape, wrong, unequal, irregular in many places; faa-hape, to condemn, blame; to cause error. Cf. hapa, a deviation from a rule; an error.

Hawaiian — hape, wrong, incorrect. Cf. hapakue, crooked, deformed, crippled.

Tongan—habe, club-footed. Cf. habetui, near, as the knees in walking; one who is knock-kneed; hahabae, lame in the feet, club-footed; fehabeaki, to go as one club-footed in both feet.

Aniwan—sape, crippled.

Marquesan—hape, to walk on the side of the foot; to have the foot twisted by infirmity.

Mangarevan—ape (and ahape), a twisted or deformed foot; lame; aka-apeape, to mock the lame; (b.) to speak at cross-purposes. Cf. apeturi, a deformed knee; aka-hapa, to bend the neck.

Paumotan—Cf. vaevaehape, club-foot.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. sabe, bow-legged; crookedness; yavasabe, crooked-footed (yava, the feet).

HAPI (hapì), a native oven. Cf. tòpìpì, a small native oven; hopì, a native oven; tapì or tapìpì, a native oven; pìpì, to bathe with water.

Hawaiian—cf. pi, to throw water with the hand; to sprinkle; pipi, to wet by sprinkling; hoo-pipi, to smoulder.

Tahitian—cf. pipi to sprinkle with water.

HAPIRO, to break tapu law by eating at a sacred place. Cf. haparu, to desecrate.

HAPOKI, a pit used for storing potatoes. Cf. poki, to cover over; taupoki, to cover, to close with a lid; hipoki, to cover; hapoko, a pit for storing potatoes.

Hawaiian—cf. poi, to cover, to cover over, protect; a cover; to shut, as a door.

Tahitian—cf. poi, to be in a covered state; tapoi, to cover, hide.

Mangarevan—cf. poki, to cover over.

HAPOKO, a pit used for storing potatoes. Cf. hapoki, a pit for storing potatoes; pokopoko, to sink in the mire; pudendum muliebre.

Tahitian—cf. poopoo, deep, as a hole sunken —cf depressed; apoo, a pit or hole. Hawaiian.—cf. poopoo, to be deep, to be lower down, to be sunk in; napoopoo, to plunge in, as into water.

Marquesan—cf. pokoa, a hole in the rocks where fish take refuge; pokopoko, pudendum muliebre; tipoko, to fill a hole with a stone.

Mangarevan—cf. poko, to dig, to excavate; pokopoko, a hollow cavity.

Paumotan—cf. poko, hollow; pokopoko, deep; concave; to excavate.

HAPOPO, the body, the trunk. [This is a tapu word, only used in time of war.] 2. Decay (one auth.). Cf. popo, rotten. 3. Crowding together (a South Island word). Cf. apo, to gather together. [For comparatives of third meaning, see Apo.]

HAPOPO (myth.), the name of a deity who is said to have “folded up the sun” in the days of the Deluge—A. H. M., i. 181. 2. Mentioned in a curious but almost unintelligible legend —A. H. M., ii. 53. 3. Hapopo was priest of a people whose chief was Tawheta (or Whena). On the approach of the war party of Uenuku, Hapopo went to Rangi-Kapiti, to consult the god Te Kanawa through the inspired medium Kahurangi. The god assured him of victory. When the army of Hapopo's friends was defeated, Hapopo was wounded to death, and, dying, said: “Lying, deceiving god, you have escaped, leaving the trouble for Hapopo”— words which have passed into a proverb (Atua haurangirangi waiho te mate mo Hapopo)— Col., Trans., xiv. 15; A. H. M., iii. 9.

HAPORI, a section of a tribe. Cf. hapu, a subtribe; pori, a tribe.

Marquesan—cf. poi, a tribe, people.

HAPORO (hàporo), to cut off. Cf. poro, a butt, a block; to bo finished; auporo, to cut short, to stop; tauporo, to cut short, to bring to an end; hapara, to cut. [For comparatives, see Poro.]

HAPU (hapù), pregnant: Kua hapu ia i a Ihuatamai—P. M., 33. Cf. pu, a tribe; a bundle; a heap; puha, full; kòpù, the belly, womb; kapu, curved; apuapu, crammed, stuffed. 2. Conceived in the womb.

Tahitian—hapu, pregnant, a word applied to females in general. Cf. hapi, pregnant.

Hawaiian—cf. hapai, to conceive, as a female; to become pregnant; ha, breath; pu, to come forth.

Tongan—habu, the banana-leaf,' tied at both ends, to hold water. Cf. habuto and habuta, to bulge out.

Marquesan—cf. aapou, to be pregnant.

Paumotan—apuapu, pregnant. [See comparatives of next word.]

HAPU (hapù) a sub-tribe, a section of a large tribe. Cf. pu, a tribe; uepu, a company, a party; topu, assembled, in a body.

Paumotan—cf. kopu, a tribe.

Mangaian — kopu, a tribe; kopu-tangata, a family. [Note.—As kopu, in Maori, means the belly, the womb, there is doubtless connection between hapu, pregnant, and hapu, sub-tribe.]

Hawaiian—cf. hapuu, many, numerous.

HAPUA, hollow, like a valley; depressed in surface. 2. Deep (of water). 3. A shallow lake, the termination of a river, separated from the sea by a bank of sand or shingle. Also called hopua.

HAPUKA, the name of a fish: Ka kai te ika, ka hutia ki runga, he hapuka—Wohl., Trans., vii. 42. [See Hapuku.]

HAPUKU (hàpuku) or Whapuku, the name of a fish, the Groper (Ich. Oligorus gigas): Kauwae patiki tenei na, kauwae hapuku tera ra—G. P., 175. Also called rawaru, and parikiriki: in South Island, hapuka: by the Moriori (Chatham Islands), hakoma.

Hawaiian—cf. hapuu, to be many, multitudinous; a species of fish.

Rarotongan— cf. apuku, to swallow.

Mangarevan—cf. apuku, the name of a fish.

HARA, to violate tapu, intentionally or unintentionally. 2. Sin, to sin: Kanui o hara, ka rarue koe—M. M., 206. 3. The great centipede.

HARAHARA, sin, error: He atua koe e toka pounamu, katikati rawa te harahara—A. H. M., iii. 84.

Samoan—sala, incorrect, wrong; (b.) to be fined or punished; fa'a-sala, to fine, to punish. Cf. salamò, to repent; salamòvale, to feel remorse; tusala, a man who stands in the wrong place in the game of tologa.

Tahitian—hara, a crime, sin, transgression: Na te tahua i hopoi i te tusia no te hara e amu; The priest who offers it for sin shall eat it. (b.) Guilt; (c.) deviating from a line or rule; (d.) not hitting the mark; haa-hara, to give or cause offence; faa-hara, to commit sin; harahara, to split in pieces, as the carcase of a fish, or of a fowl. Cf. haraharavea, defiled, polluted with blood; haratò, acrid, exciting pain; faa-haramaau, to do or say something that causes disturbance, by setting others at variance.

Hawaiian—hala, a trespass, a sin; an offence: O ke aha la kau hala, e Ku? What could have been your fault, O Tu? (b.) Sinful, wicked; (c.) to miss the object aimed at; (d.) to be gone, to pass away; to proceed, to pass onward; hoo-hala, to miss the object; (b.) to cause to err; to be blameworthy; to transgress; halahala, to turn aside, to go astray; (b.) to object to one; to decline a proposition; to find fault with one's words, or conduct; hoo-halahala, to watch an opportunity for mischief, to lie in wait (either to kill or rob). Cf. halahi, to miss, as anything thrown at another; to dodge any missiles; to hum; a hissing or whizzing of any projectile through the air; lawehala, sinful; mohailawehala, a sin-offering; mohalahala, to break loose, set free.

Tongan—hala, to err; to miss; to fail; error, or mistake; incorrect, wrong: Oku ai ae kavi kuou mamata ki ai i he lalo laa, koe fai hala oe bule; There is an error which I have seen under the sun, as an error which proceeds from the ruler. (b.) A sacred club; fakahala, to deceive; a deceiver. Cf. halaia, guilty, sinful; a sinner, a delinquent; halahalaga, full of cracks, as glass or wood; agahala, sinful; faka-halafonua, to cause a whole land trouble, to betray a whole people.

Marquesan—has, jealousy, anger.

Mangarevan—ara, a miss, to miss a mark; (b.) a fault; (c.) a quarrel. Cf. arakava, bad milk; a bad breast; puharahara, to think with pleasure of some ill, sickness, or fault formerly endured or committed; tuhara, to be irregular, in motions or actions.

Rarotongan—ara, a sin, to sin: Kua aite katoa te meameaau ki te ara ra ki te purepure; For rebellion is as the sin of witchcraft: Kua ara tetai tangata i te kite kore; If a man shall sin through ignorance.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. cala (thala), to err; to miss a mark; erroneous; sara, a tabu of cocoanuts.

Malagasy—cf. hala, hated, detested; halatra, theft, robbery; halavolo, abhorrence.

Kayan—cf. hala, guilty.

Javan—cf. hala, base, mean.

Malay—cf. salah, wrong.

Kisa—cf. hala, wrong.

Tagal—cf. sala, to sin.

HARA, the excess above a round number. Cf. tauhara, an old one.

Whaka-HARA, Whaka-HARAHARA, large: He tino wahine pai—pai whakaharahara —M. M., 184. Cf. paharahara, large.

HARA, matters of small importance.

HARAHARA, to be diminished.

Whaka-HARAHARA, to lessen; to cause to be diminished.

Samoan—cf. sala, incorrect.

Tahitian—cf. hara, deviating from a line or rule, &c.

Tongan—cf. hala, wrong, incorrect.

HARAKEKE, the New Zealand Flax plant (Bot. Phormium tenax): Tu ana a Rata i tua o te harakeke—P. M., 58. South Island, harareke. Cf. harakuku, to scrape.

Moriori—harapere, flax (Phormium).

HARAKI, preposterous, extravagant. Cf. harangi, unsettled; foolish, silly; haurangi, mad; arangi, unsettled; wairangi, foolish, crazy. 2. A familiar spirit.

HARAKUKU, to scrape. Cf. harakeke, flax; hakuku, to scrape; kukú, to grate; tuakuku, to scrape. [For comparatives, see Kuku.]

HARAMAI, an expression of welcome, meaning to “come towards” the speaker; a contraction of haere-mai; passive haramaitia, to be come for.

HARANGI (hàrangi), unsettled. Cf. hikirangi, to be unsettled; karangi, restless, unsettled; kahuirangi, unsettled; koroirangi, wandering; arangi, unsettled. 2. Foolish, silly. Cf. haurangi, mad; wairangi, foolish, demented.

Hawaiian—cf. haulani, to be restless, uneasy.

Marquesan—cf. horai, a fool, idiot.

Samoan—cf. lagilagia, cloudy.

HARANGOTE, to nibble. Cf. ngote, to suck.

HARAPAKI, a steep slope, as the side of a hill. Cf. papaki, a cliff against which the waves beat.

HARAPAKI, to crack fleas or vermin between the thumb-nails. Cf. hapaki, to squeeze or crack fleas, &c.; paki, to slap.

HARAREKE, New Zealand flax (Phormium tenax). [See Harakeke.]

HARATAU, adapted to use, suitable, convenient. Cf. tau, to be suitable.

Whaka-HARATAU, to try, to practise; to imitate. Cf. whakatau, to imitate; tauira, a copy, pattern, counterpart.

HARATAUNGA (myth.), the name of a wife of Tinirau. She was killed by Hina with an incantation—P. M., 50, Eng. [See Tinirau.] Harataunga was a daughter of Mangamanga-i-atua.

HARATUA, to bevel.

HARAU, to grope for, to feel for with the hand. Cf. wharau, a shed made of branches [see Hawaiian]; whawha, to feel with the hand; arau, to lay hold of; rarau, to lay hold of, to handle.

Hawaiian—halau, to be long; to extend; to stretch out; (b.) a long house with the end in front, used mostly for canoes.

Tahitian—cf. farau, a shed for a boat or canoe.

Tongan—cf. fafa, to grope, to feel the way; lalau, to pull gently along; to pinch.

HARAWENE, to grumble; to be peevish. Cf. uene, to whine; wene, to grumble.

HAREHARE, a cutaneous eruption: the itch. 2. Offensive. Cf. mataharehare, offensive.

HARI, to dance; a dance. 2. A song; to sing a song to dance to. 3. Joy, gladness; to rejoice: Ka hari tona ngakau i roto i a ia—P. M., 128.

HARIHARI, a song for making rowers pull together.

Paumotan — hari, to dance; a dance.

Tahitian—cf. rahohaari, the name of a dance in which both sexes were entirely naked.

Samoan—cf. fali, sexual intercourse.

Mangarevan—cf. Ari, the name of a god; ariu, to turn; to turn oneself.

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy—faly, rejoiced, delighted; falifalina, a source of delight, or object of joy; falihavanja, skipping, frisking about like young lambs.

Malay—cf. hari-raya, a festival; hari-besar, a festival; tari, to dance. Solomon Islands—cf. sali, to sing.

HARI, to carry: E koro, haria nga toki nei—P. M., 52. Cf. tari, to carry.

Hawaiian— hali, to convey; (b.) to bear as a burden: E hali ana i ka halelewa; Bearing the tent. (c.) To carry, as a child: E like me ka ke kanaka hali ana i kana keiki; As a man carries his son. Halihali, to convey frequently; halia, to be borne or carried; (b.) to have a fond recollection of a person or thing: Halialia wale mai no ke aloha; Love brought the fond remembrance.

Marquesan—hai, to carry: E hai ina mai una kohikohi; Bearing aloft that which has been gathered. Cf. tai, to carry.

Mangarevan—ari, to carry, to transport.

Ext. Poly.: Bicol—cf. maghale, to carry.

HARIA, wild cabbage.

HARIRAU, the wing of a bird: Kua rongo raua i te kapakapa o te harirau o te kuku—P. M., 144. Cf. parirau, a wing.

HARO, to scrape clean. Cf. heru, to comb; wharo, to scrape; waru, to scrape; harotu, reduced to shreds and tatters; he kaupapa haro, a clean sweep. 2. To chop with an adze. 3. Spoken of very low water at spring tide.

HARONGA, a mat, made of scrapings of flax.

Samoan—salo, to rub smooth with an old scraper made of shell; (b.) to tell a thing over and over again, as if rubbing out all unevennesses; to tell all the particulars minutely; (c.) to grumble, to complain of. Cf. salu, to scrape out, as the kernel of a cocoanut; to brush up rubbish; salu, a broom; saluvalu, to rub smooth.

Tahitian—haro, to smooth back the hair; (b.) to skim along in flying, and whirl about, as a bird does; (c.) the name of a certain mark made on the body in tattooing; (d.) to print, or spread the scarlet dye on Tahitian cloth. Cf. harotea, a certain mark of the Arioi (priests of a certain cult) [see KARIOI] in tattooing; hao, to dress the hair by combing, cutting, &c.; haaro, to scoop, to lade.

Hawaiian—halo, to rub, grind, or polish; (b.) the motion of the fins in swimming, especially of the side-fins of a shark; (c.) to spread out the hands as in the act of swimming; (d.) to turn; to look at; to peep; to look slyly or shyly. Cf. haloke, to rub against each other, as the ends of broken bones; sprained or broken, as a limb.

Marquesan—haharo, to polish, to rub; (b.) to render the pandanus leaves flexible for matmaking.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. varo, a file, saw; varo-ta, to file, saw, rasp (the skin of the vaivaroro).

Malay—garu, to scratch, to scrape.

HAROA (myth.), a brother of Hatupatu—P. M., 115. [See Hanui.]

HARONGA (myth.), one of the Sky powers, a son of Hine-ahu-papa and Rangi-potiki, the prop of Heaven. [See Toko.] Haronga married Tongotongo, and begat the sun and moon— S. R., 17. [See Hine-ahu-papa.]

HARORE, the name of an edible fungus (Bot. Agaricus adiposus): Ma wai e kai te harore?— G. P., 368. 2. The lobe of the ear.

HARORI (for Harore; see preceding word): He harori pea? he mamaku pea?—G. P., 44. Cf. haroritui. [See next word.]

HARORITUI, the name of a kind of fungus, growing on trees. Cf. harori or harore, fungi.

HAROTOROTO, a pond, pool. Cf. roto, a lake.

Hawaiian — haloko, a puddle of water standing after a rain; a small pool of water; halokoloko, to stand in pools, as water after a rain: hence, (b.) to be about to weep; to have strong affections; (c.) drops of water, as they flow from the eyes. Cf. loko, a lake, a pond; haloi, to pour out tears; halokowai, a pool of water; haloku, to bubble up, as when a heavy rain falls into water; to disturb the surface of water.

Tahitian—cf. roto, a lake, pond.

Samoan—cf. loto, a deep pool in the lagoon; the interior; the heart; desire; will.

HAROTU, to be reduced to shreds or tatters. Cf. haro, to scrape; haronga, a mat made of scrapings of flax.

HAROTU, the name of one of the canoes which went off to meet Captain Cook at Cape Brett. [See Tumuaki.]

HARURU, to rumble; a rumbling sound: Ka rongo nei a Tama i te haruru o nga tapuae o Ngatoro—P. M., 73: Ko te haruru o te waha, to te tatangi o te poria.—P. M., 154. Cf. hamumu, to mutter; to make an indistinct sound; ru, to shake; an earthquake.

HARURUTANGA, a noise; a dull rumbling sound: I rongo noa nga tangata ki te haruru-tanga o nga ika.—Wohl., Trans., vii. 53.

Samoan—cf. salu'u, to shake; lùlù, to shake.

Tahitian—haruru, sound, noise, as of the sea, thunder, &c.: Tei reira te paapaaina o te tairi, e te haruru o te pereoo; The noise of a whip, and the noise of the rattling of wheels. Cf. faa-hururu, to make use of the hururu, a plaything for children; to drive away boys by the noise of the hururu; rùrù, to shake.

Hawaiian — halulu, to roar, to rage; to roar, as thunder, or as the sound of a heavy wind; to roar as the sea: E like me ka halulu ana o ke kai; Like the roaring of the sea. (b.) The name of a fabulous bird, killed in ancient times by the chief Wau-ku-le-nui-aiku; (c.) to shake: A halulu i Hale-kumu-kalani; And shake the foundations of heaven. Haa-lulu, a trembling, a shaking, as of the earth in an earthquake; to cause a trembling: Kei halulu nei ka piko o lalo; Trembling is the lowest point. Cf. lulu, to shake.

Mangarevan— aka-erurururu, a great noise. Cf. ruru, to shake; heheruru, to vibrate.

Tongan—cf. lulu, to shake.

Mangaian—cf. ruru, to shake.

HARURU, stinking, fetid.

Hawaiian — cf. hahalu, to be internally defective, as wood, worm-eaten and rotten inside; rotten; defective.

HATEA, faded, having lost colour. 2. Whitened, as with saline efllorescence. Cf. tea, white; horotea, pale; katea, whitened; motea, white-faced; atea, clear, &c.

Samoan—cf. tetea, an albino; teateavale, to be pale.

Tahitian—cf. putea, fair; faa-teetea, to bleach, to whiten.

Hawaiian— hakea, pale, as one sick. Cf. kea, white; akea, open, spacious; akeakea, to fade, lose colour; puakea, pale.

Tongan—cf. tea, light in colour; tetea, pale.

Marquesan—hatea, wide width, breadth. Cf. tea, white; makatea, white.

Mangarevan—cf. tea, white; putea, white.

HATEPE, to cut asunder; to cut off: Kia tukua mai tona ringa hei hatepe atu i a au—Hopa, vi. 9. Cf. hautope, to cut asunder; tope, to cut off; tipi, to pare off.

HATETE, fire. Cf. ngatete, to crackle.

HATUPATU (myth.), a young chief, who, after the arrival of the Arawa canoe in New Zealand, went with his elder brothers, Hanui and Haroa, to spear birds, near the head of the Waikato River. Finding that his brothers stored away the birds as theirs, and did not give him his share, Hatupatu, in the absence of the other two, broke open the storehouse, had a great feast on the birds, and then, wounding himself and making great confusion about the place, pretended that a hostile warparty had done the mischief. His brothers found out the deceit, and killed him. He was brought back to life again by a spirit (Tamumu-ki-te-Rangi) sent by his parents. Hatupatu then met a fairy woman, or ogress, who took him to her home, and kept him. One day he rewarded her by smashing all her property, and then escaped with her treasures of red-feather cloaks, &c. The ogress, Kurangaituku, was informed of this by a bird, and she pursued the youth with strides as of seven-leagued boots. Hatupatu, by enchantment, caused the rock to open, and hid therein; while Kurangaituku was scalded to death in the sulphur-springs at Te Whakarewarewa (Rotorua). Hatupatu then returned home, and his death was again attempted by his brothers. Their father interfered, and said that it would be better if, instead of fighting against each other, they fought against Raumati, who had burnt the Arawa canoe. They then all united in getting up a great war-party to attack Raumati, but no division of warriors was assigned to Hatupatu. He exhibited his powers as a magician several times on his way to combat; changed his red wreath into a pohutukawa tree, and proceeded under water along the bottom of Rotorua Lake, eating mussels. By incantations he deceived the enemy into the idea that he had a large force under his command. In the battle which ensued, Raumati was killed by Hatupatu, and his head carried to Mokoia Island, in the Rotorua Lake—P. M. 114, et seq.

HAU. [Note.—This word is an exceedingly difficult one to arrange or classify under different headings. Many of its meanings seem sharply distinct from others; but those who read the comparatives carefully will see that it is almost impossible to tell where one meaning merges into another, or where a dividing line could be drawn. Thus, the senses of cool, fresh, wind, dew, eager, brisk, famous, illustrious, royal, commanding, giving orders, striking, hewing, &c., all pass one into another. Therefore, with regret, I have to group all the meanings of hau together.]

HAU, wind: Ka hongi ki te marangai, ki nga hau katoa—P. M., 20. Cf. hauarahi, the west wind; hauatiu, the north-west wind, &c. 2. To be borne on the wind: Whakarongo ra te taringa kì te hau-taua, e hau mai nei i te tai ki te uru—MSS. 3. Dew, moisture. Cf. haumaku, bedewed, wet; haurutu, dew; hauku, dew; hautaku, bedewed, wet; haunui, dew, &c. 4. An angle, a corner. 5. Sacred food offered to the gods [see Whangai]: Mawai e kawe te hau o to parekura nei ?—A. H. M., iv. 80. 6. Food used in the pure ceremonies, to remove the tapu from a newly built house, canoe, &c.: Ka mutu ka whangaia te hau mo ana mahi—P. M., 20. 7. A personal medium, (such as hair, nails, &c.,) used between a sorceror and his victim. (8. Also hahau, and hauhau, to strike, smite: Inamata e haua ana ki te patu—P. M., 92. 9. To hew, chop: Na Toto i hahau, ka hinga ki te whenua.) 10. An odd half-fathom. Cf. haumi, to join, lengthen. 11. Eager, brisk. Cf. hauora, revived; ngahau, brisk. 12. Famous, illustrious.

HAHAU, to seek, search for: Hei aha ma korua i hahauria ai tena wahine ?—P. M., 181. Cf. haha, to seek; hahu, to search for. 2. See Hau, Nos. 8 and 9.

HAHAUNGA, the circumstances, &c., of searching for: Te Ao, te Ao, te Kimihanga, te Hahaunga—P. M., 7.

HAUHAU, cool: Toia ake te tatau kia tuwhera, kia puta mai ai te hauhau ki a au—P. M., 68. Cf. hauangi, cool; hauaitu, starved with cold; hauhunga, frost; haupapa, ice, &c. 2. See Hau, Nos. 8 and 9.

Whaka-HAU, to command, give orders, give the word: Katahi ka whakahaua e Turi nga tamariki kia haere—P. M., 107. 2. To animate, inspirit, urge on. Cf. kauwhau, to recite old legends [see Hawaiian]; hauta, a man who marks time for paddlers in a canoe; ngahau, infected by example; brisk. 3. The name of a wild being, supposed to dwell in woods (like maero) [see Maero]. 4. To fell trees: O te panehe e kokoi, te whakahau rakau—M. M., 98.

Whaka-HAUHAU, to inspirit, urge on; a song to urge on others: Katahi ka koia te mara, ko tona whakahauhau tenei—P. M., 118. 2. To give orders, command. Cf. au, a king (one auth.)

Samoan—sau, dew; to fall as dew: O le taeao foi ua totò ai le sau, ua sioina ai le togalauapi; In the morning the dew lay round about the war-camp. (b.) A present of cooked food; (c.) to come; sasau, heavy dew; to fall as dew; (b.) mischievous, as animals breaking through the plantations; (c.) lascivious, as one going about to seek women; (d.) to sling a stone; (e.) to swing round the arm in giving a blow; (f.) to blow a trumpet; (g.) one kind of cuttlefish having long tentacles; (h.) a kind of crayfish; (i.) a large axe, used by carpenters; sausau, to sprinkle; (b.) to build up part of a wall that had fallen down; sausau (sàusau), the mallet used in tattooing; sautia, to be bedewed; fa‘a-sau, to bedew; saua (sàuà), to be cruel, oppressive, despotic; fa‘a-saua, (fa‘a-sàuà,) to be oppressive, tyrranical: Latou te le fa'a-logologo i le leo o le ua fa‘asaua; They hear not the voice of the oppressor. Cf. sau‘aitagata, a cannibal; sauali'i, a god; sàufono, to cut the planks for a canoe; saulala, oppressive, cruel; sàunoa, to beat the wooden drum; saupapa, to cut off the outer part of a log, to make it true and even; saufua, to utter cries rapidly; to make a speech without calling out names and titles of chiefs; sautasi, one wide plank of a canoe; fathom-wide calico; fa‘a-saulala, oppressive; fa‘a-saunoa, to ill-use; fa‘a-sausili, haughty; fa‘a-sautoga, to be oppressive.

Tahitian—hau, dew: Eiaha roa ei hau e te ua i nia ia outou; Let there be no dew or rain upon you. (b.) Peace: Ei hau to oe, ei hau to tei turn mai ia oe; Peace to you, and those who help you. (c.) Government, reign: I te hitu o te matahiti o tona ra hau; In the seventh year of his reign. Fau, a god, as being head, or above; (b.) a king or principal chief, as above others; (c.) a sort of headdress; hahau, to go aslant or beat in, as the rain driven by the wind into a house; hauhau, to take off the first chips in hollowing a tree; faa-hau, to make peace; a peace-maker; (b.) to act as a guard; a watchman; a soldier; faa-hauhau, to make repeated efforts for peace; faa-faufau, to affect disgust or abhorrence of a thing; to call or denominate a person or a thing as filthy or disgusting. Cf. faupara-moa, a head ornament of feathers; fauurumaa, a war cap; faupoo, a cap or bonnet; fau, the name of a tree [for four last comparatives, see Maori Whawhau, to tie]; hauarii, a kingly government; haumanahune, a democracy; haumaraatira (hau-ma-rangatira), the state of a people living as tenants or tributaries; haumateata, a government in the hands of a chief by blood or hereditary descent; haupau, to toil or work hard; tihauhau, to beat sticks in order to keep time to a dance; hauriria, to be in fear or dread; auhau, to exercise lordship; aufau, to pay a tax or tribute; aihau, to enjoy peace and tranquillity; amuhau, to enjoy peace, or the fruits of peace; the person or persons who live on land which has been conquered; muohau, the commencement of peace; haumoe, the cold night breezes of the valleys; mehau, wind; haua, scent; to emit effluvia; puihauhau, to blow gently, as a small breeze; haumarù, cool, grateful; tahau, to bleach clothes in the morning dew; toihau, to bleach in the dew; toehaumi, soft or damp, as by dew.

Hawaiian—hau, the name of the land-breeze that blows at night: hence, any cool breeze: Kekee na hau o Leleiwi; The land breezes coming round to Leleiwi. (b.) The general name for snow, ice, frost, cold: A i ka lele ana o ka hau i ahuia mai ai; When the dew that lay upon the ground had evaporated. (c.) The rough bristles of a hog when angry; (d.) anger, applied to men; (e.) the name of a soft porous stone; (f.) the name of a tree, the bark of which is made into cloth [see Maori Whawhau, and Whauwhi]; (g.) a kind of dance for lascivious purposes; (h.) to swallow, gulp down; (i.) to inhale, to snuff up; (j.) to snort, as a horse; (k.) the title, anciently, of the highest rank of chiefs. [See Fornander, “The Polynesian Race,” vol. ii. 67.] Hahau, to whip, scourge, chasten: Aia hoi, ua hahauia mai nei kau poe kauwa; Behold, your servants are beaten. (b.) To inflict plagues; (c.) hahau-ai, to thresh grain; (d.) to hew stones; hauhau, to lay stones in a wall; to build with stones; (b.) to strike, to smite; (c.) cool. Cf. auhau, a tax, a revenue for the benefit of chiefs; to levy tribute; to exercise lordship; auhaupuka, one who solicits favours of chiefs; haua, to whip, to chastise; haupu, to excite, stir up; the sudden excitement of the passions; hauwawa, confusion, disorder; uhau, a whip; to whip, to scourge; to pile together; to build up, as the walls of a city; to pile one thing on another; to pinch; to oppress; to afflict; uhauhau, fearful, weak, tremulous; kauhau, to strike with a whip or stick; to throw a stone at; kuahaua, to call out the people, as a chief; proclaiming; assembling the people; uhauumu, to lay stones smoothly in a wall; hauopo, to lay in good order, as stones in a wall; to stand evenly; haukeke, to shiver with cold; cold; haukea, the white snow; whiteness, as of snow; haukeuke, to shiver intensely with the cold; haueli, the native Glauber's salts, which are dug out of caverns in the rocks on the island of Hawaii; hauole, (“without dew,”) a barren place; kehau, the mountain breeze in the morning; a mist; a cold, fine rain, floating in the air; frosty; rainy; haha, to grope, to feel for, as a blind person; to feel for, as if in search of something.

Tongan—hau, a conquerer, a reigning prince; (b.) a large bone needle; (c.) ornaments for the nose and ears; (d.) the instrument used in tattooing; (e.) the holes made in canoes to pass the ropes through; (f.) the takaga (attendant) of the Tui Tonga, (King of Tonga); (g.) to come, to arrive; hahau, dew, mist; (b.) to hang ropes to dry; to fasten to; (c.) to adze, to chip logs of wood square; (d.) to strike, brandishing over the head; hauhau, damp; (b.) elastic; faka-hau, rigorous, tyrannical; oppressive; troublesome, annoying; (b.) to put through the nose and ears; (c.) to whine, to cry; faka-hauhau, to bedew, to wet. Cf. haua, to be exposed to the wind; hauhaufano, open, airy; haujia, to be left alone, to be deserted; damp; wet with dew; tukuhau, to pay tribute; houtoga, to oppress, to govern with rigour; houhau, anger, wrath; hauheke, to beat at random; haunamu, to strike at random; auna, to conquer, overcome; autaki, to lead, conduct; to lead a party; houa, to send, to command; houeiki, chiefs of rank, nobility; houtamaki, masterly, imperious.

Rarotongan—au, dew: E i topatapata mai ei te au o te au rangi ra; And the clouds drop down dew. (b.) Peace: E naku e oronga atu i te au i to kotou na enua; I will give peace in your country. (c.) Reign: I te varu o te mataiti o tona ra au; In the eighth year of his reign.

Marquesan—hau, air: Ma te hau atea o te ani; In the clear air of heaven. Cf. tohau, a gentle wind; hauhau, bad, wicked; ugly; ngahau, a cry of invitation to the feast, when the names of the guests are called out.

Mangarevan—hau, dew; (b.) to blow gently; (c.) to build [see Maori Whawhau, Whatu, and Patu]; (d.) respect; (e.) fear; (f.) gall, bitterness [See Maori, Au]; au, a crown, a chaplet; (b.) dew; (c.) to seize earnestly; to pick out grains or flowers from pods of cotton; hahau, to speak gently and to the point; aka-hauhau, to be sober in eating and drinking. Cf. aunui, to be much sought in marriage; auriri, to strike against, said of waves against a canoe; aurumokoe, a crown made with plumes of the Frigate-bird; aupikitavake, a crown made with plumes of the Tropic-bird; aukatakata, a garland of pandanus [see Maori Whara]; auahu, to build; auaumaku, to be slightly damp; auanu, to be cold; agreeable, said of great person-ages; haumatapehau, a large wave; pehauhau, to beat with the wings.

Paumotan—hau, to reign, to rule; the State, kingdom, government; (b.) to surpass; superior; (c.) peace; faka-hau, conciliation; to reconcile. Cf. au, deserving, worthy; hauroa, supreme.

Ext. Poly.: Aneityum—cf. nathatahau, a ring-fence of stone; a wall round any place.

Fiji—cf. cau (thau), to present property, to make presents; caucau (thauthau), the land breeze; to praise; to speak of with admiration; sau, a king or high chief; the command of a chief; vaka-sausau, to act like a chief; to take a thing as a chief; sau, to clap the hands lengthwise; sau-ca, to cut, as bamboos, reeds, &c.; to break in a certain way, as a cocoanut is broken in order to drink the milk; retaliation; reward; sausau, the outskirts; sausauvatu, a stone set as a tapu for food; a stone painted and enclosed by reeds set in the ground.

Malay—cf. hawa, wind [said to be Arabic]. Solomon Islands—cf. oa, wind.

Bicol—cf. hayop, hoyop, to blow.

HAUA (hauà), crippled, lame. 2. Cowardly, dastardly, without spirit. Cf. tautauà, inactive, cowardly; hauaitu, lean, wasted; listless; haumaruru, languid; hauarea, cowardly, weak.

Samoan—cf. sàua, to have a return of sickness; to be ill of an epidemic; to reach; to spread to: to over-run with fire, flood, or visitors; sàuà, cruel, oppressive, despotic; fa‘a-sauea, to be slow, deliberate.

Tahitian—cf. tauà, a coward.

Hawaiian—cf. haua, to whip, to chastise, a chastisement; haukeke, to shiver with the cold; haunahele, to flee in war.

Marquesan—cf. hauhau, evil, bad, ugly.

Tongan—haua, to wander, as one in-sane.

HAUA (myth.), the name of a deity—P. M., 220.

HAUAITU, starved with cold; pinched; the sensation of great cold: Ka hemo raua i te hauaitu.—Wohl., Trans., vii. 50. Cf. hauhau, cool; hauangi, cool; hauhunga, frost; haupapa, frost; ice. 2. Lean, wasted. Cf. aitu, sickness; hauarea, lean, weak, cowardly; haumaruru, languid; hauà, crippled; without spirit.

Paumotan—hauaitu, stupified.

Samoan—cf. sàua, to have a return of sickness; to be ill of an epidemic; sàuà, cruel, oppressive; sau, dew; àitu, a spirit; to be haunted.

Mangarevan—cf. auaitu, rags, tatters. [For full derivatives see under Hau, and Aitu.]

HAUAMA, the name of a tree (Bot. Entelea arborescens).

HAUANGI, cool. Cf. hauhau, cool; angi, breeze. [For comparatives, see Hau, and Angi.]

HAUARAHI (hauàrahi), the west wind. Cf. hau, wind; arahi, to guide; hauàuru, the west wind. [For comparatives, see Hau.]

HAUAREA, thin, lean. 2. Weak. 3. Cowardly. Cf. hauà, cowardly; hauaitu, starved with cold; lean, wasted; haumaruru, languid.

HAUATIU (hauàtiu), the north-west wind. Cf. hau, wind; atiu, the north-west wind; kotiu, the north wind; tupatiu, the north-west wind.

Samoan—cf. fa'a-tiu, a northerly wind.

Mangarevan — cf. tiu, the west wind.

Hawaiian—cf. kiu, the north-west wind.

Marquesan—cf. tiu, the north wind.

HAUAURU (hauàuru), the west wind: Hongi rawa atu ki te hauauru—P. M., 20. Cf. hau, wind; uru, the west; màuru, the north-west wind; tamauru, the south-west wind; tauru, the west wind. 2. West.

Hawaiian—cf. kaiaulu, name of a strong wind off Waianae or Oahu; puakaiaulu, the name of a wind; a light gentle breeze; a dying breeze of the trade wind.

Mangaian—cf. urutonga, the west wind.

Mangarevan—cf. uru, the south-west; the south-west wind; urupatiu, west-1/4-north.

HAUHAKE, to dig up, to take up, as a root crop: A i te wa i hauhakea ai te mara, ka kohia ko te kumara—A. H. M., i. 27. Cf. huke, to dig up, to excavate; motuhake, separated; houhou, to dig up.

HAUHAU-TE-RANGI (myth.), the name of a celebrated jade axe—P. M., 83: E rua ana toki, ko Tutauru, ko Hauhauterangi—P. M., 70. The Arawa, Tainui, and other famous canoes were hewn out with this axe, which was a part of the celebrated “fish” of Ngahue. [See Arawa, Poutini, Tutauru, &c.]

HAUHUNGA, frost: E piki ai koe nga maunga hauhunga, i runga o Tongariro—G. P., 158. Cf. hau, dew; hauhau, cool; huka, frost, snow; hauangi, cool; haupapa, frost; huka-papa, frost, &c. 2. Thin ice. Cf. hukapapa, ice; haupapa, ice. [For comparatives, see Hau, and Huka.]

HAUHUNGA (myth.), the god of sharp Cold, a son of Tawhiri-matea.—A. H. M., i. App.

HAUKOTI, an intercepting party; to intercept, cut off: haukoti i te aroaro, to obstruct. Cf. koti, to cut, to intercept; kotipu, to cut short; aukati, to stop one's way. [For comparatives, see Hau, and Koti.]

HAUKU (haukù), dew: Ka ringitia hoki nga roimata e Rangi ki runga ki a Papa-tu-a-nuku—ko ia te hauku—P. M., 12. Cf. hau, dew; haunui, dew; haurahi, dew; haurutu, dew; hautaorua, dew, &c. [For comparatives, see Hau.]

HAUMAKU (haumàkù), bedewed, wet. Cf. hau, dew; hautaku, bedewed; maku, wet, moist. [For comparatives, see Hau, and Maku.]

HAUMANU, restorative; giving health: Muri iho ko nga karakia haumanu mo nga turoro—A. H. M., i. 8. Cf. hauara, revived.

HAUMARINGIRINGI (myth.), the deities of Mists, or mists personified—P. M., 15.

HAUMAROTOROTO (myth.), Fine weather, personified as a child of Heaven (Rangi)—P. M., 15.

HAUMARURU, languid, indisposed; weak, as worn out by sickness: Ka ko te tapapa, haumaruru tonu iho—S. T., 181. Cf. hauaitu, listless; haua, without spirit, cowardly; hauarea, weak. 2. Indifferent, unconcerned. Cf. hautaruru, heedless; haurokuroku, unsettled, uncertain.

HAUMAUIUI (haumàuiui), the result of one's toil; work accomplished. Cf. mauiui, wearied.

HAUMI, a piece of wood by which the body of a canoe is lengthened; to lengthen by addition: Ki te rapa haumi hoki mo Horouta—G.-8, 27. 2. The joint by which this additional piece is fastened; to join; a connection. Cf. hau, an odd half-fathom. 3. A bond, confederacy, conspiracy: A ko nga haumi o ana Tahu nei ko nga mano o nga Anu ne nga Tao—A. H. M., i. 36.

HAUMIA (myth.), the name of a taniwha or water-monster resident at Manukau. He decoyed another taniwha named Ureia to his abode, and Ureia was then slain. Hence the proverb, “Haumia whakatere taniwha”—S. T., 77. 2. An ancestress of Paikea, the water-deity. [See Paikea.]

Hawaiian—cf. Haumia, the mother of Kekauakahi (Te Taua tahi), the war-god; Haumea, a name of Papa, the Great Mother (Earth).

HAUMIA-TIKITIKI (myth.), the deity or Lord of the (esculent) Fern-root, and of all vegetable food growing wild: as Rongo-ma-tane was Lord of the kumara (sweet potato) and all cultivated plants. Haumia was a son of Rangi and Papa, and assented to the rending apart of his parents [see Rangi]; for this he was exposed to the fury of his brother Tawhiri-matea, the Lord of Tempests, who would have slain Haumia but that he was hidden in the breast of his mother, Papa (the Earth). Haumia's brothers were Tu-matauenga, Rongo-matane, Tawhiri-matea, and Tangaroa—P. M., 7. By another legend, Haumia was the son of Tamanui-a-Rangi, who was the son of Rangi and Hekeheke-i-papa—A. H. M., i. 20.

HAUNENE, noise, uproar: Ka haere mai he hoa wahine na ka whakarongo ki te haunenc—A. H. M., ii. 10.

HAUNUI, dew. Cf. hau, dew; haukù, dew; haurahi, dew; haurutu, dow; hautaorua, dew, &c. [For comparatives, see Hau.]

HAUNGA (hàunga), besides, not: Haunga ia nga tohunga karakia e hiki ana—P. M., 157.

HAUNGA, odour; odorous, stinking: Na ka rongo te kuri ra i te haunga whenua—P. M., 119: A ka hongi ia te haunga o ona kakahu—

Ken., xxvii. 27. Cf. hau, wind; puhonga, stinking; hongi, to smell.

Samoan—sauga (sàugà), strong-smelling, pungent, rank. Cf. sau, a present of cooked food.

Tahitian—haua, scent of any kind; to emit effluvia, good or bad: Aore hoi i mau mai te haua auahi i nia ia ratou; Nor was there any smell of fire upon them. Cf. mehau, wind.

Hawaiian—hauna, strong-smelling, offensive to the smell: A e pii ae kona hauna; And his bad smell shall come up. (b.) The strong offensive smell of meat: He kai hauna ko ka palani; Strong-smelling is the soup of the palani. Hau, to swallow, to gulp down, as the smoke of tobacco; (b.) to inhale, to snuff up, as the wind; (c.) to snort, as a horse; hauhauna, strong-smelling, offensive to the smell; hoo-hauna, to deceive, entice; (b.) to clasp around; (c.) to seize with the hands, as something difficult to hold; (d.) to stuff the vagina- of a woman in order to procure abortion. Cf. haumia, contagion, ceremonial un-cleanness from contact or contiguity with dead bodies; unclean, impure; haukai, filthiness; haunama, an offensive smell, but less than hauna; honi, to smell; honohono, bad-smelling; waihauna, water offensive to the smell.

Tongan—cf. hohogo, smelling like urine; hogo, the bladder of small animals.

Mangaian—aunga, perfumed, smelling; odour: Kua vaia i te aunga puariri paoa no taua tae ra; I perceive the rich perfume from the dress of that fool.

Marquesan—cf. hono-hono, bad-smelling, as of urine.

Mangarevan—cf. hogohogo, a bad smell.

Paumotan—hauga, odour. Cf. hogohogo, offensive in smell.

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy—cf. fofona, smell, savour.

HAU-NGANGANA (myth. “Blustering Wind”), one of the powers of the Air. He was son of Hau-tuia (“Piercing, Wind”), and a descendant of Te Mangu (Erebus), through Rangi-potiki —S. R., 13.

HAUNGAROA (myth.), the daughter of Manaia and Kuiwai. She was the messenger of her mother to inform her uncle Ngatoro of the “curse of Manaia” — P. M., 102. [See Manaia (1).]

HAUORA, revived. Cf. ora, life, health; hau' wind; eager, brisk; hauhau, cool.

Whaka-HAUORA, to revive, refresh.

Samoan—fauola, to calculate on long life. [For other comparatives, see Hau, and Ora.]

HAUORA (myth.), the 17th of the Ages (counting upwards from the Void) of the existence of the Universe—A. H. M., i. App. [See names of the Time-Spaces under Kore.] 2. The fourth (upwards) of the ten Heavens. The Water of Life (Te Wai-ora-o-Tane) was in this Heaven. From hence the human soul was sent into a child when it was born. Tawhaki was Lord of the Hauora heaven—A. H. M., i. App. [See Rangi.]

HAUPAPA, frost, ice. Cf. hau, dew, moisture; papa, to lie flat; to be thrown down; the earth; hauaitu, starved with cold; hauhunga, frost. [For comparatives, see Hau.]

HAUPAPA, to ambush; to lie in wait for. Cf. papa, flat; to lie flat; haukoti, to intercept; kupapa, to go stealthily.

HAUPONGI, an eddy wind. Cf. hau, wind; pokipoki, an eddy wind. [For comparatives, see Hau.]

HAUPU (haupù), a heap; to lie in a heap; to place in a heap: Ka hanga e ratou tetahi ngohi-moana, he mea haupu—G.-8, 19. Cf. hapu, pregnant; pu, a heap; puke, a hill. [See Samoan.]

HAUPURANGA, a heap. (Cf. puranga, a heap ?)

Samoan—cf. faupu‘e, to be heaped up.

Hawaiian—cf. haupu, to excite; stir up; the sudden excitement of the affections; haupuu, any hard bunch or protuberance on the joints of limbs; swollen.

HAURA, an invalid.

Samoan—cf. saua, to have a return of sickness; saulala, oppressive, cruel.

HAURAHI, dew. Cf. hau, dew; haunui, dew; haukù, dew; haurutu, dew, &c.

Moriori—cf. haurangi, dew. [For other comparatives, see Hau.]

HAURAKIRAKI (the South Island dialect for haurangi), mad, foolish, wicked: Atua haurakiraki, waiho te mate mo Hapopo—A. H. M., iii. 9. Cf. haraki, preposterous, extravagant.

HAURANGI, mad: A ka haurangi koe ki nga mea e kitea ana e o kanohi e kite ai koe—Tiu., xxviii. 34. Cf. arangi, unsettled; haraki, preposterous; harangi, foolish; wairangi, demented, foolish. 2. Drunken: A ka inumia e ia te waina a ka haurangi—Ken., ix. 21. 3. Enraged; wild with anger: He oi ano, ka haurangi te wahine nei, ka riri ki tana teina— P. M., 137.

Hawaiian—haulani, to root, as a hog; to plunge, as a canoe; (b.) to be restless in one's grasp; to be uneasy; seeking freedom from restraint; restive. Cf. hau, a kind of dance used for lascivious purposes, accompanied by singing; hauhili, diverging from the right path; blundering, false; haukau, a chopping sea.

Marquesan—horai, a fool, idiot.

HAURARO, low down. Cf. raro, beneath, under; tipihauraro, to exterminate (tipi, to pare off); whawhau, to tie [see Samoan]. 2. The north: Ka rikoriko mai te mata o Puaka i te hauraro, he tohu tau pai—A. H. M., i. 45. Cf. raro, north; hauauru, west; west wind.

Samoan—ct. faulalo, the lowest fau (beams) in a house; to fasten on the outrigger so that the canoe may lie flat on the water; to demean oneself; to humble oneself; fau, to tie together; lalo, below, down, under.

Hawaiian—cf. halalo, to take hold of with the arms under; to drop the head downwards; lalo, down, low.

Tahitian—cf. fafauraro, to go about stirring up mischief or sedition; raro, below, under; the west; raroraroae, of low extraction.

Tongan—cf. faulalo, a string of bark used in making Native cloth; lalo, below, down.

HAURAROTUIA (myth.), a name of the canoe of Maui. [See Maui.]

HAUROKUROKU, unsettled.

HAURUTU, dew. Cf. hau, dew; haukù, dew; haunui, dew; haurahi, dew; hautaku, bedewed; haupapa, frost. [For comparatives, see Hau.]

HAUTA (hautà), one who beats time for the pullers in a canoe. Cf. hau, eager, brisk; whakahau, to animate, give orders; ta, to strike. [For comparatives, see Hau, and Ta.]

HAUTAI, sponge. Cf. tai, the sea; hau, moisture.

HAUTAKU (hautakù) bedewed, wet. Cf. hau, moisture, dew; haumàkù, bedewed, wet; haunui, dew, &c. [For comparatives, see Hau.]

HAUTAORUA, dew. Cf. hau, dew; haukù, dew; haunui, dew; haurutu, dew; &c. [For comparatives, see Hau.]

HAU-TE-ANA-NUI-A-TANGAROA, the name of the carved Native house now in the Museum at Christchurch, New Zealand. It was built by Honu-tu-amo—A. H. M., ii. 163. [For particulars of other carved houses, see Ruapupuke, Hinganga-Roa, &c.]

HAUTETE, to talk rapidly and indistinctly, to jabber. Cf. ngatete, to crackle; whaka-tete, to quarrel with; hauhau, cool.

Hawaiian—haukeke, to shiver with the cold; to be in pain with cold; to be in pain: Ka haukeke o kona mau iwi; the pain of his many bones. Cf. haukeuke, to shiver much and intensely with the cold; haukea, the white snow.

HAUTOPE, to out asunder: Ka hautopea atutena wairua i roto i tona iwi—Ken., xvii. 14. Cf. hahau, to hew, chop; tope, to cut, to cut off; hatepe, to cut asunder; tipi, to pare off. [For comparatives, see Hau, and Tope.]

HAUTU (hautà), one who marks time for the paddlers in a canoe. Cf. whaka-hau, to inspirit, command; tu, to stand; hautà, one who beats time in a canoe. [For comparatives, see Hau.]

HAUTUMU, a head wind. Cf. tumu, contrary; hau, wind. [For comparatives, see Hau.]

HAUTUIA (myth.), the father of Hau-ngangana and son of Paroro-tea (“White Seud”)—S. R. 13.

HAUTURE, the name of a fish, the Scad or Horse Mackerel (Ich. Caranx trachurus).

HAUWARE, saliva. Cf. hau, moisture; ware, spittle; exudation from trees; haware, saliva; huare, saliva; huware, spittle; whawhau, to tie [see Samoan].

Samoan —cf. faua, spittle, saliva; fauà, to drivel; vale, snail-slime; slime from the fau tree [see Whawhau]; phlegm, mucus. [For other comparatives, see Ware.]

HAUWERE, hanging down, pendulous. Cf. were, to hang, to be suspended; pungawerewere, the spider. [For comparatives, see Whawhau, and Were.]

HAUWHENUA, the land-breeze: E pupuhi ke ana te hauwhenua iara—G. P., 190. Cf. hau, wind; whenua, land. [For comparatives, see Hau, and Whknua.]

HAUWHENUA (myth.), the land-breeze personfied as an Air-deity. A child of Rangi and Papa—P. M., 15.

HAWA, chipped, broken, notched. Cf. hau, an angle, corner; to strike, smite; wa, space between two objects; heuea, to be separated; awa, a channel.

HAWAHAWA, to be smeared. Of. haware, saliva; tahawahawa, to be defiled by contact with something tapu.

Samoan—sava, to be daubed with filth; filth, ordure.

Tahitian—hava, dirty, filthy; defiled; havahava, filthy; having been repeatedly befouled, as an infant. Cf. tahavahava, to befoul.

Hawaiian—hawa, to be daubed with excrement; to be defiled; to be in a pitiable state; hawahawa, filthy, dirty, especially with such dirt as sticks to one.

Marquesan—hava, dirty, fouled.

HAWA, HAWAHAWA, the ventral fin of a fish. Cf. pakihawa, the throat fin of a fish. 2. The fins of a fish.

HAWAI, fungus on trees. 2. The name of a fish, the black kokopu (Galaxias), found in Lake Taupo.

HAWAHAWAI, hillocks in which weeds are buried, and afterwards planted with potatoes.

HAWAIKI (myth.), the cradle-land of the Maori (Polynesian) race. This would appear to be the impression produced by tradition, since no record appears of any older dwelling-place. Nevertheless, Hawaiki may have been the name of some place in which the migrating tribes rested for many generations; or it may be the name of several places, the newer named in memory of the older. The locality of Hawaiki has caused much discussion; but the evidence is so misty, and in many ways so conflicting, that the question is still open. The traditions vary in the different islands as to the way in which Hawaiki is regarded. Sometimes it is (as in New Zealand) an actual place: the names of its people, their wars, loves, works, &c., told of with great wealth of legendary detail. In other islands (as in the Hervey and the Marquesan Islands), either the geographical existence has faded into a mere poetical dream of Spirit-land, or it has become the veritable Hades, the shadowy Under-world of death, and even of extinction.

New Zealand. — There is no detailed account of the land itself, and our knowledge has to be gleaned from incidental remarks in legends concerning the lives of the ancestral heroes. The Maori race living in Hawaiki seem to have had nearly the same ceremonies, weapons, customs, and dispositions as the Natives dwelling in these islands at the time of their discovery by Cook. It would appear, from the conclusion of the Maui legend, that Maui dwelt in Hawaiki (P. M., 35); yet the land he pulled up from the ocean (Aotea-roa) is New Zealand, or rather its North Island, Te-Ika-a-Maui, (“The fish of Maui”). The great temple (Wharekura) was in Hawaiki, and accounts are given of those who attended it, and the reason of its overthrow. The word “wharekura, however, is so constantly used as to other wharekura, in New Zealand as to be confusing. The great double canoes used in the voyage to New Zealand were built in Rarotonga, “which lies on the other side of Hawaiki,” but it appears doubtful if the name applies to the island we know as Rarotonga in the Hervey Group. [See Rarotonga.] It is stated that Ngahue discovered New Zealand when flying with his axes of jade, (greenstone, nephrite,) before Hine-tu-a-hoanga and her weapons of obsidian: then he returned to Hawaiki. the Arawa canoe was built from a totara tree, a tree indigenous to New Zealand, and not found in Rarotonga (Hervey Islands); so, too, the poporo trees, which caused the dissensions in Hawaiki (leading to war and the migration) are peculiarly New Zealand trees. The birds brought in the canoes, the pukeko, kakariki, &c., are New Zealand species of birds. This would seem to discredit the evidence of the traditions, so far as detail goes. The time occupied in transit and incidents encountered should be some guide to us, but we are again met with improbabilities. Turi's voyage in the Aotea appears to have occupied some time; they met storms, and put into an island named Rangitahua, where they refitted and again set out. This island cannot now be identified. The Arawa canoe was nearly destroyed in an immense whirlpool (Te waha o Parata), which is perhaps purely mythological. Ngatoro went back to Hawaiki, when “the wind of Pungawere” was blowing, in seven days and nights. But other legends say that canoes went to Hawaiki and brought the kumara to New Zealand in one night. Some writers consider that Savaii, in the Samoan Group, is the original Hawaiki, guided by the similiarity of name (Savaiki). Others, for a similar reason, believe that the island of Hawaii (Sandwich Islands), is Hawaiki. The inhabitants of those islands themselves, however, believe in another Hawaiki, neither in Samoa nor Hawaii. The subject is ably dealt with by Mr. Colenso, F.R.S., in “Trans. N.Z. Inst.,” vol. i. 396 et seq. A theory held by M. Lesson (“Les Polynésienes”) is that the Middle Island of New Zealand was the original Hawaiki; but this theory has, I believe, no supporters of any mark. The Asiatic origin of the Polynesians has been considered probable by Messrs. De Guignes, De Bougainville, Count de Gebelin, Cook, La Perouse, Marsden, Molina, De Fleurien, Chamisso, Raffles, Crawfurd, Bory St. Vincent, Balbi, Lütke, Beechey, Dumont d'Urville, De Rienzi, Dieffenbach, Horatio Hale, Gaussin, De Bovis, Fornander, De Quatrefages, and other eminent anthropologists. In support of this theory, the Native tradition avers distinctly that the sailing directions from Hawaiki for New Zealand were to steer for the “rising sun”—P. M., 134. On the other hand, another legend states that to those dwelling in New Zealand, Hawaiki was “where the red sun comes up” — A. H. M., iii. 108. Throughout the South Sea Islands, the general notion is that Hawaiki is in the west; and souls going to Hawaiki as the Spirit-land always pass to a Rerenga wairua (spirit's leap) on the westernmost point of the islands. In New Zealand, the spirit's leap is at the most northern part of the North Island. [See Reinga.] The canoes, according to many legends, seemed to be able to sail backwards and forwards to Hawaiki when they pleased, and with little danger. [See Hiti.] The different arguments are too voluminous to be treated at length in the present work. This place called Hawaiki was undoubtedly considered to exist in the spiritual sense also, by New Zealanders as by Eastern Polynesians. In the legend of Rangiwhaka-oma, we find that “the boy went quickly below to the Lower - world (Reinga) to observe and look about at the steep cliffs of Hawaiki”—A. H. M., iii. 129. It is also stated that Hawaiki-roa was the land fished up by Maui—A. H. M., v. 3. Hawaii.—The Hawaiian name of Hawaiki (the dialect drops k) is Hawaii, or at full length, Hawaiikua-uli-kai-oo, which in Maori letters (abbreviated to M.L.) is Hawaiki-tua-uri-tai-koko. It was situated in Kahiki-ku (M.L. = Tawhiti-tu). meaning Eastern Tahiti or Tawhiti. [Note.—This word has given rise to great confusion in Polynesian literature, the words Tahiti, Hiti, Iti, Kahiki being supposed invariably to refer to the Island of Tahiti (properly Tahaiti), but now known either to be the corresponding word to the Maori tawhiti, “distance,” or else referring to whiti or hiti, “eastern,” “sun-rising.” In Hawaii, the word Kahiki (M.L. tawhiti) includes every group in the Pacific, from the Malay Archipelago to Easter Island.] This Kahiki-ku, in which Hawaiki was situated, was on the large continent to the east of Kalana-i-Hau-ola (M.L. Taranga-i-Hau-ora), where mankind was first created. [See Taranga, Hauora, Kore, and Tiki.] It was also called Kapakapa-ua-a-Kane (M.L. Tapatapa-kua-a-Tane)in a very ancient hymn. Other names are Aina-huna-a-Kane (M.L. Kainga-huna-a-Tane), “The hidden land of Tane”; also, Aina-wai-akua-o-Kane (M.L. Kainga-wai-atua-o-Tane), and Aina-wai-ola-a-Kane (M.L. Kainga-wai-ora-a-Tane), “Land of the Divine Water of Tane.” [See Tane.] This country, as Pali-uli (M.L. Pari-uri), “The dark mountain,” is described as Paradise. This paradise it seems possible that a man can again reach. The tradition says: “It was a sacred land: a man must be righteous to attain to it; if faulty, he cannot go there; if he prefers his family, he will not enter into Paliuli.” An ancient hymn says:—

“Oh, Pariuri, hidden land of Tane; Land in Taranga-i-Hau-ora; In Tawhiti-tu, in Tapatapa-ua-a-Tane; Land with springs of water, fat and moist, Land greatly enjoyed by the God.”

The traditions of this paradise have singular resemblance to the ancient legends of Eden. In the midst of Paliuli were the beautiful waters of life, transparent and clear [see Waiora]; and from hence were driven forth the Hawaiian Adam, Kumu-honua (M.L. = Tumu-whenua) [see Tuputupu-Whenua], and his wife, Ola-ku-honua (M.L. Ora-tu-whenua). This pair were supposed to be exiled on account of their having done some evil, not plainly stated, but connected with the sacred appletree (Ohia melemele), or the “tabued breadfruit tree,” Ulu-kapu-a-Kane (M.L. Uru-tapu-a-Tane); and the man is often alluded to afterwards as “the fallen chief,” “the mourner,” “he who fell on account of the tree.” &c. Allusions are also made to the moopelo (M.L. mokopero), some kind of lizard or reptile, as a lying animal, and a chant speaks of it under the name of the Ilioha—

“The Ilioha, the mischief-maker, stands in the land. He has caught the chief Ko-honua,” &c.

Then follows the man's new names: “Fallen,” “Tree-eater,” “Mourner,” “repenting,” &c. These songs and allusions are far more ancient than the visit of any European. In one of the Hawaiian genealogies, that of Kumu-uli-po (M.L. Tumu-uri-Po), the first person on earth is supposed to have been a woman, Lailai, who was evolved from Night (Po). She and her husband, Ke-alii-wahi-lani (M.L. Te Arikiwahi-rangi), were the parents of Kahiko (M.L. Tawhito), the father of Wakea (Atea). [See Tawhito, and Atea.] A great chief, whose name was Hawaii-loa (M.L. Hawaiki-roa), or Ke Kowa-i-Hawaii (M.L. Te Toa-i-Hawaiki ?), sailing east towards Iao (Jupiter, when morning star), first discovered Hawaii, and then returned to fetch his wife and family, which having succeeded in doing, his progeny peopled the Sandwich Islands. The Hawaiian, like the New Zealand navigators, seem to have been able to go to and from Hawaiki when they pleased. [See Fornander, v. 1.] As the Marquesans claim descent from one of the twelve sons of Toho, so the Hawaiians are descended, according to the legend of Kumuhonua, from one of the twelve sons of Kinilaua-mano (M.L. Tinirau-a-mano), whose father was Menehune, the son of Lua-Nuu (M.L. Ruanuku). [See Ruanuku, and Tinirau.] Marquesas.—The Marquesans are the only Maoris who have kept the record of a national name. This they say is “Te Take.” They claim that the god Tane, one of the twelve sons of Toho, was their original ancestor. His home was in Take-hee-hee, or Ahee-take (M.L. Take-herehere, or Ahere-take.) They mention seventeen stopping-places, one of which was Vavau (? Vavau, near Tonga) [see Wawau], before they reached Ao-maama (M.L. Ao-marama), “the White World,” their present abode. Perhaps this name, like the New Zealand name. Ao-tea, having a similar meaning, is a reference to the land pulled up from the Abyss by Maui. The Marquesans mention a Tree of Life in their Paradise:—

“The tree of life, firm rooted in heaven above,

The tree producing in all the heavens

The bright and sprightly sons.”

But this, which may be a mystical tree, cannot he referred to in the incantation used at human sacrifices, when there was intention of “the red apples eaten in Vavau,” and “the tabued apples of Atea,” as being the cause of all evil and misfortune. “From Vavau to Havaii” is the earthly boundary. Havaiki, in the Marquesas, is “below,” a world of death and fire. Thither went Maui to get the gift of fire for man from the fire-goddess [see Tregear, Trans., xx. 385]; and the name is used in modern times as an equivalent to “Hell.” Havaii is spoken of in the Marquesan legend of the Daluge as the first land appearing after the Flood: “Great mountain ridges, ridges of Havaii.” Mangareva, and the Gambler Islands.—Here Avaiki has taken to itself almost entirely the spiritual character. It signifies (1.) an abyss; (2.) Hell; (3.) antipodes; and (4.) the name of a place mentioned in ancient song, and now conjectured to mean Hawaii in the Sandwich Islands. It is also called Havahiki, a word which (recognising the full value of Polynesian phonetics) may be the really original and perfect form: Ki te nuku ke, ki Raro, i Havahiki; To the other world, the Under(-world), Havahiki. Mangaia, and the Hervey Islands.—Avaiki has her lost all apparent geographical value. It is entirely the Spirit-world, the Under-world, where the sun goes to rest at night, and whither the souls of the dead depart. [As an entirely mythical place, it is more fully described under Kore.] In Avaiki, the great pua tree (Fagræa berteriana) stands beside the lake Vai-roto-Ariki, “the Royal Freshwater Lake.” On this tree the spirits of those who die are received; thence they fall into the fatal net of Akanga, and then pass into the fire of Miru [see Miru]; that is, the souls of the mean and cowardly so fall—M.S., 161. In Aitutaki, the heaven of souls is called Iva. There the spirits (of those who have been buried with proper funeral offerings) lie evermore at ease, chewing sugar-cane, &c. Tonga.—We have no record of Hawaiki, either as a supernatural or historical locality, among the Friendly Islanders. A place called Bulotu receives the souls of the Tongan chiefs; and it was from this place, an island lying to the north-westward, that their ancestore came, they being two brothers, who, with their wives and attendants, left Bulotu by order of the god Tangaloa. This ancestral home is the dwelling of the gods. In it stands Akaulea (“the Speaking Tree”), which executes the orders of the divinities, and stands near the Water of Life, the Vaiola. [See Kore, and Waiora.], As only the nobles have souls, they alone pass to Bulotu, to what has been aptly called “a Paradise of the Peerage.” The petty chiefs, the Matabule, go to Bulotu, as servants of the chiefs; the common people, or Tua, cease to exist with the death of the body. [See Purotu.]

HAWAIKI (myth.), the Ancestral Land personified. Hawaiki was a child of Papa (the Earth), by Whiwhia-te-rangi-ora. She had a sister called Wawauatea—A. H. M., i. App. [See Wawau.] In Hawaii there was a great navigator called “Hawaii”: “Here is Hawaii, the island, the man”; and “A man is Hawaii” (He kanaka Hawaii). This allusion is perhaps to the Hawaii-loa, spoken of in preceding description as the discoverer of Hawaii.

HAWARE (hàware), saliva. Cf. ware, saliva; hauware, saliva; huare, saliva; huware, saliva. 2. To groan.

HAWAREWARE, full of saliva. [For comparatives, see Ware, and Hauware.]

HAWAREWARE (hàwareware), lean, spare in body. Cf. ware, mean in social position; whare, a house. [See Hawaiian.]

Hawaiian—hahale, to flatten down; to sink in; (b.) to be hungry; halehale, to sink down; to fall in; to flatten down, as the roof of an old house. Cf. hale, a house; hahale, lying, deceitful; hawale, lying, deceitful; walewale, destitution.

Tongan—cf. vale, a fool, ignorant; valevale, young, tender, applied to infants.

Mangarevan—cf. varevare, to be awkward.

HAWATA (hàwata), to mutter.

HAWE, the name of a bird having some long skeleton feathers, very highly prized by the Natives. It is only found near the North Cape. Cf. awe, the long hairs on a dog's tail.

Whaka-HAWEA, to despise; E whakahaweatia ana e Ehau tona matamutanga—Ken., xxv. 34. 2. To disbelieve.

HAWEPOTIKI (myth.), the name of a boy, the son of Uenuku, the high priest in Hawaiki. Hawepotiki was killed in revenge for a murder committed by his father; and this led to the trouble by which Turi was driven out in the Aotea canoe to New Zealand—P. M., 126.

HAWERA (hàwera), a place where the fern or bush has been destroyed by fire. Cf. wera, burnt; tawera, a burnt place in a wood; parawera, land where the fern has been burnt off. [For comparatives see Wera.]

HAWERE (hàwere), a variety of the kumara (sweet potato). 2. A fruitful year.

HAWINIWINI (hàwiniwini), to shiver with cold; to shudder. Cf. winiwini, to shudder; huwiniwini, chilled, having the skin roughened with cold.

HAWHATO (Cordiceps robertsii,) a genus of Ascomycetous fungi, which attacks the caterpillar of the Ghost Moth (Hepialus). [For comparatives see Awhato.]

HAWHE, to go or come round. Cf. awhe, to pass round or behind; awheo, to be surrounded with a halo; taawhi, to be travelled all round; takaawhe, circuitous. [See Whawhe.]

Samoan — cf. safe, pannus menstrualis.

Tongan—cf. afe, to turn in at, as into a house when on a journey; afeafei, to coil round the body; hafe, to carry suspended by a string from the neck or shoulder; afeafetata, to turn short, to turn and go again; afeitui, a serpentine path.

Ext. Poly.: Aneityum—cf. afwe, to whirl round the head.

HE, a, an; a word used as an indefinite article, sometimes used in the plural: He aitua hau, he aitua ua—A. H. M., ii. 4: Tikina he ahi i a Mahuika—P. M., 25.

Samoan—se, a, or an: Se ipu vai malulu: a cup of cold water.

Tahitian—e, indefinite article: E ua to ihora oia e fanua atura e tamaiti; And she brought forth a son.

Hawaiian—he, a, or an: Aohe alii au, he kanaka nae; I am not a chief, but I am a man.

Tongan—ha, a: Ha tagata lelei mo boto; A man good and wise. Cf. he, the.

Rarotongan—e, a, or an: E atamoa kua akatina ki runga i te enua nei; A ladder set upright on the ground.

Marquesan—he, (sometimes e,) a, or an; Hakahaka he hae ma eia; Build a house upon it.

Mangarevan—e, a, an, or the: Homai ta te tupuna kia na e turuturu mana; His grandfather gave him a staff of power.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. a, an article, as a tamata, a man.

HE (hè), wrong; unjust; unfair; improper; an error, mistake: Ka noho tonu ki te arai atu i te he—M. M., 32. Cf. takahe, to go wrong; hewa, to be deluded; pohehe, mistaken; whe, a caterpillar [see Tahitian]; ke, strange. 2. A difficulty, trouble; to be in trouble. 3. To be acquainted with. 4. Suffocated (I he te manawa).

HEHE (hèhè), gone astray. 2. Consternation (one auth.).

HENGIA (passive), to be mistaken for another.

Whaka-HE, to mislead, to cause to err. 2. To find fault with; to condemn; to object to, to speak against. 3. To commit some act which will bring down vengeance on one's own tribe, as a means of revenge for an insult offered by one of the tribe. 4. A mistake, an error: Me whakatika ata nga whakahe—A. H. M., ii. 3.

Samoan—se, to wander; (b.) to mistake; sese, to wander; (b.) to mistake; (c.) to do evil, to do wrong, applied to such sins as adultery, &c.; (d.) to be nearly blind; fa'a-sese, to mislead; (b.) to bring the head of a canoe to the wind, so as to leave the sail flapping.

Tahitian — he, an error, a mistake; wrong, erroneous; (b.) a caterpillar. [Note.—This is Maori whe, a caterpillar. The Tahitian has hape, error, and he, error; but hape also means a caterpillar: see Hape.] Hehe, shy, strange, alienated; faa-he, to condemn, to accuse of error; (b.) to lead astray, to cause error; faahehe, to cause an alienation between friends; strange, distant. Cf. hepo, to be in confusion.

Hawaiian—cf. he. a grave; a dividing line between lands; the name of the little worm that eats the leaves of the cocoanut and palmleaf pandanus; to roar as a strong wind, such as roars down ravines; the name of a war weapon; hewa, wrong, erroneous.

Tongan—he, astray; lost; to err, deviate; hehe, to stray, to miss the way, to wander; faka-he, to mislead, to misdirect; one who leads others astray; faka-hehe, to drive away, as birds. Cf. hehee, to drive away; feheaki, to go astray on both sides.

Marquesan—cf. hehe, one who is not tattooed properly; hekeke, to mistake the road.

Rarotongan—e, to err, to go astray; an error, mistake: E kua e kotou ra; If you have done wrong: Kua e teia; It was an error.

Mangarevan—ehe (for hehe). to stray, go wrong; an error, mistake; hee, to wander, to lose one's way; (b.) to have lost one's reason; to be delirious; hehe, as hee; aka-aheahe, to cause to stumble.

Paumotan—he, crooked, awry; hehe, crooked, irregular; faka-he, to mislead; (b.) to deny; to abjure; faka-hehe, to be crazy, mad; (b.) to refute, to confute; (c.) to bend, to warp; (d.) deceit, fraud, perfidiousness.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. sese, wandering about; astray; in error.

HEA, a multitude, majority.

HEA, “What place?” E haere ana koe ki hea ?—P.M., 51. 2. “What time?” Cf. ahea, “when?” tehea, “which?”

HEAHEA, every place. [For comparatives, see Whea.]

HEAHEA, foolish, silly.

HEANGA, error, a mistake. [See He.]

HEI, a neck ornament; to wear round the neck: Katahi ka mahara a Te Kanawa ki tona hei—P. M., 176. Cf. heitiki, a neck-ornament of jade; whitiki, to tie up; a girdle; whiwhi, to be entangled [see Tahitian]; hi, to fish with a line; whai, to pursue [see Mangarevan]; whai, “cat's cradle” [see Hawaiian]; tihei, to carry a burden on the back, holding it in place with the hands [see Hawaiian]. 2. Samples of what has been prepared for a feast, presented as an act of courtesy.

Samoan—sei, to put a flower into the hair, or behind the ear; a flower so placed; seisei, to adorn the head with flowers; fa'a-sei, to adorn with flowers.

Tahitian—hei, a wreath or garland of flowers; (b.) to entangle and catch in a net; heihei, a garland of flowers; (b.) to entangle repeatedly; faa-hei, to put a garland on the head; (b.) to catch fish in a net; (c.) to get or obtain some good or benefit. Cf. atohei, to pluck and gather flowers for a hei or garland; heiomii, to be entangled, as fish by the heads; heipue, gathered, congregated, as people; heipuni, to be entangled, beset on every side; to be in the midst of difficulties; tahei, a handkerchief or upper garment; to cast a net for fish.

Hawaiian—hei, a net, a snare for entangling and taking an animal; to entangle as in a net (applied to men): A hei iho ia lakou i kana upena; They catch them in their net: To catch or entangle one by the neck or legs; (b.) a draught of fishes; game taken in hunting; (c.) the game of “cat's cradle;” (d.) the ceremony of hanging greenery about the house of the gods, to render the sacrifices acceptable; (e.) a wreath of green leaves; (f.) the fruit of the pawpaw tree; (g.) the pawpaw tree (also called mili); heihei, to run as in a race, to run a race; hehei, to entangle in a net, as fish, or birds in a snare; hoo-hei, to set a snare; (b.) to be entangled in a snare. Cf. heiau, a large idolatrous temple; heiheiwaa, a canoe-race; kahei, a belt; a sack passing over the shoulder; a cloth for preserving goods; kihei, the garment formerly worn by Hawaiian men, tied in a knot on the shoulder.

Marquesan—hei, a collar, a necklace; (b.) to adorn, embellish; (c.) to entangle: A Mutuhei ua hei ma una; Mutuhei was entwined above. Cf. itiki, to tie, bind.

Mangarevan—heihei, to chase, to drive off, to exile. Cf. eiei, a kind of common fern or bracken.

Paumotan—faka-hei, to take captive, (takahei haokai,) to enslave. Cf. hitiki, a girdle. Ext. Poly:

Fiji — cf. se, to flower; se-na, a flower; se-va, to pluck flowers; sevaki, driven away.

HEI (myth.), a chief who came to New Zealand in the Arawa canoe. [See Arawa.] He settled at Whitianga, and was buried at the extremity of the promontory (O-a-hei)—S. R., 51.

HEIHEI, noise. 2. The barn-door fowl (modern?)

Hawaiian—cf. hoo-heihei, a drum; to sound or strike the drum; hehe, to laugh, mock; hehei, to be ensnared.

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy—cf. hehy, the scratching of the ground, as poultry, &c.

Malay—cf. hayan, a fowl; hayan-kukuh, a cock.

Whaka-HEI, to go to meet. Cf. heipù, coming straight towards. 2. To inspirit, to rally.

HEINGA, a parent; ancestor.

HEIO, the ridge of a hill.

HEIPU (heipù), coming straight towards. Cf. whaka-hei, to go to meet; pu, precise, very. 2. Just, proper.

HEITIKI, an ornament of jade, shaped like a distorted human figure, worn on a necklet: I te heitiki etehi, i te. kurupounamu etehi—P. M., 70. Cf. hei, to wear round the neck; tiki, a carved figure on the gable of a house; the name of a deity (see Tiki]; tikitiki, a girdle; a knot of hair on the top of the head; whitiki, a girdle; to gird; whiti, a hoop; whiwhi, to entangle, &c. (as hei). [For comparatives, see Hei, and Tiki.]

HEKA, mouldy. Cf. puruhekaheka, mouldy.

Mangarevan—eka, mouldy, mouldiness.

Paumotan—hekaheka, discoloured.

Tongan—cf. heheka, to heal, to fill or close up, as a wound.

Tahitian—cf. hea, a disease of children (thrush), but vaguely used for many internal disorders; heatautete, jaundice, &c.

Hawaiian—cf. hea, sore eyes, red and inflamed; heahea, to imprint with spots; stained, as with red earth; heana, a corpse, a carcass.

HEKE, to descend: Heke nei, heke nei te waka ra—a—ka ngaro te ihu—P. M., 74. Cf. eke, to ascend, mount upon; paheke, to slip; taheke, to descend; taiheke, to descend. 2. To ebb. 3. To drip. Cf. paheke, to have a running issue. 4. To migrate; one who migrates; a migration: E ki nga korero o te heke o Paikea —G.-8, 17; Ka heke atu he whenua ke—P. M., 70. Cf. eke, to go on board a vessel, get on a horse, &c. 5. To decline towards setting, as the sun: Nana, kua heke te ra, kua ahiahì—Kai., xix. 9. 6. To miss a mark. Cf. hiki, to skip, miss, as a word in a charm. 7. To slope downwards: Takoto ana he raorao, heke ana he awaawa—P. M., 25. 8. A rafter: Te tahuhu, nga heke, nga kaho—G. P., 394. 9. A kind of eel.

HEKEHEKE, to descend, decline: Moku ano enei ra, mo te ra ka hekeheke—Prov.: Kapua hekeheke iho i runga o Rehia—A. H. M., ii. 3.

HEKETANGA, the descent of a hill.

HEKENGA, a migration. 2. A descent: E rua ano hekenga o te aho—P. M., 23.

Whaka-HEKE, to cause to descend, &c.; to let down: Ka whakahekea ki te moana nga aho—M. M., 184. 2. A rope. 3. To catch eels by means of a net attached to a weir.

Whaka-HEKEHEKE, striped: Nga mea whakahekeheke, me nga mea purepure—Ken., xxx. 35.

Samoan—se'e, to slip, to slide, to glide along; (b.) to be dislocated, as a joint; (c.) to beg for food; se'ese'e, to drag oneself along, sitting on the ground; fa'a-se'e, to glide on the breakers by means of a board, or the stem of a cocoanut leaf, when there is a swell on the reef or on the shore; (b.) a small shed built against the side of a house; (c.) aside, sideways; se'ega, a party gliding on the waves. Cf. sè, to wander; mase‘ese‘e, slippery.

Tahitian—hee, to be in a discharged or banished condition, as of one turned out of his place; (b.) to be swimming in the surf, a favourite pastime; faa-hee, to remove or leave through some offence or displeasure; (b.) to float or swim on a surf-board; (c.) to cause an evacuation of the body by means of a purgative. Cf. atuhee, a stranger, foreigner; tahee, to be purging; heeauru, to swim on the top of a rolling sea; heepue, to sail before the wind; aheehee, to ebb, as the sea; pahee, to slip or slide, as the foot; to ebb, as the sea; ee, to mount a horse; to get on board a canoe.

Hawaiian—hee, to melt or run, as liquid; to flow, as blood or water; a flowing, as of liquid; (b.) to slip or slide away; to play on the surf-board; O Alalea, o hee! Oh Alalea, glide away! (c.) A flight, as of a vanquished army; to flee, through fear. O ka poe i hee; The vanquished flying people. (d.) A bloody issue, as catamenia: He wahine hee koko; A woman with an issue of blood. (e.) A land- slip: Mehe hee nui no kuahiwi; Like a great landslip from the hills. (f.) The rope that supports the mast; a stay; hehee, to melt, as metals; to liquefy any solid substance; liquid, thin, flowing; to flow; to soften, as the heart; to make fearful: E hehee auanei ka poe; The inhabitants shall melt away. Hehehee, to fade, as the colours of calico; heehee, to flow or melt away; to become liquid; (b.) to flee in battle; (c.) to dip up water with a cup; (d.) an avalanche, a landslip; hoo-hee, to cause to melt; (b.) to cause to flee, to rout, as an army; hoo-hehee, to melt, to liquefy; hoo-heehee, to make angry, to vex; to be wild. Cf. ee, to get on board ship; heehia, to tremble with fear; heeholua, a machine something like a sled, on which the ancient Hawaiians slid downhill; heekoko, a flowing of blood, especially the eatamenia or menses; heenalu, to slide or play on the surfboard; heewale, to melt easily; to flee like a coward in the time of war; kuihee, to doubt, hesitate; paheehee, slippery, muddy, as a road; poheeua, to slip or fall down a steep precipice on account of a great rain.

Tongan — heke, to move on the posteriors; hekea, to slide, to slip; heheke, smooth, slipery; (b.) to slide or skim over the surface; (c.) to be beguiled or deceived; hekeheke, slippery, smooth; faka-heke, to cause others to slip and fall; (b.) to flatter, to beguile; addicted to flattery; (c.) to ward off. Cf. hekeatuu, to slide, to slip; hekenoa, to go; to be where one has no business; fehehekeaki, to glide to and fro, as a bird flying, or a canoe sailing to and fro in smooth water; to dance along.

Mangaian—eke, to descend: Kua veevee te po, ka eke atu ai, e; Night is at hand, whither thou must descend.

Marquesan—heke, to go by the sea-coast; hee, to go, to set out on a journey; heehee, to peel breadfruit.

Mangarevan—heke, to fall down; to fall in; (b.) to sink with too much weight; hekega, defeat; a lost battle; aka-heke, to demolish, to beat down; to make to fall (of fruit); aka-hekeheke, to reduce to a pulp; (b.) to have a conference; to question each other. Cf. eke, to embark; ekeeke, to soften by boiling; heketoto, a flow of blood.

Paumotan—faka-heke, to have a miscarriage; abortion; (b.) to banish, expel; (c.) a purgative; to purge; (d.) to give a passage to. Cf. taeke, to expel, banish; hekeao, to pass; a voyage.

HEKEHEKE-I-PAPA (myth.), the name of Turi's cultivation at Patea—P. M., 136. [See Turi.]

HEKEMAI, a kind of shark.

HEKERAU, small tubers of kumara.

HEKERAU, a sucker thrown out by a plant.

HEKETARA, the name of a tree (Bot. Olearia cunninghamii).

HEKETUA, evacuation of fœces; a cesspool; a privy: Ka hanga hoki e ia te heketua hei whakareinga mo nga tahae—P. M., 37. Cf. heke, to drip.

Tahitian—cf. hee, to cause an evacuation of the body by means of a purgative; tahee, to be purging.

Hawaiian—cf. hee, to flow as a liquid; a bloody issue.

Tongan—cf. heke, to move on the posteriors; heheke, smooth, slippery.

Mangarevan—cf. heketoto, a flow of blood.

Paumotan—cf. fakaheke, to purge; a purgative.

HEMA, procreative power (one auth.): Ka tapa te ingoa o taua tamaiti ko Hema hei ingoa, mo taku hemahematanga iho ki a koe—A. H. M., i. 47.

HEMA (myth.), a celebrated hero or demigod of antiquity. He was the son of Kaitangata by Whaitiri. He was slain by some evil and supernatural creatures dwelling by day in the water, and called in the North Island the Ponaturi [see Ponaturi], and in the South Island Paikea, Kewa, and Ihupuku, names referring to sea-monsters or whales. Hema's wife was named Urutonga; by her he had three children, a girl called Pupumainono, and two sons, Karihi and Tawhaki. Hema's wife is said in another legend to be Karenuku, the younger sister of Puku. After Hema's murder, Tawhaki revenged him by slaying the Ponaturi, and rescuing his father's bones. [See Tawhaki.] There are several versions of the story, which is very ancient. In one legend the name of Hema's wife (and mother of Tawhaki) is Arawheta-i-te-rangi. In another Hema is called a female, and has for husband Huarotu, begetting first the girl Pupumainono, then Karihi, theu Tawhaki—A. H. M., i. 54. [See Wohl., Trans., vii. 15 and 41; P. M., 36; A. H. M., i. 120, 121, 128.]

Hawaiian—Hema and his brother Puna (Punga) were sons of Aikanaka (Kaitangata) by Hinahanaiakamalama, according to the Ulu genealogy. [See Hinauri; also Tregear, Trans., xix. 500.] His son was Kahai (Tawhaki). Hina was disgusted with her children's dirtiness, and she went to the moon. Hina is almost certainly a lunar goddess; and the story of the dirty child is transferred in Maori legend to the account of Tawhaki and Tangotaugo—P. M., 41. Hema sailed to a far-off country, where he was slain by a people which killed all strangers. Kahai went in search of him—For., P. R., i. 191, and ii. 16.

Tahitian—cf. hemahema, the Nautilus (Argonaut).

HEMANGA, a basket half-full.

HEMIHEMI, the occiput, the back of the head: Kei to korero mai, ki tua o te hemihemi—Prov.

HEMO, to be passed by; to be gone away: Hemo kau atu ano taua maia raka—P. M., 24. Cf. pahemo, passed by. 2. To go for a thing, or be gone to fetch it: Ka hemo a Rangi ki te huata—A. H. M., i. 20. 3. To miss a mark: He tao rakau e karohia atu ka hemo; te tao ki, werohia mai, tu tonu — Prov. 4. To be consumed. 5. To be dead: A ka hemo, a ka kohia atu ki tona iwi—Ken., xlix. 33. 6. To be faint: Ka hi te ata ka karanga atu ia ‘Ka hemo au i te kai’—P. M., 25. Cf. moe. to sleep; to die. [See Hawaiian.] 7. To suffer, as to be pinched with cold, &c.: Ka hemo raua i te hauaitu—Wohl., Trans., vii. 50. 8. Denoting the completion of an action.

Whaka-HEMO, to consume. 2. To be consumed.

Whaka-HEMOHEMO, to attend at the death-bed of anyone. 2. To be at the point of death.

Tahitian—hemo, to be out-done in a contest; (b.) to slip off, as the handle of a tool; faa-hemo, to out-do, to excel; (b.) to break or nullify an agreement; a breaker of an agreement; to be addicted to breaking agreements. Cf. tahemo, to untie, as a knot; to disannul, as an agreement.

Hawaiian—hemo, to loosen, to untie, as a rope; to cast off; loose, separating; (b.) to come out, to move away, depart; (c.) to turn off, as a tenant; to dispossess of one's land; (d.) to loosen, i.e. to set sail, as a vessel; (e.) to break loose from restraint or confinement; to break over a boundary; (f.) to break off a habit; to wean, as a child; hoo-hemo, to loosen, i.e. divorce married persons; (b.) to set at liberty; hemohemo, to loosen very much; (b.) to be weak from fear; (c.) to be unfastened; hoo-hemohemo, to take away, to separate. Cf. ohemo, weaned, as a child from the breast; to discharge freely from the bowels, as in dysentery; ohemohemo, faint, languid; hemoe, faint, hungry, dying; uhemo, to break off, to separate into parts; to divorce; hanahemo, to unloose; a feeble state of health; pahemo, to loosen, set loose; to slip, as one walking; to slip off, as an axe from its helve; pohemo, to slip out of the hand.

Tongan—cf. homo, to slacken, to become loose.

Mangarevan—emo, to be forced from, to pull away; detached; emoraga, rupture, separation; aka-emo, to detach, to untie; aka-emoemo, to pass anything on to another person; (b.) to untie often.

Paumotan—hehemo, to be divorced. Cf. mahemo, abortion; hemokia-atu, to redeem, to free.

Mangaian—cf. maemo, to slip through or away from.

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy—cf. hemotra, pulled back, drawn back.

HENI (for Hani,) the name of a weapon: Ko tona heni anake ki tona ringaringa mau ai—A. H. M., i. 149.

HENUMI, to be out of sight, to disappear. Cf. nunumi, to disappear behind; numinumi, to be ashamed; hanumi, to be swallowed up; whenu, the warp of cloth. [See Samoan.]

Whaka-HENUMI, to cause to disappear.

Samoan — of. fenù, to make a join in plaiting, &c.; numi, to be involved, to be intricate; to rumple; a gather of a dress.

Tahitian—cf. fenù, the strand of a rope; venu, the threads that are woven into a mat.

Tongan — fenumi, to be hidden by other things. Cf. fenuminumiaki, to cover up or over; to conceal; numi, to gather in sewing; to plait; to pucker; to crease; manumi, to be creased, crimped, not folded.

Mangarevan—cf. enuenu, flexible; slack, as a rope; nunumi, to press strongly, to imprint. Moriori-cf. hoko-whenu, to spin a thread.

HENGA, the edge of the hull of a canoe to which the rauawa or streak-board is fastened. 2. Food for a working party: Kei tawahi tonu, e taka ana i te henga—A. M. H., iii. 7. 3. [See He.]

Hawaiian—cf. hene, a bundle, as of potatoes or other things, done up for carrying; hega, the hollow of the thigh; the buttocks; the nakedness of a person; the mons veneris.

Mangarevan—egaega, a joint; a division between parts. Cf. hegaga, a piece of wood stretched along the walls, by which the rafters are supported.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. heni, to give: henia, to contribute; henihenia, to feed a child.

Malagasy—cf. hena, flesh, beef.

HENGAHENGA, a girl.

HENGI, HEHENGI, to blow gently. Cf. angi, light air; matangi, wind; kohengi, wind; pahengihengi, blowing gently.

Whaka-HENGI, to move stealthily.

Samoan—cf. segi, shy, wild, not tame; to snatch; agi, to blow (of the wind).

Hawaiian—cf. henipoa, feeble, weak; ani, to blow softly, as a gentle breeze.

Tongan—cf. hegi, wild, not tame; hegihegi, the dawn of day.

HENGIA, black skin.

Samoan—cf. segi, wild, not tame; segisegi, twilight.

Tahitian—cf. heioa, to be black all over; variegated.

Tongan—cf. hegi, wild, not tame; to scar, to burn any eruption on the skin; buhegia, to be suffocated with heat; to be blasted; to ferment.

HENGIA (hèngia), passive of He, to err. [See He.]

HEOI (or Heoti,) a word denoting sufficiency and completeness, generally used with ano, as heoi ano, enough. Cf. oti, finished. 2. Implying that what follows is the natural result of what has just been stated; accordingly; and so. 3. But, however.

HERE (myth.), the name of a deity. He was a son of Rangi-potiki, the Prop of Heaven [see Toko] by his wife Papa-tu-a-nuku. Here was a twin-brother of Punga, the god of lizards—S. R., 17.

HERE, to tie, to tie up, to fasten with cords: Ka herea ki te taumanu o te waka—P. M., 117. Cf. paihere, to make up into bundles; tahere, to tie; ensnare; ahere, a bird-snare; pihere, a snare; houwere, to tie, to bind; were, to be suspended. 2. To call, as to a feast: E kore e Paeko e herea—A. H. M., v. 23.

HEREHERE, to tie, to tie up: I hanga hoki ki te ahua o te tohora i hereherea ai e ratou i Whangaparaoa — G.-8, 19. 2. A captive, a slave: Ka riro hoki ratou i te herehere—Tiu., xxviii. 41. Cf. herepu, to seize, catch, hold firmly; whaka-where, to oppress, maltreat.

Whaka-HERE, a present; to conciliate with a present: Hei whakahere ki tona atua—MSS.

HEREA, to be predestined to death: A koia ra tana atua tohu mo nga mahi kua herea—A. H. M., v. 42.

Samoan—sele, to snare; a snare; (b.) a bamboo; selesele, a species of sedge. Cf. matasele, a noose; felefele, to be involved; intricate; selefatu, the shell used for scraping breadfruit.

Tahitian—here, a string noose or snare; to ensnare; (b.) a favourite, a beloved one; faa-here, to make use of a snare. Cf. heretau, a rope or string for suspending things at some height; heri, a rope tied to the foot of a pig, fowl, &c.; pahere, a comb; to comb the hair; tahere, a sort of girdle; to make use of a snare.

Hawaiian—hele, a noose-snare for catching birds; (b.) to stretch, as a string or rope; helea, to put a noose round the head of a shark. Cf. ahele, a snare; pahele, a snare, a noose; hawele, to tie or lash on with a piece of string; to bind or secure by tying; heleuma, the stone anciently used as an anchor to hold a canoe; kahele, a braiding, a wreathing of vines or plaited leaves; kihele, to scratch or tear, as briars or anything crooked;

Tongan—hele, to catch in a noose, to ensnare; (b.) to evade; to dissemble; faka- helehele, to take by craft. Cf. helehu, a snare for the head.

Marquesan—hee, to be choked, strangled; to strangle.

Mangaian—ere, to hang up; ereere, to subdue; (b.) to fasten or tie with cane; aka-ereere, dear, best-beloved. Cf. tamaherehere, a son or daughter kept in the house to make them fair and fat; toere, to clothe oneself.

Paumotan—here, a snare; (b.) to tie; to lace up up; (c.) an ambush; (d.) a running knot; (e.) to love; affection; faka-here, kind, gracious. Cf. tahere, an armlet.

Rarotongan—ere, a snare: Kua motu te ere, e kua ora io nei tatou; The snare is broken and we have escaped : ereere, a snare: Te aaere ra aia na runga i te ereere; He walks upon a snare. [Note.—For Ereere vaerua, or “soul-traps,” of Danger Island, see “Life in Southern Isles,” Gill, 181.] Ext. Poly:

Fiji—cf. vere, entangled; confined; a plot, conspiracy.

HERE, a spear for killing birds; to kill birds with a spear: Ko tana here, ko nga ngutu tonu—P. M., 96.

Samoan—sele, a bamboo knife; (b.) the name of a shell-fish; (c.) to cut, as the hair; (d.) the name of a sharp, cutting weed; selea, to be cut, of the flesh, &c; selesele, an evenly cut head of hair; (b.) a species of sedge; (c.) to cut into several pieces; (d.) to shear. Cf. selei, to cut, slash; seleulu, scissors; selefatu, the shell used to scrape bread-fruit; selemamà, to shave the head quite close; selevalevale, to shave the head quite clean; fa'a-selemutu, to cut off a part; to cut short, as a speech.

Hawaiian—cf. helehele, to go through (the Maori haere, to go or come); heue, to cut up, to divide asunder; mahele, to divide, to cut in pieces; to separate from one another, as people.

Tongan—hele, a knife; to cut; to lacerate; (b.) a shell-fish; helea, to cut off; (b.) to dissemble; faka-hele, to cut off, to separate from. Cf. hele-koji, scissors; heleta, a sword; helemaka, the harp shell; helema, the shell of the hele.

Paumotan—cf. kohere, to cleave. split. Ext. Poly. :

Fiji—cf. sele, a piece of bamboo, used as a knife; seletà, a sword.

HERENGUTU, without projecting eaves. Cf. ngutu, a lip. [For comparatives, see Here a spear; and Ngutu.]

HEREPU (herepù), to seize, to catch and hold firmly. Cf. herehere, to tie; a captive. 2. To tie up in bundles. Cf. pu, a bundle. [For comparatives, see Here and Pu.]

HERETAUNGA, the name of a place on the East Coast of the North Island, supposed to be the fish-hook with which Maui pulled up the land from the depths of ocean. [See P. M., 27.]

HEREUMU, a cooking shed. Cf. umu, an oven; whareumu, a cooking shed. [For comparatives, see Umu, and Whareumu.]

HERU, a comb for the hair; to dress with a comb: He heru iwi, he piki, he kotuku, he tohu no te rangatira—P. M., 178. Cf. karau, a comb; heu, to separate, pull asunder, scatter (to shave?); weu, a single hair; harau, to grope for. 2. An eel fork: Maui, e hoea mai to heru mo nga pa tuna—Ika., 133.

Samoan—selu, a comb; to comb; (b.) the feathers on a cock's head which are erected when he is beaten in a fight; seluselu, to praise. Cf. salu, a broom; to brush; to scrape out, as the kernel of a cocoanut.

Marquesan—heu, to scratch the ground with the hands; (b.) hair (not of the head, properly), hair of animals.

Mangarevan—cf. eru, to reject, cast away; heru, to reject with hands and feet; heu, small hairs on the body; pahere, a comb; pahore. a comb.

Paumotan—heru, to brush with the hand.

Tahitian—heru, to scratch, as a hen does; heruheru, to scratch repeatedly, as a hen does; (b.) to rake up old grievances. Cf. paheheru, to scratch repeatedly; pahere, a comb; to comb the hair; paheru, to scratch, as a hen; to dig and search for a thing; pahoro, a comb,

Hawaiian—helu, to scratch the earth, as a hen; to dig potatoes with the fingers; to paw the ground, as an angry bull; (b.) to count, to number, to compute; (c.) to tell, relate; heluhelu, to recount, to make mention of some past transaction.

Tongan—helu, a comb; to comb the hair. Cf. halu, to card or shred anything.

Ext. Poly.: Aneityum—cf. ero, to scratch as a fowl.

Fiji—cf. seru, a comb; seru-ta, to comb. [See also comparatives under Heu, and Weu.]

HERU, to begin to flow (said of the tide only). 2. Distorted (applied to the limb of an animal).

HERUHERU, the name of a plant (Bot. Leptopteris hymenophylloides).

HERUIWI, a name applied to a great chief or leader (on account of his comb being an emblem of rank?). [See example of Heru.]

Samoan—cf. seluselu, to praise.

HETA (myth.), the name of the chief commanding the opposite party to Uenuku in the battle of Ratorua—G.-8. 20. [See Ratorua.]

HEU, the eaves of a house. Cf. weu, a single hair. [See Hawaiian.] 2. A patch of scrub. Cf. maheuheu, a clump of shrubs.

HEU, HEHEU, to separate, to pull asunder: Ka heuea to Po, ka heuea te Ao—P. M., 8. Pass., heuea, to be separated. Cf. weu, a single hair. [See Hawaiian.]

HEUHEU, to scatter, clear away. Cf. maheu, scattered: hau, to hew; heru, to comb, 2. To be dispersed.

Samoan—seu, to stir round; (b.) to turn the head of a canoe, to steer to; (c.) to catch in a net, as pigeons or fish; (d) to ward off a blow; (e.) to interrupt a speech; (f.) to prevent, as a fight, Cf. heupule, to interfere with the authority of another.

Tahitian—heu, to throw off, as an infant its covering; heheu, to open, uncover. Cf. veu, downy hair, a sort of fringe on the border of a garment; maheu, to be coming into notice, to be knowable; the past and passive of heheu, to uncover; maheuheu, to be dishevelled, as the human hair; to be blown into disorder by the wind, as the thatch of a native house; thrown into disorder, as bedclothes.

Hawaiian—cf. heu, the first shooting of the beard in youths; heukae, to split, as a cane; to treat one harshly; manoheu, to bite with the teeth and pull off, as the bark of a tree: hence, to deface, to make a mark in; manuheu, a breaking up, a flying away; a setting at variance, as a people; civil commotion; weu, to be covered with hair or down, as a young unshaven boy; weuweu, grass, herbage.

Tongan — heu, to ward off; (b.) to catch birds on the wing; (c.) to turn over with a stick (heru ?); (d.) to steer the paddling canoe; (e.) to stir round and round. Cf. heutala, to ward off a conversation; hehu and hehehu, to prevaricate.

Marquesan — heu, to jerk a fishing-line in the water.

Mangarevan — heu, little hairs on the body; hairy; heuheu, to rough-hew; to block out in commencing a work. Cf. puèuèu, the stem of banana when fruit has all been taken.

Paumotan — cf. pugaheuheu, to fringe, to border; vehu, limit. [Note. — Veu in Pumotan is given as “shape, figure,” as a synonym for huru. It is probable that, as in preceding examples, heu is connected with heru, comb, and huru, hair on the body, wool, &c.]

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. ceu (theu), carved; seu, a stick pointed to dig a cave as the burial-place of a chief; to splash about in the water, as some fishes do.

Duke of York Island—cf. weu, hair.

HEU, a razor; to shavo. [The likeness of this word to to the English word “shave,” as pronounced by natives, has led to the idea that it has been introduced. Possibly it may prove to be a Polynesian word for extirpating the beard; if so, the following comparatives are given.]

Maori—cf. heu, to separate, to pull asunder; the eaves of a house; weu, a single hair; hau. to hew; heru, to comb; huru, hair on the body; down; feathers; maheu, scattered; maheuheu, shrubs; mahuru, scrub; heuea, to be separated.

Tahitian—cf. veu, downy hair; a woolly kind of hair; a fringe on the edge of a garment; heu, to throw off; maheuheu, to be dishevelled, as the human hair; to be blown into disorder by the wind, as the thatch of a house; hahu, a razor or scraper.

Hawaiian—of heu, the first shooting of the beard in youths; weu, to be covered with hairs or down, an a young unshaven boy; weuweu, grass, herbage (as Maori huhu, brushwood; huruhuru, coarse hair); oheu, to come out, as the beard of a young man; to weed or hoe; peheuheu, whiskers.

Marquesan—cf. heu, the hair, beard, wool, down, nap of cloth.

Mangarevan—cf. heu, little hairs on the body; hairy, shaggy; veuveu, herbage.

Paumotan—cf. veu, wool. Ext. Poly: Lord Howe's Island—cf. veu, hair. [Also note the preceding word, Heu.]

HEUEA, to be separated. Cf. heu, to separate. [For comparatives, see Heu.]

HEWA, to be misled, deluded: ‘A hewa au e tenei kei te ao — G. P., 352. Cf. he, wrong; moehewa, a dream; pohewa, mistaken, confused; papahewa, having diseased eyes. 2. Doubt.

Tahitian—hefa, oblique, as the look of the eyes; to squint; hefahefa, dim, confused, as the eyes by the brightness of the sun. Cf. tahefa, to be squinting, or looking obliquely; he, wrong.

Hawaiian—hewa, to be wrong; to act or be in error; wrong, wickedness: Aohe okana mai o kona hewa; There is no bound to his wickedness. Hewahewa, to make a mistake; hoo-hewa, to accuse, to find fault with; (b.) to be under a curse; hoo-hewahewa, to forget one's appearance or name; (b.) to be deranged; (c.) sullen silence. Cf. awahewa, to miss, to overlook; an error; ohewahewa, far gone in sickness; dead-drunk; dim-sighted; liable to mistake what is seen; kahewa, to miss; to be foiled; kuhihewa, to mistake.

Mangarevan—eva, foolish, crack-brained; a fool, an idiot; evaeva, to hang, to hang up; heva, to be mad, furious; hevaheva, to walk hardily, and with proud smartness. Cf. puevaeva, old; used up, said of garments.

Samoan — cf. se, to mistake; to wander.

Paumotan — cf. heva, to wail, as infants; to weep (as Tahitian heva, mourning for the dead).

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. sesewa, foolish; foolishness; sewaruta, a false blossom; a flower without fruit.

HEWA, bald. 2. The skull.

Hawaiian—cf. heaheahea, bald.

HI (hì), an exclamation expressing contempt.

Whaka-HI, Whaka-HIHI, to jeer; to speak with contempt; supercilious, arrogant; defiant; He tangata tino whakahihi a Ruatapu—A. H. M., iii. 14. Cf. whaka-ii, conceited; hihi, to hiss; toroihi, to be insolent; hi, to raise, to draw up.

Samoan—cf. sisi, to draw up; isusisi, a turned-up nose; sisi'i, to make oneself great; to be proud without cause; to abuse haughtily.

Hawaiian—cf. hihi, an offence; hihiia, to be offended; perplexed; ihihi, angry, cross, offended; unsociable; kalaihi, proud; exalted on account of one's office, or nearness to a chief; ihiihi, majestic, dignified; to put on dignity or importance; kilohi (M.L. = tirohi), to look at oneself with complacency, to be vain; pride, vanity; self-opinionated.

Tongan—hihi, to speak evil; to back-bite; to deride. Cf. faka-hihiaga, foolish; weak of intellect; to act childishly; hia, sin; guilt.

Tahitian—cf. hini, men fleeing from battle; faa-hipo, to play the coxcomb.

Marquesan—cf. hini, to mock; to tease.

Mangarevan—cf. hihi, one without a protector; an orphan; to flay a dead person or animal.

Paumotan—cf. hihi, hard, difficult; faka-hikeke, to scoft at.

Rarotongan—cf. ii, to hiss in contempt.

HI (hì), HIHI (hìhì), to hiss; to make a hissing noise: Hihi ana i nga kohatu kaka o Waikorora — P. M., 84. Cf. ihi, to make a hissing or rushing noise; torohihi, to spurt up, as water; kihi, sibilant. 2. To be affected with diarrhœa. Cf. pahihi, to flow in driblets; tarahì, diarrhœa; hirere, to gush, to spurt.

Whaka-HIHI (whaka-hihì), to cause to hiss.

Samoan — sisi (sisi), to make a hissing noise, as green wood in the fire; sisi, to trickle down; (b.) a fissure or hole from which water trickles; (c.) streams in the sand at low water. Cf. uisa, to hiss,

Tahitian—hi (hì), to gush out, as water; (b.) a bloody flux; faa-hi (faa-hì), a pump; a syringe; to pump; to use a syringe; to make water gush out; hihi, men running or fleeing in battle; hihihihi, the quivering of the lips and motion of the teeth by extreme cold; to quiver or chatter, as the teeth, through cold. Cf. hirere, to fall, as water over a precipice; ohì, to gush out; the dysentery; pahì, to splash the water so that it may wet a person.

Hawaiian—hi, a flowing away; a purging, as in dysentery; dysentery; to flow away, as in dysentery; to purge; (b.) a hissing sound, as the rapid flow of a liquid; (c.) to blow out with force anything from the mouth; (d.) to droop, to be weak; hoo-hi, to open; to dissolve; to act as a cathartic. Cf. hikoko, a bloody flux; dysentery; hemorrhoids, or piles.

Tongan—cf. hi, semen; hihi, to dislodge from the shell; takahi, to scratch as a cat; to make a scratching noise.

Marquesan—hi, dysentery.

Mangarevan — cf. ikere, a great flowing of blood; flowing, running; ikerekere, to boil up, as springs; pehihi, to gush out, as water.

Ext. Poly.: Aneityum—cf. asis, to hiss.

Fiji—ci (thi), to break wind (pèdo). Solomon Islands—sisi, to wash.

HI (hì), to raise, draw up. Cf. hiki, to lift up; whakahihi, conceited. 2. To catch with hook and line; to fish.: Ka korokoro te ika i hiia e Maui—Wohl., Trans., vii. 39. Cf. hiki, a charm for raising fish; hìweka, hanging. 3. To dawn: Ka hi te ata, ka karanga atu, ‘Ka hemo au ì te kai’—P. M., 25. Cf. ihi, to dawn; hihi, a ray of the sun.

Samoan—sisi, to hoist, to draw up. Cf. tasisi, to draw up, as the pola (mats forming the walls) of the house; ‘ausi, the stick on which a fishing net is hung in the house; sisi'i, to make oneself great; to be proud without cause (plural of si'í, to lift = M. hiki).

Tahitian—hi, to fish with hook and line. Cf. papahiihii, a certain mode of fishing.

Hawaiian—cf. hii, to lift up (M.L. = hiki); kunahihi, a standing up of the hair.

Tongan—cf. faahi, to be able to lift or carry; hihiki, to raise or draw up; hiatu, the manner of catching the fish called atu; tauhihi, to angle, to fish with hooks.

Marquesan—hi, to fish with a line.

Mangarevan—hi, to fish with a line: Hi ratou, hi hoki ta Maui-matavaru; They fished, so did Maui the eight-eyed. Cf. hipo, to fish with a line; hirihiri, to fish for turtle; kihi, to fish, but used only in fishing for one sort of fish.

HIA, “How many?” When used in speaking of persons, toko is prefixed—tokohia: E hia nga ra o to pononga?—Wai., cxix. 84.

Samoan—fia, “How many?” (e fia): E fia ea a'u amio leaga ma a'u agasala? How many are my sins and wickednesses?

Hawaiian—ahia, how many? (also ehia): Ehia na hinai piha a oukou i hoiliili ai? How many baskets did you take up?

Tahitian—ahia, how many? when speaking of things in the past time; ehia, in the future; E too-hia, when inquiring about persons.

Tongan—cf. fiha, number.

Marquesan—ahia, how many?

Mangarevan—ehia, how many?

Paumotan—ehia, how many? how much?

Aniwa—efia, how many?

Futuna—fia, how many?

Mangaian—eia, how many?

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy—cf. hia, what? how is this?

Sikayana—cf. e fia, how many?

HIA, HIAHIA, a desire, wish; to desire, to wish for: Me tuku ki tona hiahia—P. M., 119. Cf. hiamoe, sleepy; hiainu, thirsty; hiakai, hungry. 2. To love, to be in love with: Ka hiahia mai te tuahine o tana taokete ki a ia—P. M., 41.

Samoan—fia, to wish, to desire; fa'a-fia, a prefix to verbs signifying to pretend to, assuming; fa'afiaali'i (M.L. = whakahiaariki), to pretend to be a chief; fiafia, joy, delight; joyful: Le leo o le alaga o le fiafia; The noise of the shout of joy. Cf. fiamoe, to be sleepy; fia'ai, to be hungry; fiasili, ambition.

Hawaiian—cf. hia, to reflect, think; to entangle, catch in a net; hiaai, strong desire; hiamoe, to lie asleep; deep, sound sleep; hiahia, goodness; honour.

Tahitian—faahiahia, the quality that causes a thing to be admired; to admire an agreeable object; admirable, agreeable, fine. Cf. hiaai, to desire food or drink; hiai, extreme venery; hiamateoa, to exult, rejoice; hiamu, to have an appetite or long for food and drink.

Tongan—fie, a word used in composition to express the meaning to wish, to desire, to feign, &c., as fieeiki, to wish or assume to be a chief (M.L. = hia-ariki); fieinu, thirst; fiekai, hunger; fiefia, to exult, to rejoice; joy, gladness: Koia teu fiefia ai i he malu o ho kabakau; I will rejoice in the shadow of your wings; faka-fiefia, to cause rejoicing, to exhilarate; joyful, delightful. Cf. fielahi, proud, ambitious; fiegutuhua, to jest, to joke; fiefiatonoa, to rejoice too soon.

Marquesan—cf. hiaki, to be jealous.

Mangarevan—aka-hia, tender, soft, delicate; aka-hiahia, to choose, to select.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. via, to desire; viakana, to desire to eat.

HIA, with difficulty; hardly to be performed.

HIAINU, thirsty: Na ka hiainu a Ngatoro, ka mea, ‘Kaore he wai ma tatou’ — P. M., 92. Cf. inu, to drink; hia, to desire; wheinu, thirsty; hiakai, hungry; hiamoe, sleepy.

Samoan—fiainu, thirst, to be thirsty: Ma ou faaumatia o ia i le fiainu; And kill her with thirst.

Tongan—fieinu, thirsty, to thirst: Bea mo ho nau toko lahi oku mate fieinu; Their multitude dying with thirst. (For full comparatives, see under Hia, to desire, and Inu, to drink.]

HIAKAI, hungry: Me he mate hiakai toku, e kore ahau e korero atu ki a koe—Wai., 1. 12. Cf. hia, to desire; kai, food; hiainu, thirsty; hiamoe, sleepy.

HIAKAITIA, to be desired for food.

Samoan—fia'ai, to be hungry: E faavaivaia lona malosi i le fia'ai; His strength shall be consumed in hunger.

Tahitian—hiaai, to desire food or drink: Eiaha e hiaai i tana ra mau maa moe ra; Do not desire his dainty food. Cf. hiamu, to desire food and drink.

Hawaiian— cf. hiaai, strong desire.

Tongan—fiekai, hunger, hungry: Kuo fiekaia ae kakai, mo ogojia, mo fieinua, i he toafa; The people is hungry, weary, and thirsty in the desert. [For full comparatives, see Hia, to desire, and Kai, food.]

HIAKO, skin: He tau kuri, ara, he hiako kuri—A. H. M., iv. 181. Cf. hiapo, the skin of an infant. 2. Bark, rind.

HIAMO, to be exalted, to be elevated. Cf. hi, to raise; amo, to carry on the shoulder; a litter, bier; kauamo, a litter; whataamo, a litter. [For comparatives, see hi, to raise, and Amo, to carry on the shoulder.]

HIAMOE, sleepy, drowsy. Cf. hia, to desire; moe, sleep; hiakai, hungry; aumoe, at ease. Samoan-fiamoe, to be sleepy. Hawaiian-hiamoe, to lie asleep, to sleep, to rest in sleep: E lea auanei au i ka hiamoe; I shall soon enjoy sleep. (b.) To fall prostrate, as if asleep. Marquesan-hiamoe, to sleep. Ext. Poly.: Fiji-cf. viamoce; (viamothe), to be sleepy; via, to desire; moce (mothe), sleep. [For full comparatives, see Hia, to desire, and Moe, sleep.]

HIANGA, vicious, refractory: Ka pa ano te mahi hianga ano aua uri tutu- A. H. M., i. 37.

HIANGATIA, to be imposed upon.

Tongan—cf. hia, sin, guilt; sinful.

Whaka-HIANGONGO, to pine away: Ka torere tonu ra hoki te ngakau ki te whai i te whaka-hiangongo o tona ngakau—P. M., 166. Cf. ngongo, to waste away; a sick person; pingongo, shrunk; pakoko, shrunk, emaciated; hikoko, wasted, starved; koko, rotten.

HIAPO, the skin of an infant; tender, as an infant's skin. Cf. hiako, skin, bark; mata-hiapo, precious, prized.

Marquesan—cf. hiapo, the tree from the bark of which native cloth (tapa) is made.

Mangarevan—cf. hiapo, a tree not known at the present day, but alluded to in legend.

Hawaiian—cf. hiapo, the first-born of parents; makahiapo, the first-born child.

Paumotan—cf. matahiapo, the first-born.

Tahitian—cf. matahiapo, the first-born.

Mangaian—cf. mataiapo, a chief.

Samoan—cf. siapo, native cloth made from the bark of the Paper Mulberry (Broussonetia papyrifera).

HIAPO, to be gathered together. Cf. hi, to be raised, elevated; apo, to gather together; to be gathered together. [For comparatives, see Apo.]

HIATO, to be gathered together. Cf. hiapo, to be gathered together.

Whaka-HIATO, to collect together; to cause to be gathered together.

HIAWAERO (or Hiawero), the tail of an animal: A whakaangahia mai ana nga hiawero ki a raua whakahiawero—Kai., xv. 4. Cf. waero, the tail of an animal; kahuwaero, a mat covered with the skin of dogs' tails; whiore, tail, of animals; awe, long hairs on a dog's tail.

HIAWE, gloomy, dark, dismal. Cf. awe, soot.

HIAWERO. [See Hiawaero.]

HIHI, a sunbeam; a ray of the sun: Pakurakura ana nga puke i tana hihi—M. M., 160. Cf. ihiihi, a ray of the sun; ihi, to dawn; hi, to dawn.

Tahitian—hihi, the rays of the sun; (b.) the whiskers of a rat, mouse, or cat; (c.) the two hard eyes in a cocoanut. Cf. hihimata, the hairs of the eyelashes; hihimoa, the feathers on the back of a fowl's neck; hihioura, the feelers of the crayfish.

Hawaiian—cf. hihi. thick together, as grass; to spread out, like the limbs of a tree; ihi, sacred, hallowed; kunahihi, a standing up of the hair; to have the hair standing erect.

Marquesan—hihi, a ray of the sun.

Paumotan—hihi, a ray; a sunbeam.

HIHI, the name of a bird; the Stitch-bird. (Orn. Pogonornis cincta).

HIKA, to rub violently. 2. To kindle fire by rubbing two pieces of wood together: Katahi ano ka hikaia te ahi—G.-8, 27. Cf. ka, to take fire. [See Kaurimarima, and Kaunoti.] South Island, Hinga. 3. To perform a ceremony with incantations, kindling fire being part of the ceremony: Ka hiha toku ahi, ka manako te whenua—Col., MSS. Cf. kahika, ancient; a chief of high rank. 4. (fig.) To have sexual intercourse: Te wai o te hika o Marama—G.-8, 20. [Hoani Nahe explains that it was by Marama using this expression in her song that her adultery with her slave was discovered. And with next meaning, cf. the two versions: “Te wai o te hika o Marama” —G.-8, 20; and Grey's: “Te wai o te vaha o Marama” —G. P., 91. Here, also, cf. Samoan tolo, to rub sticks for fire; and moetotolo, to commit fornication. See Ahi, Ai, and Kauati] 5. Pudendum muliebre.

HIKAHIKA, to rub, chafe.

Samoan-si'a, to get fire by rubbing one stick on another.

Tahitian—hia, to use friction to produce fire.

Hawaiian—hia, to rub two sticks one upon the other to obtain fire; (b.) to reflect; to think; (c.) to run about as wild; roving, unsteady; hiahia, to obtain fire by using two sticks; (b.) goodness, honour, nobility.

Marquesan—cf. hika, to slip, to slide, to fall (Maori = hinga ?).

Mangarevan—hika (and ika), to produce fire by friction of wood.

Paumoutan—ika, to cause fire by friction; hikahika, bright, shining; hikahika i te hana, burnished in the sun's rays. Ext. Poly:

Fiji—cf. sauka, the hearth; sauká, to commit fornication; sika, to appear, to come in sight; to shake, of a priest when a god enters him; to be a father. [If hika is a compound of ka, to kindle, see full comparatives of Ka.]

HIKA, a term of address to young persons of both sexes: E hika, ko hea koe ?—P. M., 161.

HIKAIKAI (hìkaikai), to move the feet to and fro. Cf. hika, to rub, chafe; hokaikai, to move backwards and forwards. 2. To writhe, twist about. 3. To be impatient.

HIKAITI (myth.), a deity ruling the tides.— A. H. M., iii. 49.

HIKAKA (hìkaka), rash: Etahi tangata wairangi, he hunga hikaka—Kai., ix. 4. Cf. kaka, red-hot; pukaka, hot.

Hawaiian—cf. hia, roving, unsteady; hiaa, to lie awake; to be sleepless, restless; a, to burn, as fire or jealousy; aa (kaka), bold, quick, angry, mischievous.

Tahitian—cf. hiaa, to steal, as thieves formerly used to do after addressing a prayer to Hiro, the god of thieves, for success; faa-aa (whaka-kaka), to tease or provoke to anger.

HIKARI (Moriori), the calf of the leg.

HIKARO (hìkaro), to pick out. Cf. karo, to pick out of a hole; tikaro, to pick out of a hole; to scoop out.

Tahitian—cf. aaro, to excavate; to scoop out, or scrape out; a scoop or ladle; paaro, to excavate or hollow out, as in taking the kernel out of a cocoanut.

Tongan—cf. hakalo, a scraper, for scraping old cocoanuts.

Hawaiian—cf. poalo, to scoop or pluck out the eyes; to twist round and draw out, as a tooth.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. calo (thalo), a gouge or tool of a hollow form.

HIKI, to lift up, carry, nurse: Tenei ta te atua tana i hiki mai—P.M., 92: Hikitia mai taua kai (part of the Whangai-hau charm)—S. T., 135. 2. Raised up: Kei te rangi hikitia, kei te rangi hapainga—G. P., 255. 3. To get up; to start. Cf. ahiki, to make haste. 4. To look after, to have in charge, attend to: Ma nga matua tane e hiki nga tamariki—A. H. M., i. 6. 5. To jump or leap involuntarily; to skip, as one's heart when startled, or one's foot in the dusk. Cf. whiti, to start, to be alarmed. 6. A charm for raising fish: Katahi ia ka hapai ake i tana hiki ake mo tana ika kia maiangi ake—P. M. 24. Cf. hi, to raise; to fish with hook and line.

HIKIHIKI, to nurse in the arms, to carry in the arms, as an infant: Homai taku tamaiti kia hikihiki au—G. P., 250.

Samoan—si'i, to lift, to lift up, to remove: E siitia foi le papa ai le mea sa i ai; The rock is lifted from its place. (b.) To levy a fine; (c.) to carry war into a district or country: Latou te sii mai le taua ia te oe; They will bring war against you. (d.) To take oneself off in a grudge; sisi'i, to make great, to make oneself great; to be proud without cause; (b.) to abuse haughtily; (c.) to make a fringe; si'isi'i, to attempt; (b.) one method of fishing. Cf. si'isi'italiga,“ to lift the ears,” fig., to give attention; si'itá, to raise the arms to strike a blow with the club; to act all together; masi'i, to be raised, to be lifted up; to be off on a journey or to war; moesi'itia, to be restless at night; se‘i, to jerk, pluck, snatch. Tahitian-hii, to nurse, to dandle, to take a child in the arms: Mai te hii e hopoi i te aiù ra; As if carrying a sucking child. (b.) A sort of basket to put fruit in for the queen, or chief mourner. Cf. hiiatua, a priest that carried a god; hiirima, the first-fruit for the king, principal chief, or favourite son; pahii, an infant's cloth or little mat.

Hawaiian—hii, to lift up, to bear upon the hips and support with the arms as a child; to hold as a child upon the knees: E hiiia hoi ma na kuli; Dandled upon the knees. (b.) To carry in the arms and on the bosom; (c.) to nurse, to tend as a child: Ka poe a'u i hii ai a malama; Those I swaddled and brought up. Hoo-hii, to lift up, as a child in the arms, to carry. Cf. hiilani, to nurse or take care of, as an infant; to exalt, to praise, to admire; to admire and obey, as a servant does his master; praise, exaltation; hiipoi, to tend and feed as a young child; hiikau, to throw, as a stone at a person or thing; mahiki [not proper letter-change; this = mawhiti]; to lift up, to carry in the arms.

Tongan—hiki, to lift, remove: Tuu, bea hiki hake ae tamajii bea fafa ia ho, nima; Get up, lift up the boy and hold him in your hand. (b.) To raise, as the voice: Oku ke faa hiki hake ekoe ho le'o ki he gaahi ao ? Can you raise your voice to the clouds? hihiki, to raise, lift up; hikihiki, to move by lifting; faka-hikihiki, to magnify, exalt. Cf. agahiki, pride, high-mindedness; lifted up; hikijia to exalt, to flatter; hikitaki, a throw, fling; hikiteki, to remove suddenly; hikinaji, to divide out food for the gods; to devote; hikitaga, the act of removing the bones of the dead; hikituha, to work in order, or in line; hikitagi, to exaggerate; huki, to hold on the lap; to clasp; to dandle.

Marquesan—hiki, to flee; to fly away; to avoid, shun; to escape, disappear.

Mangarevan—hiki, to hold a child in the arms or on the knees; hiki-hiki, to hold a child thus for a short time; aka-hiki, to take an infant in one's arms; to dandle.

Paumotan—hiki, to flee, to fly, to avoid; (b.) to bound, to skip; (c.) to fondle, to cocker; hikihiki, a swaddling-cloth. Cf. hiki-fagai, to nourish.

Mangaian—iki, to nurse a child in the arms; ikiiki, to nurse, foster, nourish: E apai koe e ikiiki i teianci tamaiti naku; Take this child away and nurse it for me.

Ext. Poly.: Aneityum—cf.ahieg, to drag, to draw up;

Fiji—cf. siki-ta, to tread on by accident.

HIKIRANGI, to be unsettled, restless. Cf. harangi, unsettled; karangi, unsettled, restless; kahuirangi, unsettled; hiki, to start; rangi, sky; hiko, to move at random. [For comparatives, see also Rangi, Rewa, and Whiti.]

HIKO, to move in a random way. Cf. pahikohiko, a makeshift fence; kohikohiko, to do irregularly. 2. To stir, as birds at daylight. 3. To stretch out the hand at random: Ka hikoia ki te taha—Wohl., Trans., vii. 49. 4. A pace (hikoinga waewae): E wha hikoinga waewae i mua tonu o te tohunga—A. H. M., i. 162. 5. To step out with the feet. Cf. hikoi, to step. 6. To dawn, to begin to shine: Hikoia i te awatea—P. M., 156. 7. To blaze, glare: Tera te uira e hiko i te rangi—M. M., 167. 8. Distant lightning.

HIHIKO, to move quickly. 2. To be strenuous.

HIKOHIKO, to shine, to glitter: Tera te whetu, hikohiko and mai kei runga—G. P., 189.

HIKOIA (passive,) to be shone upon.

Samoan—si'o, to surround: Ua na siomia foi au i lona upega; And surrounded me with his net. Cf. i'o, to wind, as sinnet round the arm; gai'oi'o, to wriggle as snakes and eels, applied to a lanky man.

Hawaiian—hio, aslant, leaning, ohlique; to lean over; a slanting wind, i.e. a wind down hill; (b.) to be one-sided, to swing to and fro; (c.) to lean on, to trust in; (d.) to wander; (e.) the inside corner of a grass house, i.e. slanting both ways; (f.) a howling confused noise; (g.) eructatio ventris; hihio, to fall asleep; to dream; a vision; (b.) to fall asleep again after waking; (c.) to blow, to rush violently, as a strong wind; hiohio, bright red; (b.) to draw the breath into the mouth, as one eating a hot potato; (c.) to eat in a hurry; (d.) name of a species of fish-hook. Cf. hiolani, to lie stretched out with laziness; ohio, the undulatory movement of the air over a smooth plain on a hot day; the reflection of the mind on a beloved but absent object; hanahio, to cause to lean or push over from an upright position; to stagger in walking; a walking crookedly.

Tahitian—cf. hio, to look, to behold; a looking-glass; hiohio, a spy, a soothsayer; hiopahi, to look askance, to look archly; hiopoa, to scrutinise, to act as a busy-body; hiohio, a rope fixed at the extremity of a mast to hoist up colours or ornament; ohiohio, an evil designing look, as of a thief; to look about, as a person near death; ohiohioa, giddiness, instability.

Tongan—cf. hiko, to take out of the fire or sun; to blow, as a hurricane; hiku, to go awry.

Marquesan—cf. hiko, to take by force; (b.) to take a weak or sick person out of the power of cruel deities.

Mangarevan—cf. iko, to deprive, to curtail; mahiko, to disappear at a quick run; mahikohiko, evening twilight; poihiko, that which begins to appear at a distance; iku, the moon.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. sikosiko, a spy;

Kayan —cf. hiko, the elbow;

Magindano—cf. siko, the elbow.

HIKOI (hìkoi), to step. Cf. hiko, to step out; a pace.

HIKOKO, wasted, starved, emaciated. Cf. pakoko, emaciated, lean; pingongo, shrunk; ngongo, to waste away; a sick person; pahikohiko, a makeshift fence; a bow-fence.

Hawaiian—cf. hio, leaning, or oblique; pahio, stooping, as a person; to move as a sick person.

Samoan—cf. sioa, to be worn out; to be wearied; having a look of exhaustion.

Mangarevan—cf. gogogogo, very thin and meagre; ikoga, swooning.

Marquesan—cf. hiko, to take a sick person out of the power of evil deities.

HIKU, the tail of a fish or reptile: Kihai i mau ki te waha, i mau ke ki hiku—P. M., 116. Cf. kohiku, the tail. 2. The rear of a war party: A patua iho tou hiku e ia—Tiu., xxv. 18. Cf. tauhiku, to be in the rear. 3. The tip of a leaf, &c., the point. 4. The name of a fish, the Frost-fish (Ich. Lepidopus caudatus). 5. The eaves of a house. Cf. ikuiku, the eaves of a house.

HIKUHIKUNGA, the head of a stream.

Samoan—i‘u, the tail: Ina aapa atu ia o lou lima ma tago i lona iu; Stretch out your hand and take it (the snake) by the tail: (b.) the end, the extremity of any thing; to end; to finish; to fulfil; (c.) to come upon; si‘u, the extremity, the end; the corner, as of the eye or mouth; (b.) the refuse of turmeric; si'usi'u, the point of a sharp instrument, as a knife, sword, &c.; the extremity of a leaf or bamboo, &c.; the tail of a pig or fish; i‘ui'u, the end, point, as of a cocoanut leaf; fa‘a-i'u, the ending; to finish; fa‘a-i'uga, the tail-end of a strip of pork or fish. Cf. i'uaina, to die, to come to an end; si‘ua'au, the extremity of the reef; si‘ugutu, a corner of the mouth; i‘ufono, the decision of a council; i‘umatagi, the end of a storm; i‘utagata, the last of a family; tausi‘usi'u, the top branches of a tree.

Tahitian—hiu, the tail of fishes. Cf. hiutia, to cut short in a speech; hiuta, the carved upper end of the ancient Tahitian mast; arahiu, the uppermost extremity of a tree; hiutira, a small altar for a god on board a canoe.

Hawaiian—hiu, the tail of a fish: He ia kaokoa, okioki ole, mai ke poo a ka hiu; A fish whole, uncut from head to tail. (b.) The practice of sorcery; hiuhiu, to practise sorcery. Cf. hiumalolo, the tail of a flying-fish.

Tongan—hiku, the end, the point of a thing; hikuhiku, the point or end of a thing; iku, the end; to finish; (b.) the tail of animals: O ne nootaki ae iku ki he iku; Turned tail to tail: faka-iku, to make an end; (b.) to point a rope. Cf. hikumatagi, the end or finishing of a hurricane; hikuitagata, the remains of men in former times; baikuiku, the point, the taper end of anything; tauhiku, to finish off; tuugaiku, the rump, the seat, the buttocks.

Marquesan—hiku, the division of fish by the middle. Cf. kohiku, the tip or end of a plant.

Mangaian—iku, the tail: Ei koti i te iku o te toora; To chop off the tail of the whale: (b.) the tip or extremity, as of a leaf.

Mangarevan—iku, the tail of a fish; (b.) the moon; (c.) a wave of the sea, rising after a calm; ikuiku, a light, fair breeze. Cf. akaikuavi, to make into the form of a cone. Ext. Poly:

Kayan—cf. eko, the tail.

Malay—cf. ikur, the tail of animals; the lower end: the train of a garment; siku, the elbow; an angle; a flexure.

HIKUAWA, the source of a river or stream. Cf. hiku, the tip or point; awa, a river: hikutau, the head of a river. [For comparatives, see Hiku, and Awa.]

HIKUPEKE, to reef; to be shortened, so as not to hang down low. Cf. pepeke, to draw up, as the legs or arms; hiku, the tail. [For comparatives, see Hiku, and Peke.]

HIKURANGI (myth.), a hill on which dwelt the god called Te-manu-i-te-ra (“The Bird of the Sun,” or “Bird of Day”), in his house Totoka. On this hill mortals took refuge during the flood (of Ruatapu)—A. H. M., iii. 11. The storm boat on Hikurangi, and it would have fallen, but a Deliverer drank the flood and saved the remnant of men. This Deliverer is called Hine-makura, or Moa-kura, or “the son of Te-ra-ara-kai-ora.” Some say that Marereao performed incantations, and made the tide go back. In the Marua-roa, (about June,) Te-pu-nui-o-tonga forced the water up and drowned all those people not on the hill of Hikurangi. Another version relates that Paikea, by order of Ruatapu, led the people who were to be saved to a hill called Puke-hapopo. Mahikurangi, the hill on which the sky rests, is probably the same place. It was the first land which appeared when Maui pulled up his “fish” (the land) above water: Ko te matau ra tena i hi ai te whenua rahi, e takoto nei; ka rewa Hikurangi, kei runga—G. P., 160. It was known as “the Holy Mountain” in Hawaiki; upon it fell the first faint light, when the sun and moon appeared as “eyes of heaven.”—A. H. M., i. 43, 50, 148; iii. 11, 31, 37, 51, 55. [See Hawaiki, Maui, and Ruatapu.]

HIKUTAU, the head of a valley or river. Cf. hiku, the tip, end, as of a leaf; tau, the ridge of a hill; a partition; hikuhikunga, the head of a stream; hikuawa, the source of a river. [For comparatives, see Hiku.]

HIKUTOIA (myth.), the sixth (in descent) division of the Reinga, or Hades.—A. H. M., i., App. [See Reinga.]

HIKUTOTO, revenge, a vendetta: Ko tauatia ki te taua hikutoto—A. H. M., v. 22. Cf. toto, blood.

HIMU, the hip bone. Cf. humu, the hip bone.

HINA, grey hairs: Ka ki atu te waha o Tura, ‘He hina, he hina mate’—A. H. M., ii. 11. 2. The moon (one auth.): Ka herea te whaka- heke ki te Ra, a ka herea hoki tetahi pito ki a Hina, ara ki te marama—A. H. M., ii. 81. [See Hina (myth.)] Hina-iwaiwa, a glimmering moon; hina-otaota. new moon. Cf. mahina, to shine dimly; hinatore, to glow with an unsteady light; phosphorescence; hinapo, twilight.

Samoan—sina, white; plural, sisina: E sisina ona nifo i le suasusu; His teeth will be white with milk. Sina (sinà), white, of the hair; to be white, of the hair; fa‘a-sinasina, to whiten; somewhat whitish. Cf. sina‘aiuga, old, but foolish (from eating uga, the soldier crab; ugauga, partially grey, of the hair); ulusina, white-headed (E manatu ai se tasi ua ulusina le moana: One would think the sea was hoary); masina, the moon; maina, to shine, of fire.

Tahitian—hinahina, grey, applied to the hair: Ua ruhiruhia hoi au, e ua hinahinahia tau upoo; I am old and grey-headed. Cf. ahina, “grey-head,” spoken in contempt; mahina, the moon (in some dialects); ohina, grey, greyish.

Tongan—hina, and hinahina, white, grey: Bea o a‘u ki he ulu hina teu fua koe; Even to grey hairs will I carry you. Faka-hinahina, to bleach, to make white. Cf. uluhina, a grey head; tahihina, sound, but light in colour, as wood; mahina, the moon.

Marquesan—hina, grey; white, of hair. Cf. paepae-o-hina, blue sky flecked with white clouds; pavahina, a white beard, a highly-prized ornament; mahina, moonlight.

Mangarevan—hina, grey, hoary, of hair. Cf. olohina, grey hair; mahina, light, not dark; maìna, the moon.

Mangaian—ina, and inaina, grey, hoary, of hair: Te kaiu e te tangata rauru inaina; The sucking child and the grey-haired man.

Hawaiian—hina, hoary, grey, applied to the head; (b.) grey: He hina me he uahi la no ka lua o Pele; The grey (colour) like smoke (steam) arising from the crater of the volcano. Hinahina, grey, greyish; (b.) withered, as fruit ready to fall. Cf. hinalii, whitish; ahina, a grey colour; mahina, the moon; poohina, a grey-haired person; pohina, an aged person; a mist or fine rain; a thin cloud; white, whitish; any white substance, as flour, &c.; wanahina, becoming white-headed (wana, to dawn).

Paumotan—cf. hinahina, indignation; kohinahina, grey; kahina, bright, as the moon.

Ext. Poly.: Ilocan—cf. sinamar, splendour.

Malay—cf. sinar, a ray of light; lustre; ber-sinar, to shine; masin, saltish; sinar-bulan, moonlight.

Magindano—cf. sinang, mid-day; sun.

Fiji—cf. siga, the sun; day; sigasigau, white; siká, grey-headed; cina (thina), a torch or lamp; a god; to fish with torches; masima, salt. Java—cf. hasin, to be saltish; rahina, rina, and dhina, a day (the last word connected with Sanscrit).

Tagal —cf. asin, salt; maasin, saltish.

HINA (myth.), or Hinauri, a girl who appears in New Zealand tradition as the sister of Maui. [See Maui.] Hina is by far the best known of all Polynesian legendary personages. In the more eastern islands she is a goddess, and is almost certainly the Moon-goddess, although connected with the Ocean-lord, Tinirau, in a very mystical manner. Hina is called Hinauri, Hina-te-iwaiwa, Hine-te-iwaiwa, Hina-te-otaota, according to different versions of the New Zealand story. As Hinauri, she married Irawaru, who, going out fishing with Maui, his brother-in-law, was unlucky enough to anger him, and Maui then turned Irawaru into a dog. [See Irawaru.] Hina was overcome with despair, and threw herself into the sea, uttering incantations, and calling on the goblins of the deep. She was borne up miraculously, and floated for many months until she was stranded on the beach of Motutapu, “the Holy Island,” [see Motutapu,] and hence she assumed the name of Ihungarupaea (“stranded log of timber”). Hina was rescued by two brothers, who cherished her, and she became the wife of Tinirau, the chief of that country, who was also a god, the Lord of Fishes. [See Tinirau.] Her brother Rupe, who had lamented her greatly, sought her through the heavens up to the tenth or highest heaven of Rehua. There he learnt that Hina was at Motutapu, and, assuming the shape of a pigeon, he flew thither, revealed himself to Hina, and carried off both his sister and her new-born baby—P. M., 32, et seq. A South Island version gives an account of the swim to Motutapu by Hine-te-iwaiwa, more resembling the Mangaian story (afterwards related), and calls Hina the mother of Maui; evidently a mistake—Trans., vii. 10. As Hine-te-iwaiwa, she was the goddess presiding over childbirth, and was often invoked in spells at the time of parturition; the invocation is to be found S. R., 29. (In Tahiti the waters of childbirth, liquor amnii, are called ina.) As Hine-i-te-iwaiwa, she is said to have been one of Tinirau's principal wives, and that she went with others to capture Kae by stratagem, after he had insulted Tinirau by killing the pet whale Tutunui [see Kae]—P. M., 56. She also went to Whakatau concerning the burning of Te-Uru-o-Manono as revenge for the killing of Tu-whakararo—P. M., 73. A South Island myth relates that Hina was the daughter of Tunaroa and Repo: hence she is named Hine-a-te-Repo—A. H. M., ii. 76. White says that Hina swam to Motutapu because she had heard of Tinirau [see Mangaian version]—A. H. M., ii. 127. Before Tinirau heard Rupe (Mauimua) call his sister Hine-te-iwaiwa, Tinirau knew her as Hine-te-ngaru-moana—A. H. M., ii. 136. As Hina-te-otaota, Hina is the “New Moon”—A. H. M., i. 85. Hina is the moon— A. H. M., ii. 87. [See comparatives preceding the word Hina.] Hina is called Ihiihi as wife of Irawaru, and she had a son named Pero (dog)—A. H. M., i. App.

Hawaii—Hina is known here both as Hina and as Hinahele, the goddess of fishes. She was the wife of Kuula (Tu-Kura), the god of fishermen. Hina appears as the intercessor between the fishermen and their deity; when the god refuses to give fish, Hina is appealed to. Hina also appears as the wife of Hema, and the mother of Tawhaki and Karihi. [See Tawhaki.] She went up to live in the moon, because annoyed at the dirtiness of her children. Her lunar name is Hana-ia-ka-malama. This is apparently a version of the Tawhaki legend of Tangotango. One of the months was named after her, Hinaialeele. Hina was seduced by Wakea (Vatea) [see Atea], and by him she brought forth the island of Molokai, to the great rage of Papa, the wife of Wakea. Hina as a Deluge-goddess is known as Hinalii, and the Noachian deluge is now alluded to as the Kaiakahinalii (Tai-a-Te-Hina-ariki). She had two sisters, Hinakuluiua (Hina-turu-i-ua), the goddess of rain, and Hookuipaele (Whakatu-i-pakere).

Manahiki — Here Hina is called sister to the three Maui brothers; she helped to fasten the great fish-hook (Tongareva, or Penrhyn's Island) of Maui. This agrees with the Hawaiian account, which states that the fish-hook was baited with the bird of Hina, the alae.

Niue—The Underworld of the dead is called Maui, but the heaven is the “bright land of Sina” in the skies.

Samoa—Sina is “the Woman in the moon;” and the dark places on the bright face of the full moon are supposed to represent Sina with her mallet, beating out the bark of the paper mulberry for native cloth. She is also connected with the Deluge; she, the daughter of Tangaloa, [see Tangaroa,] being sent down by her father again and again in the form of a bird to see if the flood was subsiding.

Mangaia—The heroine here takes the name of Ina (the Hervey Islanders dropping the letter h). Maui could not snare the sun, (all the ropes burning up,) until he made a noose from the hair of his lovely sister Inaika (“Ina, the fish”). She was left one day by her parents in charge of some of the treasured family ornaments, but allowed herself to be outwitted and robbed by the goblin arch-thief Ngana. Her parents beat her terribly for this, and she resolved to fly from home to Tinirau, the king of all fish, he having over-shadowed her by a spirit (manu) which compelled her journey. She crossed the ocean to the Holy Island on the back of Tekea, the shark-king; became the wife of Tinirau, and bore him a son, Koro. [See Koro.] Her brother Rupe came to her in the form of a linnet, and made peace between Ina and her parents. There are two other Mangaiian myths which give different spouses to Ina. One legend states that Maui's sister Ina was bride to the god Tano [see Tane]; another version relates that Marama, the Moon, fell in love with her, and took her away to the lunar mansions as his wife. Ina is called a tapairu [see Tapairu], or fairy princess, in some of the Native songs, especially those relating to the ball-playing:—

“Of these fairies the most strangely fascinating And proficient at the game is our Ina, Lovely blossom, whose home is in the sky, Beloved wife of Full-Moon, I have beaten thee.” M. & S., 245.

Marquesas—Hina was the wife of Tiki, the first man. [See Tiki.] A sky flecked with white clouds is called the Paepae-a-Hina, “the pavement of Hina.” The Deluge hymns invoke her as well as Fatu-Moana, the Lord of Ocean. She is addressed as Hina-te-ao-iho, Hina-te-ao-meha, &c.

Tahiti — Hina was the name of the first woman; the wife of Tii (Tiki). Hina-tu-moana was beaten by her parents [see Mangaian version, ante] because she lost the family treasures in a freshet. At that time she dwelt in Papeuriri, at Tahiti. She received a divine lover, who guided her to Uporu, where dwelt her foster-father, named Taivaiva-Tane-Tinirau-hui-mate-te-hapa-o-Faeoro. She crossed to him at Tahas, on a ray-fish. At Raiatea there is a peninsula called Motutapu (Holy Island), whereon Hina and her brother Ru (Rupe ?) landed; as there is a Motutapu in Rarotonga, another in New Zealand, &c. Ru and Hina helped to prop the sky [see Tokotoko]; and in this Hina's brother seems confused with Ru, the earthquake god. Hina went on in her canoe, and aiming at the moon, reached it, and became the lunar goddess, leaving Ru as master of the earth. Numberless spots in the Society Islands are named after Hina: the opening of the reef through which she sailed; the place whereon she beat out her tapa (native cloth); the site of her bread-fruit tree, &c. The allusions in legend and locality-names to Hina are very frequent in Polynesia, but cannot all have mention. On glancing at the preceding word (Hina), the comparatives show how hina is connected with “light” and “moon” everywhere; and this is probably why Hina became the wife of Tane, the god of Light (in Eastern Polynesia), or the wife of Marama, the moon, or of Atea, daylight. Some dim connection between the moon and the tides may have led to the growth of myths confusing the Moon goddess with the Fish goddess, the great swimmer, the Deluge maiden, and the Deluge bird, &c. [For stories concerning Hina compared at length, see Tregear, Trans. N.Z. Inst. xix. 486, et seq.]

HINAHINA, the name of a tree, the Whitewood (Bot. Melicytus ramiflorus): Ka pakaina ki te hinahina, na toro tou—Wohl., Trans., vii. 38.

HINAKI (hìnaki), an eel-basket, a basket for catching eels: I a Kura te hinaki-tuna—G.-8, 27.

Tahitian—hinai, a kind of basket. Cf. hinaimatai, a kind of fishing basket or net.

Tongan—finaki, a cage; a net.

Mangarevan—inaki, a basket for catching fish; aka-inaki, to procure.

Hawaiian—hinai, a basket.

HINAKIPOURI (hìnakipouri), quite dark. Cf. hinapouri, very dark; hinapo, twilight; pouri, dark; po, night.

HINAMOE, sleepy. Cf. hiamoe, sleepy; moe, to sleep.

HINAMOKI (also Inamoki,) a kind of rat.

Moriori—cf. hinamoko, to sqeak.

HINAMOREMORE, a variety of the kumera, or sweet potato: He turanga-patupatu, he hinamoremore, he kakari-kura—A. H. M., iii. 83.

HINANA (hìnana), staring angrily, looking fierce (spoken of the eyes and eyebrows): He iwi kanohi hinana—Tiu., xxviii. 50. Cf. nana, in a passion; the eyebrow; nanakia, fierce. 2. To wink: He aha hoki o kanohi i hinana ai— Hopa, xv. 12.

HINANGA, the name of a small freshwater fish (Ich. Galaxias attenuatus). [For comparatives, see Inanga.]

HINANGAKORE, HINANGAREWA, HINANGATUHI, the names of different varieties of greenstone (jade, or nephrite).

HINAPO, twilight (one auth.) Cf. hina, grey hairs; the moon; po, night hinatore any phosphorescent substance. [For comparatives, see Hina, and Po.]

HINAPOURI, very dark: Naku i taku atu i te hinepouri—G. P., 69. Cf. hinapo, twilight; pouri, darkness; po, night; uri, black; hinakipouri, quite dark. [For comparatives, see Po, and Pouri.]

HINATORE (hìnàtore), any phosphorescent substance. Cf. hina, grey hairs; the moon; kinapo, twilight; tore, to burn; a white spot; katore, glimmering, dimly luminous; inatore, a will-o-the-wisp, ignis fatuus. 2. The young shoots of a species of toetoe grass (Arundo).

HINAU (hìnau), or Whinau, the name of a tree (Bot. Elæocarpus dentatus).

HINAURI (myth.) [See Hina.]

HINE, a girl: generally used only in addressing a girl or young woman: E hine e, tangi kino e, tangi aurere nei ki te hai—G. P., 201: Nuku mai, e hine, kia piri mai koe—A. H. M., v. 18. Cf. kohine, a girl; wahine, a woman; tuahine, a man's sister; tamahine, a daughter.

Samoan—cf. teine, a girl; fafine, a woman; tamafafine, a daughter (of the mother only, not of the father); fa‘ateine, to act the girl; afafine, a girl; mafine, a woman (a respectful term); fa‘afàfine, hermaphrodite.

Tahitian—cf. mahine, a daughter; tamahine, a daughter; vahine, a woman; hinerere, offspring.

Hawaiian—cf. hine, strutting, proud of one's appearance; wahine, a woman, female; wahinepuupaa, a virgin.

Tongan—cf. fine, women; fefine, a woman; taahine, a maiden.

Mangaian—cf. vaine, a woman,

Marquesan—cf. vehine, women; female.

Mangarevan—cf. ahine, a woman; female (also aine); veine, a wife; tamahine, the oldest daughter; mohine, a term of endearment for the youngest daughter; toaahine, a woman.

Paumotan—cf. vahine, a wife; mohine, a woman; makuahine, aunt.

Futuna—cf. fafine, woman; female.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. haine, a woman; Waigiou, pin, a woman; Waigiou Alfuros, bin, a woman; Uea, in, a girl; Salayer, baini, a woman; Massaratty, fineh, a woman; Morella, mahina, a woman; Teluti, ihina, a woman; Ahtiago, vina, a woman; Gah, binei, a woman; Salibabo, babineh, a woman; Cajeli, umbenei, a woman, &c., &c. [See Wahine.]

HINEAHUA (myth.), a goddess seen floating on the waters of the Deluge—A. H. M., i. 175. With her were Hinerakatai and Hineapohia. [See Tuputupuwhenua.]

HINEAHUONE (myth.) [see hine-nui-te-po.]

HINEAHUPAPA (myth.), the first wife of Rangipotiki, one of the Props of Heaven. [See Toko.] Her children were Sky powers: Tunuku, Tu-rangi, Tama-i-koropao and Haronga. Haronga wedded Tongotongo; and from this pair were born a son, Ra (the sun), and a daughter, Marama (the moon).

HINEAPOHIA (myth.) [See Hineahua.]

HINEATEREPO (myth.), “The daughter of the Morass.” Hine was so named as the daughter of Tuna-roa-te-tupua (“Long-Eel, the goblin”). [See Hina.]

HINEHAONE (myth.) [See Hine-nui-te-po.]

HINEHEHEIRANGI (myth.), a deity, or wise ancient being, who (with another named Hineikukutirangi) is often invoked during deep-sea fishing—Col., Trans., xiv. 8: Ko te ahi na wai? Ki toro ko Hineikukutirangi, ki toro ko Hineheheirangi—MSS.

HINEHUARAU (myth.), a taniwha, or monster, killed at Wairarapa by the chief Tara—Col., Trans., xi. 85.

HINEIKUKUTIRANGI (myth.) [See Hineheheirangi.]

HINEITAITAI (myth.), a woman who lived in pre-diluvian times. She was the wife of Rakuru, but on account of his sin went away, and was afterwards married to Kumikumimaro. These two had a son, Tautini, who made a remarkable voyage—A. H. M., i. 171. [See Tautini, and Tuputupuwhenua.]

HINEITEIWAIWA (myth.), a name of Hina, when, as one of Tinirau's wives, she helped to enchant and capture Kae for his murder of Tutunui. [See Kae, Hina, and Tinirau.]

HINEKAUIRANGI (myth.), the priestess-chief of the Horouta canoe, in the Migration. [See Takitumu canoe, under Arawa.]

HINEKORAKO (myth.), a spirit residing in lunar rainbows.

HINEMAKURA (myth.), the sister of Ruatapu. She drank the flood-water at the Deluge, (te tai a Ruatapu,) and thus preserved the remnant of mankind on the hill of Hikurangi—A. H. M., iii. 31. [See Hikurangi, Moakura, Tumutumuwhenua, &c.]

HINEMARU (myth.), the wife of Umukaria, and mother of Hinemoa. [See Hinemoa.]

HINEMATIKOTAI (myth.,) a woman dwelling among the sea-fairies. She informed Ruapupuke that his son had been made a tekoteko (carved gable ornament) on Tangaroa's house, and also told Rua how to slay the sea-fairies, for whom she was doorkeeper, (as was Tawhaki's mother for the Ponaturi,) and the sea-fairies died from the admission of light to their dwelling, as the Ponaturi died—Stack, Trans., viii. 176. [See Ruapupuke, and Ponaturi.]

HINEMOA (myth.), the beautiful daughter of Umukaria and Hinemaru. They dwelt at Rotorua, and the maiden was the centre of attraction for all the young chiefs of the surrounding country. Among these were the sons of Whakaue-Kaipapa, three of whom, Tawake-heimoa, Ngarara-nui, and Tuteaiti, were legitimately born; but the fourth, who was named Tutanekai, had been born after his mother Rangiuru had eloped with Tuwharetoa. [See Rangiuru.] Hinemoa owned a secret preference for Tutanekai above the other suitors, and the lovers found means to make their love known between themselves. Being separated by the lake, music was had recourse to as a means of sympathetic communication, Tutanekai and his friend playing on musical instruments which could be heard across the water. Guided by the sweet sounds, Hinemoa swam the lake at night, and after being in the water some hours, reached the warm spring at Waikimihia, and refreshed herself. There she was found by Tutanekai, who took her to his home; and, in the morning, to the joy of the whole settlement, produced his beautiful wife. Her place in the pedigrees of her descendants is pointed out with much pride, and the story is a very sweet and simple folk-tale—P. M., 146, et seq.

HINENUIOTEKAWA (myth.), the wife of Paikea. [See Paikea.] Paikea is a supernatural personage; and Hine appears in heaven, in Te Akaaka-tapu-o-Tane, the house of the lizard-god, Punga. Here she fell in love with Tawhaki, when he ascended; and, leaving her husband, she became the wife of Tawhaki, by whom she had a child. This caused the death of Tawhaki, but he rose again by his own mana—Wohl., Trans., vii. 44: A. H. M., i. 16 and 48.

HINENUITEPO or Hine-nui-i-te-po (myth.) This goddess was the daughter of the god Tane [see Tane] and the Earth-formed Maiden, (Hine-ahu-one, or Hine-ha-one) constructed by that deity from the soil. Hineahuone brought forth an egg; whence emerged a child named Tiki-tohua, from whom came forth all the fowls of the air. The next child was a daughter, Tikikapakapa (Aitanga-a-Tiki-kapa-kapa = birds), who was afterwards named Hine-a-tauira (“the pattern maid”). Hineatauira became the wife of Tane, and bore him several children, among whom are Tahukumea, Tahuwhakairo, Tahuotiatu, and Tahukumeaatepo. At this time she was ignorant of her relationship to Tane; but on discovering her parentage, she was overcome with shame and despair. She went down to Hades (Po), and became a goddess of the Dark, assuming the name of Hine-nui-te-po in the Under-world, trying to drag down the souls of men to Night, while Tane strives to lead them to the light. She bore one daughter to Tane, a girl named Hinetitamauri. After she had left Tane she brought forth Ta Pouriuri (“the dark night”), Potangotango (“the very dark night”), and then Pare-koritawa, who married Tawhaki, the Lightning god. In trying to pass through her domains and deliver the souls of men from death, Maui was slain. One legend states that Maui deceived Hine by walking “like an atua,” i.e. on his feet and hands, with his belly and face upwards; then, after robbing the aged goddess, Maui told his brothers to visit her walking upright. Thus it was that Maui-mua (Rupe) was slain, and not our great Maui (Mani-tikitiki-a-Taranga). From Hineahuone (the mother of Hine-nui-te-po), through her child Te Rapuwai, came the race of Europeans; while from Hine-titama (a name of Hine-nui-te-po,) sprang the Maori people. See S. R., 22, 23: P. M., 33: Wohl., Trans., vii. 9 and 36: A. H. M., i. 131, 146; and iii. 123.

HINENGARO, some portion of the intostines: Ka wehe te Makutu kei roto i te hinengaro o te tangata—MSS. 2. The affections, feelings, the heart (fig.): I roto hoki i te wai, i roto hoki i te hinengaro o te tangata—MSS.

Samoan—fina?alo, a chief's will, or desire; to will; (b.) a chief's heart, or the seat of the affections: E poto lona finagalo, e malosi foi lona mana; He is wise in heart, and mighty in strength. (c.) The liver of a pig or shark. Cf. finagaloa, to be angry (of chiefs).

Tahitian—hinaaro, love, desire, affection; to love, to desire: E faaipoipo noa ‘tu ratou i ta ratou e hinaaro ra; Let them marry who they love best. (b.) Will, choice, pleasure; to will; to choose: E te rave nei oia i tana hinaaro i te nuu atoa o te rai ra; He does as he wills with the heavenly army.

Mangaian—inan?aro, love, to love: I inangaro ana au ia kotou; I have loved you.

Tongan—fina?alo, the mind, applied only to the king (Tui Tonga).

Futuna—fina?aro, the mind, the will: Kipenei tiau finagaro i takere nei feipei iragi; Thy will be done on earth as it is in heaven.

Paumotan—hina?aro, willingly; to be willing; to wish, to wish for; faka-hina?aro, seductive; delusive.

Moriori — hiran?aro, conscience.

Marquesan—hinenao, to love; also hinanau: Te Fatu nui Atea haatuia i te hinanau; The great Lord Atea established in love.

HINENGARO (myth.), the name of the ninth of the great Ages of the Universe. [See Kore.]

HINENGUTU (myth.), a taniwha or water-kelpie, residing at Kaingaroa. She is a very harmless creature of her class, being only a knot of wood floating on a pool; but any interference with this log of wood brings on heavy rains.

HINEPIRIPIRI (myth.), the wife of Tawhaki. She rescued Tawhaki when he was attacked and left for dead by his cruel brothers. She was mother of Wahieroa, the famous chieftain.—P. M., 36. [See Tawhaki.]

HINEPUPUMAINAUA (myth.), the mother of Tawhaki and Karihi. The legend has contradictory versions: Hine is called Karenuku (A. H. M., i. 121); and also Pupu-mai-nono (A. H. M., i. 54). who is generally called Tawhaki's sister—A. H. M., i. 121.

HINERAKATAI (myth.) [See Hineahua.]

HINERAU (myth.), the name of a wind in the Land of Spirits—M. M., 168.

HINERUAKIMOE (myth.), one of the Powers of Night. [See Kone.] She was visited by Tane when searching for his wife. Hine-a-tauira—A. H. M., i. 146.

HINETEIWAIWA (myth.) [See Hinenuiteo.]

HINETEKAKARA (myth.), a daughter of Kohu. She was married to Ihenga, and bore a son named Tama-ihu-roa—S. R., 63, 76.

HINETERANGIATAAHUA (myth.), a beautiful chieftainess, the mother of Roanga-rahia—A. H. M., ii. 27.

HINETENGARUMOANA (myth.), the name by which Tinirau knew his wife Hina, before he heard her brother Rupe call her Hine-te-iwa-iwa—A. H. M., ii. 136.

HINETITAMA (myth.), a name for Hinenuitepo, as “the first-born” (titama for timata, to begin). She was by this name the ancestress of the Maoris—A. H. M., i. 117; iii. 123. [See Hinenuitepo.]

HINETITAMAURI (myth.), the daughter of Tane and Hineatauira. It was on account of the birth of this child that Hine flod dowh to the Shades (Po), and became the cause of death among mortals—S. R., 23.

HINE-TU-A-HOANGA (myth.), some ancient personage referred to in the mystical story of “Poutini and Whaiapu”—P. M., 82. She drove Ngahue out from his former dwelling-place, and in his wanderings he came to New Zealand, bringing with him his famous ika (fish), the greenstone Poutini. [See Poutini.] 2. A great priestess and magician, a grand-daughter of Tawhaki, and the sister of Rata. When Rata was unable to use the tree he had felled, designing it for a canoe (he not having repeated the proper invocation, the woodfairies set the tree up again when felled), his sister told him to sharpen his axe on her sacred body, which, being done, had the desired effect. Hence her name, “The-maiden-standing-as-a-grindstone,” or, as the Southern version gives it, “The maiden whose back was a whetstone” (Kawe, e whakairi ana ki runga ki te tua iwi o tou tupuna, ko Hinetuaoaka)—Wohl., Trans., vii. 46: A. H. M., i. 69: P. M., 69: S. T., 5. The sharpening invocation: Orooro te toki na Hine-tuahoanga—S. T., 165. Hine came to New Zealand in Rata's canoe—S. T., 8.

HINE-TU-A-MAUNGA (myth.), “The Mountain Maid,” an ancestress of Tane. [See Tane.] Tane took her to wife, but she only brought forth the rusty water of the hills and the monsters of the mountains, so Tane forsook her.—S. R., 21.

HINE-TU-TE-RAU-NIAO (myth.), a daughter of Taramainuku.—S. R., 79.

HINEWHATA (myth.), the stump of a tree on which Hinemoa rested in her swim across the lake.—P. M., 149. [See Ninemoa.]

HINU, oil, grease, fatty substance: Ka ringitia te hinu—P. M., 62. 2. Pigeons or other game, preserved in their own fat.

Tahitian—hinu, oil, fat, grease: E vahi riirii oe i te reira, a ninii ai te hinu i nia iho; You shall part it in pieces and pour oil thereon. Hinuhinu, brightness, lustre; bright, glossy, glistening; faa-hinuhinu, to cause lustre or splendour; to make respected or honourable. Cf. tahinu, to anoint with oil.

Hawaiian—hinu, ointment; any substance for besmearing; to anoint or besmear, as with oil or grease; to anoint; (b.) to be smooth, to be shining; smooth; greasy; polished; (c.) to slip, to slide easily; hinuhinu, to shine, as if with oil; bright, shining; splendid, as red cloth; glittering, as polished stones. Cf. hilu, elegant, powerful, magnificent; hiluhilu, excellent, beautiful; the glorious, the powerful; hoo-hilu, to exalt, praise, dignify; ohinu, to roast, as meat; the piece of meat so roasted; a spit; ohinuhinu, to roast much or often; to be parched or dried, as the skin of roast meat; to be smooth and shining, as a swelled skin: hence, to be sick; henu, to anoint; henuhenu, shining, glittering, polished; kahinu, to rub over with oil, to anoint; mahinu, to anoint.

Marquesan—hinu, to make sacred (tapu), to make certain things unable to be eaten by certain persons.

Mangaian—inu, oil: E riringi oki aia i te inu ki rungao; He shall pour oil upon it. Cf. akatainu, to anoint.

Mangarevan—hinu, grease, oil; hinuhinu, oil on the head. Cf. aka-inu, to eat handfuls of liquid poi.

Paumotan—cf. tahinu, to anoint, to grease; oil for perfumery.

Ext. Poly.: Ticopia—cf. sinu, cocoanut oil.

HINGA (for hika,) to kindle fire by friction: Ka hingaia te ahi tapu—A. H. H., i. 6. [See Hika.]

HINGA, to fall, as a tree, or a person, from an upright position: Ka hinga, ka takoto, kei te whenua—G. P., 29. 2. To lean, to lean upon: Kauà e hinga mai ki runga i a au, kapà iana he urunga oneone, ko te urunga mau tonu—Prov. Cf. honga, to make to lean to one side, to tilt. 3. To seek, to look for: Ka hinga ki te waka—A. H. M., iii. 15.

HIHINGA, to fall in numbers.

HINGAHINGA, to fall in numbers, as on the battle-field; the slaughter of numbers.

HINGAIA (pass.), to be fallen upon.

Whaka-HINGA, to cause to fall: Whaka-hingaia etehi o nga ra kia ata haere ai—P. M., 72.

Tahitian—hia, a fall; to fall, as a person or tree that was standing; faa-hia, to cause something that was standing, as a tree or man, to fall down. Cf. hiatumio, to fall, root and branch.

Hawaiian—hina, to lean from an upright position: leaning; (b.) to fall, to fall down, as a house; a falling: Hina iho la au maluna o ka papaa lepo; I fell upon the hard ground. (c.) To fall, morally; (d.) to be offended; to offend; hoo-hina, to slant over; to throw down, as a person. Cf. kahina, to fall before one; to be the victim of one's intrigue or displeasure; to supplant; to take the advantage of one.

Tongan—hi?a, to fall, to stumble; a fall, degradation. Cf. higaaga, anything by which one falls or stumbles.

Marquesan—hika, to fall; (b.) to slip, to slide; (c.) to be overcome, vanquished.

Mangarevan—i?a, to fall, a fall, tumble; aka-hi?a, to upset, said of men or of anything large. Cf. igahu, vanquished; igamaororo, pestilence, a great mortality.

Paumotan—hi?a, to fall; (b.) to be worn out, used up; decay; (c.) dead; faka-hi?a, to cause to fall.

Mangaian — i?a, to fall.

Ext. Poly.: Malay—cf. singet, to lean.

HINGANGAROA (myth.), a chief who built the first carved house. It was built at Uawa, or Uwawa, and was called Raweora.—A. H. M., ii. 163. [See Ruapupuke.]

HINGONGI, a variety of potato.

HIOI, the name of a plant (Bot. Mentha cunninghamii). 2. The name of a bird, the Ground-Lark (Orn. Anthus novœ-zealandiæ).

HIORE, the tail [see Whiore]: Toroherohe mai ana te hiore—P. M., 29.

HIPA, to start aside. 2. To pass on one side. 3. To exceed in length; to surpass.

Whaka-HIPA, to slip aside, to turn aside: Otiia i whakahipa atu ia i te aroaro o Haora—1 Ham., xix. 10.

Whaka-HIPAHIPA, irregular in height.

Samoan—sipa, to be awry, to incline to one side; (b.) to make a mistake in speaking; (c.) a small fish, a small flying-fish.

Tahitian—hipa, self-conceited; pride, to be proud; (b.) the sharp point of a sail; hipahipa, to display pride repeatedly; faa-hipa, to turn aside; (b.) to assume supercilious airs. Cf. ohipa, work, employment; to toil; ohipae, to turn aside, to go in another direction.

Hawaiian—hipa, to blunder in speaking, a blunder; (b.) a little bundle; hipahipa, to be joyful, to express gladness; hoo-hipa, a kind of mele (song); (b.) to vow, to perform a vow; (c.) to speak falsely; a falsehood. Cf. ohipa, to perform a vow; to speak that which is false; ohipua, wicked, or careless, or negligent speaking.

Tongan—hiba, awry, crooked, incorrect; not upright.

Marquesan—hipa, to bend, to stoop; (b.) a hook; (c.) across, athwart. Cf. mahipahipa, winding, tortuous; to stagger; things which are not right; tuhipa, to impute a thing to anyone.

Mangarevan—cf. akahipa, to raise the jaw of another with the hand, to “chuck under the chin.”

Paumotan—cf. hipa, to inspect; to superintend; to look at, gaze; hipahipa, to make a visit; to perceive; hipahia, visible; hipatika, to look at fixedly.

Whaka-HIPA, the head; the hair of the head.

HIPAE, to lie in the way of. Cf. pae, to lie across; a step in a staircase; to be cast on shore; hipa, to pass on one side. 2. To lay crosswise. Cf. paepae, a threshold; pae, to lie across; whaka-hipa, to turn aside. [For comparatives, see Hipa, and Pae.]

HIPOKI (hìpoki), to cover, to cover over: Na hipokina iho ia e ia—Kai., iv. 19. 2. A covering: Ka hurahia atu e noa te hipoki o te aaka—Ken., viii. 13. Cf. poki, to cover over; hapoki, a pit for storing potatoes; kaupoki, to cover over; to invert; taupoki, to cover over; huripoki, to turn upside down. [For comparatives, see Poki.]

HIRA, in great numbers, numerous; a multitude: Kia rite ki nga whetu o te rangi te hira.

HIHIRA, shy, suspicious. Cf. hirau, to trip up. 2. The act of bevelling the edge of a log of timber.

Whaka-HIRAHIRA, to extol, to magnify, to depreciate others in order to magnify oneself: E whakahirahira ana ano koe i a koe ki toku iwi—Eko., ix. 17.

Tahitian—hira, bashfulness in the presence of many together, or of a superior; hirahira, scrupulousness; the fear of eating sacred food or what the sorcerers have prayed over; (b.) some regard for the feelings of others; hihira, to look askance.

Samoan—cf. sila, to be outdone; silafaga, a chief's observing, a chief's sight, a chief's knowledge; sisila, to see, to know (a chief's word).

Hawaiian—hilahila, shame, blushing of the face, confusion; to be ashamed: A koi aku la lakou ia ia a hilahila oia, i mai la ia, ‘E hoouna aku oukou !’ And when they urged him till he was ashamed, he said ‘Send’: Hilala, to bend, to crook; hoohilahila, to be ashamed; bashful, modest, as a backwoodsman; to put one to shame by his own superiority.

Tongan—cf. tauhila, to turn up the eyes.

Mangarevan—cf. hira, frank, hardy.

HIRAU (hìrau), to entangle, to trip up. Cf. hihira, shy, suspicious; rau, to catch in a net; hi, to catch with hook and line.

Whaka-HIRAU, to trip, to stumble. 2. To feel for anything in the water with one's feet. Cf. rau, to lay hold of; hi, to raise. [For comparatives, see Hi, and Rau.]

HIRAU, a paddle for a canoe.

HIRAUTA (myth.), the name of one of the canoes of the migration to New Zealand. [See Arawa.] 2. The name of a constellation. It was fastened on the breast of Rangi (the sky) as a decoration, by his son Tane—Wohl., Trans., vii. 33. [See Rangi, and Tane.]

HIRAWERAWE (hìrawerawe), producing weariness or disgust; irksome, tedious.

HIREA (hìrea), undefined, obscure, indistinct.

HIREAREA, an indistinct sound, a confused noise.

HIRERE (hìrere), to gush, spurt. Cf. hi, to make a hissing noise; rere, to run, as water.

Tahitian—hirere, to spurt. Cf. rere, to leap. [For other comparatives, see Hi, and Rere.]

HIHIRI, laborious, energetic, assiduous. 2. Requiring exertion. Cf. whiri, to twist, to plait [see Samoan].

HIRIHIRI, to repeat incantations over any one to impart energy: Naku i whakatata e, i te hirihiringa ma te atua—M. M., 192: Katahi a Tane ka hirihiri i tona ure—A. H. M., i. 147. 2. A short invocation: He hirihiri te ingoa a te karakia potopoto—G.-8, 29.

Whuka-HIRIHIRI, to assist, relieve. 2. To chant spells to relieve a sufferer: Ka whakahirihiria atu ki runga ki te wahine e whakamamae ra; ka hirihiria atu ano ki te kauhou o Houmaitawhiti—P. M., 120.

Samoan — sili, best, principal, highest; to be the principal, highest; (b.) to lodge in, to stick in, as a feather; (c.) to inquire, ask; (d) to pass, to exceed, to go beyond; exceedingly; sisili, the head turmeric-maker; (b.) to be spread about, as water from a watercourse which has overflowed; (c.) to shoot, to dart, as pain from one part of the body to another; fa‘a-sili, to be superior; (b.) to go beyond, to project; (c.) to cause to pass off, as fatigue by taking rest, or sleepiness by getting a nap. Cf. fa‘a-silitofo, to be relieved for a time, to have a partial relief in sickness; silimusa, to exceed all; fili, to be entangled, to be involved, intricate; to plait, as sinnet; filigà, diligent, persevering; fa‘a-sausili, to affect superiority.

Tongan—hili, to put upon, to lay upon; (b.) the preparation of arrowroot; hihili, better, more valuable; hilihili, to seek fruit when only few and scarce. Cf. fehilihili, to pile one upon another; hilifaki, to lay or put upon; tauhili, to sit or stand on anything very high, as a mast-head.

Mangarevan—aka-hirl, to help a sick person; (b.) to make a nest or den (of some animal); aka-hirihiri, to put the food all round the sides of the oven. Cf. hiri, to weave; hirihiri, to fish for turtle.

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy— cf. hirihiry, inflexible, obstinate.

HIHIRI (myth.), the seventh of the Ages of the existence of the Universe. [See Kore.]

HIROKI (hìroki), thin, meagre, lean (also Whiroki): He hiroki, he ahua kino noa iho— Ken., xli. 19. Cf. whiro, the second day of the moon; miro, a thread; to spin.

Hawaiian—cf. hilo, the first night in which the new moon can be seen, as it is like a twisted thread (hilo, to twist, spin). [See comparatives of Whiro.]

HIRORI (hìrori), to walk with trembling knees; to totter, stagger. Cf. ròrì, entangled; rori, distorted; pirori, to roll along, as a ball; rorirori, demented, dazed; turori, to stagger, totter.

Hawaiian—cf. loli, to turn over; to change, alter; hilo, to twist; hilohilo, to wander here and there, in telling a story; iloli, the unpleasant sensation of pregnancy.

Tahitian — cf. arori, a movement; to be moving or shaking; to stagger; faa-rori, to move, shake, or pull a thing from side to side, in order to make it loose; turori, to stagger.

Mangarevan—cf. rori, to rock, to stir, to toss about; turori, to totter; faintness, weakness; garorirori, to vaccillate.

Paumotan—hirohirouri, variable.

HITARA, a prized variety of the kumara, or sweet potato.

HITARI (hìtari), a sieve, or instrument for sifting.

HITAU (hìtau), a small waist-mat; apron. Cf. itau, a girdle for the waist; whitau, dressed flax fibre; whitiki, to gird; tau, a wrist-thong (for a weapon); whiwhi, to be entangled.

HITAWETAWE (hìtawetawe), very long.

HITEKI (hìteki), to hop. Cf. hitoko, to hop.

HITI (myth.), aborigines of the Chatham Islands (near New Zealand,) when first discovered by the Polynesians: Ko Hiti te ingoa o taua iwi ki te Moriori—G.-8, 2. [See Moriori.] It is a debated point as to the question of the New Zealand islands having been inhabited at the time of the arrival of the Maori. Legend speaks of a race in prior occupation, and says that they were called “Toi,” or Upoko-toea; that they lived on fern-root, fish, and birds, but had no knowledge of the kumara (sweet potato). [See Kumara.] See Locke, Trans., xv. 434: also G.-8, 2. A very curious legend states that Maui left Kui in charge of the land when he (Maui) had dragged it up from the ocean depths, and the race of Kui dwelt in the land. [See Kui.] Then came a people from across the sea, the Tutu-mai-ao, who assumed superior knowledge, and began to kill; but soon afterwards they began to intermarry with the former inhabitants, until the race of Kui disappeared, and Kui herself went down under the ground to live. [See Nukutawhiti.] Then the Tutu-mai-ao were dominant, until another race came across the sea, called the Turehu (fairies), and attacked the inhabitants in the same way as the Kui people had been attacked, intermarried in the same way, &c., and then assumed the rule. Then came other descendants of Maui, the ancestral Maoris, who acted like their prodecessors, till the Turehu became extinct; and the Maori have dwelt on “The Fish of Maui” for forty-six generations. The Turehu became patupaearehe [see Patupaearehe]—A. H. M., iii. 189. Manaia is said to have killed aborigines at the Waitara (P. M., 145); but another legend states that these were the people (Maori) which came in the Ariki-mai-tai canoe. [See Arawa.] The Pangatoru canoe was not allowed to land in New Zealand, the original inhabitants driving the immigrants back by force, and the Pangatoru returned to Hawaiki—A. H. M., ii. 181. On the other hand, Ngahue told the Hawaiki people that there were no men in New Zealand; neither did Rakataura see any inhabitants—A. H. M., ii. 188. Cf. tùhiti, to expel, to banish.

In Tahiti the word hiti means a monster, or whatever is deformed at birth; hanahiti is a person of the hiti or border, one of inferior note; hitiapa, the inhabitant of a border land; hiti, an edge or border; to rise, applied to the sun, stars, &c. (the Maori whiti); tahiti, to transplant, to remove a thing from its original place. In Mangaian (dialect drops h), Iti is the place whence came the ancestors of the Aitu, a god-tribe. It is now said to be Tahiti, but this is very doubtful, as tawhiti is the common Polynesian word for any distant place. [See Hawaiki, and Tawhiti.] The Hawaiian word (Kahiki) is discussed under Hawaiki. It is also deserving of notice that in Hawaiian, hiki, (hiti or whiti,) means to arrive at, to reach, as the Maori whiti means to cross over. In Marquesan hiti is “to go to the side of the mountain.” It is curious to mark that in Tonga the Tongans are supposed to be named thus as being the Western (or South-western) people, in distinction from the Fijians, who were the Viti (or Eastern) people. (Horatio Hale, quoted by Fornander, “Polynesian Races,” vol. i.) This would give the etymological value of whiti, “to shine,” to the meaning of hiti, aborigines, as in Tahitian hitia-o-ate-ra, sunrise, or eastern. As a mere hypothesis, it may be considered whether the Hiti of the Chathams were allied to the Viti (Fiji) people as a Papuan race: as “the Eastern people.

HITOKO (hìtoko), to hop. Cf. hiteki, to hop; toko, to spring up (in the mind).

HIWA, watchful, wakeful.

Samoan—cf. siva, a dance, song.

Hawaiian—cf. hiwa, black, precious; any black article supposed to be acceptable to the gods as an offering; dear, beloved.

Tahitian — cf. hiva, a clan; the company in a canoe.

Tongan—cf. hiva, to sing; a song; a heathen festival.

Mangarevan—cf. hivahiva, heavy, said of the eyes; iva, a stranger; ivaiva, severe, hard; aka-ivaiva, to detest.

Marquesan—cf. hiva, strange.

HIWAI (hìwai), the potato. Cf. riwai, potato.

HIWAIWAKA, HIWAKAWAKA, the name of a bird, a species of Rhipidura.

HIWEKA (hìweka), hanging.

Whaka-HIWEKA, to hang up.

HIWI, the ridge of a hill: Tahi eke nei au te hiwi ki parahaki—S. T., 179. Cf. kahiwi, the ridge of a hill; iwituara, the spine; tuaiwi, the back; iwi, a bone. 2. A beaten track. 3. The main part or bottom piece of a canoe, to which the bow and other pieces were united by lashing.

Samoan—cf. tuasivi, the backbone; a chain of mountains.

Hawaiian—hiwi, the flat or depressed summit of a protuberance; (b.) to diminish, as a swelling; to flatten down, as a protuberance. Cf. iwi, the side of an upland hill of kalo (taro); the stones used as land boundary marks; kuahiwi, the summit of a mountain.

Tahitian—cf. tuaivi, the slope of a mountain ridge; ivituxmoo, the spine; aivi, any ridge of low hills stretching to the mountains; tua, the back; ivi, a bone.

Mangaiian—cf. tuaivi, a hill; kaivi, a ridge, crest of a hill; ivi, a bone.

Marquesan—cf. tuaivi, a mountain; tua, the back.

Mangarevan—ivi, a small hill; (b.) a bone. Cf. ivitua, the backbone; aka-iviivi, to make folds; aka-ivitua, shelving; to form a ridge.

Paumotan—cf. tutaivi, a small hill.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. sivi-a, to cut a thing, as a stick, to a point.

HIWI, to jerk a fishing-line: Katahi ano ka hiwia e ia—P. M., 116. Cf. hi, to fish with hook and line; hiki, to start, jump.

HIWIHIWI, the name of a fish.

HO, a word expressive of the action of giving, presenting, &c. It is very rarely used except in composition, as ho-mai, give (hither); ho-atu, give (away from speaker): Mehemea ka kaiponu koe i ho kai, kaore i ho atu e koe—MSS. 2. It is also used in the sense of motion, as in the English idiom “give way;” ho-ake, go on.

Samoan—soso (sòsò), to move along. With mai (hither), to draw near; with atu (away), to move off. Cf. soso, to turn from side to side, to be restless, as in a fever.

Hawaiian—ho, to transfer; to bring hither or carry away (also with mai and atu); (b.) to bring, to present: E ho mai oukou i kekahi kanaka i hoa kaua no‘u; Give me a man, that we may fight together. (c.) To carry, or cause to be conveyed; to transport; (d.) to produce, to bring forward, as food to the table.

Tongan—cf. foaki, to give, to present; liberality.

Mangarevan—ho, to give (with mai and atu): Ho mai ta te tupuna kia na e turuturu mana; His grandfather gave him a staff of power.

Paumotan—cf. hoake, to despatch, send off.

Mangaian—o, to give (with mai and atu): Omai tai noku ora e, o Te-ata-i-maiore; Give me a new life, oh Light of the morning.

Tahitian—ho, to give (with mai and atu): Homai i teie moua nou; Give me this mountain.

HO (hò), to out, to project the lips in scorn. Cf. ko, to put out the lips in derision. 2. To shout.

HOHO (hohò), to speak angrily; to say “hohò.” 2. To grin. 3. To drop, to drip, to trickle.

Tahitian—ho, a war-shout, signifying joy or triumph.

Hawaiian—ho, to cry out in a clamorous manner; (b.) the asthma; (c.) a noise as of lowing cattle; oho, to exclaim, to cry out, as many voices; hoo-ho, to raise the voice to a high pitch; (b.) to speak together, to shout acquiescence or acclamation; to proclaim: Hooho mai la na kanaka a pau me ka leo kahi; All the people answered with one voice. (c.) To shout in triumph: E hooho na kanaka a pau i ka hooho nui; All the people shall shout with a great shout. (d.) To cry out in fear and distress; (e.) to wheeze, to breathe hard, to snort; hoho, to snore, to breathe hard, to snort; to gurgle; (b.) to cry out; to shout after; (c.) the distant sound of a small cataract; (d.) the spray of water from a cataract; (e.) snow; (f.) to sink down, as a canoe in the water; (g.) to jet, as water into a canoe when there is a hole; (h.) to leap or slide down, as one from a precipice; hoo-hoho, to force out, to emit wind. Cf. kahoho, to cry out after one; a crying out; shouting, calling.

Tongan—fofo, to rinse, to wash slightly; (b.) to rush, as a current of water into deep holes; (c.) to drink up; hoho, soft, yielding, as earth after rain.

Mangarevan—ho, to frighten fish; aka-hoho, to lick, to kiss.

Ext. Poly.: Aneityum—cf. ho ! I am here.

HOA, a friend, mate: Ko taku hoa pea, tenei, ka hoki mai—G. P., 28. Hoa-wahine, wife. 2. A companion, ally, confederate: A tokowha ona hoa i kainga katoatia e ia—P. M., 11. Hoariri, an enemy.

HOAHOA, a spouse. Used also of two women, wives of the same husband: Ka owha atu hoki te hoahoa—P. M., 183.

Whaka-HOA, to make a friend or associate of.

Samoan—soa, a companion, friend; (b.) one who procures a life for another; (c.) a song in honour of visitors; fa‘a-soa, to seek a wife for another; (b.) to apportion, divide out; fa‘a-soasoa, to deliberate about the distribution of food; (b.) to be prudent. Cf. soàfafine, the female companion of a lady; soáva‘a, a companion canoe going with another; àusoa, to dance by companies at a night dance; soàtau, an armour-bearer.

Tahitian—hoa, a friend (also ehoa, and used as a term of address): O te huru ia o taua here no‘u ra; o te huru ia o to‘u nei hoa; This is my well-beloved, and this is my friend. Faa-hoa, to make a friend, to procure a friend; to adopt a companion; hoahoa, likeness, resemblance; hohoa, an effigy, figure; form, likeness; faa-hohoa, to compare as to likeness, to esteem as bearing such a likeness; (b.) to portray or make a likeness of a person or of a thing. Cf. hoatai, a friend that is always willing; hoatau, the office of him who indicated peace or war.

Hawaiian—hoa, a companion, a fellow, a friend, an assistant: A ike lakou ia ia, lawe lakou i kanakolu hoa; When they saw him, they brought him thirty companions: E na hoa o ka La nui haoa; Oh, companions of the great burning sun. (b.) To secure by tying; to bind, to wind round. Cf. hoaaloha, a loved companion; hoahana, a fellow-labourer; hoahanauna, relatives of one's own tribe; hoakaua, a fellow-soldier.

Tongan—hoa, a second, a companion; to couple; to pair with; to accord or agree with; faka-hoa, to couple, to pair; (b.) suspicious; to suspect or imagine ill of another; faka-hohoa, to put fairly, bad and good, large and small, together. Cf. ohoana, a spouse, a partner; fehoanaki, to pair, to couple; gaahoa, a couple, a pair (used only in composition).

Marquesan—hoa, a friend, companion: I te tumu Onaona a na hoa; In the beginning. Space and companions.

Mangarevan—hoa, a friend; oa, a friend, said of a man loved by another; aka-oa, a friend; aka-hoa, to make friends with any one.

Rarotongan—oa, a friends companion: Ko koe e toou au oa e noo ki mua ia koe ra; You, and your companions that sit before you.

Paumotan—hoa, companion, friend.

Ext. Poly.: Kayan—cf. hawa, a wife.

Sikayana—cf. tosoa, a friend.

Ticopia—cf. soa, friend.

HOA, to aim a blow at by throwing. Cf. ngahoahoa, headache [see Samoan]; pahoahoa, headache; a, to drive [see Hawaiian]. 2. To charm the ground over which one is going to pass.

Samoan—foa, to chip, as a hole in an eggshell; (b.) to break, as rock: (c.) to break the head; a fracture of the head; fofoa, to break the shell, to hatch; (b.) to begin a taro plantation; fa'a-foa, a boil. Cf. foagafanua, pigeons hatched early; foalima, a chicken hatched by hand from an egg left by the hen.

Hawaiian—hoa, to strike on the head with a stick; to strike, as in fighting; (b.) to beat, as bark in making kapa, (tapa, native cloth,) with a stick on a stone; (c.) to drive as cattle. [Note.—This word, if dissected, is probably ho-a, i.e. ho-a for hoo-a, for hoko-a = whaka-a, causative of Maori a, to drive, urge.] (d.) To tie, to secure by tying, to bind; hohoa, to strike repeatedly on the head with a stick; to beat kapa; a cane; a war-club; hoo-hoa, to challenge, to dare one to fight; to provoke one to anger (cf. Maori hoariri, an enemy). Cf. nahoahoa, to strike on the head; to break one's head; the effect of sunstroke on one's head; pahoa, dizziness of the head, affecting one's eyes; pahoa, a sharp stone; a broken piece of stone with a sharp edge; a short wooden dagger.

Tahitian—hoa, to grasp, as an antagonist; a wrestler; (b.) to stand, as an army; (c.) the headache; hoahoa, teasing, perplexing. Cf. hoai, angry, indicating mischief, applied to the human countenance; mahoahoa, to be disturbed by noises; a violent headache.

Tongan—foa, to fracture, crack; to make an opening; fofoa, to crack up into several pieces; (b.) a good spearman; faka-foa, to cry or sing with a loud strained voice. Cf. fofoai, to be hatched, to be cracked; foaaga, a litter, a brood; tafoa, to break, to crack.

Marquesan—cf. hahoa, to beat bark for native cloth.

Mangaian—oa, to strike: E oa i te upoko, i oa i to rae; Strike the head, strike the temples.

Paumotan—faka-hoahoa, a row, a noise.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. tahoa, to throw a spear; tahoakau, to throw.

Malagasy—cf. voa, struck, hit, wounded.

HOANGA (hoànga), a kind of stone used as a grindstone, or whetstone [For description, see Trans. N.Z. Inst., xviii. p. 25]: Na, ka ki te waha o te hoanga, ‘Kia koi, kia koi’—Wohl., Trans., vii. 46.

Samoan—foa?a, a grindstone. Cf. fa‘amanifiàfoaga, to be little, but strong (lit. to be thin as a grindstone).

Hawaiian—hoana, a hone, a whetstone, a grindstone; to rub, as with a stone; (b.) He hoana e paa ai ka waa, a polishing stone for finishing a canoe; (c.) to make-believe, to pretend; (d.) the name of a species of fish (Diodon), large and singularly abrupt behind, as if cut off in the middle. Cf. hoanapuu, to crook, as a piece of timber; to project, to make an angle; hooanakaa, a grindstone (kaa = Maori taka); hoanahua, bending, stooping; a tall, slim, stoop-shouldered man.

Tongan—fua?a, a grindstone. Cf. fuofuaga, the pumice stone.

Mangarevan—hoa?a, a fine volcanic stone used for whetstones (also oa?a); (b.) a grindstone. Cf. hoho, to polish; ogaoga, to swing a cord over and over without touching the ground.

HOARIRI, enemy: Kei tata ano tona hoariri—P. M., 70. Cf. riri, anger; hoa, to aim at in throwing; hoa, friend (?). [For comparatives, see Hoa, and Riri.]

HOATA (hòata), a long spear. Cf. huata, a barbed spear. 2. The third day of the moon's age. Cf. ata-marama, moonlight.

Samoan—cf. fuata, the handle of a spear.

Tahitian—hoata, the name of a night of the Tahitian moon or month.

Hawaiian—hoaka, to lift up, to lift up as a spear in fighting: Hoaka ae la ia i kana ihe; He lifted up his spear. (b.) To drive away, to frighten; (c.) to glitter, to shine, to be splendid; (d.) the crescent of the new moon, the hollow of the new moon; (e.) a name of one of the kapu (tapu) days, the second day of the moon; (f.) the arch or lintel over a door.

Marquesan—cf. hoata, clear, spotless.

HOATU (hòatu), to give, away from the person speaking: Ka hoatu he ia te wai ki a Hine-Moa—P. M., 131. 2. To move on, away from the speaker: ‘Ae ! hoatu !’ Ka karanga atu te koroheke nei—P. M., 52. [For comparatives, see Ho, and Atu.]

HOE, to press away, to push away with the hand: he ringaringa hoea, a rejected suitor. 2. A paddle, oar; to paddle, row: Tatou ka hoe ki te hi—P. M., 22. 3. To voyage, travel, in a boat or canoe.

HOEHOE, to toss about, to scatter. 2. To paddle about; to make repeated trips in a canoe: Te tangata nana i hoehoea te moana—G. P., 67. 3. To convey in a boat or canoe, making repeated trips.

Whaka-HOE, to reject; to show indifference to.

Samoan—foe, a paddle; foefoe, to paddle briskly; foea, to have plenty of pullers in a canoe. Cf. foeuli, a steering paddle; foemua, the bow paddle; foemuli, to steer; tafoe, to cut paddles.

Tahitian—hoe, a paddle, oar; to row or paddle; (b.) the helm of a ship; hoehoe, to paddle repeatedly from place to place; (b.) a mode of fishing; (c.) to clean or sharpen the teeth of a wooden comb.

Hawaiian—hoe, a paddle: Kipu iho la lakou i na hoe; They turned the paddles back (i.e., rowed backwards). Hoehoe, to row a canoe or boat here and there; (b.) the shoulder-blade, from its resemblance to a canoe paddle; (c.) a wind-instrument, something resembling a flute. Cf. hoelo, to urge on, to push along; hoeuli, a rudder; hoewaa, a paddler, oarsman.

Tongan—fohe, a paddle. Cf. foheuli, a steer-oar, a rudder; taufoe, a rope belonging to the steer-oar; tafoe, to luff, to bring nearer up to the wind.

Marquesan—hoe, a paddle; to row, paddle: He hoe i te iima; A paddle in the hand.

Rarotongan—oe, an oar, a paddle; to row: Akamaroiroi iora te au tangata i te oe e oki akaou ki uta; Nevertheless, the men rowed hard to bring it to the land.

Mangarevan—hoe, an oar paddle; to row: E haka vare ana te vaka i te hoe; The paddling in the canoe stops; (b.) to labour at agriculture. Cf. ohe, an oar, paddle; raparapahoe, the blade of a paddle.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. hode, a paddle.

Fiji—cf. voce, (c = th) a paddle, to propel a canoe with a paddle; vocenikuita, the nautilus (kuita, cuttle-fish).

Malagasy—cf. voy, the art of rowing; mivoy, to row; fivoy, an oar; voivoy, roving, rambling, going to and fro. Caroline Islands—cf. oa, a paddle. Solomon Islands—cf. fose, a paddle.

HOEHOE (myth.), a semi-divine person, a descendant of Rangi (the Sky). He was son of Urupa, and father of Puhaorangi.—S. R., 15. [See Puhaorangi.]

HOEORA (myth.) [See Haeora.]

HOEPAPA, to eradicate, to destroy all traces of. Cf. hoe, to push away; whakahoe, to reject; papa, foundation.

HOEROA, a long spear made of the bone of the whale. [For illustration, see A. H. M., iii., Maori, 66.]

HOHA (hòhà), wearisome, wearied with expectation: Kua hoha toku wairua ki toku ora—Hopa, x. 1. Cf. tuhàhà, happening late in the day.

Hawaiian — cf. oha, sick from grief, or care.

Tongan—hohaa, disgust, uneasiness, anxiety; faka-hohaa, to discompose, to disgust, to make uneasy. Cf. hohaaji, to arouse, to call attention.

Mangarevan—oha, to fall down, to fall down as the arms of a sick person; ohaoha, a boil or carbuncle in the skin which relaxes the muscles.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. vosa, to speak; speech; vosavosa, to speak much, talkative.

Malagasy—of. osa, cowardly, weak.

HOHE, wrinkled with laughing.

HOHEHOHE, the name of a molluse (Mol. Tellina alba).

HOHERE, the name of a small tree (Bot. Plagianthus lyalli).

HOHOEKA, the name of a small tree (Bot. Panax longissimum).

HOHOKO. [See under Hoko.]

HOHONU. [See under Honu.]

HOHORO. [See under Horo.]

HOI, the lobe of the ear. 2. The gusset of a garment. Cf. tihoi, to expand the woof in weaving [see Tihoi]. 3. Far off, distant. 4. Deaf; obstinate; A tae te hoi o tenei taurekareka—P. M., 164.

HOIHOI, an exclamation of denial as to the truth of something spoken of: E hoihoi ana koe ki ahau — Sh. N.Z., 307. 2. Deafening, noisy. Cf. tihoihoi, noisy.

Hawaiian— cf. pihoihoi, to rejoice; to talk confusedly; hoihi, afar off, at a very great distance.

Tahitian—cf. hoiha, an exclamation of contempt of some order given.

Tongan— cf. foi, cowardice, a coward; timid; hoihoifua, a term applied to a female chief when old and infirm.

Mangarevan—cf. hoi, to drive away; thin, miserable; aka-hoihoi, horrible to see.

HOIHO, the name of a bird, the Great Penguin (Orn. Eudyptes antipodum).

HOIKI (hoìki), tapering upwards. Cf. hoka, to be pointed.

Ext. Poly:

Malagasy—cf. tsoky, sharp, pointed, having a point like a bird's beak.

HOIMATUA (myth.), a relative of Turi, the ancestor of the Whanganui tribes. He was the father of Potikiroroa, a boy who was murdered by Uenuku, the high priest—P. M., 126. [See Turi.]

HOKA, the name of a fish, the Red Cod (Ich. Lotella baccus). Its liver is used as Europeans use cod liver, for oil-making.

HOKA, projecting sharply upwards. Cf. oka, a knife; to prick; the rafters of a kumara pit; hoiki, tapering upwards. 2. To take on the point of a fork. Cf. tihoka, to stick in, thrust in. 3. A screen made of branches stuck in the ground. Cf. pahoka, a similar screen of branches.

Samoan — so‘a, the brace of a house; so‘aso‘a, to spear fish; soso‘a, to spear; (b.) to husk cocoanuts (by sticking a piece of wood pointed at each end into the ground, and striking the husk on the upper part). Cf. fa'a-soata, curved posts used in building boatsheds and cooking-houses.

Hawaiian — hoahoa, to cause the hair to stand erect; or a natural object suggesting this: O Kauai, mauna hoahoa; Kauai with the ragged mountains.

Mangarevan—oka, a wooden stick for digging; (b.) to push out or pull out with an instrument; (c.) to make thrusts with a spear, to dart; okaoka, to poke among the corals for fish. Cf. ahaokaoka, to hang up; a reef or claw of coral under water.

Mangaian—cf. oka, a rafter.

Tongan—hoka, to pierce, to stab; to take off the husk of a cocoanut; (b.) a small cross-timber in a Tongan house. Cf. fehoka, to strike or stab repeatedly; hokaatatua, to pierce or stab behind; hokatuu, an upright supporter; mahoka, to be speared or pierced.

Paumotan—hoka, to pierce, transpierce; (b.) to prick; (c.) an oar; hokahoka, a spear. Cf. eoka, a fork; a dart; hokaohoka, to goad, to prick.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. coka (thoka), to pierce, usually with a spear; the tie-beams of a house; soka, the ribs or timbers of a canoe.

HOKAI (hòkai), stretched out, spread out, expanded. Cf. hokari, to stretch out one's legs. 2. Far apart. 8. The large feathers of a wing. Cf. hou, a feather. 4. A brace or stay. 5. Breadth. 6. One of the lucky takiri, or startings during sleep.

HOKAIKAI, to move backwards and forwards.

Hawaiian—hoai, to mix, to stir up (ho for hoo, causative prefix = whaka-kai); (b.) the union of two things sewn together; a suture, a joining; (c.) to be singular in one's conduct and deportment; hoaiai, to clean off rust and dirt; to make white and clean; white, clear, shining, as the unclouded moon; (b.) to be proud, to be lifted up with pride.

Tongan—cf. hohoka, the name of a kind of fishingnet; to fish with this net.

Samoan—so'ai, the brace of a house. Cf. so'a, the brace of a house.

Mangarevan—cf. oka, a prop: a stick for digging with.

HOKAIA, the stratified appearance of clouds.

HOKAKA (hòkaka), to desire.

Tahitian—cf. hoaa, a fine polish on wood, pearl-shell, &c.; flavour, as that of a roasted pig.

HOKARI (hòkari), to stretch out the legs; to move by stretching out the legs. Cf. hokai, spread out, expanded.

HOKATAKA, the name of a plant (Bot. Corokia budleoides).

HOKEHOKEA, impatient.

HOKEKE (hòkeke), stubborn, unyielding, churlish. Cf. keke, obstinate; houkeke, obstinate; pokèkè, sullen; tokeke, churlish; hou, to persist in a demand. [For comparatives, see Keke.]

HOKI, to return: Me hoki pea taua ki uta—P. M., 28. Passive, hokia, to be returned to, or for. 2. A restorative charm for a sick person.

HOKIHOKI, to return frequently.

Whaka-HOKI, to turn back; to cause to return: Tenei ano tetahi karakia kia whakahoki mai i te wairua ki roto ki te koiwi—M. M., 25. 2. To give back; whakahoki kupu, to answer: E, Kupe, e! whakahokia mai te waka ki au. 3. To replace: Ka whakahokia te poupou, hunakia—Wohl., Trans., vii. 37.

Samoan — fo'i, to return, to turn back again: Ona toe foi lea o ia nai ia te ia; And he returned back from him. Faa-foi, to cause to return, to bring back: E te toe faafoisia ea o au i le efuefu ? Will you bring me back into the dust again? Cf. fo‘isa‘i, to send back; tafo'i, to return; fa‘afo‘iita, to cause anger to be restrained; fefo‘ifo‘ia‘i, to be fickle.

Tahitian—hoi, to return (dual, hohoi): E hoi oia e haere i taua utuafare nona ra; Let him go and return to his house. Faa-hoi, to send back, to cause to return; I tei faahoihia maira, e na tamarii tamaroa nana ra; After he had sent her back with her two sons. Cf. hoiamuri, to backslide; to turn back.

Hawaiian—hoi, to return, to go back: Me ka hoi uhane aku hoi i Kauai; They would return, ‘as to their souls only,’ to Kauai: hoihoi, to restore, to bring back: No ke aha hoi he lohi loa nei oukou i ka hoihoi aku i ke alii ? Why are you then the last to bring back the king? (b.) To send back, to dismiss: Aole hai ke hoihoi aku; He does not cease (begging) though sent away. (c.) To change one thing for another; (d.) to return, as a rebellious people to their allegiance; (e.) to answer: Owau ke hoihoi aku ia olelo iou la, a i kou mau hoalauna me oe; I will answer you, and your companions with you. Cf. hoihou, to return anew; hoihope, to return backwards; uhoi, to return from following one; to turn back; to unite together; to live and sleep together, as a man and wife once separated; kahoi, to keep back, to hinder.

Rarotongan— oki, to return: E aere, e oki akaou mai; Go, and come back again: ooki, to return: E ooki ana korua; Return, you two: aka oki, to cause to return; to take back, send back: Ka oki koe e akaoki koe i to au taeake; Return yourself, and take back your brothers.

Tongan—foki, to turn back: Toe foki atu ae tagata taki taha ki hono fale; Let every man return to his house. Fokiaga, the place or thing from which one is turned back; faka-foki, to cause to return; one who causes others to return. Cf. fokihi, to turn over; fefokiaki, to turn again repeatedly; fetafokiaki, to turn about; tafoki, to turn over, to turn round.

Mangarevan—hoki, to turn on one's steps; Hoki mai ei ahi; He returned to get fire. Oki, to return: Oki mai, hoki; Return hither also. Aka-oki, to return; (b.) to reject a proposition; (c.) to refuse a present. Cf. okikotua, to draw back, go back.

Futuna—foki, to return.

Paumotan—hokihoki, often; (b.) to persist, insist; faka-hoki, to return; (b.) to give back.

HOKI, also: Katahi ka hoki mai ki Maketu noho ai, mahi ai hoki. 2. For, because: Ina hoki i pouri tonu te rangi me te whenua i mua—P. M., 7. 3. To give emphasis, to assent.

Samoan—fo‘i, also: Afai foi tatou te nonofo ai pea iinei, tatou te oti ai foi; If we sit still here we shall die also. (b.) A diminutive, in qualifying assertions: Ua faapea foi ona tali mai o ia ia te au; Thus he answered me.

Tongan—foki, also: Ke ke tokoto foki ki ho botu fakatoo hema; Lie you also on your left side.

Hawaiian—hoi, also, besides; moreover: He nui ka poe ana i kokua mai ai, owau hoi kekahi; She has been a rescuer of many, and of myself also.

Tahitian—hoi, also: E haere atoa hoi au; I will go also: (b.) besides; (c.) likewise.

Mangarevan—hoki, also: Homai hoki e toki ko Iraiapatapata; He gave the axe (named) Iraiapatapata also.

Aniwan—foce, again: Erefia acowa kofarere foce; Ye must born again.

Paumotan—hokihoki, often; (b.) to persist, insist.

Futuna—foki, also, likewise.

Rarotongan—oki, also: E kopapa oki aia; He is flesh also.

Ext. Poly.: Malay—cf. juga, also, likewise.

HOKI, the name of a fish (Ich. Coryphœnoides novœ-zealandiœ).

HOKIO (hòkio), to descend.

HOKIO (myth.), a night-bird, whose cry, “Kakao, kakao l” is an omen of war. This hoarse cry is caused by the choking in its throat, caused by the hair of the warriors who will fall in the coming battle.—M. S., 166.

HOKIOI (hòkioi), the name of an extinct or mythical bird: He Hokioi i runga, he Hokioi i runga, hu !—G. P., 32. (Also okioi.) The Natives say that it was (like the Arabian Roc) a huge bird of prey, large as the moa (Dinornis); also that it had many-coloured feathers, and a bunch of red feathers on its head. [See Sir G. Grey, Trans., v. 435.] Sir J. von Haast describes remains of a huge raptorial bird whose bones have been found in New Zealand, and named Harpagornis moorei. Sir W. Buller considers the Hokioi to be identical with the Great Frigate Bird (Fregata aquila). [See Trans., vi. 64.] The South Island legends speak of a huge man-eating bird, the Hakuai. [See Hakuai, Pouakai, and Poua.]

Paumotan—cf. huakao, the Frigate-bird.

HOKO, a prefix to numerals, signifying ten times the subjoined numeral: toru, three; hokotoru, thirty, &c.: Katahi ka haere te hokowhitu ra—P. M. 43.

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy—cf. vokovoko, a cross, the figure of an X (see note, Tau). [See next word.]

HOKO, to barter, exchange; (modern) to buy or sell merchandise: Engari i haere mai o pononga ki te hoko kai—Ken., xlii. 10. Cf. hono, to join. [See Samoan and Tongan.]

HOHOKO, HOKOHOKO, to traffic, trade, barter.

Samoan—cf. so‘o, to join; to encircle, to surround; a follower, imitator, or disciple; so‘oga, property given to the family of a wife on fetching her after a separation; so‘oso‘o, to be joined in many places; soso‘o, to unite, join; fa'a-so'oso‘o, to deliberate about the distribution of food or property.

Tahitian—hoo, to exchange property, to buy or sell; a price, equivalent: A haere, a hoo i te hinu; Go, and sell the oil. Cf. tahoo, to recompense, a reward; revenge (as utu); tapihoo, to exchange.

Hawaiian—of. hoo, to furnish, to supply; to stretch out the hand to do a thing.

Tongan—cf. hoko, to come, to arrive at; to flow, as the tide; image, likeness; the one who succeeds, next, nearest in place or gradation; hohoko, to trace out the pedigree of a person; hokohoko, to splice, join; to set in order one after the other; continuous, unceasing; faka-hoko, to apply, join; faka-hokohoko, to bring up; to hasten towards, as a fair wind the vessel; to wish to resemble others; hokotaga, a joint, splice; hokotaki, to join on; fehokotaki, to meet; to cohabit; to resemble, as a child its parent.

Mangaian —oko, to barter, to buy, sell: E te aronga katoa i oko ia ratou; All the people which sell them.

Marquesan—hoko, to buy or sell.

Mangarevan—oko, to buy or sell; (b.) satisfaction; (c.) strong, solid, hard, obstinate; indulgence; okooko, exchange; okookooga, vengeance; aka-oko, to tie, bind; to consolidate, to make firm. Cf. okorua, to be put in the place of another; okotakao, to answer; okotahaga, not to be able to do a thing; taioko, salt.

Paumotan—hoko, to buy, soll, traflic; price; (b.) brave. Cf. tahoko, to pay; reprisal; revenge.

HOKOMIRIMIRI, to stroke, pat. Cf. miri, to rub; to touch in passing; komiri, to rub with the fingers. [For comparatives, see Miri.]

HOMAI (Te Homai), the name of a canoe. [See Tumuaki.]

HOMAI (hòmai), to give to the person speaking. [See under Ho.]

HOMIROMIRO (hòmiromiro), the name of a bird, the Pied Tit (Orn. Petroeca toitoi.)

HONAE, a small basket: Ka toro ana te ringa o Hotu ki te kai mana i taua honae—A. H. M., iv. 191.

HONE, to rob, maraud, take the goods of others.

Hawaiian—cf. hone, to be saucy, to be trickish; mischief; honehone, mischievous; honekoa, impudent; to be saucy.

HONEA, not present, to be absent. 2. To escape.

HONI, the Mole Cricket (Ent. Gryllotalpa vulgaris).

HOHONI, to bite, to wound slightly. 2. To devour, consume: Ka mahi te awhato hohoni paenga—Prov.

HONIHONI, to eat bit by bit, divided into morsels: He kaka kai honihoni—Prov.

Samoan—cf. soni, to chop.

Tahitian—honi, to bite; hohoni, to bite: I tei hohoni to ratou niho; That bite with their teeth. Honihoni, to gnaw, to eat by little and little; faa-hohoni, a vice, a pair of pincers or nippers; to pinch or nip; to cause to bite.

Hawaiian—cf. hone, to prick; to enter, as a sharp thing; to be playful, saucy, or mischievous.

Paumotan—cf. honi, coitus.

Tongan—hohoni, to lance, to make small incisions in several places; honii, to lance.

HONIA (hònia), excessive: a word used to intensify mangere, lazy, and apparently only with this word: as mangere honia, extremely lazy.

HONO, power, authority, influence (as mana: see Mana): Kei au te hono mo te ao—A. H. M., i.

HONO, to splice, join, unite: Honoa te pito ora ki te pito mate—Prov. Cf. tuhono, to join; hoko, to barter [see Tongan]. 2. To add. Cf. tarahono, to pile up, to lay in a heap. 3. Continual.

Samoan—fono, to hold a council; (b.) to patch, to inlay; (c.) to eat; fofono, to patch; (b.) to send on a message one who has just come in; (c.) to send on to forbid a party coming; fa'a-fono, to gather to a meeting. Cf. laufono, a plank of a canoe; tafono, to join the planks of a canoe.

Tahitian—hono, to splice a rope; to join pieces of wood; (b.) a row of thatch about a fathom in breadth; honohono, to be joined one after another in a continuous line. Cf. honoa, an agreement, a plot; honoaparau, an agreement; honotua, to trace carefully to the origin; pahono, to splice or join; ono, to join one piece to another; to exchange one thing for another; tahono, to join, to piece together; tiahono, to join by lengthening a piece.

Hawaiian—hono, to stitch, to sew up, to mend, as a garment or net; a stitching, sewing; (b.) to join, to unite together; joined, fastened: Holo ka hono o na motu; Below is the cluster of islands. (c.) The back of the neck; (d.) the name of a kapu (tapu) where every man must hold his hands in a particular manner. Cf. honoai, the back of the neck (M.L.=hono-kaki); a uniting, a bringing together and causing a new relationship, mostly brought about by marriage: as makua honoai, a parent by marriage, or a parent in law [honowai has this meaning also: see Hungawai]: paahono, to splice, to sew together; pahono, to sew up, as a rent; to stitch together.

Tongan—fono, a piece of wood, ivory, &c., inlaid; fonofono, to inlay; anything inlaid. Cf. hokohoko, to splice, to join; to set in order one after another; hokoaga, a joint, the place of joining; hohoko, continuous, unbroken.

Marquesan—cf. hono, a turtle. [Note.—This may perhaps explain connection of words above, as to “inlaying,” &c.]

Mangarevan—hono, to adjust or place sticks, timber, &c.; (b.) to lengthen, by splicing on another piece; ono, to put end to end; to elongate; (b.) to tie, to knot; (c.) to compose a song; (d.) to heat, to warm; (e.) to poke the fire, to stir up the fire; ono?a, a small bundle of long things, as reeds, branches, &c.; fascines; onoono, the slips of Pandanus for a mat. [See Kiekie.]

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf vono, the joints or pieces of which the body of a canoe is formed; inlaid.

Malagasy—cf. haona, joined, connected.

HONOHONOA (honohonoà), to be harassed, annoyed, vexed.

HONU, fresh water: Haria mai te honu i te karaha na—MSS.

HONUHONU, deep water: Haere i te mitimiti, haere i te honuhonu —G.-8, 29.

HOHONU, deep.

Tahitian—honu, to be glutted with overabundance; (b.) the sea-turtle; hohonu, deep, profound; the depths: A toto te rai ia hohonu; Hung upon the heavens in the depths. Cf. honuofai, the tortoise or land-turtle.

Hawaiian—honu, the turtle, the terrapin, more generally applied to the sea-turtle; a tortoise. [Note.—The honu was formerly forbidden to women to eat in the times of the kapu (tapu), under penalty of death.] Hohonu, to be deep, as water; the deep (i.e., the sea); deep, as a pit: Ua eli lakou i ka auwaha a hohonu; They dug a ditch very deep. (b.) To be full, as the sea at full-tide; honua, the bottom of a deep place, as of the sea, or a pit; (b.) a foundation, a resting-place; (c.) flat land; the earth generally, including seas and mountains. (Note.—This is the Maori whenua, the earth.]

Tongan—fonu, full, fullness: Bea koeni nae fonu ae fale i he kau tagata moe kau fafine; Now the house was full of men and women. (b.) The turtle; fonuhia, to be filled; fofonu, full, applied to vessels; (b.) a cold in the head.

Marquesan—honu (also hono), the deep-sea turtle; hohonu, deep, profound; (b.) high up.

Mangarevan—honu, the turtle; hohonu, the deep sea; the high seas. Cf. autaiohonu, high-water; huruhohonu, high-tide, spring-tide: vahihohonu, a deep place in the sea.

Aniwan—fonu, to be full: Nifonu o eika sore; Full of great fishes (ni = sign of past tense prefixed).

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. honu, to be full.

HONGA, to incline, to slant,-to tilt on one side. Cf. hinga, to lean.

HONGANGAIA, emaciated, haggard.

HONGERE, a channel.

HONGI, to smell, sniff: Haere ! e kore korua e ngaro, ka hongia ki te piro—P. M., 48. Cf. haunga, odour; pihonga, putrid. 2. To salute by touching noses: Ki hongi ki nga wahine ra—P. M., 136.

HONGIHONGI, to smell: A ka hoatu ai taua aruhe, ma nga tangata katoa e hongihongi—A. H. M., x. 12.

Samoan—so?i, to rub noses, to salute; so?iso?i, to smell: Ma latou le faalogologo, latou te le aai, ma latou le sogisogi; Which neither hear, nor eat, nor smell. Cf. fogi, to blow the nose; fogifogi, the part between the nose and lip; fogifogivale, to blow the nose frequently, a sign of anger.

Tahitian—hoi, to smell: E ihu to ratou, eita ra e hoi; They have noses, but smell not. (b.) To kiss or touch noses; hohoi, to kiss or touch noses, as two persons.

Hawaiian—honi, to kiss: Holo mai la ia e halawai me ia, apo mai la ia ia, honi ae la; He ran to meet him, and embraced him, and kissed him. (b.) To touch; to apply a combustible article to the fire; (c.) to smell as an odour: Honi ahu i ke ala o ka mauu; Smell the sweet scent of the grass. (d.) To feel the influence of, as the roots of trees do the water; (e.) to salute by touching noses. Cf. hohono, to smell strongly, as tar or burning sulphur; a stench; hauna, strong sinelling.

Tongan—ho?i, to smell, to sniff; faka-ho?i, to seek out by the smell. Cf. homi, to sniff (as nima, for M. ringa?).

Rarotongan—on?i, to smell, to sniff; (b.) to salute (by rubbiug noses); (met.) to kiss: E kua ongi atura aia ia raua; Then she kissed them.

Marquesan—hoki, to kiss, salute; (b.) to smell; (c.) to be certain of.

Mangarevan—o?i, to kiss, to embrace; (b.) to smell; (c.) to turn on itself, to pirouette; o?io?i, to kiss often; o?i?a, taste; aka-o?i, to kiss; (b.) to spin a top; to turn, as the earth seems to do to a dizzy person.

Paumotan—ho?i, to rub noses, kiss; (b.) to kindle fire. Cf. hogohogo, to have an offensive smell; honi, fornication.

HONGOI, a brace, stay, support.

HOPARA, the belly: I huna iho hoki koe ki roto ki te hopara nui a Toi. —P. M., 65.

HOPE, the loins, the waist: Kia tirohia atu ai te hope o te tangata—P. M., 162.

HOPEHOPE, the lines tattooed on a woman's thighs.

Tahitian—hope, the tail of a bird; (b.) a man's hair tied up behind; (c.) to be finished, ended; faa-hope, to make an end; to take all; the last one. Cf. hoperemu, the lower part of the spine.

Hawaiian—hope, the end or the beginning of a thing; the termination of an extremity; (b.) a place, or office; a successor in a place; (c.) the close of a period or time; (d.) a particular age or time; (e.) the time of one's death, the end of life; (f.) the end—i.e., the result or consequence of an action; ending; last; behind; hopena, the ending; (b.) the rear of an army.

Marquesan—hope, behind; (b.) the tip; (c.) a bit, piece.

Mangarevan—ope, behind; (b.) the posteriors; (c.) the end part of fruits, &c.; aka-ope, the end; last; complement. Cf. opekura, last and poorest fruit of the breadfruit tree; opeoho, the back of the head.

Paumotan—hope?a, the last, ulterior; the sequel, consequence; to result, follow. Cf. hoperemu, the posteriors of an animal.

Mangaian—ope, end, extremity.

HOPEKIWI, a potato-pit.

HOPETEA, the name of a shell-fish.

HOPI (hopì), a native oven. (Cf. hapì), a native oven; tapì, a native oven; tapìpì, a small native oven; tapìpì, a small native oven; pìpì, to bathe with water.

Hawaiian—cf. pi, to throw water with the hand, to sprinkle; green, sogged with water; incombustible; pipi, to wet by sprinkling; hoo-pipi, to smoulder.

Samoan—cf. pisi, to splash with water; tapi, to rinse with fresh water.

Tahitian—cf. pipi, to sprinkle with water. [For other comparatives, see Pipi (pìpì).]

HOPI (hopì), HOPIPI (hopìpì) to be afraid, faint-hearted: Kei hopi o koutou ngakau—Tiu., xx. 3. Cf. opi, terrified; hopo, fearful; piri, to keep close, to skulk [see Tahitian].

Tahitian—hopii, the falling sickness, epilepsy; hopiipii, to be struck motionless by sudden fear; (b.) to be cramped in the foot or arm. Cf. hopiri, to sit in one's place through fear.

Marquesan — hopi, infirm; sick.

Hawaiian—cf. hopilole, to eat slowly and carefully, as a sick person

HOPO, HOPOHOPO, afraid, fearful, overawed: Kia hopohopo koutou ki te mea kua oti te kanga—Hoh., vi. 18. Cf. hopi, to be terrified.

HOPOHOPO, to doubt: Ka hopohopo tona whakaaro—A. H. M., v. 67.

Whaka-HOPO, to alarm.

Hawaiian—hopo, to fear, to be afraid; to shrink back through fear; hopohopo, to fear much, to dread; fearful, afraid.

Samoan—sopo, to step over, to pass over; soposopo, to transgress; (b.) to raise the feet in walking, so as to leave a small trail; (c.) to marry incestuously, or approach criminally to a relative. Cf. sopoliu, to transgress the laws of bonito fishing by stepping over the canoe; soposopoloa, to take long steps; sopo-vale, to pass over unceremoniously.

Tongan—hobo, a jump, spring, leap; to jump; faka-hobo, to command a person or persons to go from one place to another; (b.) to make one jump; (c.) to cut out, as a cancer; faka-hobohobo, to allow to hop out, as a bird out of its cage.

Marquesan—hopo, to be afraid. Cf. tahopo, to fear; to hold in the arms; to embrace.

Mangarevan—opo, to inspect, to have an eye on; (b.) to pay attention to; opoopo, to think about an unfinished task.

Paumotan—hopohopo, conscience; (b.) perception.

Moriori — cf. hopo, avarice.

HOPU, to catch, seize: Ka puta mai a Hioi, ka hopukia e Whakatau—P. M., 43: Kahore nga kereru kia mataku ki a ia, hopukina toutia e ia —Wohl., Trans., vii. 37. 2. To snatch: Ka hopukia e Hatupatu, ka mau—P. M., 97.

HOPUHOPU, to catch frequently; to catch one after the other.

Samoan—cf. opo, to take hold of, as in wrestling; opoopo, to carry in the arms.

Hawaiian—hopu, to seize upon, as something escaping; to grasp, to catch; a taking, seizing; (b.) to take as a prisoner, to apprehend a criminal; to hold fast, as something caught: I ke kai e hopu ana; In the sea they are gathered up. Hopuhopu, to seize, to grasp frequently; to hold fast firmly. Cf. hopohopoalulu, to do something in a state of trepidation; to prepare in haste; to catch quickly and shake; to make haste.

Tongan—cf. hobo, to jump, leap; hoboate, a captive taken in war.

Marquesan—hopu, to embrace, to seize in the arms.

Rarotongan—opu, to take hold of, seize: Ko te rakau ora aia i te aronga e opu iaia; It is a tree of life for those who take hold of it.

Mangarevan—cf. aka-hopu, to keep the body bent on the march.

HOPUHOPU, the Porpoise (Ich. Phocœna communis).

Tahitian—cf. hopu, to dive under water; hopuhopu, to dive repeatedly.

Paumotan—cf. hopu, to bathe.

HOPU (hopù), to be swollen, like a blister. Cf. hapu, pregnant; pu, a bunch, bundle, heap; to blow; pupu, to bubble up; puku, to swell; puputa, a blister on the skin; kopù, blistered, &c.

Hawaiian—hopupu, to be filled or puffed up with wind, as a bladder, or the bowels. [For other comparatives, see Pu.]

HOPU-TU (myth.), the sixteenth of the Ages in the existence of the Universe. [For the Time-Spaces, see Kore.]

HOPUA (hòpua), hollowed, depressed; like a cup or trough. Cf. hapua, hollow, depressed. 2. Lying in pools.

HOPURUPURU, mildew; mouldy. Cf. puru, fusty, mouldy; kopuru, fusty, mouldy puru-hekaheka, mouldy.

HORA, to spread out, expand: Horahia mai ou kahu ki ahau—S. T., 175: Ka tae mai nga tohunga ki te hora rau ki te tuaahu—P. M., 91. Cf. mahora, spread out; tahora, uncultivated open country; ora, a wedge; horapa, overspreading. 2. Scattered about. Cf. whaka-korakora, scattered.

Samoan—fola, to spread out, as mats to sleep on: Ua ia fofola i ona luga lona malamalama; He spreads out his light upon it. (b.) To unfold, as the hand; (c.) to promise; folafola, to spread out, to unfold; (b.) to preach; (c.) to promise. Cf. folasi, to spread about, to spread a report; mafola, to be spread out, to be extensive, to be wide; to be plain, perspicuous (of a speech); sola, to run away, fly away escape,; tafola, a shallow place in a lagoon.

Tahitian—hora (horá), to stretch out the hand in liberality; hohora, to open the hand with the palm upwards, a sign of agreement; (b.) to open what was closed or shut, &c.; (c.) to spread or lay out; horahora, to spread out, as a garment, mat, &c; (b.) the deck or platform of a Paumoto-pahi (canoe). Cf. hora, a poisonous plant; to use the hora to poison fish; horahora i te taa, to put each thing separate; to distinguish things; mahora, to be spread out, as cloth; to appear flne and clear, as the sky does after cloudy weather; mahorahora, open, cleared land.

Hawaiian—hola, to open; to spread out; (b.) the name of the root and stalk of the auhuhu, a poisonous plant; to poison fish with this narcotic; hohola, to spread out, to stretch over: Hohola ilalo o Keolewa, spread out below is Keolewa. Holahola, to spread out, to smooth, as cloth; to make up, as a bed; (b.) to calm, to soothe, to enlighten (applied to the mind). Cf. uhola, to unfold; to spread out, as the wings of a bird; to spread down, as a mat; to smooth out, as a rumpled cloth; to wrap up, as in one's bed-clothes; (fig.) to calm, to enlighten; kauhola, to expand, as a flower; to unfold, as a piece of native cloth; mohola, to unfold, as the leaves of a growing plant; pohola, to open or spread out, as the petals of a flower when blossoming.

Tongan — hola, to desert, elope, abscond; departure, elopement; faka-hola, to unloose; to let go away; to send out of the way; fola, to spread out; fofola, to unfold, to spread out, to extend. Cf. holataki, to abscond with, to carry off; to allow to run off, in steering; mafola, to spread out; folau, to voyage, to sail; a fleet; folahi, to spread out; laufola, to spread out; to spread abroad what is secret; a dance; tafola, to be scattered; vilihola, to bore the way out.

Marquesan—hoa, to spread out, as cloth.

Rarotongan—oora, to spread out, to expand: E oora au i taku kupenga ki runga ia hoe ra; I will spread out my net over you. 2. To spread out, scatter: E au mea makoikoi tana i oora na runga i te vari; He spreads sharp things on the mud.

Mangarevan—hohora, to spread garments as a carpet; (b.) to put earth into a hole. Cf. mahora, to spread out, stretch, expand; mohora, to spread out; ora, to wedge open; oraora, small dust or rain falling in the eyes; high tide.

Paumotan—hohora, to unfold; (b.) to lie down with the legs extended; (c.) to stretch out, as the limbs; horahora, to unroll, to open, unwrap. Cf. kahorahora, the surface, area.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. vora, to grow fat or stout.

HORAPA, disseminated through; overspreading: E kihai i horapa atu te mate ki te kiri—Rew., xiii. 6. Cf. hora, spread out; rapa, entwined; korapa, cross-grained, twisted.

Hawaiian—cf. holapa, the act of rising or boiling up; the swelling or rising of a blister.

HORE, not. Generally used with rawa, emphatically, as hore-rawa, not at all: Ko wai hei homai i te mea ma i roto i te mea poke ? Hore-rawa—Hopa, xiv. 4. Cf. kore, not; kahore, not, no; takahore, a widow. [For comparatives, see Kahore and Kore.]

HORE, to peel or strip off. Cf. mahore, peeled; mahihore, peeled off; pahore, scraped off. 2. Bald.

Samoan—cf. fole, to be sunken, as the eyes in their sockets; to be wasted away.

Tahitian—hore, to peel; hohore, to take off the skin of fruit, to peel off the bark of a tree; to excoriate. Cf. ohorehore, bare, as the eyebrows without hair, or a thing skinned; pahore, to flay or skin, to peel off the outer covering; ahore, barked, as a young tree.

Hawaiian—hole, to curse; (b.) to peel off, to flay, to skin; (c.) to rasp, to file, to rub off; a bruise; a scratch or break in the skin; (d.) to notch the end of a spear, to make grooves; holehole, to peel, to strip off, as the skin from the flesh, or the flesh from the bones; (b.) to separate one thing from another. Cf. uhole, to skin, to strip off the skin of an animal; to peel the bark from a tree; mohole, to bruise, to break up, to crush; to rub off the skin; (fig.) and, sorrowful, dejected; pahole, to peel off, as the skin; to rub, to polish; pohole, a wound, a bruise; to bruise; to break forth, to open, as a flower; to peal off, as the skin.

Marquesan — hoe, to flay, to strip off the skin of a dead animal.

Mangarevan—hohore, to rough-hew. Cf. kahore, to peel or pare lightly with a knife; mohore, to peel; ore, to excavate, as falling water does; pahore, to peel, to cut off.

Paumotan—cf. kohore, bald; to make bald; pahore, to peel off, to scale off.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. vore, a pig;

Malagasy—cf. bory, destitute of, deprived of; cropped, shorn; ombybory, cattle without horns.

HORE, a burial-place under tapu. Cf. hore, not.

Hawaiian—cf. hole, to curse.

HOREA, dim. 2. Bald. [For comparatives, see Hore.)

HORI, to cut a piece out of the ear. Cf. hoi, the lobe of the ear; horipi, to slit, as the ear of a pig.

Tongan — cf. maholi, to be chipped in places.

HORI, to be gone by.

HORI, HORIHORI, false, untrue; to speak falsely. 2. to mistake, misjudge: Ka hori a Tawhaki he wahine no tenei ao ano—P. M., 50.

Whaka-HORI, to disbelieve.

Tahitian— cf. hori, riot, wild or loose mirth; hohori, to go about begging or demanding, as the Arioi. [See Karioi.]

Tongan—cf. foli, to walk round and round.

Samoan—cf. soli, to tread on, trample on; to ill-use, to treat as a conquered person; sosoli, to eat things which were representatives of gods; solisoli, prostration, putting the soles of a chief's feet against the palms of the hands and the cheeks.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. voli, to go round, or round about; vori, to refuse to sleep with, as husband and wife.

HORIHORI, a kind of mat.

HORIPI, to slit, as the ears of a pig, &c. Cf. hori, to cut a piece out of the ear; ripi. to cut or gash; koripi, to cut; maripi, a knife; (b.) to slip, as a knife, &c. [For comparatives see Ripi.]

HORIRERIRE (hòrirerire), the name of a bird (Orn. Gerygone flaviventris).

HORO. [Note.—The senses of horo, as “to crumble down,” “to swallow,” and “to be swift,” are difficult to separate in comparison, as they continually run together.)

HORO, to fall in fragments; to crumble down; a landslip: I horo ai taua ana kohatu—(G.-8, 19. Cf. tahoro, to cause to crumble down; oro, to grind [see Tongan, and Tahitian]. 2. To drop off or out, as seed, &c.: Ka horo ano nga ngohi ki raro—P. M., 175. Cf. ngahoro, to drop off or out; papahoro, to fall off or out.

3. To fall, or be taken, as a fortress: Apitiria tonutanga atu ko te pa ka horo—P. M., 92. 4. To differ. 5. To cause to crumble down.

HOROA (passive,) to be fallen upon by anything crumbling down.

Whaka-HORO, to cause to crumble down: Poroaki tutata, whakahoro ki tau kè—Prov. 2. To take to pieces. 3. To slack off, or let out a line: He manu aute e taea te whakahoro—Prov.

4. To hurl down, to precipitate downwards: Koia i whakahoroa ai ratou e Rangi ki nga Po—A. H. M., i. 25.

Samoan—solo, to slide, to fall down, as a wall: E soloia foi pa uma e oo i le eleele; Every wall shall fall to the ground: a landslip; a portion of a wall fallen down; (b.) to pass along, as a number of people along a road; a string of men passing along; (c.) a song in praise of a chief's land; sosolo, to run, as liquids, or as fat when melting; (b.) to spread, as a skin-disease; (c.) to lie about, as a woman who has conceived; solosolo, to slip away, as the earth from the side of a hill. Cf. soloa, to be overspread, as by vines; to be overrun with water; solo'ava, songs of ‘ava drinking; soloi, to throw down a wall; to break gradually, as a wave fit to glide on, in swimming with the surf-board; solofa, to fall down, of a house only; to disperse, to dissipate; to resolve, as a swelling; solovi, to slide down, as a man down a cocoanut tree; alasolo, to overthrow.

Tahitian— horo, a piece of mountain or hill that slips down to the valleys by reason of much rain; faa-horo, to cause a thing to slide down; faa-horohoro, to remove property from one place to another, as when people change their residence. Cf. ahorohoro, to be crumbling or sliding down, as the earth on the side of a mountain.

Hawaiian—hoo-holo, to cause to slide down, as an avalanche. Cf. holo, running, moving; holomoku, a rushing, as of water; an overwhelming; kaholo, unfixed, or unsteady; paholo, to sink in the water or mud; poholo, to slip, sink, or glide into the water, as a piece of lead or other heavy substance; to slip off, as an axe from its helve; to miscarry, as a female; poholoholo, to adhere only slightly; pauholo, to be destroyed by the earth slipping away from the mountain.

Tongan—holo, to fall; to move in quick succession; holoholo, to wipe, rub; to scrape clean; hoholo, to rub; to slide; faka-holo, to move in a line; (b.) to glide or run over a smooth surface; faka-hoholo, to slide, to move on any smooth surface; faka-holoholo, to move in succession; (b.) to let go; (c.) to let down; (d.) to become fair, as the wind. Cf. fakaholoki, to break down, to demolish.

Mangarevan —horo, to fall down, to slip, as earth; a fall of earth; (b.) to rain; oro, to fall, slip; (b.) to rub; friction; to whet, sharpen; akaoro, to swim in the water; to glide, slip. Cf. igamaorooro, a great mortality, a pestilence; oroarua, a fall of grain, as of corn falling here and there like rain; orokuku, to take off the surface; to glide; ororo, friction; to rub.

Paumotan—horo, to hide, bury. Cf. tahoro, to swallow, to slip down; mahoro, to have a miscarriage; haka-mahoro, to slide, to glide along; papahoro, to slip.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji— volo-ta, to break (of brittle or thin things, as pots).

Malagasy—horohoro, a tremour, or quaking; horohoroontany, an earthquake.

HORO, HOHORO, quick, speedy: Ko koutou ki mua, ekore au e hohoro— P. M., 52. Cf. kaihoro, to do hurriedly; papahoro, to flee.

HORORO, quick, swift: Kia hororo mai, tena nga hau o Pungawere—P. M., 84: Tikina atu, kia hororo mai— P. M., 86.

Whaka-HOHORO, to hurry, to speed.

Samoan—solo, swift, to be swift, of a canoe; (b.) to pass along, as a number of a people on the road; sosolo, to run, as liquids; (b.) to be a coward. Cf. solomua, to go ahead, to take the lead; gasolo, swift; to pass along; soloa'i, to pass along, as a war party to war.

Tahitian — horo, to run; hohoro, to run (dual); horohoro, quickly, expeditiously. Cf. huhura, to run; ahorohoro, to run, as a number of persons; hororiri, to run away in anger; pauhoro, those destroyed by running away in battle; hururu, to be in a hurry.

Tongan— holo, to move in quick succession; faka-holo, to move in a line; to glide or run over a smooth surface; hoholo, to slide; faka-holoholo, to move in succession. Cf. holoaki, to push on in succession; feholoaki, to move in different directions, to be going and coming; gaholo, swift, applied to vessels; swiftness.

Hawaiian—holo, to go fast; to move generally, a going, moving, running; racing; sailing: Hai mai a oia i na ‘lii i kona holo i kahiki; He told the chiefs of his sailing to a foreign country. (b.) To travel in any way— i.e., to run, ride, or sail: Holo a hiki i ka waa pelupelu; They ran till they got to their short canoe. (c.) To flee away: Holo kiki aku la o Papa; Papa ran hastily away. Hoholo, to run, to sail, to glide swiftly; passive, to be driven swiftly by the wind; hoo-holo, to cause to ride—i.e., to carry in a vehicle; (b.) to stretch out the hand for taking anything. Cf. kaholo, to work rapidly at any business; to row swiftly; to jostle; naholo, to run along the ground, to flee away from; a retreat, a flight; holoaa, to run here and there; holomoku, a rushing as of water.

Marquesan— hoo, quick, swift, of a vessel. Cf. vaehoo, a good walker; pokihoo, quick, speedy.

Rarotongan—oro, to run: Kua oro atura ratou e arataki mai ia ia; They ran and fetched him. (b.) To flee, escape: Te enua mamao i oro atu na, e; The distant land to which thou art fled.

Mangarevan—oro, an exclamation conveying the idea of promptitude; (b.) quick, speedy; quickly: Oro riri Mauike; Mahuika quickly grew angry. (c.) To whet, to sharpen; (d.) to pass quickly, said of a vessel; aka-oro, to swim in the water; to glide, slip. Cf. orokuku, to slip, glide; taoro, to fly rapidly: oroatoki, to speak rapidly, hastily; vavaeohoro, swift of pace.

Paumotan—horo, to run, gallop; (b.) rout, defeat; horohoro, to run swiftly; faka-horo, to flee away, to escape. Cf. haka-mahoro, to slide, glide along.

HORO, to swallow: Ko Waikato horo pounamu— Prov. Cf. kaihoro, to eat greedily; horomi, to swallow, devour.

HOROHORO, to remove the tapu from a house: a cleansing ceremony like the pure. [Note.— The priest offered a small quantity of food to the presiding deity, some of which he (the priest) ate, and the remainder was consigned to the earth, thereby removing any stain attaching to the offering. After the priest had sprinkled the place with water, the ceremony terminated.—L. P., 136.]

HORONGA, food eaten by the priest in the above ceremony.

HOROHORONGA, food cooked by the father of a new-born child with which to remove the tapu from the infant—S. T., 144.

Whaka-HORO, to remove tapu (as horohoro): Ka whakahoroa i te tapu kia wawe ai te kai nga atua—A. H. M., i. 8.

Samoan— folo, to swallow (plural fofolo, dimin. folofolo, pass, folo?ia): Ma faamaga le gutu o le eleele, ma folo ia te i latou; If the earth opens her mouth and swallows them. Cf. folomaga, the morsel swallowed; folopa'o, to swallow whole; to swallow without chewing.

Tahitian—cf. horomii, to swallow; horopuupuu, to swallow eagerly, without mastication; tahoro, to swallow soft food without mastication; horofeto, to be choked with swallowing large quantities of dry food without drink.

Tongan—folo, to swallow, to engorge: Be tuku be au ke oua mua keu folo hifo hoku ifo; Let me alone till I have swallowed my saliva. Folofolo, to swallow in succession; faka-folo, to cause or help to swallow.

Hawaiian—cf. holo, to put or thrust in, as the hand into the bosom; holowaa, a box, chest, cradle, trough.

Marquesan—hoo (hoò,) to devour poipoi (mashed food); hoona, to swallow. Cf. hootiko, to swallow without chewing; to bolt food.

Mangarevan—horo, to swallow; oro, to swallow; (b.) to mince one's words; aka-horo, to swallow; (b.) to seek after very earnestly; aka-horohoro, to seek gropingly after that which is not visible. Cf. koromi, one who swallows.

Paumotan—cf. the following words, meaning to swallow: tahoro, horopitipiti, horomu, tahoropuga, horomiti, horomua.

HOROAUTA, or Horouta (myth.), a canoe of the Migration. [See Arawa.]

HOROEKA, the name of a tree (Bot. Panax longissimum).

HOROHORO, the wild turnip (Bot. Brassica rapa).

HOROI, to wash; material to wash with, as soap, clay, &c.: Waha ana e ia ki to raua whare, ka horoia ona patunga—P. M., 47. Cf. oro, to grind [see Hawaiian]; roimata, a tear [see Hawaiian]; kauhoro, to scrape; to rub with anything rough.

Samoan—soloi, to wipe; a towel: Soloi ai i le ie soloi ua ia fusi ai; To wipe them with the towel which was his girdle. Cf. olo, to rub.

Tahitian—horoi, to wash or cleanse: A haere i to fare, e horoi i to avae; Go to your house and wash your feet. Horohoroi, to wash repeatedly or in different places. Cf. horoiatoto, a man for a sacrifice (“blood-wash”); rori', to wash or cleanse in water (? horori).

Hawaiian—holoi, to wash with water, as clothes; washed, cleansed: E holoi oe ia oe iho a e hamo hoi; Wash yourself and also anoint yourself. (b.) To scrape or clean the dust from the feet; (c.) to brush clothes; to wipe, to clean; (d.) to blot out, as a writing; (e.) to clean in any way; holoholoi, to rub with pressure and quick motion; to rub off dirt; to rub down smooth. Cf. olo, to rub; to grate; to rub up and down; oloi, to rub as the stone rubs kalo (taro), as well as pounds it; haloi, to weep; to wipe the eyes when weeping. [See Maori Roimata.)

Tongan—holoi, to wipe, to rub off; holoholoi, to wipe off: Bea e ikai holoholoi a hono manukia; His reproach shall not be wiped away. Cf. holo, to wipe, to dry; a towel, anything used to wipe with; hoholo, to rub; fo, to wash clothes; foto, to wash or rinse slightly.

Mangaian—oroi, to wash.

Rarotongan—orei, to wipe: Kua kai iora e kua orei i te vaa; She eats and wipes her mouth. (b.) To wash: Kare e kai ua i te manga, e na mua ra i te orei marie i te rima; They will not eat food without washing their hands first.

Marquesan—hooi, to wash; (b.) to wipe, rub.

Mangarevan—horoi, to wipe; a handkerchief, &c.; horohoroi, to wash the feet and hands; oroi, to rub the eyes; a handkerchief, &c.; orooroi, to wash the hands. Cf. oro, to wash; to wipe; to rub; friction; ororo, to rub; friction; ruerue, to wash with water; to rub; aka-horohoroirima, to pour water on the hands to wash them.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. huria, to wash, to scrub.

HOROKIO, the name of a shrub. 2. A name given by the Maoris to several species of ferns —Col., Trans., xiv. 42, note.

HOROMATANGI (myth.), the great taniwha or water monster of Lake Taupo. He is a reptilegoblin who lives in a cave on the reef on the north-east side of Motutaiko Island. [See Gudgeon, M. S., 19, and S. E. T.]

HOROMATUA, a title of the priest in the Wharekura (temple), next below the ariki; the third in rank—M. S., 46. [See Wharekura; also Koromatua and comparatives.]

HOROMI, to swallow: Horomia oratia ana taua tamaiti ka mate—P. M., 107. Cf. horo, to swallow; kaihoro, to eat greedily; horomiti, to eat ravenously.

Tahitian—horomii, to swallow. Cf. oromi, to disappear. [For other comparatives, see under Horo, to swallow.]

HOROMITI, to eat ravenously, to devour. Cf. horo, to swallow; mimiti, swallowed up; kaihoro, to eat greedily; horomi, to swallow.

Paumotan—horomiti, to devour; to swallow. [For other comparatives see Horo, to swallow, and Mimiti.]

HOROPEKAPEKA, the Blue Shark (Ich. Carcharias glaucus).

HOROPITO, the name of a shrub (Bot. Drimys axillaris): Te horopito ko te rakau i tu ai a Weka—G. P., 324.

HOROTATA (myth.), the wife of Tinirau, and daughter of Mangamanga-i-atua. She was killed by Hina. [See Tinirau.]

HOROTEA, pale. Cf. tea, white; kotea, pale; katea, whitened; motea, white-faced. [For comparatives see Tea.]

HOROTETE, worn out; exhausted; prostrate. Cf. tetè, to exert oneself; houtete, stunted, dwarfish.

Hawaiian—cf. holoke, to run or rub against some opposing object; to be stopped short, as the mind in a course of thought or investigation.

Tahitian—cf. horotaetae, to be destitute.

HOROUTA (myth.), one of the canoes of the Migration. [See Arawa.]

HORU (hòrù), red ochre. It is obtained from water; the variety of red ochre called takou being procured from a stone: Otira ko te wahine ra he mea pani ki te horu—A. H. M., iv. 103.

HORU, to grunt, snort. 2. To yell in accompaniment to the war-dance. Cf. ho, to shout; ru, to shake. 3. To rankle.

HORUHORU, to rumble: Horuhoru taku manawa i a Hawepotiki—P. M., 108. Cf. ru, an earthquake; to shake.

Tahitian—cf. horuhoru, to be agitated, or troubled in mind; horuru, drunk with ‘ava (kava).

Mangarevan — horu, disorder in the stomach; horuhoru, conflict, agitation; aka-horuhoru, to be in great numbers. Cf. oru, the noise of branches; oruoru, agitated.

HORUA (hòrua), to go down, descend.

Hawaiian—holua, to glide down on a sledge: this was a favourite pastime of the ancient Hawaiians; (b.) a smooth path on the side of a hill, for gliding down; (c.) the name of the strong north wind, generally in the winter. [See Maori Whakarua.] Cf. holu, the depths of the sea; the deep ocean.

Tahitian—horue, an amusement in which persons slide on the side of a hill, or swim on a board in the surf of the sea.

Mangarevan—cf. orua, the entry of two fish into the fish-basket at once; said of persons, when two answer at once; ourua, to flow without interruption.

HOTETE (hòtete), the name of a large caterpillar.

Tahitian — cf. hotehote, men of short stature. [Cf. the Maori whe, caterpillar, and dwarf. See Whe, and the Tahitian note to Whaka-he.]

HOTIKI (hòtiki), to tie, to fasten with cords. Cf. tikitiki, a girdle; whitiki, to tie up, to gird; heitiki, a greenstone ornament worn round the neck. [For comparatives, see Tikitiki.]

HOTIKI, the tattooing on a woman's forehead.

HOTO, a wooden spade. 2. The spike on the tail of the sting-ray (Ich. Trygon pastinaca). [See Whai.]

HOTOHOTO, a stinging pain.

Samoan—foto, the barbed bone in the tail of the skate, used for the purpose of assassination.

Tahitian — hoto, a sort of spear.

Mangarevan — hoto, fish bones used for barbing spears; aka-hotohoto, pain in the bowels arising from insufficient food; (b.) great waves, or a tossing sea; (c.) to make a sort of triangle by joining the extremities of two parts; oto, an arrow; (b.) wood similar to a mast; (c.) a poisonous fish-bone used for barbing spears. Cf. aka-moehoto, to adorn or garnish the point of a fish-back spear.

Mangaian—oto, the barb of the sting-ray.

HOTO, cold. Cf. hotoke, cold; winter. [For comparatives, see Hotoke.]

HOTO, to begin a quarrel.

Tahitian—cf. hotohoto, passionate; raging.

HOTOA (hòtoke), slow in growing; backward.

HOTOKE (hòtoke), winter. 2. cold: A hei te hotoke, ara hei te makariri anake ka nohoia taua tu whare—A. H. M., i. 13. Cf. hutoke, winter; matoke, cold; hoto, cold.

Tahitian—cf. toketoke, cold, coldness; huitoetoe, cold, as water; applied also to the mind; matoe, to crack or split; motoe, cold; putoetoe, cold; comfortless in mind. [Note.-Fornander, P. R., i. 17, gives the etymological meaning of tokerau as “the cold sea.”]

Paumotan — cf. faka-toketoke, to cool, to chill; toketekete, cold; to be cold.

Hawaiian—cf. koekoe, to be wet and cold; dampness; cold.

HOTU (generally with ngakau or manawa for subject,) to sob, pant, sigh. 2. To desire earnestly; to long for. 3. To chafe with animosity. 4. To heave.

HOTUHOTU, accompanied with sobs.

Tahitian—hotu, to kindle, as anger; (b.) to bear fruit, as a tree; (c.) to swell, as the sea; hohotu, to bear fruit (dual); faa-hotu, to produce fruitfulness in trees; hotuhotu, the kindling of anger, and that often; hotutu (hotùtù), flatulent. Cf. hotua, force, power, courage; hotuapo, a sudden unexpected attack in the night; hotumata, the act of attacking or seizing suddenly; taatahotuanui, a man of prodigious strength either of mind or body; taihotu, a huge towering sea.

Samoan—fotu, to fruit; (b.) to appear, to come in sight. Cf. fota, to swell, as the mound of earth over a yam plant; to swell as with elephantiasis.

Hawaiian—hokuhoku, to breathe hard, to wheeze, as one stuffed with food; (b.) the asthma; (c.) filled with anger or unpleasant sensations. Cf. ho, the asthma; to wheeze, breathe hard.

Tongan—fotu, to appear, to heave in sight, to approach; (b.) unproportioned, as too much of any ingredient in one preparation; (c.) kava or something, taken as an introduction to a person.

HOTUA (myth.), the first man killed in the world. He was slain by Rauriki, in envy of his good fortune with women—A. H. M., i. 42.

HOTUKURA (myth.), a chieftainess of Hawaiki. Turi wishing for revenge on Uenuku, the high priest, sent the heart of Hawepotiki (the son of Uenuku) to the boy's father as food, hiding it in the offering furnished by Hotukura—P. M., 127.

HOTUNUI (myth.), a celebrated chief of the Tainui canoe—G.-8, 18. He had two sons, Marutuahu, and Te Paka, the father of Kahureremoa—P. M., 15 and 158; A. H. M., iv. 195. [See Arawa.]

HOTUPUKU (myth.), a celebrated monster, of lizard shape, slain at Kapenga by Purahokura and the men of Rotorua—Col., Trans., xi 87; G. P., App. lxxxv., Ar. M., 40.

HOTURAPA (myth.), a chief of Hawaiki. He was a son-in-law of Toto and brother-in-law of Turi. His wife, Kuramarotini, was carried off by Kupe to New Zealand—P. M., 129.

HOTUROA (myth.), the commander of the Tainui canoe, according to one version. The genealogy of his descendants is given in A. H. M., iv. 60.

HOTUTEIHIRANGI (myth.), the name of Whiro's canoe—A. H. M., ii., 14. [See Whiro.]

HOU, a feather; a feather stuck in the hair: Tiaia to hou, kia pai ai koe ki mua, ki te upoko—M. M., 176.

Tahitian—cf. hou, an auger; to bore with an auger.

Tongan—cf. fofou to push through.

Mangarevan—cf. hou, a gimlet, an auger; to pierce with a drill; to stir up the ground.

Hawaiian—cf. houhou, dull, blunt; to pierce, to thrust through.

HOU, new, fresh, recent: Ko te ara hou tenei—G. P., 277. 2. Distant: Mau hoki e titiro kei hou noa atu te wai—A. H. M., v. 57.

Samoan—fou, new, recent; to be new; O atua fou, na se'i tutupu; To new gods that came newly up. Fa'a-fou, to make new.

Tahitian—hou, new, late, recently, lately; faa-hou, to renew; again; done over again. Cf. ohou, a new garden or enclosure; pahou, young; new, late; tiahou, a novice; the first wetting of a fish-net; young, inexperienced; uihou, the rising generation.

Hawaiian—hou, to be new, fresh, recent: A ala mai la kekahi hanauna hou; A new generation had sprung up. (b.) To repeat, to do over again: He hou mai no i na kakahiaka a pau; They are new every morning. Houhou, to be persevering, to continue doing a thing. Cf. kakahou, just planted.

Tongan—foou, new; E tubu be hono fua foou; It shall bring forth new fruit. Fofoou, new, renewed; faka-foou, to renew; renewal, newness; conversion. Cf. fou, to build or repair canoes; fakafou, to open, to disclose, as a secret; akegafoou, a new plan; a new era.

Marquesan—hou, new, recent: Tai hou, tai hee; New generations, generations past. Cf. tamahou, a newly-born infant.

Rarotongan—ou, young; ouan?a, youth: Ki tera tangata ou na; To that young man. (b.) New: E tapaia koe i tetai ingoa ou; You shall be called by a new name.

Mangarevan—hou, new; (b.) a harvest; abundance of new bread-fruit; aka-hou, anew; to make new, to renew. Cf. matahou, new, a novice; pohou, to come to a new country.

Paumotan—hou, young; (b.) new; fakahou, to renew. Cf. tuhou, a novice; ukihou, youthfulness.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. vou, new; vovou, young;

Malagasy— cf. vao, new;

Kisa—cf. wohru-wohru, new.

HOU, HOHOU, to fasten together, bind, lash. Cf. whawhau, to tie; whao, a nail; whauwhi, a shrub (the bark of which is used for tying); houwere, a shrub (identical with whauwhi: cf. here, to tie, and were, to be suspended); hotiki, to tie. Hourongo, or houhourongo, to make peace.

HOU, to force downwards. 2. To force one s way downwards. Cf. hou, to dig up. 3. To persist in a demand. Cf. houkeke, obstinate.

Samoan—cf. fou, to make an attempt; to raise a rebellion.

Hawaiian—cf. hou, to stab, pierce; to exert oneself in casting a spear or javelin; to thrust, as the hand into a hole; to stretch out, as the hand; to search for something mentally; houhou, to be blunt, obtuse; to be persevering; to thrust through; to drill, bore, or pierce; ou, to pierce; o, to pierce; a sharp stick (Maori, ko).

Tongan—cf. fofou, to bore, to push through.

HOUHOU, to dig up, to obtain by digging. Cf. tihou, a tool used instead of a spade; hauhake, to take up a root crop; hou, to force downwards, ko, to dig with a ko. [See Ko.]

Mangarevan—hou, to stir up the ground with a tool; ouou, a gimlet, auger; to pierce with a drill. Cf. tihou, to take food out of a hole; to seize anything lying in a hollow place.

Paumotan—faka-hou, to furrow, groove, plough.

Tahitian—cf. hou, an auger; to bore, drill; houvaru, a pit formed by the sinking of the earth, as though it had been dug.

Hawaiian—hou, to stab, pierce: E unuhi ae i kau pahikaua, a e hou mai ia'u me ia; Draw your sword and thrust it through me. (b.) To dip, as a sop into milk; (c.) to thrust, as the hand into a hole; to stretch out, as the hand; to draw out, to extend.; (d.) to search for something mentally; houhou, to be blunt, dull, as an instrument; (b.) to be persevering; (c.) to thrust through, to drill, to bore. Cf. ou, to pierce; o, to pierce [see Ko, Maori]; a sharp stick; oo (M.L. = koko), a digging instrument.

Tongan — fofou, to bore, to push through; fou, to build or repair canoes. Cf. huo, a spade, a hoe; to dig, to hoe; to clear away weeds.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. vòvò-taka, to dig all the ground between yam-mounds.

HOU, HOUHOU, cool. Cf. hauhau, cool. 2. Disagreeable, unpleasant.

Whaka-HOUHOU, to feel disgust.

Tahitian—cf. houu, to irritate by provoking words; houu, sullen, sulky.

HOUHOU, the name of a tree (Bot. Schefflera digitata). Also called whauwhau.

HOUANGA, this time last year.

HOUANGE, a little while ago. 2. A little while hence.

HOUHERE, the name of a tree (Bot. Hoheria populnea), the Lace-bark. Also called houi (houì), whauwhi, &c. Cf. houhere, to tie, to bind; hou, to bind; here, to tie, &c.

HOUHOU-RONGO, to make peace.

HOUI (houì). [See Houhere.]

HOUKA, a species of Cabbage-tree (Bot. Cordyline australis). Also called kouka.

HOUKAWE (Moriori,) pride; to be proud, haughty.

HOUKEKE, obstinate, unyielding. Cf. hou, to persist in a demand; keke, obstinate; hokeke, obstinate; tokeke, churlish; pakeke, hard, stiff. [For comparatives, see Keke.]

HOUMA, the name of a tree (Bot. Sophora tetraptera.)

HOUMAITAWHITI (myth.), an ancestral hero of the Maori, who resided at Hawaiki. His wife was named Tuikakapa. Houmaitawhiti's dog, Potaka - tawhiti, offended the high - priest, Uenuku, and the dog was killed by Uenuku and Toi-te-hautahi. This act was revenged by Tamatekapua and Whakaturia; hence arose war in Hawaiki, which was the cause of the great migration of the Maori to New Zealand.—P. M., 76. Houmaitawhiti appears to have attained divine honours, and was propitiated by the ceremony of “sending off a canoe with food for the gods at Hawaiki and for Houmaitawhiti, food both cooked and uncooked. This canoe was made of raupo (bulrush; typha). There was no one in the the canoe, only stones to represent men.”—S. R., 56.

HOUMATA, to extort.

HOUMEA (myth.), the name of a female of high rank, and only spoken of in very ancient legend, which gives fifty generations back as her life epoch. She was an ancestress of Paikea — [See Paikea.] —Col., Trans., xiv 26: Stack., Trans., xii. (Haumia). 2. The wife of Uta, a frightful creature, a thief, &c., who devoured her own children. She was destroyed by hot stones being thrown into her open, insatiable mouth. The shag [see Kawau] being a greedy bird, is still her representative; and her name is used as a by-word for all evil, thievish, and adulterous women.—A. H. M., ii. 171.

HOUPARA, the name of a tree.

HOUTETE, stunted, dwarfed. Cf. horotete, prostrated, worn-out.

Hawaiian—cf. hukiki, dwarfish.

HOUWERE, to tie or bind. Cf. hou, to bind; here, to tie; were, to suspend; houhere, the lace-bark tree. [See Houhere; for comparatives see Hou, to bind, and Were.]

HU (hù), mud, swamp. Cf. ehu, turbid; huhi, swamp. 2. A promontory. Cf. ihu, a nose, bow of canoe, &c.

Samoan—cf. su, to be wet; sua, to contain water; fusi, a piece of swamp.

Tongan—cf. gahu, moist, damp; huhu, wet; to bleed.

Hawaiian—cf. hu, to overflow; hupuna, a collection of waters in a hollow place. Ext.

Poly.:

Fiji—cf. vuvu, muddy. [See also next word.]

HU (hù), to bubble up: Puna te roimata, paheke hu kei aku kamo—M. M., 26. Cf. korohuhu, to boil; u, the breast. [See Tongan.]

Samoan—su (sù), to be wet, moist; susu (susù), somewhat moist: A e toe tupu ae i le susù o le vai; It will grow, being in a watery place. Susu, the breast; the dug of animals; fa‘a-su (fa‘a-sù), to put into water to keep moist. Cf. sua, to contain liquid, as a bottle or well; to discharge matter, as an abscess; suati, to spit out; to pour out, as water; suàvai, water; suàliu, bilge water; suàsusu, milk; sui, to dilute.

Tahitian—cf. u, to be damp or wet; the breast; pahu, to be dammed up, as water; to be spattered up, as soft mud when trodden upon; pahuhu, to draw a thing through the hand, as a wet rope, to press out the water.

Hawaiian—hu, to swell and rise up, as water in a pot; (b.) to rise up and swell, as leaven; fermenting; (c.) to rise up, as a thought; (d.) to overflow, to run over the banks: A e hu no ia mawaho o kona m mowai a pau; It shall overflow all its channels. (e.) To burst out, spoken of affection; (f.) to shed or pour out as tears: Ke hu aku nei kuu maka; My eyes pour out, tears. (g.) To circulate, as a story; (h.) to miss one's way; (i.) to heave in sight; (j.) to be unstable, inconstant; huhu, to be angry; wrath, displeasure; scolding; cursing; to be crabbed, churlish: A paniia iho la ka hilahila ame ka makau ma ka hakahaka o ka huhu; Shame and fear took the place of anger. Hoo-hu, to meditate; to indite, as a song. Cf. huoi, to have an overflow of passion; huole, unleavened; huha, a report, or something said; hupuna, standing water.

Tongan—cf. huhu, the breasts; to suckle; huhua, milk; juice; fehuhu, a nursing mother. [See also comparatives under U, the breast.]

HU, the tenor or drift of a speech. Cf. tahuhu, to run in a continuous line. 2. Asthma. Cf. huango, asthma. 3. To click the tongue, as to a horse: A ka whakarongo ake a Tura e hu ana a Turakihau—A. H. M., ii. 11.

HUHU (huhù), to hiss, to whiz, buzz. Cf. pirorohù, a toy which makes a buzzing noise; pehu, a blow-hole in a rock.

Hawaiian—hu, to whistle, as the wind through the rigging of a ship; a noise, a rustling, as the wind among trees; hu-kani, a humming-top. Cf. hou, the asthma; shortness of breath; ho, the asthma; to wheeze. to snort; houpo, the thorax; a palpitation or fluttering of the heart; poohu, to sound, to crack; to creak, as shoes.

Tahitian—hu, wind emitted from the rectum; huhu, a species of wild bee.

Tongan—fu, to make a hollow noise by striking the hands together; the noise so made; fufu, the same as fu.

Mangarevan—hu, to burst, to crack, snap; u, to bark, hoot at; uu, to break, wind. Cf. hututae, to break wind.

Paumotan—hu?a, a hurricane.

Mangaian—u, to puff; to break wind: Ua, e Tiki, i te u tuarangi; Puff, Tiki, as only spirits can.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. vu, to cough.

Motu—cf. hu, the noise made by the wind; to hum.

HU (hù), still, silent.

Hawaiian—hu, to ooze out silently; (b.) to shed or pour out, as tears. Cf. ohu, a roller or swell of water that does not break; pohu, to be calm; to lull, as the wind; a calm still place in the sea; still, quiet; kupohu, a calm.

Tongan—fufu, hidden, secret; to hide, conceal.

HUHU, to strip off an outer covering; to cast off, as a rope. Cf. parahuhu, to turn up, as the sleeve of a coat; huaki, to uncover, to unearth. 2. To deprive of outer covering, to strip. 3. To free from tapu.

Tongan—hu, worship, sacrifice; to pray, worship; (b.) to enter within. Cf. hufia, intercession; hufi, to open, applied to places for religious worship; huhua, to root, as a pig; huai, to turn up.

Tahitian—huhu, to brail up a sail; to draw the string of a bag; (b.) the sliding door, or window-shutter. Cf. pahuhu, to draw a thing through the hand, as a wet rope to press out the water.

Marquesan—huhu, to strike the flag, to lower the flag in defeat; (b.) to wrestle.

Paumotan—huhu, to draw out, unsheathe.

HUHU, the name of a large white grub, the larva of a beetle (Ent. Prionoplus reticularis): Takoto ana ki te whenua, anana ! ma te huhu, ma te popo, ma te hanehane—P. M., 8. 2. The game of cat's cradle (whai, or maui). 3. The handle of a humming-top.

Tahitian—cf. huhu, a species of wild bee; pauhuhu, to be moth-eaten.

Hawaiian—huhu, the name of a worm, a moth-like insect that eats cloth; (b.) a worm or bug that bores into wood, rendering it full of holes; (c.) rotten, as a calabash; worm-eaten, as wood; huhuhu, rotten, worm-eaten.

Paumotan—cf. huhu, a groove.

Tongan—huhu, to puncture; huhuhuhu, to pierce, or prick. Cf. huhukia, to be pierced or pricked by insects, as fruits.

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy—cf. vovohina, rotten (applied only to wood); vovoka, dust.

HUA (myth.), an evil-minded man of ancient times—A. H. M., i. 168. 2. A god, ruling the tides—A. H. M. iii. 49. 3. One of the primitive deities; a son of Rangi-potiki by Papa-tu-a-nuku. He was a twin-brother of Ari. 4. A person who was in the canoe of Whiro. [See Whiro.] 5. The father of the boy slain by Whiro before starting—A. H. M., ii. 11 and 15.

HUA, fruit; to bear fruit: No te mea i hua ai te he kua riro atu koe—M. M., 100: Ka tango ia ki tetehi hua o taua rakau—P. M., 18. Hence, posterity, descendants: Ka haere tera ki te po, hei kukume i a raua nei hua—Wohl., Trans., vii. 36. Cf. huakumu, very fruitful. 2. The egg of a bird; the roe of a fish: A le pi ano, he hua ranei—Tiu., xxii. 6. 3. To bloom, as a flower. Cf. pua, to blossom. 4. To abound. Cf. tahua, a heap of food; ngahua, to swarm. 5. The full moon; to be full moon: Wehea ko ari, ko hua kia wehea—A. H. M., i., 43. Cf. huaki, to dawn. 6. Cause, occasion. 7. A lever; to raise with a lever: Ka morangi te hua e te pakanuku ai—A. H. M., ii. 156. Cf. mahua, raised up, lifted. 8. To overturn, frustrate. 9. A section of land. 10. Power. 11. to name: Huaina iho e ratou te ingoa o tenei mea, ko Tohora-nui—G. -8, 19. 12. To think: Hua noa he wai matao, ana kua wera—P. M., 97: Ka hua, e tama, i kotia atu ano te kaha mo te po, i to whanautanga. 13. To be sure; to know. 14. (Moriori,) The keel of a vessel.

HUANGA (huànga), a relative: He huanga ki Matiti, he tama ki Tokerau—Prov.

HUHUA, abundant. [See Hua No. 4.]

HUHUATANGA, excellence, goodness.

HUAHUA, birds, &c., captured for food; game: Ki te tahere hua ma ratou—P. M., 95: Ko nga huahua hoatu kia kainga—P. M., 62. Cf. pahua, to plunder. 2. Small pimples. 3. A vessel in which food was boiled by means of heated stones: Ka ringitia te huahua mimi nei ki roto ki nga waha—G.-8, 27. Cf. kohua, a boiler; a native oven. 4. A. rail of a fence.

Whaka-HUA, to pronounce: Ka rongo tonu au ki a koe e whakahua ana i ratou ingoa—P. M., 14. 2. To recite: Katahi ka whakahuatia te karakia—P. M., 59. 3. A terrace.

Samoan—fua, a flower; (b.) a fruit; to produce fruit: I luga foi o laau i le fanua, ma le fua o le laueleele: On the trees of the earth and the fruits of the ground; (c.) to proceed from; to originate, to begin; (d.) seed; (e.) an egg: Pe ai ea se manogi i le niu o le fua moa? Is there any taste in the white of an egg ? (f.) the spawn of fish; (g.) a good-looking child of a chief; (h.) a fleet of canoes; (i.) to measure; a measure; (j.) to poise the spear; (k.) to collect leaves for thatching with; (l.) to infer; fuafua, to measure; to weigh; (b.) to ponder; (c.) to take aim with the spear; (d.) abscesses in the hands, face, or feet; fa‘a-fua, to rise, as a ground-swell or wave, but not to break. Cf. fuàlupe, a pigeon's egg; fuàmoa, a fowl's egg; fuàpili, a lizard's egg; fuata, a crop of fruit; fuata‘i, to begin; fuga, flower, blossom [see Malay]; pua, the Gardenia flower; fuafua'ini, pimples; sua, cooked food, especially as food for the sick.

Tahitian—hua, an atom, a grain of sand, a particle; (b.) the thread of a garment; (c.) the testicles of animals; (d.) the string of a bow; (e.) the spray of the sea (= M. huka); (f.) congealed, coagulated (= M. huka); (g.) a pattern; huaa, family; lineage; huahua, pimples on the skin; (b.) to be reduced to powder; pulverized; faa-hua (or fa-ahua ?) to assume the appearance of something not real; faa-huahua, to beat or reduce anything to atoms. Cf. huaahi, a spark of fire; huaai, progeny; huapareva, an egg of the bird pareva; (fig.) a person of mean origin; huamiri, small particles; huaraau, sawdust, or dust caused by worms; ahua, the blossom of the sugar-cane; huaroro, a species of small gourd, used for bottles to hold sweet-scented oil.

Tongan—fua, fruit; to bear fruit; to produce; Bea naa nau too ae fua oe fonua i ho nau nima; They took of the fruit of the land in their hands; (b.) a measure; to measure; (c.) the spawn of fish; (d.) size, bulk; (e.) to bear, carry; (f.) all, every one; (g.) before any other, first; faka-fua, to fructify; to cause to bear fruit; (b.) to carry on the shoulder; fuaa?a, the source, origin; (b.) a mother. Cf. fuaia, fruitful; fuagafuhifuhi, to bear fruit in clusters; fuatautake, the fruit at the end of the stem; fuatau, the name given to the small yams that grow at the ends of the tendrils; akefua, to be inflated; to swell, as the waves of the sea; hua, to tack, row, or scud; to root or turn up the earth; the taste; a jest; a preparation of food; juice, milk; huaaki, to mention, to repeat.

Hawaiian—hua, the swelling, growing, and maturity of vegetables; (b.) fruit; offspring, the production of animals or vegetables: Aohe newenewe o ka hua, he malili; The fruit is not full-grown, it is stunted. (b.) To sprout, to bud; (c.) to grow in size, as fruit; to increase as a people: Hua mai nei a lehulehu; He was abundantly prolific. (d.) An egg; (e.) a kidney; (f.) to swell up, as the foam of water (? Maori huka, foam); (g.) the effect or result of an action; (h.) a summary of one's wishes; a short sentence; (i.) a letter of the alphabet; (j.) seed for sowing; Malama e kupu auanei ka hua i luluia; Perhaps hereafter the seed sown may spring up; (k.) the human testicles; (l.) envy, jealousy; to feel envious or jealous of another; huaa, to lift with a lever; huahua, a bunch or kernel in the flesh; small swellings about the eye; hoo-hua, to cause to swell, as a bud; to produce fruit, as a tree; to bring forth, as a female; (b.) to tease or vex by begging; to resort often to one for favours; (c.) to persevere in, as any habit; hoo-huahua, to increase, to grow in size. Cf. huaai, an egg that may be eaten; grain; fruit for food; to dig up something covered in the ground (cf. Maori huaki); huaole, without fruit; huahaule, prematurely born; friendless; an orphan (lit. “seed-fallen”); ohua, the family part of a household, as children, servants, &c., master and mistress generally not included; huakai, a sponge; to travel in large companies; huamoa, a hen's egg; kaihua, high tide; deep water; paihua, a bundle of fruit; hula, to pry up with a lever.

Marquesan—hua, the same thing, the same; (b.) to recompense, to return; huhua, swelling, inflated; to swell; to grow turgid; huahua, the testicles. Cf. huaa, a parent, family; people; kohua, pimples on the body.

Rarotongan—ua, seed: Ina no kotou e akamura‘i au i te ua rakau; Behold I will corrupt your seed. (b.) Fruit; uang?a, descendants: E ka riro toou ra uanga mei te ungaunga-one o te enua; I will make your posterity like the dust of the earth.

Mangarevan—hua, to bring forth, said of grain and trees; (b.) to commence to recite a prayer; huahua, pimples on the face; ua, a particle giving the idea of plurality; (b.) the genitals; ua?a, harvest, abundance of fruit. Cf. tohua, a place of assembly; tahua, well cooked; kohua, a prefix to proper names, used when calling.

Aniwan—nohua, (no = article prefixed,) seed; (b.) fruit: Tasi eipesia nohua, masece toria fakatapuria nohua; One scatters seed, and another gathers and saves up the fruit.

Paumotan—ua, to be born; hua?a, lineage. Cf. huakai, a descendant.

Futuna—fua, to bear fruit.

Moriori—cf. hu, to abound.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. huahua, fruit.

Fiji—cf. vua, fruit, produce; a grandchild; to bear fruit, to be fruitful; a stick on which a burden is carried over the shoulder.

Malagasy—cf. voa, seed; voanihio, cocoanut (i.e. hua-niu).

Sikayana—cf. fua, an egg; Java, woh, fruit; Malay, buah, fruit; Bugis, buwa, fruit; Kar-Nicobar, uha, an egg; Central Nicobar, hueja, an egg;

Dyak, gua, fruit; North Borneo, bua, fruit; Kisa, woini, fruit (through Javanese woh); Formosa, waua, fruit; Matu, bua, fruit. The following words all mean fruit:— Salayer, bua; Menado, bua; Sanguir, buani; Salibabo, buwah; Cajili, buan; Wayapo, fuan; Masaratty, fuan; Amblaw, buani; Liang, bua; Morella, hua; Camarian, huwai; Teluti, huan; Ahtiago, vuan; Gah, woya; Wahai, huan; Teor, fuin; Baju, bua; New Britain, vua; Eromanga, buwa; Ureparapara, wo; Ulawa, hua; Nifilole, nua; San Cristoval (Wano), hua; San Cristoval (Fagani), fua; Malanta (Saa), hua; Malanta (Alite), vuavua; Vaturana, vuvua; Florida, vuavua.

HUAI (hùai), the name of a shell-fish (Moll. Chione stuchburyii).

HUAKI, to open; to uncover: Kia huakina te ahi nei—P. M, 182. Cf. huke, to dig up, to expose by removing earth; uaki, to open or shut a door; hua, to lift with a lever; kai, food [see Hawaiian]. 2. An assault, a charge; to rush upon, to charge: Ka mea kia huakina hoki ki a Paoa—P. M., 192. Cf. aki, to dash; uaki, to launch, as a canoe. 3. To dawn: Ka moe, ka huaki te ata, ka poua te kai—P. M., 140 Cf. hua, full moon.

Samoan—suai, to dig up; suasuai, to work hard for others, as a man in his wife's family, or vice versâ. Cf. sua, to grub up, to plough; to gore, as a boar, or bull.

Tahitian—huai, to open or uncover a native oven, or anything buried in the earth. Cf. huaira, intrepid, of great power and force, as a wild beast.

Hawaiian—huai, and huaai, to dig up something covered in the ground; to open, i.e. to dig up, as in opening a native oven and taking out what is baked; (b.) to open, as a grave, to disinter; (c.) to open, as a reservoir of winds; to cause the wind to blow, or water to gush: Huai ka wai puna i ka pali; Gushing forth are the springs of the mountains. (d.) To open upwards, as the lid of a chest; (e.) to suck or draw up water in drinking, as a beast; hoo-huai, to bring a wind, to cause it to blow; (b.) to turn or dig up the ground: Ua hoohuaiia oia malalo iho ona e like me ke ahi; What is turned up from below is like fire. Huahuai, to boil up, as water in a spring; to break forth, as water; (b.) to tear or break the skin. Cf. hue, to dig, to throw out dirt, as in digging a pit; huehue, to loosen, open.

Tongan—huai, to turn up; (b.) to pour out, to spill; huaaki, to mention, to repeat. Cf. huaaga, a place where pigs have been rooting; huohuai, to open up, to lift a covering.

Paumotan—huaki, to uncover, expose: Huaki i te kopie; Uncover the oven. Cf. uaki, to remove.

HUAKUMU (huàkumu), very fruitful. Cf. hua, to bear fruit; huhua, abundant. [For comparatives, see Hua.]

HUAMANGO, a variety of potato.

HUAMO, to be raised in waves, as the sen: Hei takahi i runga i nga huamo o te moana—Hopa, ix. 8. Cf. hua, to raise with a lover; hiamo, to be raised up. [For comparatives see Hua, and Amo.]

HUAMUTU, the name of a fish.

HUANUI, a road, a much travelled path: Engari me moe mana ki te huanui—Ken., xix. 12: Kahore a kitea te huanui ki te kai, te huanui ki te wahine—Wohl., Trans., vii. 32. Cf. huarahi, a road; nui, great.

HUANGA (huànga). [See under Hua.]

HUANGO, anthma. Cf. hu, to whiz, to buzz; angoa, lean, wasted away; huatare, to gasp for breath. [For comparatives, see Hu.]

HUARAHI, a road, path: Kei whea koia te huarahi ?—P. M., 25. Cf. huanui, a high road; arahì, to lead, conduct. 2. A means of access: He tini nga huarahi e haere mai ai tenei taonga kino o te Maori, te makutu.

HUARANGA, to transplant. Cf. hua, to bear fruit; ranga, to raise; tirangaranga, scattered.

HUARE, saliva. Cf. huhare, huwhare, haware, hauware, ware, all meaning spittle.

Tahitian—huare, saliva. [For full comparatives see Ware.]

HUARERE (myth.), a son of Tuhoro, and grandson of Tama-te-Kapua—S. R., 53.

HUATA, a barbed spear: Ka mau i konei ki te paraoa poto, ki te huata, me te tini o te patu—M. M., 187. Cf. hoata, a long spear. Wharehuata, an armoury: Ko te whare-huata a Maui—P. M., 150.

Samoan—fuata, the handle of a spear; fa‘a-fuata, to carry on the back between the shoulders; (b.) to put a handle to a spear. Cf. fua, to poise the spear; fuatauina, to kill a chief.

HUATAHI, only-begotten: I a koe kihai nei i kaiponu mai i te tamaiti, i to huatahi ki a a—Ken., xxii. 12. Cf. hua, to bear fruit; tahi, one. [For comparatives see Hua, and Tahi.]

HUATARE, to pant, to gasp for breath. Cf. hu, to whiz, buzz; huango, asthma; tare, to gasp for breath. [For comparatives, see Hu, and Tare.]

HUATAU, a thought; to think upon: He aorere ka kitea; he huatau e kore e kitea—Prov.

HUATAWA, a dark variety of the siliceous stone called matàwaiapu.

HUAWAI (or huawai-pipi.) the name of a shell-fish (Mol. Cardium striatulum).

HUE, HUHUE, to be quick, speedy.

HUE, a gourd: I tupu ki hea te kawai o te hue ?—M. M., 194. Cf. pohue, a name for climbing plants, such as convolvulus, &c. 2. The name of a fish. Cf. upokohue, the porpoise.

Samoan—fue, the general name for all creeping plants; (b.) a fly-flapper, carried by chiefs and orators. Cf. fue‘afa, a creeping plant, used as string; fuemea, the water-bine; fuesa, the sacred bind-weed (Bot. Hoya sp.).

Tahitian—hue, a gourd or calabash; huehue, a small gourd; (b.) distended, applied to a swollen stomach; (c.) to be in terror and amazement. Cf. hueaere, a gourd that fills a place with leaves, but does not bear; huero, seeds of trees and plants; eggs of lizards, birds, &c; mahue, to be pushed up, as the earth by the shooting of some plants; pohue, the name of a species of convolvulus.

Hawaiian—hue, a gourd; a water calabash huehue, spreading over, growing thickly, like thrifty vines, as the koali (convolvulus); (b.) spreading over like rain. Cf. hueili, a skin-bottle; huewai, a water calabash; pohuehue, the name of a convolvulus; pohue, a broken piece of calabash; a water calabash.

Tongan—hue, to project out.

Marquesan—hue, the melon, &c.; (b.) any kind of container or vessel. Cf. hueaki, a bottle; huetaka, the cordage of a canoe.

Mangarevan—hue, a calabash; the vine which produces it; aka-hue, to gather together; aka-huehue, to recite, to sing the titles of persons. Cf. poue, a climbing or running plant; uhe, a calabash not yet gathered from the plant.

Paumotan—hue, a gourd.

Futuna—fue, creeping plants.

HUENE, to squeak. Cf. uene, to whine; wene, to grumble, to be peevish. 2. To desire.

HUHA, the thigh (for huwha): Taunaha kau ana i nga peke, i nga huhu—P. M., 92. [See Huwha.]

HUHARE, saliva: Ka tuku ano hoki i tona huhare kia tarere ki tona kumikumi—1 Ham., xxi. 13. Cf. huare, hauwhare, haware, haware, and ware, all meaning saliva. [For comparatives, see Ware.)

HUHI (hùhi), the game of “cat's cradle,” called also whai, and mani. 2. Discomfiture: Ana ka kite koe i te huhi—P. M., 27. 3. Weariness. 4. Swamp. Cf. hu, mud, swamp; ehu, turbid.

HUHU. [See under Hu.]

HUHUA. [See under Hua.]

HUHUNU. [See under Hunu.]

HUHUTI. [See under Huti.]

HUI, HUHUI, to put or add together. 2. To congregate, come together: Ka hui taua iwi ki te matakitaki—P. M., 39. Cf. rahui, a flock, herd; kahui, a herd. 3. To jerk; jerkings taken as omens. [See Takiri.] 4. An assembly. 5. To take as plunder. Cf. hui-rapa, grasping.

HUIHUI, to come together; an assembly: Ka huihui raua ko tona hoa ko Tiki—P. M., 128.

Samoan—fui, a cluster of nuts; (b.) a wild taro; fuifui, a bunch or cluster of fruit; (b.) a flock of birds; (c.) a succession of waves. Cf. fuifuiatu, a school of bonito; fuifuifetù, a cluster of stars; fuifuimanu, a flock of birds.

Tahitian—hui, a plural or collective particle prefixed to various nouns (as hui-arii, the royal party of family; hui-tupuna, ancestors, &c.); huhui, to fix wash-boards to the sides of the canoe, to prevent the sea from breaking in; huihui, throbbings or jerkings of the flesh; (b.) to be throbbing, as an artery. Cf. huia, a parent with his descendants; the suckers of the pia (arrowroot); huihuimanu, a flock of birds; Huitarava, Orion's Belt.

Hawaiian—hui, an uniting; an assembly; a cluster; to mix, to unite together; to assemble together: A hui mai la me kana mau wahine; He added to the wives he already had. (b.) To agree in opinion; (c.) to bend, to turn one way and then another (? = M. huri); (d.) to be in pain, bodily pain, as niho hui, the toothache; (e.) the flippers of the sea turtle; (f.) the small uniting sticks in a thatched house, parallel with the posts and rafters and between them; hoo-hui, to add one thing to another, i.e. to collect: Hoo-hui hou no oia i keia mea ia mau mea a pau; Let this be added above all. (b.) To unite, as in a treaty; (c.) to collect together as men; to mingle; to come together, as waters; (d.) to meet, as people long separated; huihui, a bunch, a cluster of anything, as stars; a coustellation; (b.) the Pleiades; (c.) mixed; manifold; huhui, a bunch or collection of things; a bundle of grass. Cf. huikai, to mix, to jumble, to throw things together without order; huikahi, bound up, girded; huina, a number, the sum of several numbers; the point where two trees meet; an angle, corner, as of two roads, of a house, fence, &c.; huinahelu, to count, to number; huini, to end in a sharp point, as the top of a high mast; huipu, to mix together.

Tongan—fuhi, a bunch or cluster: Oku kona ho nau gaahi fuhi; Their clusters are bitter. (b.) A rope or anything by which a heavy weight is carried; (c.) to fasten on; to carry by; fuhifuhi, bunches : O tutuu ae gaahi fuhifuhi; Gather the clusters. Faka-fuhi, to hang in clusters; to tie a number of things together; fuifui, a flock of birds; to announce a flight of birds; (b.) waves of the sea; (c.) to quench the thirst; to extinguish fire; faka-fuifui, to fly in flocks. Cf. huifuhi, to gather in bunches.

Mangrevan—hui, dependent islands; huhui, a parcel of fruit tied up in bundle; huihui, to cover, wrap up. Cf. ui, to gather with the hand; uui, a bunch, a parcel; hue, to collect, bring together, rake up; kahui, a bunch of grapes, a row of bananas or Pandanus; tarahui, to steal a prohibited thing.

Paumotan—cf. hui-tupuna, forefathers.

Marquesan—cf. huki, shiverings, chilliness of the flesh.

HUI, to be affected with cramp. Cf. hui, to jerk; huiki, pinched with cold; crouching in fear; hukihuki, to contract suddenly, as the muscles.

Hawaiian—cf. hui, cold, chilly, as the morning air from the mountains; huehu, cold, chilled.

Tahitian—cf. hui, to pierce, lance, or prick.

Tongan—cf. hui, a bone or needle; huhukia, a prickly sensation, felt in the soles of the feet.

HUIA (hùia), the name of a bird (Orn. Heteralocha acutirostris). It is a somewhat rare bird, and the tail-feathers are prized as ornaments: Maka iho te kotuku, te huia, hei whakapaipai mona—P. M., 136. 2. (Met.) Darling. treasure; E hoa ma, puritia mai taku huia—S. T., 170.

Samoan—cf. fuia, the name of a bird (Orn. Sturnoides atrifusca).

HUIAWA (myth.), a person of prediluvian times—A. H. M., i. 169.

HUIKI (hùiki), pinched with cold. Cf. kuiki, cold; hukihuki, to contract suddenly, as the muscles; hui, to be affected with cramp. 2. Cowering. 3. Land exhausted by frequent cultivation.

Hawaiian—cf. hui, cold, chilly, as the morning air from the mountains; to ache, to be in pain; to bend; huehu, chilled, cold; to shiver.

Marquesan—cf. huki, shiverings, chilliness of the flesh.

HUIRAPA, grasping. Cf. hui, to add together; to take as plunder; rapa, to seek; rapi, to clutch; rawhi, to grasp.

HUKA, foam, froth. Cf. hu, to bubble up. 2. Frost, snow: No Tongariro te huka, te panga mai kei taku kiri—M. M., 84. Cf. hauhunga, frost; hukàpapa, ice, frost; hukarere, snow; hukàwhatu, hail; hukàpunga, snow; hukatara, hail. 3. Cold: Na te huka i kore at e tupu—G.-8, 17.

HUKAHUKA, foam, froth: A i whiua atu au e koe ki te hukahuka o te tai—P. M., 14. 2. The thrums or shreds on a mat: Ka wekua tona pake e te rakau; ka motu nga hukahuka— P. M., 81. Cf. hungahunga, the refuse of flax leaf; down, nap of a garment. 3. Fringe. 4. Hanging in shreds.

Hawaiian—hua, a flowing, a going forth from; foam, froth, as from one in a fit; (b.) to swell up, as the foam of water; (c.) a flowing; a flowing robe, the trail of a garment; the tucks at the bottom of a gown; (d.) the snapper of a whip; huahua, foam or froth, as of the sea: La! e ua puni; O huahua kai; Lo! it has enclosed us; oh, the foaming sea! (b.) To foam at the mouth, as of one in a fit. Cf. huakai, the foam of the sea; to foam, as the sea; hui, cold, chilly; huahuai, to boil up, as water from a spring; a violent boiling.

Tahitian—cf. huhua, the top of a mountain. Tongan.—cf. fuka, a flag, banner.

Mangarevan—huka, froth of living things; huka-huka, very much agitated by strong winds, said of waves; uka, foam from the mouth; ukauka, froth, foam; froth on the mouth and nostrils of drowned people. Cf. huga, a crumb, a morsel; ukauka-toau, sea-foam; ukakea, to skim; tohuka, much saliva.

Paumotan—huka, a bubble of water. Cf. hukae, spittle.

Marquesan—cf. uka, fermented.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. vuka, to fly.

HUKA, long, in time. 2. Deficiency in measurement.

HUKAPAPA (hukàpapa), ice; frost: Kua mangu nei i te hukàpapa—Hopa., vi. 16. Cf. huka, frost, snow; hukàwhatu, hail; hukàpunga, snow; hukatara, hail. [For comparatives, see Huka.]

HUKAPUNGA (hukàpunga), snow. Cf. huka, frost, snow; hukàpapa, ice, frost; hukatara, hail; hukàwhatu, hail; pungapunga, pollen of the raupo. [For comparatives, see Huka.]

HURARERE, snow: Kia pehia koe e te anu o te hukarere—G. P. 171. Cf. huka, frost, snow; hukapunga, snow; hukàpapa, ice, frost; hukatara, hail; hukàwhatu, hail; rere, to fly. [For comparatives, see Huka, and Rere.]

HUKARI (hùkari), to use gestures, to show by posture.

HUKARI (hùkari), the young of birds. Cf. kukari, a young bird.

HUKATARA, hail. Cf. huka, frost, snow; hukàwhatu, hail; hukàpapa, ice, frost, &c. [For comparatives, see Huka.]

HUKAWHATU (hukàwhatu), hail. Cf. whatu, hail, hail-stones; huka, snow; hukatara, hail; hukàpapa, ice, frost; hukàpunga, snow. [For comparatives, see Huka, and Whatu.]

HUKE, to dig up, to expose, by removing the earth in which a thing has been buried: Ka tao te hangi tapu, ka hukea—P. M., 169. Cf. huti, to hoist, pull up out of the ground; hauhake, to take up a root crop. 2. To excavate; to hollow out: Ka hukea te riu, ka humea te ihu te ta—P. M., 57.

Samoan—fu‘e, to uncover an oven of food. 2. To put into a basket; fufu‘e, to cut the planks of a canoe thin after fitting them. Cf. fu‘efua, a canoe hollowed out of one tree; su‘e, to search, to examine.

Tahitian—hue, to throw up into a heap; (b.) to overthrow and cast out worthless things. Cf. mahue, to be pushed up, as the earth by the shooting of plants.

Hawaiian—hue, to cause to flow out; (b.) to unload, as a ship; (c.) to dig, to throw out dirt, as in digging a pit; (d.) a thief, thievish; huehue, to throw up, to raise up; to loosen, to open; (b.) the name of the water on Hualalai, where the last volcano broke out.

Tongan—fuke, to open, to expose to view, as the contents of an oven; fufuke, to expose, to untie, and lay open; fukefuke, to open out, to spread out as a flower. Cf. mafuke, open, unfolded; mahuke, to be forced or raised upwards.

Marquesan—huke, to hollow out, in polishing any small utensil.

Mangarevan—huke, to throw up earth in a native oven; (b.) to avenge; vengeance.

Paumotan—huke, to dig; a shovel; hukehuke, to exeavate. Cf. hukeri, a den or hole; hoke, to dig; hukihuki, to perforate.

Mangaian—uke, to dig up.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. hukea, to break off, as a single banana.

HUKEKE (hùkeke), staggering.

HUKI, pierced; to stick in, as feathers in the hair. 2. Full, of the tide.

HUKIHUKI, a spit on which fish are roasted; to roast on a spit. Cf. mohukihuki, to spit a fish for roasting. 2. To contract suddenly, as the muscles. Cf. hui, to be affected with cramp; huiki, cowering; hiki, to jump or start involuntarily.

Samoan—su‘i, the stem of a cocoanut leaflet, used as a fork; (b.) a young cocoanut having water in it, but no kernel; (c.) to thread on a string; to do needlework; (Cf. Maori tui, to sew ?); su‘isu‘ia, to be pained in the foot, as if being pricked; susu‘i, to pierce a young cocoanut in order to obtain the juice; (b.) to fasten on the taualuga (covering of the ridge) of a house.

Tahitian—hui, to pierce, lance, or prick; (b.) to make a long side-stroke with a sword or club; (c.) to throb, as a vein or artery; (d.) to skip with a rope; (e.) to eat forbidden food slyly; huihui, throbbings or twistings in the flesh; to be throbbing, as an artery; (b.) highly polished; handsome. Cf. huità, consternation, as if from a blow; huitoto, to bleed, also to open an abscess; the act of destroying the infant in the womb; tui, to pierce with a hole or opening; huihuimatau, to polish the pearl fish-hook.

Hawaiian—hui, to ache, to be in pain; bodily pain. Cf. huiuna, a scam, a uniting by sewing together.

Tongan—huki, to pierce, puncture; huhuki, to prick, to pierce; hukihuki, to caulk. Cf. hui, a bone, a needle; huihui, stony, thorny; fehuihui, needle-like, thorny, prickly; applied to pointed stones or coral in the read; huhukia, a pricking sensation felt in the palms of the feet; to be pricked or pierced by insects, as fruit; fehukihuki, to cram into a small space; to be one on the other from want of room.

Marquesan—huki, a small stick used to strengthen the thatch of a house; (b.) shiverings, chilliness of the flesh.

Mangarevan—huki, to pierce, said of lightning (cf Hawaiian huila, to flash; and Maori uira, to flash; lightning); (b.) to hide a small stick in the ground, or in some soft body; (c.) to hook off fruit, &c., with a pole; (d.) to dart, shoot, as a test of skill; uki, to stir the fire; ukiuki, lancing, piercing; sharp, piercing pains. Cf. ukiake, to thrust up with a pole.

Paumotan—hukihuki, to bore, perforate; (b.) pricking, itching. Cf. huke, to dig.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. cuki-ta, (thuki-ta) to dig or loosen the ground with a stick; vukivuki, to turn over and over; vuki-ta, to turn upside down.

HUKINGA, the head of a valley or river.

Tahitian — cf. huia, a parent with his descendants (perhaps from hui, collective).

HUKUI, a scraper; a piece of wood used in cleaning the ko: Ka rere mai te kereru ki runga ki te hukui o te ko a Te Raka—Wohl., Trans., vii. 38.

HUMARIRE (hùmàrire), beautiful; beauty: E! e! e tia tona tou humarire—P. M, 160.

HUME, to bring to a point, to taper off, to make conical: Ka hukea, te riu, ka humea te ihu te ta—P. M., 57. 2. A coward: He whiore hume tenei tangata—Prov. Cf. waerohume, a cur.

Whaka-HUME, to be drawn between the legs (of the tail of an animal). Cf. ahumehume, a garment for females; kume, to pull, to drag; humene, gathered up into small compass.

Tahitian—hume, to put the slip of cloth called maro about the loins and between the legs [see Maro]; faa-hume, to tie up the girdle called maro.

Hawaiian — hume, to bind around the loins as a malo (waist-belt); to gird on as a sash: Kai humea mai ka malo, o Ku; See where your girdle is put on, oh Tu. Cf. humemalomaikai, wearing an ornamented girdle, i.e., imitating a chief, acting the fop or dandy.

HUMENE (hùmene), gathered up into small compass. Cf. hume, to bring to a point; mene, to be assembled.

HUMENGE, to benumb. Cf. menge, shrivelled, withered.

HUMU, the hip-bone. Also Himu. 2. A man (Obsolete. One auth.)

Tahitian—cf. humaha, the thigh.

Tongan — cf. humu, to stumble, to fall; faka-humu, to tie the fore-legs of an animal; to cause another to fall.

HUMUHUMU, stripped of prominent parts. Cf. kohumuhuma, shorn close.

Tahitian—cf. humu, a secret plot of murder.

Hawaiian—cf. huma, to sew cloth, to fasten together by sewing.

Marquesan—cf. humu, to fasten, to keep by force; humua, a prisoner.

Mangarevan — cf. humuhumu, short, well-made fingers.

HUNA, to conceal, hide; concealed: E huna nei ki roto o te arearenga o nga poho o Rangi raua ko Papa—P. M., 8. Cf. tahuna, a, shoal, sandbank. 2. To destroy: Kia kaua e huna e ahau tenei pa—Ken, xix. 21. Cf. tahuna, a battle.

Samoan—funa (funà), to conceal, with a negative, applied to scent, or a wind rising; fa‘a-funa, to clip the hair short. Cf. funa‘i, to conceal; tàfuna, a rocky place in the sea; tafuna, to strike suddenly, as with the hand, or by throwing a stone.

Tahitian—huna, to hide, conceal: Eiaha e hunahia ia‘u nei; Do not hide it from me. Huhuna, to hide or conceal repeatedly. Cf. hunahunaai, the act of concealing the names of the true proprietors of lands; purarohuna, some concealed action; tahuna, to conceal, hide.

Hawaiian—huna, to hide, conceal; that which is concealed (kahi-huna, the private member of the body): Huna o Hina i ka eheu o ka Alae; Hina hid the wing of the Alae. (b.) To keep back truth in speaking; (c.) to hide, as a trap or snare; (d.) to disguise oneself; hoo-huna, to conceal, as knowledge of wisdom; hunahuna, to conceal oneself; to steal away and hide. Cf. hunakele, to bring a corpse secretly, as in former times.

Tongan—funa, to moult, to change the feathers; funaaga, the source, origin.

Rarotongan — una, to conceal; uuna, to hide; concealed: I uuna ke atu ei koe i to mata ia matou nei; You concealed your face from us.

Mangarevan—una, to hide, conceal; (b.) to “bite” one's words; to stammer; to speak timidly; unauna, to hide habitually.

Marquesan — cf. hunahuna, small. Ex. Poly.:

Motu—cf. ehuni, to conceal; privately.

Fiji—cf. vuni, to be concealed; vuni-a, to hide.

Malagasy—cf. fono, a cover; wrapped, shrouded.

Malay—cf. sunyi, private, retired.

HUNA, the tenth day of the moon's age.

Hawaiian—huna, the name of a day of the month: ohuna, the eleventh day of the month.

HUNANGA-MOHO, the name of a kind of grass (Bot. Apera arundinacea).

HUNAONGA, a son-in-law, or daughter-in-law: A ka korero ki any hunaonga—Ken., xix. 14. Cf. hunarei, and hunarere, father-in-law or mother-in-law.

Tahitian—hunoa (hunòa), a son-in-law or daughter-in-law: Aore hoi oia i ite o te hunoa ia nona: He did not know that it was his daughter-in-law.

Hawaiian—hunona, a child-in-law. (hunona-kane, a son-in-law; hunona-wahine, a daughter-in-law): I lilo ai au i hunonakane na ke alii; I should be a son-in-law of the king. Cf. hunoai, a parent-in-law. [See Hungawai.]

Rarotongan—unon?a, a child-in-law: Koia e nga unonga vaine katoa tokorua nana ra: And her two daughters-in-law with her.

Marquesan—hukona, a son-in-law, or daughter-in-law.

Paumotan—huno?a, a son-in-law. Cf. hunoga-marire, a daughter-in-law. Moriori — hunungo, a daughter-in-law. Cf. hunau, the brother of a sister (? whanau). [See also Hungawai.]

HUNAREI, HUNARERE, a father-in-law, or mother-in-law. Cf. hungawai, father-in-law or mother-in-law; hunaonga, son-in-law, or daughter-in-law; hungarei, father-in-law, or mother-in-law.

HUNE, the down or pappus on the bulrush or raupo (Typha). Cf. tahune, seed-down of raupo.

Samoan—fune, the core of a bread-fruit.

Tahitian—hune, the core of bread-fruit. Cf. auhune, harvest; a season of plenty: uruauhune, the harvest or season of bread-fruit [see Maori Ngahuru.]

Tongan—fune, the core of the bread-fruit.

Paumotan—cf. kahune, to get in, as a harvest, to reap. [See also under Pua.]

HUNOKIKO (myth.), the name of an enchanted red mantle brought by Turi in the Aotea canoe. It was spread out for the people to behold at Mangati, at Oakura (giving the local name), and at Kaupokonui—P. M., 135. [See Turi (myth.).]

HUNU, HUHUNU, to char. Cf. pahunu, fire; to burn. 2. To singe: Koi aha ai koe te hunuhunu ai ki te mura o te ahi—G. P., 154. Cf. parahunuhunu, to roast.

Samoan—susunu, to burn up: Ma susunu mea manogi i mea manaluluga; And burnt incense on the lofty places. Sunusunu, the burnt bush where a plantation is made. Cf. limasusunu, in haste to seize food (lit. “handburnt”); masunu, to single, as the hairs of a pig.

Tongan—hunuhunu, to toast, to singe, to broil; huhunu, to singe, to sear; (b.) to blight; blight; (c.) a disease of the skin. Ext. Poly.: The following words mean “hot”: Rotuma, sunu; Santa Maria, tutun; Torres Island (Lo), tun; Espiritu Santa, tutunu; Fate, futunu; Api, pisusunu.

HUHUNU, a double canoe. 2. Temporary washboards at the bow of a canoe. 3. A party attacking desperately; a “forlorn hope.” 4. Jaundice.

Tongan—cf. fehunukii, to project, applied to the breasts of girls at a certain age.

Mangarevan—cf. unu, a piece of wood to protect the fishing apparatus when set; unuunukoke, to journey.

HUNUKU (hùnuku), family encumbrances. Cf. hunga, a company of persons; nuku, to move; hui, to assemble.

Samoan—cf. nuku, people; susu, the breast, a teat; sùsù, to come or go.

Tahitian—cf. nuu, a fleet of canoes; an army; to glide along.

Hawaiian—cf. manuu, multitudinous; hu, a class of the common people; to come.

Paumotan—cf. nuku, a host, army. [For comparatives, see Nuku.]

HUNGA, a company of persons; people: Katahi ka haere te hunga ra—P. M., 151. 2. A vassal.

Hawaiian—hu, a class of the common people; huna, a small particle of anything, a crumb; hunahuna, fine rain, mist, spray. Cf. hunakana, the individuals of a war-host; hunakai, the fine spray of the sea; hunalewa, the van of an army; hunaahi, a spark of fire.

Mangarevan—uga, to send; u?au?a, the persons sent.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. vuqa, (vungga,) many. [This word is perhaps related to the next, Hungahunga.]

HUNGAHUNGA, tow; refuse of flax; down or nap which comes off a garment. Cf. hukahuka, thrums on a mat; hanging in shreds; mohungahunga, crumbling, mealy; mahunga, mealy tahunga, any downy substance.

Samoan—fuga, flowers, blossoms; fu?afu?a, the rubbish which is separated from cocoanut fibre in process of cleaning; (b.) the name of the fuga when it is small, or when there are several together. Cf. fugafugamutia, grass-seed.

Hawaiian—huna, a small part of anything; a particle of dust; a crumb of bread; to be small, fine; to be reduced as fine as powder; hunahuna, crumbs, as of food; fine rain, spray, mist. Cf. hunaolona, tow, the refuse of flax; hunakai, the fine spray of the sea; kahuna, small particles, as of food, fine dust, &c.; to sprinkle salt on a sacrifice; the sacrificing priest [see Tahu and Tohunga] mahuna, small, fine.

Tahitian—hua, an atom; a grain of sand, a particle; huahua, to be reduced to atoms, pulverised. Cf. huaaeho, the down on the aeho or reed; huaaute, the down on the aute (Bot. Morus papyrifera); ohua, to divide or share in small parts.

Marquesan—hunahuna, small.

Mangarevan—hu?ahu?a, crumbs; small portions of anything; aka-huga, to break up small; to divide into morsels; u?au?a, morsels, crumbs; (b.) persons sent on a mission.

Paumotan—hu?ahu?a, a rag, tatter; (b.) frippery; a trinket; (c.) to crumble.

HUNGAREI, father-in-law, or mother-in-law: Ka whakatika mai a Paikea rana ko tona wahine me ona hungarei me ona taokete—G. 8, 28, Cf. hungawai, a father-in-law or mother-in-law; hunarei, a father-in-law or mother-in-law.

HUNGAWAI, father-in-law or mother-in-law. Cf. hungarei, a parent-in-law; hungoi, a parent-in-law; hono, to join. [See Hawaiian.]

Hawaiian—hunowai, a parent-in-law, either father or mother according to the designating terms kane or wahine; honowai or honoai, a uniting; a bringing together and causing a new relationship, mostly brought about by marriage, as makua-honoai, a parent by marriage. Cf. hono, to join together; hunoaikane, a father-in-law; hunona, a child-in-law.

Tahitian—hoovai, “in-law” — as metuahoovai, a father-in-law.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. vugo, a parent-in-law or child-in-law.

HUNGOI, a parent-in-law: Ka ui atu a Hineatauira ki tona hungoi, ki a Papatuanuku—Wohl., Trans., vii. 35: Ki te matua hongoi—A. H. M., ii. 8. [See Hungawai.]

HUNGOINGOI, trembling. Cf. ngoingoi, an old woman; huoioi, trembling, tottering; oioi, to shake.

HUOIOI (hùoioi), trembling, tottering. Cf. oioi, to shake; hungoingoi, trembling. [For comparatives, see Oioi.]

HUPANA (hùpana), to fly up or fly back, as a spring; to recoil. Cf. pana, to thrust or drive away; whana, a spring; to recoil; kowhana, bent; springing up violently; koropana, to fillip. [For comparatives, see Whana, and Pana.]

HUPANATANGA, a derivative from hupana: Me te hupanatanga o taua tawhiti—P. M., 22.

HUPE, mueus from the nose: Takarua, hupe nui—Prov. 2. The pattern of tattooing just under the nostrils. Cf. ihu, the nose. [See Samoan.]

Samoan—isupe (isupè), mucus from the nose.

Tahitian—hupe, the mucus of the nose; (b.) the dew that falls at night; hupehupe, shabby, ugly, ill-favoured; faa-hupehupe, to mar or make unsightly, to disfigure. Cf. hupevao, the night-dew in the valleys.

Hawaiian—hupe, (and upe,) mucus from the nose.

Paumotan—hupe, mucus; hupehupe, dirty; (b.) sordid, mean; (c.) effeminate.

HUPEKE (hùpeke), to bend the legs and arms; bent, of the legs and arms. 2. An old woman. Cf. pepeke, to draw up the legs and arms; tupeke, to leap; koropeke, having the limbs doubled up. [For comparatives, see Peke.]

HUPENUPENU (hùpenupenu), mashed up. Cf. penupenu, mashed; kopenupenu, to crumple, crush.

HURA, nervous twitchings in the shoulders, &c., regarded as a sign that one is the subject of remark. 2. The large centipede.

Hawaiian—hulahula, a twitching, as of the eye; an involuntary muscular motion; to twitch often, as the eye; (b.) a swelling or protuberance under the arm or on the thigh; hulahula-o-ka-maka, “twitching of the eyes,” an omen of the advent of strangers, or of approaching wailing for someone who is dead.

HURA, to uncover, to expose, to remove a covering: Ka hura i nga kakahu o Tawhaki—P. M. 50. Cf. kohura, to appear above ground; to sprout. 2. To hunt out. Cf. hure, to search. 3. To begin to flow, of the tide. 4. To dawn: Kaore ano ia i awatea noa, ka hura te ata—P. M., 198. Cf. ura, to glow, especially of sunsine.

HURAHURA, visitors condoling with people who have been plundered.

Samoan—cf. sula, a song of thanks for a present of ‘ava; fula, dropsy of the body; to be very low, of the neap tides; food taken to visitors; fulafula, swellings on the body.

Tahitian—cf. hura, to be impelled by impetuous desire; to exult with joy; a native dance or play; matahurahura, the first beginning of a crop of bread-fruit; mahura, to be detected, brought to light, or, rather, to be coming to light, as a secret; ura, to dance.

Hawaiian—cf. hula, to pry up with a lever; to transplant, as a tree; to shake or tremble for fear of injuring; to shake; to dance; to sing and dance; hulahula, a dance, a carousal; a swelling, a protuberance under the arm or thigh.

Tongan—cf. fula, a tumour, a hard swelling; any castrated animal; ula, a night dance; to dance; faka-fufula, to swell out; to look displeased.

Mangarevan—cf. kohura, to dart a stone or lance at anything; huhure, to open, to uncover.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. vura, a visitor; vura-ka, to come upon, to seize upon, as a disease; vula, the moon; a month; rulavula, white; vuravura, the earth, the world.

HURANGI (hùrangi), a fly. Cf. hu, to buzz, to whiz. 2. Timorous, easily frightened.

HURE, to search. Cf. hura, to hunt out; to uncover, to expose; kohure, to turn up what is below the surface; huri, to turn round. [See Tongan and Hawaiian.]

Tongan—fufule, to rummage; to turn over and over in search. Cf. hafule, to shell, to strip off the outside.

Hawaiian—cf. huli, a searching, seeking; a turning over.

Mangarevan—cf. huhure, to open, uncover.

HUREPO (Hùrepo), the name of a bird, the Bittern (Orn. Ardea pœciloptila).

HURI, to turn round. Cf. tahuri, to turn oneself; huriaro, to turn right round; hure, to search [see Tongan]; whiri, to twist. 2. To overturn; to roll over: Hurihia atu etahi kohatu nui ki te kuwaha o te ana—Hoh., x. 18. Cf. tahuri, to turn over; hurirapa, to tilt up on one side; hurikoaro, to turn inside out; kauhuri, to turn over the soil, to dig. 3. To grind in a mill; anything which is turned round, as a mill, or grindstone. Cf. miri, to rub (probably this is connected etymologically through whiri, to twist). 4. Seed. 5. To overflow. 6. To set about a thing, “to turn to. Cf. tahuri, to set about a thing. 7. To betake oneself, to repair to.

HURIHURI, to turn over and over in one's mind, to ponder, reflect upon.

Samoan—fuli, to turn over, to capsize: O le na te fulisia i latou i lona toasa; He overturns them in his rage. (b.) To roll along. Fufuli, to vomit blood; fulifuli, to roll over and over; fa‘a-fuli, to cause a disturbance. Cf. fulialo, to be turned wrong side out; fulifao, to turn upside down: fulita‘elea, to be turned keel up; fulitua, to turn the back to, as in anger or in flight; mafuli, to be turned over, to be upset; tafuli, to turn over, as a stone, &c., fa‘a-mafulifuli, to waddle with fatness; to swing the body from side to side; to be crank, as a boat.

Tahitian—huri, to turn over, to roll, as a cask: E huri i te ofai rarahi e opani i te uputa o taua ana ra; Roll great stones upon the mouth of the cave. Hurihuri, to turn over repeatedly. Cf. huritaere, to turn keel upwards; huriavero, to be overturned by a storm; huriaroa, to turn away the front or face; hurifenua, the name given to a very tempestuous wind; huritumu, to overthrow from the foundation; pahuri, to turn over horizontally.

Rarotongan—uri, to turn over, to roll over: E kia uri ke i te toka i rungao i te vaa o te ruanei nei; Till they roll away the stone from the mouth of the well. Cf. uriia, a cyclone.

Hawaiian—huli, to turn generally in any way; to turn over and about: I huli aku ai au i ka akau paha, i ka hema paha; That I may turn to the right hand or the left: Huli aku la ke alo o ke akua i ka lewa; Turned is the face of the god to the skies. (b.) To search; to turn over in searching; a searching, a seeking; (c.) to turn over and over; to roll over, or away, as a stone; (d.) the tops of kalo (taro), for planting; huhuli, to turn; to turn up; to search; hulihuli, to turn over frequently; to search after. Cf. hulilua, turning two ways; blowing both ways, as the wind; hulipu, to turn together, to writing, as wet clothes; hili, to twist, to spin; to turn over and over as in braiding; hula, to bore a hole.

Tongan—fuli, to be covered over with rings burnt in the skin; faka-fuli, overwhelming waves; fulihi, to turn over, to upset; to reverse; fulifulihi, to turn over and over repeatedly. Cf. fulilalo, to burn the lower parts; fulitua, to turn the back upon, to avoid; fefulifulihiaki, to roll backwards and forwards; fufule, to rummage, to turn over and over in search; fulikele, great, powerful, as a hurricane, that turns all upside down; mafuli, to be capsized, or turned over and over; tafuli, to move round, to move along.

Mangarevan — huri, an offset or scion of banana, for planting. Cf. hurita, a species of banana.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. huro, a grindstone.

Fiji — cf. voli, to go round; volivoli, to revolve; suli-na, the name of the banana when young, or fit for transplanting.

Sikayana—cf. huri, to turn over.

Aneityum—cf. uhuri, to dig or root as a pig.

Malagasy—cf. vorivory, round, circular; oly, curled; olikia, winding; foly, silk thread; spun; foritra, folded; boribory, round, circular.

HURIARO, to turn right round. Cf. huri, to turn; aro, face, front.

Samoan—fulialo, to be turned wrong side out. Cf. fuli, to turn over; tafuli, to be turned over, as a stone, &c.

Tahitian—huriaroa, to turn away the front or face; to be estranged in affection and refuse civilities. Cf. huri, to turn over, &c. [For full comparatives, see Huri, and Aro.]

HURIANGA-I-MATAAHO (myth.), “The overturning by Mataaho,” a name given to the Deluge, or a partial deluge: Koia i tapa ai tona ingoa ‘Ko te hurianga i Mataaho’— P. M., 47; P. M. (Eng.), 37. [See Mataaho, and Tai-a-Ruatapu.]

HURIANGA-TAKAPAU., the conclusion of the pure ceremony: Ka hurihia te hurihanga takapau —P. M., 24. See Pure, and Takapau.]

HURI-I-TE-TAKAPAU, a religious ceremony or incantation: Tae atu ki te wai, ka karakiatia te karakia huri i te takapou—A. H. M., i. 8. [See Takapau.]

HURIKOARO, to turn inside out: Na, kua hinga, kua hurikoaro—Kai., vii. 13. 2. To attain an object not intended. Cf. huri, to turn round; koaro, inside out; aro, the front. [For comparatives, see Huri, and Aro.]

HURIKOTUA, to turn the back. Cf. huri, to turn; tua, the farther side of a solid body; tuara, the back; kotua, to turn the back; huritua, to turn the back towards one. [For comparatives, see Huri, and Tua.]

HURIMAITEATA (myth.), the “mother” or tutelary deity of the kakikatoa, or manuka, tree—A. H. M., i. 23.

HURIPOKI, to turn upside down. Cf. huri, to turn; poki, to place with the concave side downwards. Huripokia te kohue, to turn over the ground with a spade. [For comparatives, see Huri, and Poki.]

HURIPUREIATA (myth.), the name of the canoe borrowed by Ruanuku from Haeora. Enticing the first-born chiefs of the people into the canoe, he destroyed them, in revenge for a fancied slight. This canoe was also called Tutepaerangi—A. H. M., iii. 10.

HURIRAPA, to turn upon one side. Cf. huri, to turn.

HURIRUA, to turn inside out. Cf. huri, to turn; rua, two.

Hawaiian—hulilua, turning two ways, or blowing two ways, as the wind; changing from one thing to another, as the thoughts. [For full comparatives, see Huri, and Rua.]

HURITUA, to turn the back towards one. Cf. huri, to turn; hurikotua, to turn the back; tua, the farther side of a solid body; tuara, the back.

Samoan—fulitua, to turn the back to, as in anger or in flight. [For full comparatives, see Huri, and Tua.]

HURU (myth.), one of the minor deities; a reptile-god—A. H. M., i., App.

HURU, the glow of the sun before rising. 2. The reflection of fire, the glow of fire: Ka kitea e ia te huru o te ahi—Wohl., Trans., vii. 49. 3. Warm. Cf. ahuru, warm, comfortable.

Samoan — sulu, a torch; to light by a torch; (b.) the eye (as the torch of the body); (c.) the true son of a chief; susulu, to shine, as the heavenly bodies, fire, &c.; (b.) to be handsome; sulusulu, to go about with a torch.

Tongan—cf. tuhulu, a torch, flambeau; to light with a torch.

Paumotan — huru, colour; (b.) height, figure, shape.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. lahi (= M. ahi), fire; lahi-hururu-hururu, a flame; hururu, a torch.

HURU, brushwood. Cf. kohuru, a sapling; hùrurua, brushwood; hurupa, a thicket. 2. A dogskin mat. 3. Hair, coarse hair (properly, of the body, but sometimes used for the hair of the head): E Tura, e aha nei e ma i roto i te huru pango?—A. H. M., ii. 11. Cf. uru, the head; a single hair; a grove of trees.

HURUHURU, coarse hair, bristles (not properly applied to the hair of the head): Ko nga huruhuru o taku tinana, he tupu ki runga ki to pane—P. M., 100. Cf. hurunui, having long fur. 2. Feathers: He huruhuru te manu ka rere; he ao te rangi ka uhia—Prov.

Samoan — fulu, a hair; (b.) a feather; fulufulu, hair: A liua foi fulufulu o i le ila, ua sinasina; When in the disease the hair is turned white; fufulu, to rub, wipe, wash; fulufulua, hairy. Cf. fulufiso, the hairs on young birds; fulufulumata, the eyebrows; fuluma‘eua, having the feathers rumpled; to have the hair ruffled; taufulufulu, to be hairy.

Tahitian—huru, the bones of the totara (hedgehog fish); huruhuru, hair, wool, feathers: E aore oia i mahanahana i te huruhuru o tau mau mamoe; If he were not warmed by the fleece of my sheep. Cf. hurupa, a thicket; hurutoi, the fringes of sinnet tied to the handle of the native hatchet; a company of musicians; a bundle of axes; ahuruhurua, the rough-locking state of a thing; tuhuru, a young bird whose feathers are just beginning to grow.

Hawaiian—hulu, a feather of a bird: Eia ka uhuki hulu manu; He is the picker of bird's feathers; (b.) a bristle of a hog; (c.) the hair of the body (hulukuemaka, the eyebrows); (d.) wool, the fleece of a sheep; (e.) a kind of fishhook; (f.) sluggish, as the mind; disobedient; huluhulu, cotton; a fleecy blanket; a fleece of wool; the hair of an animal; feathers, &c.; hairy; covered with feathers. Cf. huluiiwi, a feathered cloak, made or adorned with the feathers of the iiwi, (a small red bird); hulu manu, a bird's feather; the name of a class of men about the chief, very great favourites; uluulu, to grow up, to grow thick; huluhululuii, to stand up, as the comb of a cock; to stand up, as bristles; made rough and ugly, as the feathers of a bird in water; to be wet and cold.

Tongan—fulufulu, hair, hairy: O hage ha kofu fulufulu; Like a hairy garment; (b.) feathers; faka-fulufulu, to make rough, as a board that was smooth. Cf. faka-fulululu, coloured, as black and white feathers; an ablution, a washing; to wash, cleanse; fulufuluotua, the down or tender hair found on young birds; fulufuluhaa, uncomfortable, as one not washed; fulufuluhia, to be tired, wearied; fulutamaki, to be choked, or suffocated, from holding the breath; mafulu, hairy.

Rarotongan—uru, feathers, hair; uruuru, feathers, coarse hair; hairy, of the body: E tupu atura tona uruuru mei to te manu ra; Until his hairs had grown like a bird's feathers. [In this example the same word means hairs and feathers.] Cf. rauru, hair of the head; pauru, the head.

Marquesan—huu, hair on the body; (b.) feathers. Cf. huumata, eyelash.

Mangarevan—huru, hair on the body; (b.) a feather; (c.) shape, figure; uru, hair on the body; feathers, &c. Cf. hurutupu, the crown of the head; urumanu, a plume; uruurumata, eyebrows.

Paumotan—huru, colour; (b.) species, or kind; (c.) height, figure, shape. [This word would hardly by its meanings appear related, but that veu is given as a synonym; and veu = the Maori weu, a single hair. See Weu.] huruhuru, coarse hair on the human body, or as the mane or tail of animals; (b.) a feather; (c.) wool. Cf. pahuruhuru, woolly; ururakau, a thicket; veku, coarse hair on the body, or on animals. [See note above as to weu, and cf. the Maori weku, a bush, wood.]

Futuna—fulu, the beard; the hair on the body; (b.) plumes.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. vulua, hair about the pudenda; vuluvulukanimata, the eyelashes.

Malagasy — cf. volo, hair; volomborona, quills; vorona, birds (evidently as “feathered creatures”); vorovoro, confusion, entanglement; bolobolo, closeness, luxuriant rankness.

Malay—cf. bulu, hair of the body; wool; feathers; bulo, beard (hair of head = bok).

Java—cf. wulu, hair of the body, feathers, &c.

Tagal—cf. bolo, hair of fruit, &c. Solomon Islands—cf. bulubulu, any small plants not otherwise named; polu, beard.

Magindano—cf. bulbul, feathers.

Baliyon—cf. bulu, hair; feathers.

Guaham—cf. pulu, hair.

Matu—cf. bulan, down, feathers; hair of the body.

Wayapo—cf. folo, hair.

Ahtiago—cf. ulvu, hair.

Bouton—cf. bulwa, hair.

Massaratty—cf. olofolo, hair; S.E.

Api—cf. lulu, hair;

Sesake—cf. ululu, hair;

Fate—cf. lulu, hair; Lepers' Island—cf. vulugi, hair;

Espiritu Santo—cf. vul, hair. The following words mean feathers:—

Salayer—bulu;

Wayapo—fulun;

Amblaw—boloi;

Liang — huru;

Batumerah — huluna;

Lariki — manuhuru; Sapurua — huruni;

Awaiya — hulue; Camarian — phului;

Gah — veolùhr;

Wahai — hulun;

Teor — phului;

Baju — bolo.

HURU, to contract, to draw in: Homai taku maro kia hurua—P. M., 99. Cf. uru, to join oneself, associate; ahuru, snug, comfortable, warm; mahuru, quieted; huru, warm.

Samoan—sulu, to fasten on, as the native wrapper; (b.) to plunge into, as a canoe in the waves; (c.) to take refuge in; (d.) to wear a cloth on visiting the family of a dead chief, which cloth is given to the family. Cf. suluaoao, to fasten on the wrapper under the armpits; sulugàtiti, the place where the titi (girdle of leaves) is fastened.

Hawaiian—cf. hului, to draw together, as a fish-net when full of fish.

Tongan—cf. huluhulu, to repair the thatch; hulukebi, to fasten the dress above the chest, applied to women; hulutua, to associate with the poor; fehulunaki, to fold the arms.

HURUHIKA, flax of a superior quality (Bot. Phormium tenax).

HURUHURU-KAKARIKI (myth.), the name of a minor deity.

HURUHURU-WHENUA., the name of a fern (Bot. Asplenium lucidum).

HURUKOEKOEA (myth.), the name of one of the malignant deities dwelting with Miru in Tatau-o-te-po. [See Miru.]

HURUMAANGIANGI (myth.), the mother of Tautini-awhitia—A. H. M., ii. 173. [See Tautini-Awhitia.]

HURU-MANU-ARIKI (myth.), the name of a seagod—A. H. M., iii. 56.

HURUNUI, having long fur. Cf. huru. coarse hair; nui, large. [For comparatives, see Huru, and Nui.]

HURUPA, HURUPI, the second-growth of small trees, springing up after land has been cleared and abandoned. Cf. huru, brushwood; pa, to blook up; hururua, brushwood; urupa, a burying-place; piri, to be close.

Tahitian—hurupa, a thicket. Cf. rupa, a thicket of brushwood; a thicket of branching coral; urupiri, a close thicket. [For other comparatives, see Huru, and Pa.]

HURU-POUNAMU, the name of a bird, the Bush Wren (Orn. Xenicus longipes).

HURUROA, the name of a shell-fish.

HURURUA, brushwood. Cf. huru, brushwood; kohuru, a sapling; hurupa, second-growth, of young trees; ururua, overgrown with bushes. 2. Land covered with brushwood. [For comparatives, see Huru.]

HURUTETE, stunted, hindered in growth. Cf. houtete, stunted; kurutete, stunted; hutotoi, stunted.

HUTETE (hùtete), to be tied up in the corner of a bag.

HUTI, HUHUTI, to hoist: Hutia te punga, takiritia hoki nga ra—P. M., 72. Cf. tauhutihuti, to pull one another's hair. 2. To pull up out of the ground: Hutia ana te rakau, haere katoa nga pakiaka—M. M., 167. Cf. huke, to dig up. 3. Huti-ika, to fish, to pull up a fish: Ka kai te ika, ka hutia ki runga—Wohl., Trans., vii. 42.

HUTIHUTI, a rope.

HUTINGA, a place cleared of weeds, in preparation for a crop.

Samoan—futi, to pluck feathers or hairs: Ou futi o‘u lauulu ma la‘u ‘ava; I plucked off my hair and beard. (b.) To pull up weeds; (c.) to hook up a fish. Fufuti, to haul in the fishing-line; futifuti, to pluck repeatedly; futia, a sinnet ring into which the fishing-rod is inserted. Cf. futiopa, to pluck the wings and tail of a pigeon; to cut the hair close; taufuti, to pluck hair or feathers (especially of pudendum muliebre); velefuti, to break off weeds without pulling up the roots.

Tahitian—huti, to pull or draw up a fishing-line; to hoist, as a flag; (b.) to draw water: A huti na oe i te pape no te aroraa; Draw water for the siege. Huhuti, to pluck feathers, hair, grass, &c., and that repeatedly; hutihuti, to pluck, pull, or draw repeatedly. Cf. hutitoro, a mode of fishing; mahuti, to draw up or out; to slip off.

Hawaiian—huki, to draw, to pull; to draw, as with a rope: Huki no ia ia lakou iluna me ka makau; They draw them all up with a hook. (b.) To raise, to lift up a person by the hand; (c.) to put up upon, as one substance on another; (d.) to brace or prop up; (e.) to cook soft. Huhuki, to draw up frequently, to pull out, as in drawing cuts; (b.) to pull along; (c.) to cut down, as a tree; hukihuki, to draw or pull frequently. Cf. uhuki, to pull up, as grass or weeds; hukiwai, to draw water, as from a well; uhukiwale, to root up, to destroy, as a people; hukuhi, to pull by force; kahuki, consumption, putrefaction, especially of animal bodies.

Tongan—fuji, to pull, to pluck, to deplume: Bea mo hoku kouahe kiate kinautolu nae fuji ae kava; My cheeks to those who pulled out my beard. Fufuji, to pull, to stretch out; (b.) the generic term for all bananas. Cf. mafujifuji, to pull, to jerk repeatedly.

Marquesan—huhuti, to pull one another by the hair; hutihuti, to pull out the feathers of a bird; (b.) to pull or drag the hair.

Rarotongan—uti, to draw water: Kite atura raua i e tokotai puke tamaine te aere ra e uti i te vai; They saw maidens going to draw water.

Mangarevan—huti, to make a thatch of pandanus leaves; huhuti, to pull up as by the roots; hutihuti, to pull up herbs; to pull out feathers, &c.; uhuti, to pull up by the roots; utiuti, to tear away bit by bit. Cf. mahutihuti, grief shown by tearing out one's hair; tahuti, to disperse, to dissipate to right and left.

Paumotan—huti, to hoist, to hoist up; hutihuti (te huruhuru), to denude the body of hair.

Futuna—futi, to deplume.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. vuci (vuthi), a taro bed; vuti-a, to pluck feathers, hair, &c., off animals; vutiku, hair, wool, feathers.

Sulu—cf. pahuji, an anchor [see Maori example of huti].

Sikayana—cf. ufuti, to pull or haul.

HUTIWAI, the name of a plant (Bot. Acæna sanguisorba).

HUTOITOI (hùtoitoi) stunted, dwarfed, growing weakly. Cf. houtete, stunted; horotete, stunted; hutotoi, stunted.

HUTOKE (hùtoke), winter. Cf. hotoke, winter; matoke, cold. [For comparatives, see Hotoke.]

HUTOTOI (hùtotoi), weak, stunted. Cf. hutoitoi, stunted, weakly.

HUTU (myth.), a chief who was wooed by a young lady of high rank named Pare. He, being already married, declined her attentions, and she, ashamed and humiliated, hanged herself. Her tribe decided that Hutu was responsible for her death, and must die. Getting a few days' grace granted to him, he proceeded to the Under-World, and by offering his jade mere (club), he induced Hine-nuite-Po to show him the way to the home of spirits. Pare at first would not see him; but Hutu was a master of all athletic exercises, and invented a new and wonderful game, the reports concerning which at last drew Pare from her retreat. Hutu and Pare then went back together as man and wife to the realms of day—A. H. M., ii. 167.

HUTU, the name of a plant (Bot. Ascarina lucida).

HUTUKAWA, the name of a tree, the pohutukawa (Bot. Metrosideros tomentosa): E mumura atu ana i uta nei he hutukawa—P. M., 113.

Samoan—cf. futu, the name of a tree (Bot. Barringtonia speciosa).

Tahitian—cf. hutu, the name of the tree Barringtonia.

Tongan—cf. futu, the name of a tree.

Marquesan—cf. hutu, the Barringtonia tree.

Mangaian—cf. utu, the name of the Barringtonia tree.

Mangarevan—cf. hutu, the name of a tree. Ext. Poly.: Solomon Islands—cf. puputu, the Barringtonia.

HUTURANGI (myth.), a wife of Paikea. She was the daughter of Whironui and Araiara—A. H. M., iii. 41. [See Paikea.]

HUWARE, saliva: Ka tuwhaina te huware ki te whenua, e hoki atu ranei ki tou waha?—Prov. Cf. huare, huhare, haware, hauwhare, ware, all meaning saliva. [For comparatives, see Ware.]

HUWINIWINI (húwiniwini), chilled, having the papillæ on the skin erect with the cold. Cf. winiwini, to shiver; hawiniwini, to shiver with cold, to shudder. [For comparatives, see Winiwini.]

HUWHA (hùwha), the thigh; also huha, Cf. kuwha, the thigh; tuwha, to divide, to distribute.

Samoan—fufa, a portion of pork between the legs. Cf. ufa, the rectum; the posteriors.

Tahitian—hufaa, the thigh of any creature. Cf. hufaapapai, an incendiary, a breeder of contention; one who strikes his thigh in defiance of an enemy; humaha, the thigh.

Hawaiian—uha, the thigh: E kau mai oe i kou lima malalo iho o ko‘u uha; Put your hand under my thigh. (b.) The lap of a woman; (c.) the enlarged intestine near the anus of beasts; the alimentary canal. Cf. huha, a large, fleshy person, but weak, indolent and lazy.

Marquesan—cf. tuha, to split, to divide.

Mangarevan—uha, the thigh, the buttock, breech (E matagi no te uha, a wind from astern); ua, the thighs, legs; (b.) the parts of generation; (c.) to play at ball. Cf. huha, a bandage for a pendulous scrotum.

Paumotan—huha, the groin.

Rarotongan—ua, the thigh: Kua papaki iora au i taku ua; I struck my thigh.

HUWHARE (hùwhare), saliva, spittle: Kia horomia ai toku huwhare—Hopa, vii. 19. Cf. huare, haware, hauwhare, huware, and ware, all meaning saliva. [For comparatives, see Ware.]

I, a particle, used in forming indefinite past tenses or aorists: He aha te mea i haere mai ai koe ki a au ?—P. M., 61.

I, used transitively to connect an active verb with its object. 2. From: He tiki ahi mai ia koe—P. M., 26. 3. From the sight of. 4. At a distance from; wide of, or beyond. 5. In comparison of. 6. Than: A kua oti te hoatu e ia ki tou hoa e pai atu ana i a koe—1 Ham., xv. 28. 7. In complex prepositions, i raro i, &c.: I roto i o ratou whare korero—P. M., 83. 8. Following ehara, not: Ehara i te mea i whanau tangata mai—P. M., 59. 9. By reason of: I taua mate-kai hoki o muri iho—Ken., xli. 31: For want of. 10. By, after neuter verbs: Ka mate koe i au—P. M., 79: Ka pau hoki i a Tangaroa nga tamariki a Tane—P. M., 9. 11. With: E ki ana te whenua i te tutu i a ratou—Ken., vi. 13. 12. At (of place): Katahi ia ka noho i uta—P. M., 59. 13. Upon: Ka manu ia i te au o te moana—P. M., 130. 14. Along: Ka rongo ki te tokomaha o nga tangata kua mate i te haerenga i nga huarahi ma Tauhunui, ma Tuporo, me Tikitapu hoki—P. M., 147. 15. By way of: Ka haere i te Motunui, i te Kaweka, Urenui—P. M., 122. 16. Connected with the last; sometimes translated “of,” and sometimes redundant: No tua atu i Hawaiki—P. M., 71: Kia haere maua ki te tiki i a Takakopiri—P. M., 143. 17. In the act of (past time). In the state of. 18. At, in, by (in time): I te ata ka karanga atu a Tawhaki—P. M., 51. 19. In the time of; at the time that; whilst, during: I te kauanga mai i te po—P. M., 130: I-te-mea, when. 20. Possessing, belonging to (in past time): Ehara i a koe tenei kainga, noku ano—P. M., 81: Ko te kuri i a Te Paki—G.-8, 27. 21. In company with; led by. 22. In the opinion of. 23. Causing trouble to.

Samoan—i, an euphonic particle before plural pronouns, except the second person: (b.) In: O lè na faia a‘u i le manava, e le o ia foi lea na faia o ia ? Did not he who made me in the womb make him ? (c.) At; (d.) to: Le ala i lona fale; The path to his house. (e.) For; (f.) of: Ua e iloa ea tulafono i le lagi ? Do you know the laws of heaven ? (g.) On: Ina ia to mai le ua i le laueleele; To cause it to rain on the earth. (h.) On account of; (i.) concerning; (j.) with: Ina e teteu ia oe i le mamalu ma le malualii; Deck yourself with beauty and majesty.

Tahitian—i, when prefixed, is a sign of the past tense; (b.) at, for, in: as, i reira, at that place or time; i te mea, for such a thing; i te fare, in the house.

Mangarevan—i, to, to the: I titirihia i te Po; It has been cast to Hades. (b.) With: Pi te vaka i te ika; The canoe was filled with fish.

Marquesan—i, a sign of accusative case; (b.) in: Keika kua kaikai i Vevau; The red apples eaten in Vavau. (c.) On: E ke iho i tai; Reserved on the sea. (d.) A sign of past time: Na hana aia i hana; The works which he had made.

Hawaiian—i, to: E hele auanei oe i ka luakupapau; You will come to the grave. (b.) Towards; (c.) in, into: Ua hooheiia oia i ka upena; He is cast into the snare. (d.) Of: Aole hoi oe e makau i ka luku; You will not be afraid of destruction. (e.) At: I ka pololi e akaaka no oe; You shall laugh at famine. (f.) By: E make lakou i ka pahikaua; You shall die by the sword. (g.) In respect of; (h.) on account of; (i.) with: Ka wahine i ka ipu wai; The woman with the water-bowl.

Tongan—i, in: Bea ikai he kafu i he momoko; They have no covering in the cold. (b.) With: Oku nau viviku i he gaahi uha mei he mouga; They are wet with the showers of the mountains. (c.) When: I he ene fokotuu ae fono ki he uha; When he made a decree for the rain. (d.) Through: Beau alu mo ene mama i he fakabouli; By his light I walked through darkness.

Rarotongan—i, a sign of the past tense: Na to rima i akaaite iaku; You made me with your hands. (b.) With complex prepositions: I roto i toou ngakau; Within your heart. (c.) With: Kua ki au i te whakama; I am filled with shame. (d.) From: Eaa oki koe i rave mai ei iaku mei roto i te kopu ? Why did you bring me forth from the womb? (e.) In: Toku ora ki roto i toku rima; My life in my hand. (f.) By: E aeae ainei koe i te rau i peke i te matangi ra ? Will you break a leaf driven by the wind? (g.) Of: E te ki oki i te pekapeka; And in full of trouble. (h.) Out of: E kare e akatuia mai i to ratou moe; You shall not be awakened out of sleep.

Paumotan—i, according to.

Aniwan—i, to; (b.) though.

I (ì), to ferment, turn sour. Cf. toroì, to ferment; moì, to ferment, to turn sour.

Hawaiian—ii, sour, mouldy, fusty, as food injured by long standing; to be mouldy; rust, anything indicating age or decay; (b.) covetous, close, niggardly; (c.) to be lost, forgotten, as something formerly known.

Tahitian—i, to prepare food for the mahi, a sort of fermented breadfruit, preserved for food in time of scarcity. Cf. iiri, thick, stiff, applied to paste; iiru, thick, adhesive màe; watery, applied to taro, yam, &c., when injured by the sun or dry weather.

Mangarevan—i, to spoil; to be spoilt, damaged. Cf. ika, mouldiness.

Paumotan—faka-ii, leaven.

Whaka-II (whaka-ìì), self-conceited, vain. Cf. whakahihi, to speak contemptuously; whakai, foppish.

I, an interjection, without any special meaning, used at the end of a song or stanza: Ko te tohu o te mate na, i—G. P., 163.

IA, he, she, or it: Kua whakakinokino auo i a ia—P. M., 54.

Samoan—ia, he or she: E sili lava lona uso aupito itiiti ia te ia; His younger brother shall be greater than he.

Tahitian—cf. oia, he, she, or it.

Hawaiian—ia, he, she, or it; him: He mau opale wale no ka i lilo me ia: Some of the rabble only went with him.

Tongan—ia, he, she, or it: Kohai ia te ne talatalaakii au ? Who is he that will plead with me?

Mangarevan—la, he, she; him, her.

Marquesan—ia, he, she, or it. Cf. oia, that is he; it is he.

Aniwan—cf. aia, he, she, or it.

Paumotan—ia, he, him.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. ia, he, she, it;

Fiji—cf. koya, him;

Malagasy—cf. izy, he, she, it, they;

Kayan—cf. hia, he, she, it;

Sulu—cf. sia, him;

Malay—cf. iya, he, she it;

Tagal—cf. siya, he; Pampong—cf. ya, he;

Formosa—cf. icho, he;

New Britain—cf. ia, he.

IA, a word used as a demonstrative pronoun (in the singular only): that, the said. 2. Repeated, to give a distributive sense: Each, every: E pena tonu ano ia po ia po—P. M., 13.

Samoan—ia, these (only in plural).

Hawaiian—ia, this, or that, according as the thing referred to is absent or present.

Tongan—cf. aia, which, that.

Tahitian—ia, that, or it: Eaha ia ? What is that?

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. ya, that.

IA, a current, stream: Ka riro au i te ia—M. M., 23. 2. The sound made by rushing water.

IA, but.

IANA, then, used as an intensive: Tena, iana! haere mai tatou kia kite!—P. M., 121.

Samoan—cf. ià, well then! used to call attention in the middle of a speech.

IANEI, nay, used as intensive. 2. Used in interrogative sentences.

IAUA, an exclamation: Hold! stay!

IAWANGARUA (Moriori), to reel, stagger.

IHE, the name of a fish, the Garfish or Half-beak, a small fish, with a long beak or snout (Ich. Hemiramphus intermedius).

Samoan—cf. ise, a certain fish.

Hawaiian—cf. iheihe, a species of fish of the swordkind, but small; ihe, a spear.

Tahitian—cf. ihe, a spear; oihe (kò-ihe), a stick used for digging.

Marquesan—cf. ihe, the name of a fish with a long nose or beak.

Mangarevan—cf. ihe, the name of a fish.

IHENGA (myth.), the god of the kumara or sweet potato, the sweet potato used in offerings. He was the son of Rongo-ma-tane—A. H. M., i. App. 2. A chief of Hawaiki, who came to New Zealand in the Arawa canoe. He it was who aroused the great priest Ngatoro-i-rangi, when the canoe was being engulfed in Te Parata whirlpool. (P. M., 87.) Soon after landing, Ihenga gave his daughter to Ngatoro as his wife, and he himself went to reside at Maketu. Exploring inland he discovered Lake Rotorua, but finding the land around it already occupied by Maru-punga-nui, he had recourse to artifice, and at last by his cunning obtained possession. His descendants continue in occupation. (P. M., 96.) Ihenga married Hine-te-Kakaru, the daughter of Kahu—S. R., 63. Ihenga was the youngest son of Tuhoro, the son, of Tama-te-kapua. His brothers were Taramainuku, Warenga, and Huarere—S. R., 53.

IHI, to split, to divide: Ka whai atu a Maui, ka ihi te kauae o Murirakawhenua—Wohl., Trans., vii. 38. Cf. koihiihi, reduced to splinters; toihi, to split; pakihi, to dig for fernroot [see